EPA-600/3-76-045
April 1976 Ecological Research Series
-------
RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into five series. These five broad
categories were established to facilitate further development and application of
environmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The five series are:
1. Environmental Health Effects Research
2. Environmental Protection Technology
3. Ecological Research
4. Environmental Monitoring
5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
This report has been assigned to the ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH series. This series
describes research on the effects of pollution on humans, plant and animal
species, and materials. Problems are assessed for their long- and short-term
influences. Investigations include formation, transport, and pathway studies to
determine the fate of pollutants and their effects. This work provides the technical
basis for setting standards to minimize undesirable changes in living organisms
in the aquatic, terrestrial, and atmospheric environments.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.
-------
EPA-600/3-76-045
April 1976
IMPACTS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IN WETLANDS
OF THE UNITED STATES
by
Rezneat M. Darnell
in collaboration with
Willis E. Pequegnat, Bela M. James, Fred J. Benson,
and Richard A. Defenbaugh
Tereco Corporation
College Station, Texas
Contract No. 68-01-2452
Project Officer
Harold V. Kibby
Assessment and Criteria Development Division
Corvallis Environmental Research Laboratory
Corvallis, Oregon 97330
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
CORVALLIS ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
CORVALLIS, OREGON 97330
-------
DISCLAIMER
This report has been reviewed by the Corvallis Environmental
Research Laboratory, EPA, and approved for publication. Ap-
proval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the Environmental Protection Agency,
nor does mention of trade names or commercial products consti-
tute endorsement or recommendation for use.
\
-------
ABSTRACT
The primary types of construction activity which severely impact
wetland environments of the United States include: floodplain surfacing
and drainage, mining, impoundment, canalization, dredging and channel-
ization, and bank and shoreline construction. Each type of construction
activity is attended by an identifiable suite of physical and chemical
alterations of the wetland environment which may extend for many miles
from the site of construction and may persist for many years. In turn,
each type of physical and chemical modification has been shown to
induce a derived set of biological effects, many of which are predict-
able, in general, if not in specific detail. The most environmentally
damaging effects of construction activities in wetland areas, in order
of importance, are: direct habitat loss, addition of suspended solids,
and modification of water levels and flow regimes. Major construction-
related impacts also derive from altered water temperature, pH, nutrient
levels, oxygen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and certain pollutants
such as heavy metals, radioactive isotopes, and pesticides. Over one
third of the nation's wetlands have been lost through various forms of
direct habitat destruction, and well over half of the remainder have
been severely modified. Many aquatic species are known to have been lost
or severely restricted, and a number of species and habitats are curr-
ently in jeopardy, at least in part as a result of construction activ-
ities. Deliberate and drastic action is required to reverse the present
trends, and recommendations are given for specific steps which must be
taken to insure the survival of the wetland ecosystems of the nation.
111
-------
r
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Preparation of the present volume has been enhanced by the
services of a number of individuals. E. A. Kennedy and R. M.
Rogers helped in the search and abstracting of the literature.
Technical and graphic aid were provided by S. Kelley and J. T.
Turner. D. Dean, K. D. Grisham, M. Morris, and B. Scott provided
stenographic services. The contributions of these individuals is
gratefully acknowledged.
iv
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
ABSTRACT iii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS v
LIST OF TABLES xiii
LIST OF FIGURES xv
INTRODUCTION xviii
CONCLUSIONS xxiv
CHAPTER 1. WATER, SOILS, AND AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS 1
The Nature of Water 2
The Hydro!ogic Cycle 4
Soil-Water Relations 7
Precipitation and runoff 7
Erosion 8
Submerged soils 12
Surface Waters 15
Streams 15
Freshwater marshes, swamps, and floodplains 20
Estuaries and related coastal waters 21
Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats 26
CHAPTER 2. THE BIOLOGY OF NATURAL AQUATIC SYSTEMS 29
Living Systems 30
The Environment of Life 35
Limiting Factors 35
Habitat 37
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Page
Environmental stress 37
Population Biology 38
Life history and behavior 38
Population variability 40
Selection 40
Genetic exchange between populations 41
The genetic concept of species 43
The Biological Community 45
Composition and pattern 45
Species interaction and nutrient relations 47
Community development and recovery from disturbance ... 50
The Ecosystem 51
Nutrients and biogeochemical cycles 52
Energy flow through ecosystems 53
Closed vs. open systems 54
Ecosystem stability 54
Natural Aquatic Systems 56
Streams 61
Freshwater marshes and swamps 64
Riparian environments 68
Estuaries and related coastal waters 70
Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats 71
Continental shelf 74
VI
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Page
CHAPTER 3. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT AQUATIC
ENVIRONMENTS 75A
General Nature of Construction Activities 75A
Construction Activities Associated Primarily with Floodplains,
Banks, and Shores 76
Activities prior to construction 76
Construction involving impervious surfacing and/or
earthwork 78
Line construction activities 83
Building construction 87
Construction of open air industrial plants 90
Construction of drainage structures 92
Tunnel construction 96
Mineral extraction on land 98
Construction Activities Associated Primarily with Wetland Areas
and Water Bottoms 100
Masonry dam construction 100
Construction of fills and channels in wetlands 106
Drainage ditches and river channel changes 110
Bridging in wetlands 110
Dredging and placement of dredge spoils . . . . . 110
Construction Activities Associated Primarily with Waterway
Margins 115
Construction of breakwaters, sea walls, and shore
protection systems 115
Construction of ports and moorings 119
vii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Page
Offshore Construction 122
Mineral extraction from the continental shelf 122
Pipeline construction 123
CHAPTER 4. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT WETLANDS 125
Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
Floodplains, Banks, and Shores 128
Activities prior to construction ..... 128
Effects of construction involving impervious surfacing
and/or earthwork 128
Effects of line construction activities 133
Effects of building construction activities 135
Effects of open air industrial plant construction .... 137
Effects of drainage structure construction 138
Effects of tunnel construction 138
Effects of mineral extraction on land 140
Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
Wetland Areas and Water Bottoms 149
Effects of dam construction 149
Effects of fill construction in wetlands 157
Effects of bridging in wetlands 161
Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil .... 161
Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
Waterway Margins 174
Effects of construction of breakwaters, seawalls, and
shore protection systems 174
viii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Page
Effects of wharves, piers, and bulkheads "176
Deepwater moorings and dolphins 176
Pipelines 176
Mineral extraction 177
Offshore drilling for petroleum and natural gas 177
Effects of Construction Under Arctic Conditions 177
Summary 179
CHAPTER 5. BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH
AFFECT WETLANDS 181
Environmental Stress Factors and Modes of Biological
Response 182
The nature of environmental modifications 182
Modes of biological response to environmental stress
factors 191
Biological Effects on the Riparian Environment 196
Biological Effects of Modification of Water Levels and Flow
Regimes 208
Modification of water edge habitat 209
Modification of flow rates 214
Biological effects of channelization 217
Direct biological effects of man-made structures 220
Special biological problems 221
Allochthonous organic matter as a nutrient source . . . 221
Upstream migration and downstream drift 223
Biological orientation compounds 224
Special problems of coastal wetlands 226
IX
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section
Coastal marshes 226
Estuaries 230
Biological Effects of Suspended Solids and Sediments .... 234
The nature of suspended and sedimented materials 234
Biological effects of turbidity 234
Reduction of photosynthesis 236
Decreased visibility 239
Biological effects of suspended solids 240
Temperature effects 240
Oxygen reduction and pH changes 240
Effects on primary production 241
Effects on respiration 241
Other effects of suspended sediments 242
Biological effects of sedimentation 244
Effect of sedimentation on primary production 244
Effect of sedimentation on bottom animals 244
Effect of sedimentation on fish populations 246
Biological importance of bottom sediment type 249
Biological Effects of Other Physical and Chemical Factors . . 253
Biological effects of temperature 254
Biological effects of pH and associated factors 257
Biological effects of oxygen and related factors 261
Biological effects of carbon dioxide 263
Biological effects of hydrogen sulfide 266
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Page
Biological effects of heavy metals and other chemical
pollutants 268
CHAPTER 6. SYNTHESIS 271
Wetland Deterioration - Causes and Response Patterns 271
Causes of wetland deterioration 271
Patterns of wetland response 273
Immediate Steps Toward Reduction of Wetland Deterioration . . 277
Establishment of wetland sanctuaries 278
Curtailment of the most environmentally destructive types
of construction project 278
Amelioration of the effects of necessary construction . . . 279
Adoption of effective environmental quality criteria . . . 280
Adoption of a requirement for post-construction
environmental impact statements 281
Devotion of special attention to sensitive or endangered
habitat or ecosystem types 281
Restoration of degraded environments 283
Synthesis and dissemination of knowledge concerning the
effects of construction in wetlands and what can be done
about them 284
The Longer-Range View 285
Definition of desired environmental condition 286
Maintenance of environmental quality as an exercise in
quality control 286
Definition of boundery conditions 287
Improving the technical basis of environmental impact
statements 289
xi
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section Page
Filling in of major gaps in ecological knowledge .... 289
Filling in of major gaps in our knowledge of the
ecological effects of wetland disturbance 290
Establishment of sophisticated wetland ecosystem
analysis capability on a regional basis 291
Common sense vs. modeling approaches to the quality control
problem 292
BIBLIOGRAPHY 295
GLOSSARY 370
INDEX 378
xii
-------
LIST OF TABLES
1.1 Characteristic conditions of the surface, intermediate,
and subsurface zones of submerged soils 14
1.2 Classification of wetland environments of the
United States 16
2.1 Types of interaction between populations of two different
species 48
3.1 Major types of construction activities which affect
wetland environments of the United States 77
3.2 Activities and facilities associated with impervious
surfacing and/or earthwork 79
3.3 Activities and facilities associated with
line construction 85
3.4 Activities and facilities associated with
building construction 89
3.5 Activities and facilities associated with construction
of open air industrial plants 91
3.6 Activities and facilities associated with construction
of drainage structures 93
3.7 Activities and facilities associated with
tunnel construction 97
3.8 Activities and facilities associated with mineral
extraction on land 99
4.1 Effects of impervious surfacing and/or earthwork on
physical and chemical characteristics of wetlands 129
4.2 Effects of line construction activities on physical
and chemical characteristics of wetlands 136
4.3 Effects of building, open air industrial plant,
drainage structure, and tunnel construction on
physical and chemical characteristics of wetlands 139
4.4 Topographic effects of mineral extraction on wetlands 144
4.5 Physical effects of mineral extraction on wetlands 146
4.6 Chemical effects of mineral extraction on wetlands 148
xiii
-------
4.7 Upstream effects of dam construction on the physical and
chemical characteristics of wetlands 153
4.8 Downstream effects of dam construction on the physical
and chemical characteristics of wetlands 158 - 160
4.9 Effects of fill construction and bridging on the
physical and chemical characteristics of wetlands 162
4.10 Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;
general and immediate effects 165
4.11 Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;
stream channelization effects 167
4.12 Effects of dredging and placement of spoil; effects
of channelizing floodplains and swamps 168
4.13 Effects of dredging and placement of spoil; effects
of dredging in bays and estuaries 170
4.14 Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil; effects
of canalization and spoil placement in marshlands 173
4.15 The primary physical and chemical effects of various types
of construction activities on the riparian and wetland
environments of the United States 180 - 180C
5.1 Generalized biological response patterns to increased
levels of environmental stress 193
5.2 Cumulative effects of construction on riparian
environments 197
5.3 Mortality of tree species in relation to water level in an
Illinois floodplain forest following impoundment 205
5.4 Cumulative effects of construction on wetlands, especially
related to modification of water levels and flow regimes 210
5.5 Effects of ditching a Delaware tidewater marsh on the aquatic
invertebrate populations 228
5.6 Mortality of king salmon eggs in relation to velocity of
inter-gravel seepage flow (A) and inter-gravel dissolved
oxygen level (B) 248
5.7 Relative productivity of various substrate types in Michigan
trout streams 251
5.8 Primary modes whereby major types of construction activities
reduce the levels of dissolved oxygen in wetland
environments 264
xiv
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
1.1 Main features of the hydrological cycle 6
1. 2 Zonation of terrestrial soils 11
1.3 Longitudinal profile of a generalized streambed slope
in relation to distance from origin 17
1.4 Two-layered circulation pattern of a typical estuary 23
2.1 Generalized environmental relations of any organism 32
2.2 Comparison of the processes of photosynthesis and
respiration 33
2.3 Physiological ranges of any organism with respect to a given
environmental factor 36
2.4 Life history of the brown shrimp showing the sequence of
stages passed through from egg to adult 39
2.5 The effects of selection upon population variability 42
2.6 Populations as interbreeding units with limited genetic
exchange 44
2.7 Representations of nutrient flow within natural
communities 49
2.8 Comparison of the levels of organic matter production in
different types of ecosystems 55
2.9 Internal food chain of a small aquatic community occupying
a given habitat 58
2.10 Downstream relationship between wetland habitats within a
given drainage system 59
2.11 Aquatic habitat illustrating terms applied to the different
biological components 60
2.12 Illustration of the three basic habitat types of streams 62
2.13 Vegetationa1 zonation in wetlands 66
2.14 Cress section of a southern swamp. 67
XV
-------
3.1 Comparison of the profiles of a natural and a ditched
stream 86
3.2 General methods employed in strip mining and drift
mining operations 101
3. 3 Main features of masonry dam construction 104
3.4 Methods of ditch and fill construction in wetlands 107
3.5 Illustration of a hydraulic dredge and fill operation 114
5.1 Factor train analysis of the effects of floodplain con-
struction on wetlands 183
5.2 Factor train analysis of the effects of mineral extraction
on wetlands 184
5.3 Factor train analysis of the upstream effects of dam con-
struction on wetlands 185
5.4 Factor train analysis of the immediate downstream effects of
dam construction on wetlands 186
5.5 Factor train analysis of the effects of the far downstream
effects of dam construction on wetlands 187
5.6 Factor train analysis of the effects of channelization on
streams, swamps, and floodplains 188
5.7 Factor train analysis of the effects of channelization and
canalization on bays, estuaries, and marshlands 189
5.8 Schematic illustration of the impact of human activity
during the past century on the ecology of the Illinois
River and two of its adjoining bottomland lakes near
Havana, Illinois 201
5.9 Effects of reservoir construction on stream and riparian
environments of central Florida 4.206
5.10 Relationship between commercial fishery harvest and fresh-
water discharge into estuaries of the Texas coast 233
5.11 Turbidities of Lake Chautauqua, Illinois occurring at
various wind velocities (average maximum one hour preceeding
collection time) in the absence and presence cf rooted
vegetation 238
xvi
-------
5.12 Relationship of substrate diversity and mollusk species
diversity based upon samples from 348 collection sites
in central New York state 252
6.1 Upstream-downstream patterns of wetland ecosystem
response to construction disturbance 274
6.2 Time response patterns of wetland ecosystem response
to construction disturbance 276
xv ii
-------
INTRODUCTION
Human activities are ruining the wetlands of America at an
alarming rate. Shaw and Fredine (1971) estimate that at least
45 million acres (or over 35 percent) of our primitive marshes,
swamps, and seasonally flooded bottomlands have been lost due to
drainage projects and other human activities. Erosion is rampant
and widespread. Watersheds of the San Gabriel mountains of southern
California normally produce 2,000-5,000 tons of sediment per
square mile per year, but after removal of vegetative cover the
figure may annually exceed 100,000 tons per square mile. Wohlman
(1964) has shown that construction activities in the eastern
United States may increase stream sediment yields from 1,000 to
100,000 tons per square mile per year, a hundredfold increase.
Impoundments have changed the nature of the water-courses.
For example, over 50 mainstream and tributary dams have trans-
formed the mighty Columbia River into a series of pools. Reser-
voirs in the Great Plains and elsewhere are accumulating sedi-
ments at the rate of 1 million acre feet per year (Spraberry, 1965) ,
and the average life of such reservoirs is estimated to be less
than 50 years. To prolong the life of reservoirs and to main-
tain the depth of navigation channels about 450 million cubic
yards of bottom materials are dredged each year, and much of the
spoil is dumped on marshes, swamps, and floodplains.
Despite the dredging and reservoir sedimentation, the Miss-
issippi River daily brings to its mouth about a million cubic yards
of sediment, and this represents an annual soil loss of 290 tons
for every square mile of watershed. As a result, the 35-foot
xvi 1 i
-------
depth contour at the river's mouth advances seaward about 100
feet per year. Normally, much of this sediment would have been
deposited as a thin carpet over the floodplains, marshes, and
swamps, balancing subsidence tendencies and increasing fertility.
Yet, Louisiana is now losing coastal wetlands at the rate of
16 1/2 square miles per year (500 square miles during the past
30 years) through shoreline erosion, canal dredging, and deteriora-
tion and breakup of marshlands (Gagliano, Kworu, and van Beek, 1970).
Mining activities have added greatly to the sediment loads.
In addition, they have produced 34,000 miles of impassable high-
walls and have seriously disturbed or destroyed 13,000 miles of
streams, 281 natural lakes, and 168 reservoirs (Boccardi and
Spaulding, 1968). Much of the mining damage results from the
production of sulfuric acid which may reduce the pH of natural
waters to below 3.0.
Such habitat destruction has had a major impact upon the
wildlife of the nation. The list of threatened or endangered
species grows daily.
In order to reverse the destructive trend and to provide
the basis for rational environmental management, it is necessary
to identify the destructive activities and to analyze their specific
effects upon natural environments and the native biological com-
munities. Considering the variety of human activities, the size
of the nation, and the complexity of the native ecosystems, this
is not a light task.
Einstein once stated, "Everything should be made as simple
as possible, but no simpler." Sophisticated simplification of
complex environmental problems to provide the knowledge essential
xix
-------
for wise decision making calls for a combination of environmental
expertise and analytical judgment which can surmount natural history
detail, on the one hand, and avoid oversimplification, on the
other. In producing the present volume on the impacts of con-
struction activities in wetland areas as they relate to environ-
mental impact statements, an effort has been made to provide a
synthesis of our knowledge rather than a simple literature review.
Background chapters on environments, biology, and construction
activities are essential to the interpretation of later chapters
on physical, chemical, and biological impacts. The volume also
includes a glossary of technical terms and a detailed bibliography
to permit the reader to explore individual problems in greater
depth.
Approach to the problem - Every aquatic system consists of a vast
array of physical and biological elements which interact in subtle
and often unrecognized ways. It has been stated, with some reason,
that such systems are not only more complex than we know, but
they are more complex than we can hope to know. However, whether
or not such systems are unfathomable, they are not impossible to
work within the practical vein.
A useful analogy is the human body, also largely unknown,
which can be diagnosed and treated successfully by a skilled
physician. The experienced doctor understands the appearance
and over-all functions of a normal person and he is alert to the
general symptoms of distress (abnormal pulse, temperature, color,
behavior, etc.). Beyond the general symptoms he can call upon a
portfolio of special tests to determine the specific nature of the
xx
-------
problem. But the doctor does not call for every possible test
to be run on every patient. He proceeds from the general, through
logical steps to the specific, ultimately pinpointing the exact
cause of systemic distress.
In parallel fashion, the crux of the environmental protection
problem is the basic understanding of healthy environmental systems,
recognition of general symptoms of environmental disturbance, and
further appreciation of the particular symptoms of specific types
of environmental stress. Effective handling of the environmental
quality problem calls for the rifle rather than the shotgun
approach.
It is the nature of all dynamic physical and biological
systems to approach steady state equilibrium with the controlling
factors of the environment. However, where there are a large
number of interrelated factors which must mutually adjust to achieve
a common "least work" solution, the outcome can be predicted only
in a probabilistic sense. As stated by Leopold, Wolman, and
Miller (1964) , "This indeterminacy in a given case results from
the fact that the physical conditions, being insufficient to
specify uniquely the result of the interaction of the dependent
variables, are controlled by a series of processes through which
any slight adjustment to a change imposed from the environment
feeds back into the system."
If the physical response of aquatic systems to human modi-
fications were completely predictable, then the biological equili-
brium response should also, in a general way, be predictable.
Indeterminacies arise in both steps. Nevertheless, a great deal
of practical field information is available to guide us, and even
xx1
-------
though we cannot explain each step in terms of basic principles
and thermodynamic niceties, we can draw upon the accumulated
wisdom of experience. Some ecological predictability is possible,
and the maintenance of environmental quality rests squarely upon
this assumption.
The literature base - There exists an extensive technical liter-
ature treating the aquatic systems of the United States, and this
literature relates both to the nature and functioning of the
natural systems and to the response of these systems to manipulative
disturbance. The information is found in the form of published
articles in the technical journals, unpublished reports in the
"gray literature', and in a variety of recent literature summaries
such as technical books and special reports. However, when one
begins to examine this literature in detail for evaluation of
impacts, major gaps are encountered. A great deal has been written
about lakes, small streams, and estuaries, but relatively little
is known about the biology of large streams, except for reservoirs.
Nor is the literature on freshwater marshes and swamps extensive.
Since large streams, marshes, and swamps are important in the
present analysis, the information must sometimes be supplied by
extrapolation. Perhaps more critical is the fact that we are
vastly ignorant about genetic and physiological variability in
most wild aquatic populations. Extrapolation from our few in-
sights here is much more difficult. Most of the technical litera-
ture was not written with environmental impact predictability in
mind. The interpretation is in the mind of the reviewer, not of
the original writers. There is, thus, a clear need for environ-
mental research on impacts of various types of human activities
xxii
-------
to provide a more direct data base. These and other deficiencies
noted elsewhere in this study must receive attention if environ-
mental predictability is to become science rather than art.
xxiii
-------
CONCLUSIONS
1. Aquatic systems are evolutionarily adapted to the natural pre-
vailing suite of environmental conditions. Any major or prolonged
alteration of the environmental norms disturbs the prevailing
steady-state equilibrium, imposing unusual pressures upon the
sensitive species, altering the genetic make-up of the populations,
and shifting the composition and functional aspects of the wetland
ecosystems.
2. Natural aquatic systems are balanced at some middle range with
respect to most environmental factors. Disturbance from this state
may occur through deviation at either extreme, i.e.., through de-
ficiency or excess of a given factor. This may take the form of
desiccation vs. inundation, starvation vs. over-enrichment, too-
fresh vs. too-salty water, etc.
3. Wetland ecosystem stress varies from mild and temporary pressure
to complete ecosystem decimation through habitat destruction. Habi-
tat loss is the most thorough and permanent damage that a wetland
ecosystem can suffer, and this is to be avoided at all costs.
4. A given type of construction project results in a characteristic
suite of environmental effects. Repetition of such projects through-
out the nation creates somewhat similar pressures in comparable
environments. This phenomenon is presently jeopardizing certain
wetland system types on both regional and national scales. Especially
vulnerable wetland types include ponds, freshwater and coastal
marshlands, swamplands, riparian habitats, riffles, rivers which
flow between damable bluffs, and estuaries.
xxiv
-------
5. Certain species groups are particularly vulnerable and require
special protective measures if they are to survive. These include
the inhabitants of threatened wetland habitats (as noted above),
rare and endangered species (as listed by the U.S. Department of the
Interior), and certain immobile species. The latter include most
river inhabiting mollusks and those organisms which dwell in isolated
habitats (such as those which live in desert springs).
6. The most important impact of construction activity upon aquatic
environments is wetland habitat loss. This is occasioned primarily
by draining, filling, leveeing, mining, and other construction in
riparian environments, as well as by damming, ditching, and channeli-
zation of the wetlands.
7. The second most severe impact of construction activity upon
wetland environments is brought about through the addition of
enormous quantities of suspended solids to aquatic environments
which results in increased turbidity and widespread siltation of
wetland bottoms. The increase in suspended and sedimented material
is known to have eliminated the molluscan fauna of major streams
and to have produced devastating effects upon riffle and pool eco-
systems in small streams for many miles downstream of the point of
entry. The results of bottom siltation are often cumulative, especi-
ally if peak stream flow (hence, flushing) has been reduced.
8. The third most important impact of construction activities upon
wetland environments is the alteration of stream flow patterns. This
may take the form of reduced flow, (through water loss) , reduced flow
during critical low water seasons (through water retention in reser-
XXV
-------
voirs or water utilization for irrigation, etc.), reduction of peak flow
(by water retention and channel deepening), reduction of floodplain flooding
(through leveeing and peak flow reduction), and modification of seasonal
flow regimes (through water retention and programmed release from reservoirs
and from increased surface runoff and reduced water storage within riparian
environments). The downstream effects of flow pattern alterations may
severely damage the natural ecosystems of streams; riparian wetlands;
coastal marshes, swamps, and estuaries; and ocean beaches.
9. Although the general effects of a given type of construction activity
can be predicted with a reasonable level of confidence, details will vary
with local circumstances. For this reason and because of the large number
of physical, chemical, and biological variables involved, impact prediction
necessarily involves a degree of uncertainty. This margin of error will
vary with locality, magnitude and type of construction project, as well as
with the experience of the impact assessor. Therefore, at the present time
a significant margin of environmental safety should be incorporated into all
construction permits.
10. Each wetland modification project is an environmental experiment
which should have a built-in control. This control should be a locally-
relevant area of comparable ecological constitution which can provide base-
line data for comparison. Control areas should be established on a regional
basis throughout the nation. All environmental impact statements should be
required to indicate the source of their control information.
11. The predictability of wetland environmental impacts will be greatly
enhanced through research on ecosystem structure and function and on the
response of wetlands to specific types of environmental manipulation. Local
xxvi
-------
baseline data developed by sophisticated multidisciplinary teams is sorely
needed now and must be available in the future. Wetland environmental pro-
tection will also greatly benefit from the widescale introduction of systems
analysis methods.
12. There is a critical need for development of a sophisticated technology
for restoration of degraded wetland environments. We do not yet know how
to create natural ecosystems, but research into this area should eventually
provide the technology for alleviation of many of the destructive effects
of necessary wetland construction.
13. Because of the regional uniqueness of wetland ecosystems, types of
wetland construction, and specificities of response to human manipulation,
there is a recognizable and growing need to establish sophisticated wetland
ecosystem analysis capability on a regional basis throughout the nation.
Only integrated scientific teams in regional laboratories can generate the
locally-specific information required for intelligent management of the
nation's wetland resources.
14. Since human demands and pressures on the nation's wetlands will
certainly increase in the future, and since environmental prediction and
management are attended by unavoidable uncertainties, the cornerstone of
wetland environmental protection must be a nationwide system of wetland
reserves to provide sanctuary for those species and ecosystems which may
be jeopardized in the intensively used and heavily modified areas. This
is a critical margin of safety which must be incorporated into national
and state environmental protection programs.
xxvi i
-------
Chapter 1
WATER, SOILS, AND AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS
Throughout the history of the earth, the surface of the land has been
molded by the action of water, falling in the uplands and coursing its way
to the sea. During its downhill passage, the water slowly but steadily erodes
the rocks and soils of the higher elevations and deposits the material in low-
land and coastal environments. These grand hydrological and geological pro-
cesses have together created the native wetland environments of the nation.
The atmosphere moving across the United States brings from the sea the
moisture equivalent of 150 inches of rainfall per year for the entire nation,
but it leaves behind only 9 inches. This is the water which is available to
support all the domestic, industrial, and agricultural needs of society and
to maintain the terrestrial, freshwater, and coastal ecosystems. With the
coming of the age of technology the human population has become a dominant
factor in the hydrological and geological cycles, in many respects more
powerful than the natural forces. Much of the effect of the human popula-
tion is mediated through human use and abuse of water and of wetland envir-
onments. By 1956, 50-80 billion gallons of water per day (4-6 percent of
the average stream flow) was being diverted for human use (Thomas, 1956),
and the figure is considerably higher today. It has been estimated that
one third of the original, natural wetlands of the nation have already been
converted to dry-land uses (Shaw and Fredine, 1971). To this figure may be
added the millions of acres of existing wetland areas which have deteriorated
as a result of various types of construction activity.
To grasp the impact of the human population on the aquatic resources of
the nation, it is first necessary to understand the physical relationships of
water and the land.
-------
The thin shell which forms the surface of the earth and within which living
systems are found is referred to as the biosphere. For convenience the bio-
sphere may be subdivided into three major components, the atmosphere, hydro-
sphere , and lithosphere, which roughly correspond to the three states of
matter: gaseous, liquid, and solid. The atmosphere is a rather constant
mixture of nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, and rare gases to which is added
a variable amount of water in both vapor and droplet form. Additionally,
dust, pollen, flying insects, and various other living and nonliving materials
may be temporarily airborne. The hydrosphere includes all the surface waters
of the earth, both those which are on the continents (streams, ponds, lakes,
marshes, and swamps) and those which comprise the world oceans. The hydro-
sphere also includes the vast reservoirs of ground water which underlie the
soil surfaces of all the continents. The land masses of the continents as well
as the bottoms of the oceans are included in the lithosphere.
Between the three spheres water is in constant circulation, and it plays
a major role in shaping the lithosphere and determining its habitability by
living systems. Before attempting to analyze man's activities in modifying
aquatic systems and the consequences thereof it is necessary to understand
the nature of water, its circulation and interaction with the lithosphere,
and the role of water in supporting the living systems of the biosphere.
The Nature of Water
Among the chemical compounds known to man water is clearly unique, and
it owes its peculiar properties to the basic structure of the molecule itself.
-------
The water molecule is composed of two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, but
because of the nature and arrangement of the hydrogen-oxygen bonds the molecule
may be thought of as having two positively-charged "arms" (the hydrogen atoms)
and two negatively charged regions (unbonded electrons of the oxygen atom). The
water molecule is electrically lop-sided or polarized.
The immediate importance of molecular polarity is the tendency of individual
water molecules to stick together forming chains of water molecules which behave
in many ways as supermolecules. This sticky property, calles cohesion, results
from the attraction of the positive arm of one molecule to the negative region
of another (jL-.e. , hydrogen atoms of one water molecule develop bonds with the free
electrons of another). Cohesive forces impart to water its high surface tension
which forms a tough layer on the surface of all drops and bodies of water.
Cohesion also imparts to water a high viscosity or resistance to flow. In a stream
with a given gradient this resistance limits the amount of water which the stream
can discharge in a prescribed period of time, and it also results in considerable
friction with the stream bottom, slowing the flow rate and providing a substantial
force for digging and lifting particles from the substrate and transporting
them in suspension.
Water also displays a tendency to stick to the surfaces of certain other ma-
terials. This property, called adhesion, stems from the attraction of the posi-
tive hydrogen "arms" to oxygen or other negative sites on the surface of the
foreign materials. A variety of organic materials as well as clay particles,
sand, and rocks readily become wetted. Since soils contain all of these materials
the soil particles have a ready affinity for water molecules. The adhesive prop-
erty leads to ready wetiing and suspension of stream bottom particles, and it
facilitates absorption of moisture onto particles in the soil.
If a fine capillary tube is touched to the surface of liquid water the
water level will rise in the tube in apparent defiance of the laws of gravity.
-------
This capillary rise stems from the forces of both cohesion and adhesion. It
is this force which permits moisture to rise through the fine tubes of plant
stems replacing the moisture lost by evaporation through the tiny pores of
leaf surfaces. Capillary rise is also important in the upward movement of
moisture in the capillary spaces between particles of the soil. Thus, the
upper layers of the soil do not dry out completely even though considerable
evaporation takes place at the soil surface.
Water has been referred to as the "universal solvent." While this is
not strictly so, it is true that water will dissolve a greater range of chemical
substances than any other known liquid. Included in the list of water soluble
substances are a wide range of organic and inorganic compounds as well as most
electrically charged particles or ions. These include the components of the
various acids, bases, and salts.
Water exhibits many interesting physical and chemical properties in addi-
tion to cohesion, adhesion, capillarity, and high solubility, and for further
information on the subject the reader is referred to any textbook of general
chemistry or physics. These four properties, however, are uniquely important
to an understanding of the behavior of water within the present context.
The Hydrologic Cycle
At any one time ninety-seven percent of the earth's water is in the oceans,
about three percent is associated with the continents, and only about a
thousandth of a percent is found in the atmosphere. Nevertheless, the earth's
water is in constant circulation, following a pattern which basically takes
it from the oceans to the atmosphere to the land and back to the oceans. Solar
heating provides the energy which evaporates water from the ocean surface,
and this is augmented by the action of wind which aids the evaporative process
-------
and which transports the atmospheric moisture to the continents. Over land a
portion of the atmospheric moisture falls as precipitation in the form of
rain, sleet, or snow.
Of the water which falls on land a fraction runs off into small streams
and creeks which join to form rivers which eventually enter the sea. Along
the way some of the surface water may be temporarily stored in standing
reservoirs such as ponds, lakes, marshes, and swamps, but this water also
eventually drains into the sea by one means or another. A portion of the water
precipitated on the surface of the land does not run off into surface drainage
directly but infiltrates the soil where, through the force of gravity, it
slowly moves downhill to enter the sea by one of several pathways. Some flows
to the surface as springs; some seeps into the beds of rivers and lakes, while
the remainder moves to the deeper layers where, after a long slow underground
journey, it will ultimately seep into the bed of the sea.
Just as the sun's energy causes evaporation from the ocean surface, so
it also evaporates some of the atmospheric moisture while it is falling as
precipitation. Evaporation likewise takes place from the surface of standing
and flowing waters and from the surface of the soil. Through the process of
transpiration, terrestrial vegetation also contributes to evaporative water
loss from the soil to the atmosphere. The main features of the hydrological
cycle, as discussed above, are summarized in Figure 1.1.
For portions of the earth the hydrological cycle may be expressed quanti-
tatively in the form of water budgets. For example, the atmosphere moving from
the oceans annually carries over the United States the moisture equivalent of
150 inches of precipitation for the entire nation. Only one fifth of this amount
(30 inches) actually reaches the land surface, and of this, about two thirds
(21 inches) are lost back to the atmosphere through evaporation and transpiration.
-------
0)
(-1
60
-------
Thus, the clouds passing back out over the oceans carry away 141 inches. Only
9 inches remain to enter the sea through surface flow of rivers and subsurface
flow of ground waters. The specific amounts, of course, vary from year to year
and from place to place on the continent, but the average figures provide
approximate values and relative ratios. From the standpoint of human society
the 9 inches which the clouds leave behind are the most important. They support
the domestic, industrial, and agricultural needs of society and maintain both
the freshwater and terrestrial ecosystems. Most of this book relates to the
fate of this 9 inches of water.
Soil-Water Relations
Precipitation and runoff - Precipitation reaches the earth's surface in the
form of rain, sleet, hail, and snow. Of these, rain and snow are by far the
most important in terms of their widespread influence on the surface of the
land, especially as they relate to soil erosion. Sleet and hail may exert
important local influences, but the over-all effect is less.
Individual raindrops falling in still air under the influence of gravity
achieve maximum velocities of about 25 feet per second, and most of the drops
of a given rain are traveling at near maximum velocity when they strike the
soil. Wind may significantly increase the velocities of the falling drops.
The impact of the raindrops as they collide with the surface of bare soil is
considerable. For example, it has been calculated that a 2-inch rain falling
on an acre of ground in one hour pounds the surface with a force equivalent
to 518 million foot-pounds of work. The wetting action of rain allows the
moisture to permeate individual clumps of soil, dissolving the cementing
materials which hold the clumps together. Repeated pounding by raindrops
disintegrates the softened mass forming a pasty suspension of fine soil
-------
8
particles which we recognize as mud. The constant churning action of this
suspension shifts and pounds the individual particles around so that the finer
particles shortly clog the pores and channels of the soil surface. Therefore,
within the first few minutes of a rain the soil surface becomes effectively
sealed and impervious to further penetration of moisture. The excess water
then accumulates on the surface.
When the rate of rainfall exceeds the intake capacity of the soil the
excess water spreads as a shallow layer more or less uniformly over the surface
of the flat land. This type of surface runoff is called sheet flow. However,
since most land is not uniformly flat, most of the sheet flow runoff even-
tually finds its way to linear low areas where it begins to course downstream
as directionally-flowing rills. The velocity of moving water increases with
slope, volume, and distance of flow, and since each increment of length adds
to the volume of flow the velocity increases as the water moves downstream.
Increased velocity is accompanied by turbulence, and local energy concentra-
tions are manifest as swirls and whirlpools. Linear movement of water in
defined channels is referred to as channelized flow. Rills coalesce to form
larger ones, and these join to become creeks and eventually rivers.
In distinction from rainfall, snowfall is gentle and does not do violence
to exposed soil surfaces, and a bed of snow protects the surface of the land
from temperature fluctuations and the effects of wind and other atmospheric
forces. However, snowmelt produces sheet flow which may change to channelized
flow if a slope is involved.
Erosion - Pounding rain which breaks down lumps of soil and places the particles
into suspension also places soluble materials into solution. Sheet flow
carries away the dissolved materials, and it is also effective in transporting
particles if there is a slope. This is called sheet erosion. The capacity
-------
of sheet flow to erode the land depends upon the amount of water involved
as well as the slope and configuration of the land over which it moves. Sheet
flow does not itself clog the pore spaces and infiltration paths of the soil.
As the runoff water becomes channelized into rills and creeks the increased
velocity and turbulence greatly increase the erosive capacity of the water.
Downstream, larger and larger portions of the runoff energy are directed against
smaller and smaller portions of the land surface. This type of concentrated
erosion is called rill and gully erosion. Channelized flow transports the
materials contributed by sheet erosion as well as the dissolved and suspended
materials picked up through gully erosion.
Snowmelt may cause both sheet and gully erosion, and if the spring thaw
is rapid the entire winter's supply of precipitation may suddenly be released
upon the land and watercourses. Some of the water may infiltrate the soil,
but if the soil is frozen the entire flow may proceed downhill as surface
runoff. This rapid release of accumulated moisture causes heavy erosion in
the steep uplands and severe flooding in the lowlands.
Water which infiltrates the soil is called subsurface water. The rate of
infiltration depends upon soil porosity and permeability as well as upon the
amount of moisture already present. Generally speaking, soils which have a
coarse texture (that is, a high porosity) exhibit higher infiltration rates than
soils made up of finer particles. Thus, infiltration is greater in sandy soils
than in soils with high clay content. Organic matter in the soil also facilitates
infiltration by aggregating soil particles and, thus, increasing pore space.
Once in the soil the water tends to move downward in response to gravity.
During this process some of the moisture is held to the particles by molecular
attraction and in the pore spaces by capillarity. Soils such as clay which
have high particle surface areas and fine pore space diameters retain
-------
10
considerable amounts of moisture. Only after these molecular and capillary
needs are met does the remaining water percolate downward to join the water
table where the soil is completely saturated.
In its downward flow the water dissolves certain salts and organic
materials from the surface layers, depositing them as defined layers deeper
in the soil. This leaching process may be enhanced by acid materials derived
from decomposing leaf litter at the soil surface. The most soluble materials
are picked up first and transported deepest. Thus, the downward flow of water
through the soil is responsible in large measure for the vertical stratification
observed in many soil profiles.
From the above it is clear that terrestrial soils are composed of two
main zones, the zone of aeration and the zone of saturation (Figure 1.2).
The zone of aeration is the upper layer in which the pore spaces are not
completely saturated with moisture. The water which is present is mostly
associated with soil particles, the spaces between containing much air. The
presence of soil oxygen is an absolute requirement for the roots of most
plants. Since evaporation and transpiration take place from the surface
layers of the soil, drying occurs from the top down, and the zone of aeration
is most affected. Some replacement of the surface water loss may occur by
upward movement of water from the deeper layers. Although the zone of aeration
is generally only a few feet thick, in some areas it may be much greater, even
achieving thicknesses of several hundred feet.
In the zone of saturation water completely fills the pore spaces of the
soil. This ground water which underlies much of the land surface makes up
a huge underground reservoir extending from a few feet to more than a mile
in thickness. Although the surface of the ground water tends to be relatively
flat, the level rises and falls in response to seasonal precipitation and
drought. The ground water provides a regulated discharge whenever it surfaces
-------
11
^ 4J O
0) ,0 4J
Cfl
S-i co E
4J i-l >
cfl O O
CO CO E
I
C i-H i-l
O cfl CO
C -rl U
fc CU
II 4J 4J
•—' CD cfl
CU |J
cj cu
£B
0) 4-1
T3 CU
cfl S
60 >
^ i
4-1 CU .
Cfl 4J M
(-1 CU
CU
cfl
CO
0)
CO O
c
I-l CO
O
C «H O
O 4J
N -U
C (U
CU 0) O
0) W cO
H 0) i-H
> co
CO M
4J 60 4J
cO
cB
O O
I-l
rH CU
O 4J
MH CO
M
O
4-1 CU
CU
cu cu C
& n o
H cfl
CO O
. cu j-i
cfl £ m
i-l O
•H N >,
O r-l
CO CO CU
i-l O -H
cd -H |S
•iH ^
4J
(-1
0) T3
4-1 (3
14-1
O
CO
CU
CO
CO CO
« (3 4J
C CU O
O 4J -H
•H Cfl ,C
4-1 J-I 4-1
3 cu
-
S
1
(U .
4-1 CU
•H -tH
O 4-1
CO ft
0)
•a o
0) M
4J CU
CO ft
n S
3 -H
4-1
CO 4J
CO CO
al
•H r-l
Cfl
1-1
CU I-l
O •
cfl IS
? ft O
CU .-I
3 CU CO
C 4-1
O cfl
n
0.2
+->
O
C i_
O
-------
12
as springs or riverbed seepage. Ground water gradually moves downhill within
the subsurface reservoir, and if not otherwise discharged it will eventually
seep into the bottom of the sea, as mentioned earlier. The residence time for
ground water is of the order of hundreds and thousands of years.
Submerged soils - Soils which are saturated with water for most or all of the
year are called submerged soils. These include waterlogged soils (which are
saturated for only part of the year), marsh and swamp soils (more or less
permanently saturated shallow water areas with high rates of plant production),
and subaquatic soils (permanently submerged soils forming the bottoms of rivers,
lakes, estuaries, and oceans). Submerged soils are chemically and biologically
quite distinct from the upland soils discussed above.
In upland soils the zone of aeration may be from a few to many feet thick.
Within this zone the pore spaces of the soil are filled with air so that oxygen
penetrates to all the soil particles. The major chemical elements making up
this layer (nitrogen, phosphorus, manganese, iron, sulfur, etc.) exist primarily
in the oxidized state* In the presence of abundant oxygen decomposition of
plant and animal remains proceeds rapidly and, for the most part, to completion,
i.e., the organic matter is oxidized to carbon dioxide, water, and other stable
end products (although certain resistant organic residues, collectively called
humus, do persist for substantial periods).
By contrast, in submerged soils the aerobic layer consists of a surface
zone which is generally only a minor fraction of an inch thick because oxygen
and other gases can enter only from the water above, and molecular diffusion
in the interstitial water is more than a thousand times slower than diffusion
in the gas-filled pores of upland soils. Both the soil minerals and the microbes
decomposing the organic matter create a demand for oxygen at a rate which far
exceeds the rate at which oxygen can be supplied so that the soil becomes
-------
13
completely devoid of oxygen or anaerobic within a few hours of submergence.
However, coarse sediments (which have higher diffusion rates) and those which
are very poor in organic matter (and hence, in oxygen demand) may be well
supplied with oxygen to some depth.
Below the thin surface layer of most submerged soils the environment
is anaerobic, and most of the major soil chemicals exist in the unoxidized
or chemically reduced state. Decomposition of organic matter proceeds slowly,
and a great variety of unoxidized decomposition products tend to accumulate.
These include organic acids, aldehydes, alcohols, amines, mercaptans, and
methane, among many others. Considerable humus may also be present. Some of
the unoxidized materials, including hydrogen sulfide, methane, and some of the
organic acids are quite toxic to most living organisms.
In the reduced state many of the chemicals become water soluble and would
tend to move up into the overlying water, but they are prevented from doing so
by the thin oxidized layer. As soon as the reduced chemicals diffuse up into
this layer they become oxidized, and the oxidized state of most of the major
chemical elements is insoluble. Hence, the oxidized layer of submerged soils
acts as a chemical trap for most nutrients, including phosphorus, iron,
manganese, silicon, cobalt, nickel, and zinc. In addition, the oxidized and
reduced layers together play roles which result in the loss of much nitrogen
from usable chemical forms (especially nitrate and ammonia) to the generally
unusable gaseous nitrogen which escapes to the overlying water and eventually
to the atmosphere. The major characteristics of the aerobic and anaerobic
layers of submerged soils are compared in Table 1.1.
-------
14
Table 1.1. Characteristic conditions of the surface, intermediate, and
subsurface zones of submerged soils. The biological significance
of these characteristics is discussed in the following chapter.
Characteristic
Zones
Surface
Intermediate
Subsurface
Appearance
Decomposition
PH
Free oxygen
Carbon
Nitrogen
Sulfur
Iron
larger-grained
aerobic
high
high
carbon dioxide
nitrate
sulfate
ferric
mixed-grained
alternating
low
low
mixed
nitrite
elemental
sulfur
mixed
finer-grained
anaerobic
high
absent
methane and
other reduced
carbon compounds
ammonium
hydrogen sulfide
ferrous
-------
15
Surface Waters
A detailed classification of the wetland types of the United States, as
modified from Shaw and Fredine (1971), is given in Table 1.2. In the present
discussion only the following types will be included: streams, freshwater
marshes and swamps, estuaries, and coastal marshes and swamps. Additional types
will be considered as necessary to introduce topics later in the text.
Streams - Streams are linear bodies of water with directional flow and which
drain water from the continents to the oceans. They are also the principal
means for downhill transport of products of weathering and erosion. Since
streams originate in uplands and terminate in lowlands, gravity provides the
force by which the water and transportable materials are brought from higher
to lower elevation. The debris transported by streams includes materials
introduced by sheet and gully erosion as well as materials scoured from the
stream bed and banks by friction with the water and its included load.
In longitudinal profile the slope of most streams follows a curve which
is steepest at the beginning and which is concave upward (Figure 1.3). The
average slope is greatest in the uplands, and it diminishes in logarithmic
fashion as the stream traverses the softer, more erodable material making up
the coastal plain. The average particle size of the materials making up the
stream bed tends to decrease downstream, since particle size transport is
related to water velocity, and water velocity is, in part, a function of slope.
As they move downhill, streams also tend to increase in width. This is due
chiefly to the progressively greater volume of discharge derived from numerous
tributaries received en route, and to lower velocity.
For any given stretch of stream the channel form (including width, depth,
symmetry, etc.) reflects the forces of scouring and siltation, of channel
-------
r
16
Table 1.2. Classification of wetland environments of the United States
(modified from Shaw and Fredine, 1971).
I. Non-marine related wetlands
A. Flowing waters
1. Springs
2. Small streams
3. Rivers
B. Non-flowing waters
1. Shallow water and shoreline environments
a. Floodplains
b. Seasonally-flooded basins
c. Fresh meadows
d. Fresh marshes
e. Inland salt marshes
f. Swamps
g. Bogs
2. Ponds
3. Lakes
4. Impoundments
II. Marine related wetlands
A. Coastal wetlands
1. Beaches
2. Salt marshes
3. Grass flats
4. Salt swamps
5. Estuaries
6. Bays
7. Lagoons
B. Marine environments
1. Submarine meadows
2. Coral reefs
3. Kelp beds
4. Open continental shelves
-------
17
LU
00
a
o
LJ
(J
o:
Z>
O
oo
O
o:
LL
LJ
U
GO
Q
0)
M
c
•H
CD
P.
O
0)
N
0)
c
(U
60
n)
4-1 C
O -H
60
(I) -H
--I M
••-I O
M-l
ft M
cd
4-1 CO
•H -H
60 T3
60
•H
ft.
13A31 V3S 3AOQV 1H9I3H
-------
18
lowering and building. The channel accommodates itself to the discharge
produced by the watershed, and it exists in equilibrium with the hydrodynamic
forces involved. In order to understand flowing water systems one must have
some insight into the nature of these interrelated factors, the chief of which
are slope, velocity, hydraulic roughness, and sediment load.
Slope - The slope of a stream is the drop in elevation for each unit of
distance traveled. Although the slope in most streams tends roughly to follow
the concave logarithmic curve mentioned above, within any given section of the
stream local topographic and lithologic features may prevail. The slopes of
individual stream stretches are especially variable in the highland headwater
areas where hills and valleys may have exposed alternating layers of hard and
soft rocks and where hanging valleys may give way abruptly to steep slopes or
vertical plunges.
Velocity - Velocity is the speed with which water moves. It depends
upon the depth and width of the channel, the slope, the volume of water to be
accommodated, and channel roughness or resistance to water movement. Velocity
determines, in large measure, the gravity-generated power to scour the stream
bed and to transport particles downstream. Stream discharge is a function
of the velocity and the cross-sectional area of the stream.
Hydraulic roughness - The resistance of the channel bed and banks to
water flow is determined by the particle-size composition of the channel bed
and banks and also by the presence of obstruction to flow. In general, fine
particles such as clay and silt offer less resistance than sand, gravel,
pebbles, or rocks. Boulders, riffles, and vegetation beds occasion high
resistance to flow.
Sediment load - Particulate material is transported by streams in two
ways, by suspension in the water column and by moving along the bottom (sliding,
-------
19
rolling, and hopping). In either case, the transported materials may collide
with particles in the bottom or banks, dislodging them. Such particles then
become subject to lifting and transport.
As mentioned above, velocity primarily determines the power of the stream
to lift and transport particulate materials. The greater the velocity the
greater the load and the larger and denser the particles that can be trans-
ported. It follows that any factors which reduce the velocity will result in
dropping of some of the load, with the larger and denser materials dropping
out first, followed by successively finer materials. This sorting or particle
grading action may be observed wherever the stream widens out into a pool or
enters a lake.
Local microhabitat features are those which are most important in deter-
mining the nature of biological development associated with a given stream
section. In the uplands, shallow riffle and deeper pool habitats tend to
alternate at regular intervals. The former involves swift water and scouring
tendencies, the latter, slow water and depositional tendencies. Downstream
the riffles become further apart and eventually drop out completely. In the
coastal plain the stream may be thought of as a long sinuous pool meandering
slowly toward the sea. Fine clays and silts held in suspension increase the
turbidity (decrease the light penetration) and absorb solar energy, thereby
gradually elevating the temperature of the water. Dissolved oxygen is gen-
erally high throughout the length of a stream because of the intimate contact
of the moving waters with the atmosphere.
The general principles of stream dynamics are subject to infinite
variation in local manif station due to the complex influences of lithology,
topography, climate, and vegetation. Some of these variations will be dis-
cussed in the following chapter, but greater detail may be obtained from the
-------
20
following references: Bayly and Williams (1973), Hynes (1960, 1972), Leopold,
Wolman, and Miller (1964), Reid (1961), and Smith (1966).
freshwater marshes, swamps, and floodplains - In low-lying areas where the soil is
waterlogged or covered by shallow standing water for all or most of the year heavy
vegetational development takes place. Where this vegetation is dominated by
grasses, reeds, rushes, sedges, and other non-woody types the development is
referred to as a marsh. If the vegetation is largely bushes and trees, it is
called a swamp. Freshwater marshes and swamps may develop in wet depressions
of upland areas, as late transitional stages in the filling of lakes and ponds,
at the margins of sluggish streams, in the low wet areas of stream floodplains,
or in extensive low flat areas of coastal plains inland from the influence
of saltwater. As a general rule, marshes and swamps develop where the surface
of the soil lies at the level of the water table or is submerged no deeper
than three feet. Of particular interest here are the marshes and swamps
associated with streams and floodplains, and a brief discussion of floodplains
and their water relations is in order.
Floodplains are the relatively flat lands lying between the stream itself
and the bluffs on either side. Although they may occur in association with
any permanently flowing water, they are especially prominent in the low-gradient
downstream stretches of rivers. As depositional features they are composed
largely of fine-grained silts or river deposited alluvium, but deposits of
sand, gravel, and coarser materials may occur. Over long periods of geological
time streams tend to cut their channels deeper into the substrate, lowering
the water table of the surrounding land. A shorter-term phenomenon is the
lateral swinging of the stream bed back and forth across the floodplain, in
the process forming new channels and abandoning old ones. Hence, floodplains
-------
21
typically include abandoned channels in various stages of filling. Through
sedimentation and organic development these pass through marsh and swamp
stages before becoming dry land.
Most streams are subject to occasional periods of torrential flow, and
when the volume of water contributed by the drainage basin exceeds the channel
capacity the excess must flow over the banks, inundating parts of all of the
floodplain. Water moving broadly across the land exhibits a greatly reduced
velocity, hence much of the sediment load is deposited as a layer of silt across
the floodplain. This periodic flooding, which occurs in most unmodified streams
every one to four years, also replenishes the water supplies of the marshes and
swamps occupying the floodplain depressions.
Due to the rapid accumulation of organic matter and poor water circulation,
hence poor aeration, most marshes and swamps are characterized by acid waters and
anaerobic acid soils. In swamps the trees and shrubs have extensive but shallow
root systems, and organic matter does not accumulate as rapidly as in marshes.
Swamp soils may have high percentages of silt. By contrast, the roots of marsh
grasses often die within the soil, and this added to the annual die-back of the
above-surface portions of the plant create deep, black, organic marsh soils.
Estuaries and related coastal waters - An estuary is the expanded mouth of a
river just above its entrance to the sea. It is subject to the influence of
both the river and the sea, as well as the coastal weather conditions. The
salinity of estuarine water is intermediate between that of the river and the
sea, and a definite salinity gradient exists from the upper to the lower end
of the estuary. Stratified water circulation patterns are typical, with fresher
water moving seaward at the surface and more saline water flowing upstream
along the bottom. This two-layered pattern reflects density differences in
the water masses, fresher water being less dense than saltier waters. Warm
-------
22
water also tends to be less dense than cool water. Therefore, during the
summer months the warm, fresh waters contributed by stream flow are considerably
less dense than the cool more saline water entering from the ocean. Regard-
less of the stratification, however, some mixing and dilution take place along
the length of the estuary as the two layers move past one another (Figure 1.4).
Located at the edge of the sea, estuaries are subject to tidal action,
and their levels rise and fall with the diurnal or semi-diurnal tides char-
acteristic of the neighboring sea. This means that enormous quantities of
water must move into and out of the estuary once or twice each day. Estuaries
are also subject to the lunar-solar tidal rhythms of especially high and low
amplitude cycles known, respectively, as the spring and neap tides. Due to
the interaction of these several factors, the estuarine waters are in a constant
state of flux, the dynamics of which are basically rhythmic and predictable.
Estuaries are also influenced by coastal winds which generate surface
waves and which may occasionally move large quantities of water into or out of
the estuaries, creating conditions of exceptionally high or low water, especial-
ly if they coincide with high or low tides. Extremely high winds accompany
coastal storms, and the heavy wave action and strong currents occasioned by
such storms may restructure the topographic features of the estuary.
On rocky coasts estuaries may be quite deep and fjord-like, but most
estuaries of the United States are fairly shallow, for the most part not ex-
tending deeper than ten or twenty feet, except in narrow passes and where
constant dredging maintains navigational channels. As streams enter upper
reaches of an estuary they drop much of their sediment loads creating shallow,
fine-grained deltaic bars near the upper reaches of saltwater influence. Bars
also develop at the mouths of estuaries, but these often consist of sand and
other coarse sediment mixed with the finer materials. Deeper basins not in
-------
23
UJ
u
o
C
UJ
C
§
CO 4J
0) 4-1
CO O
CO ,fl
co
p, 0)
0)
00
CO Cfl
cu
n -u
fe M
§
.-§
p^, fi
M ct)
4-1 CO
co > 4-1 r-l
4J CO 0)
& >
CO I 01
+J r-l
4-1 i-l
O CO 0)
CO 4-1
C CO
0)
4J
CO
O
•H
C 13
CO 0)
•> M
cu cu
O 4J
cfl fi
CO
•H
O 60 CO
C H
T> O 3
CU i-l O
)-( CO O
CU O
00
C
cfl
i-i cfl
I p
O CO
UJ
>
cr
CU
I-l
00
-------
24
the direct line of current flow act as settling basins for finer particulate
matter, and much organic matter tends to accumulate here. By contrast, in
areas regularly swept by strong currents the finer sediments are swept away,
and only coarse sand and shell remain as the bottom pavements. Since large
quantities of river-borne materials are deposited in estuarine areas, estuaries
are often characterized as sediment and nutrient traps. Typical habitat
features of estuaries include shallow mud flats, sand bars, oyster reefs,
submerged grass flats, and marginal saltwater marshes and swamps.
Due to the general shallowness and the action of wind, waves, and water
currents, the waters of estuaries frequently become thoroughly mixed. At
such times the bottom sediments become resuspended, transported, and redeposited.
When much sediment is in suspension light penetration is low. The turbidity
of estuaries is quite variable, but on the average, it tends to be high.
Despite the presence of much organic matter the dissolved oxygen levels of
estuarine waters are also generally quite high. This reflects, to some extent,
oxygen supplied by the vegetation during photosynthesis, but to a much greater
extent, oxygen supplied from the atmosphere and that brought in by the saline
bottom waters entering from the ocean. Anoxic conditions are rare in estuaries ,
but they are known to occur in some of the southern waters during the late
summer when a combination of high temperature, low flushing, and negligible
wind disturbance combine to create a high oxygen demand while reducing the
oxygen availability.
Through the daily and seasonal accumulation of sediments estuaries tend
to fill up and become, as it were, constipated. This tendency is countered
by strong flushing which occurs regularly when the river brings down flood
waters and irregularly when coastal storms sweep much of the accumulated material
seaward. This periodic catharsis is essential both to the maintenance of the
-------
25
estuary and to the nourishment of the marine system of the adjacent continen-
tal shelf.
Considering the variety of processes and features which interact to
produce the physical environment, estuaries are quite diverse in their specific
characteristics, each being distinct from all others in terms of factor com-
bination, rate intensity, and seasonal pattern of occurrence. Even within a
given estuary the factors vary from place to place and from one time to another.
Nevertheless, for a given estuary there is a certain predictability in the
kinds of habitat types that will be available and a certain seasonal, monthly,
and daily regularity in the patterns of factors and their variability. All
evidence indicates that the biological inhabitants of a given estuary are
genetically attuned to and dependent upon the particular suite of variables
associated with the personality of the estuary in which they reside.
Certain other aquatic coastal features are often associated with estuaries
and deserve brief mention. These are bays, lagoons, and the continental shelf.
Bays are coastal indentations which lack significant rivers at their heads.
They are subject to tidal and coastal wind action, but the salinity tends to
be nearly or actually that of sea water. Lacking a major source of land-
derived sediment, the bottoms tend to be largely sand and shell, rather than
terrigenous clay and silt.
Lagoons are semi-enclosed coastal waters which are more than just ex-
panded river mouths, although rivers may enter them. They form by impoundment
behind barrier islands and extensive deltaic deposits of rivers which have
built out into the ocean. When extensive they may be called sounds. Saline
lagoons are often sites of extensive sediment deposition, and their waters
may support dense beds of submerged grasses or they may grade gradually into
marginal marshes or swamps. Flushing is frequently poor, and if evaporation
-------
26
exceeds the rate of freshwater inflow, the salinity may rise to levels con-
siderably in excess of that of sea water. Such environments are called
hypersaline lagoons.
The term sound loosely refers to rather open, coast-related bodies
of water. It may be used for an open estuary (Pamlico Sound), a fjord-like
arm of the sea (Puget Sound), a passage between an island and the sea (Long
Island Sound), or an arm of the sea bounded by many islands (Mississippi
Sound). Sounds exhibit many properties in common with estuaries, but the
salinities are generally much higher than those normally encountered in
estuaries.
The continental shelf is the submerged margin of the continent beyond
the barrier beach and extending seaward to a depth of about a hundred fathoms
(six hundred feet). The shelf is generally a flat plain with rather gentle
slope seaward to the shelf break. Thereafter, the bottom becomes steeper as
the continental edge plunges to the ocean deeps. Continental shelves of the
United States may be only a few miles wide, as in the Pacific, or they may
extend for over a hundred miles, as in the Gulf of Mexico. They are typically
floored by sand admixed with other materials. Near river mouths and in areas
with little bottom current fine clays and silts may be prominent, but in areas
swept by strong bottom currents large quantities of coarse shell fragments
are encountered. Rocks and gravel occur on northern shelves, formerly influenced
by continental glaciers, and coral and calcareous algal debris are often
associated with reef development on tropical shelves. Bottom water current
patterns of continental shelves are important in determining specific local
environmental conditions, but only in a few cases are these well understood.
Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats - Saltwater marshes develop on
relatively flat terrain between the limits of normal high and low tide of
-------
27
protected bays, estuaries, and lagoons. They are dominated by a few species
of tall emergent reed-like vegetation which are tolerant of rhythmic submergence
and saline conditions. The water may be nearly fresh or nearly marine or
highly variable in salinity, and flushing occurs with each tidal cycle. Within
saltwater marshes there is a gradual build-up of organic peat deposited by
the vegetation itself. Highly dendritic tidal creeks dissect the marshes and
serve as avenues of entrance and egress of the tidal waters which alternately
flood and drain the marshes. Because of their adaptations to the intertidal
zone, salt marshes are highly sensitive to even minor change in water levels.
A saltwater swamp is an association of mangrove trees which grows in the
sea or in the water of sheltered bays and estuaries of subtropical regions.
The average water depth may be from a few inches to about four feet. Extensive
prop root systems reduce the action of waves and tidal currents and produce
a characteristic set of internal environmental conditions. Water flow is
greatly reduced. Sedimentation is high, and much organic matter accumulates.
Oxygen levels are low, and the environment is in many respects similar to that
of anaerobic submerged soils. Strong gradients in oxygen content and other
factors exist from the periphery to the interior of the swamp. In some cases
saltwater swamps grade inland into saltwater marshes.
Grass flats or submarine meadows consist of a few species of grasses
which are tolerant of continual submergence in salt and brackish waters. They
are normally found from the low water line to a depth of about three feet,
but they may extend considerably deeper in very clear waters. Although seldom
found in very strong current, they are most luxuriant where there is moderate
flushing. The long flat blades of the dense beds protect the bottom from
erosion, and extensive deposition creates a substratum of finely particulate,
high organic muds. Sufficient water penetrates the beds to maintain high
oxygen levels in the water above the bottom.
-------
28
This brief resume of the water, soils, and aquatic environments of the
United States most affected by construction activities lays considerable
emphasis upon the physical processes which take place, and especially upon the
interaction between water and soil. Chemistry is introduced only to the extent
necessary to lay the basis for interpretation of human influences to be dis-
cussed later. Biological development and ecosystem function in relation to
water and soils will be taken up in the following chapter.
-------
29
Chapter 2
THE BIOLOGY OF NATURAL AQUATIC SYSTEMS
Human activities have exacted a frightening toll on the native plants
and animals of the United States. Records are far from complete, but by
1966 it was clear that 327 native vertebrate animals, including 87 different
kinds of fishes, had already become extinct or were in danger of becoming so
(Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, 1966). Uncounted thousands of local
populations have disappeared, and many others are threatened. Although a variety
of human-induced factors are involved, clearly the chief cause is habitat
elimination and disturbance. In certain streams of the east and midwest,
influenced by acid mining wastes, every living thing has been annihilated
(Parsons, 1968). Dams and other stream disturbance has all but destroyed the
Atlantic salmon runs of the New England coast. Silt and sediment from logging
operations have destroyed riffle habitats of many western streams, eliminating
the animal populations and destroying the eggs of trout and salmon (Cordone and
Kelly, 1961). Flooding of wetlands behind dams of the Great Plains has elimin-
ated habitat types and habitat diversity (Neel, 1963).
To understand human impact upon the native aquatic species and wetland
ecosystems it is necessary to examine the biological systems themselves, the
conditions of life which they require, and the nature of biological variability.
-------
30
Living Systems
All life is an expression of two phenomena, organization and work. Although
analytically distinguishable, in a practical sense these are really only two
aspects of the same phenomenon, the functioning biological system. Organiza-
tion is the structure of life, the composition of chemicals into cells, these
into tissues and organs, and these in turn, into functioning organisms. In
like manner the individual organisms comprise groups called populations. Groups
of populations make up species, and groups of species functioning together
form communities. Living communities and the environments, with which they
exchange materials and energy, together make up ecosystems, which are the
basic functional units of ecology.
To maintain life all living systems must constantly perform work -
chemical, mechanical, electrical, and so on. The work of life is called
metabolism. Since work requires the expenditure of energy, plants and animals
need constant energy inputs to remain alive and healthy. Most plants obtain
their energy from the sun's radiation which they absorb by means of the green
chemical, chlorophyll. The chemical energy derived from radiant energy may
then be used to fuel all work functions of the plant, and subsequent work is
performed through sequences of chemical transformations. No energy change is
completely efficient; however, some of the energy at each step being lost is
non-useful energy in the form of heat. Additional energy is discarded with
waste products. It is for these reasons that living systems must constantly
renew their energy supplies. Animals, certain lower plants (fungi), and many
microbes lack chlorophyll and cannot transform sunlight into chemical energy,
-------
31
and these forms must obtain their energy supplies, directly or indirectly,
from chemicals manufactured by green plants. A few bacteria also obtain
energy by reducing inorganic chemicals.
In order to create and maintain states of highly complex internal organ-
ization, all living systems must obtain from their environments certain specific
chemicals, in quantities which are sufficient, and in forms which are useful
(Figure 2.1). All organisms require water. Plants, additionally, require
carbon, phosphorus, nitrogen, sulfur, sodium, potassium, and calcium in quantity,
as well as a variety of other elements in smaller amounts. The chemical
elements required by plants are generally most useful in the form of water-
soluble salts, such as the sodium, potassuim, or calcium salts or nitrates,
phosphates, and sulfates. Animals require about the same chemical elements
that plants do, but some of the elements must be in the form of organic mole-
cules such as carbohydrates, lipids (fats), proteins, and vitamins. Gaseous
oxygen is required in quantity by most living organisms, but some microbes can
obtain their oxygen supplies from other sources.
The two most fundamental processes of living systems are photosynthesis
and respiration (Figure 2.2). Through photosynthesis green plants utilize
solar energy to chemically reduce carbon, which may then be combined with
water to form carbohydrates. These may be further combined with nitrogen,
phosphorus, sulfur and the other substances to produce the vast array of
chemical compounds which make up the structure of living systems and through
which metabolic work is performed. Proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other
classes of compounds containing reduced carbon are called organic molecules.
These are high energy compounds which may be oxidized to low energy forms, such
as carbon dioxide and water, with the release of the bound energy. The chemical
oxidation of organic compounds is called respiration, and this involves two basic
steps, anaeorbic and aerobic respiration. The former step, although called
-------
32
0>
•o
'§
O
I
a
o
a
0)
T>
"o
<
o
'l_
ID
o
^
UJ
I
t-l
o
O
8 H-l
CO
•H %
C w
03 CU
•H
4-1 4-1
O -rl
CO »
CO CO CO
C 0) 4-1
o o o
•H 0)
CS
3
13
O
0) CU CU
rt JS
•u cu
r-t O 4J
cd co
4J 13 cd
SIS*
l-o E
003
MOW
•H >4-l 0)
> v
C Q)
CU > TJ
O C
t3 e cd
cu cu
N 1-1 4-1
•H C
r-l CD CU
cd B S
M CO (3
0) -H O
C C! M
CU cd -H
C5 t>0 >
cu
t-l
60
•rl
CO
o
o
CO
(O
• s I
E fe £
3 c j$
Z UJ O
-------
33
PHOTOSYNTHESIS
Carbon Dioxide
+
Water
+
Solar Energy
Carbohydrates
+
Oxygen
RESPIRATION
Carbohydrates
+
Oxygen
Carbon Dioxide
Water
Energy
\
Figure 2.2. Comparison of the processes of photosynthesis and
respiration. Photosynthesis and respiration are
opposite processes. The former builds high energy
chemical substances, the latter breaks them down.
-------
34
oxidation, does not actually require oxygen, but the latter step does. When
products of anaerobic respiration accumulate in the environment, as occurs
•
regularly in the anaerobic layer of submerged soils, an oxygen deficit or oxygen
demand is built up. As noted elsewhere, many of the products of anaerobic respi-
ration are toxic to higher forms of life, especially when they are present in
high concentrations.
All living organisms produce waste products which they release into the
environment, and if these wastes accumulate they also may become toxic to the
organisms producing them. Therefore, wastes must be removed or decontaminated
or else the organism must move to a new area. Chemicals which are toxic for
one species may not be poisonous for others, but certain chemical wastes are
toxic for most living forms, and these include, for the most part, the partially
oxidized breakdown products of organic matter (methane, hydrogen sulfide, many
organic acids, aldehydes, and ketones, among others) which accumulate in
anaerobic soils.
All living systems are environmentally sensitive, i.e., they possess
mechanisms for constantly testing the quality of their environments for both
beneficial and harmful substances and situations. All organisms are capable of
responding to environmental information, either through metabolic changes or
by overt begavioral acts such as aviodance. Living systems, in fact, are far
and away the most sensitive indicators of environmental information on earth,
and for certain purposes they are much superior to human instrumentation.
Unfortunately, we are only partially aware of the information which they are
capable of providing, and this is a fruitful area for future environmental
quality research.
-------
35
The Environment of Life
Limiting factors - The ability of an organism to survive within a given en-
vironment depends upon two conditions, the requirements of the organism and
the offerings of the environment. With respect to most physical and chemical
factors, life cannot tolerate extreme conditions. It is adjusted to survive
only within an intermediate range, which is referred to as the range of
tolerance (Figure 2.3). The organism displays a separate range of tolerance
for each one of the environmental factors, and any factor which approaches or
exceeds this range is said to be a limiting factor. In the case of tempera-
ture, for example, most organisms cannot survive temperatures as low as ab-
solute zero or as high as that of boiling water. If the temperature becomes
too hot or too cold (i.e., if it exceeds the maximum or minimum limits of
tolerance) life will cease to exist, regardless of the levels of moisture,
oxygen, phosphorus, or other factors.
The individual environmental factors do not operate entirely independently
of one another, however. When the organism is under stress from one factor,
its limits of tolerance for certain other factors tend to be reduced. Factor
interaction is responsible for the fact that the limits of tolerance are not
sharp points, but "fuzzy" areas. For terrestrial plants, a combination of
high temperature and low soil moisture is especially bad, because high temper-
ature accelerates evaporative water loss. If there is a strong wind, the water
loss increases further, and so on. The ranges of tolerance and the limits of
tolerance are not the same for all types of organisms. Some have very broad
and some have very narrow ranges of tolerance. In some cases the limits of
tolerance are toward the high or the low end of the scale, whereas in other
cases it is near the middle.
-------
36
Range
of <
Tolerance
/ Maximum -r
Minimum -
Upper Zone of Stress
Optimum Range
7 Lower Zone of Stress
Figure 2.3. Physiological ranges of any organism with respect to
a given environmental factor. The range of tolerance
may easily be visualized in relation to temperature
or to iodine availability. Beyond the maximum and
minimum limits of tolerance the environment will be
too hot or too cold to support life. Similarly, io-
dine may be present in toxic amounts, or it may be
so scarce that living systems, which need some iodine,
cannot exist.
-------
37
Habitat - The place where an organism normally lives is called its habitat,
but the concept implies more than just locality. It includes the ranges and
seasonal occurrence of environmental events which characterize the locality.
Since the organism does make a successful living and produce progeny in its
normal habitat, the concept also implies genetic adjustment to the prevailing
conditions through long evolutionary time. De facto the organism is genetically
adapted to remain alive, well, and fully functional in its normal habitat,
otherwise its race would have perished long ago.
Environmental stress - Within the total range of tolerance of the individual
organism there lies a narrow zone, often near the upper end, called the optimum
range» where the system functions at peak efficiency and is most productive.
Between the optimum range and the upper and lower limits of tolerance lie the
upper and lower zones of stress. Within these zones the system is placed under
a special burden, and the closer to the limits of tolerance, the greater the
penalty exacted by the environment. The strain placed upon the system is
referred to as stress.
Biological systems have developed many mechanisms for adjusting to
stressful situations. Some of these are generalized responses to stress
itself and come into play regardless of the nature of the stress agent. Others
are quite specific responses directed toward the handling of the particular
problem. A fair amount of information is available concerning specific stress
responses in plants and animals, but considerably less is known about general-
lized responses, except in the higher animals. Considering the sensitivity
of biological systems to environmental conditions and the complexity and
diversity of their responses to suboptimal conditions, stress responses should
provide an important means of assessing environmental quality. This matter
will be examined in some detail in a later section.
-------
38
Population Biology
Life history and behavior - During the span of its life every organism passes
through a series of stages which, collectively, make up its life history
(Figure 2.4). For many species the life history is a relatively simple matter
of growth and maturation as the individual passes from young to juvenile to
reproductive adult. In other species the young period consists of a sequence
of larval stages which differ from one another in body form. Whether the life
history is simple or complex, however, the several stages may be quite distinct
in life style, environmental sensitivities, and habitat requirements. Basi-
cally, the life histories of all species are adjusted to the seasonal program-
ming of environmental conditions of their normal habitats, and any significant
deviation from the normal pattern places the group in jeopardy. For the great
majority of species the most sensitive life history periods are those associated
with reproduction and early development.
Organisms in groups must respond to the physical environment and to each
other in ways which will enhance group survival, and this is particularly
true in animal populations. To accomplish group coordination the individuals
are sensitive to a variety of important cues or signals which elicit appro-
priate behavioral responses. Such cues may be chemical, visual, auditory, or
tactile (touch) in nature; more often they include a combination of these.
Some cues are provided by the physical environment. These are especially
significant in coordinating events leading to successful reproduction, but
they may also be important in relation to feeding and migration. In other
cases the cues are provided by other members of the same species, and these
may be important in day-to-day behavior, as well as during critical periods
such as migration and reproduction. The environment plays a significant role
in determining whether or not such cues may be properly given and received.
-------
39
eggs
larval
stages
juvenile
stages
adult
stage
Figure 2.4. Life history of the brown shrimp showing the
sequence of stages passed through from egg to
adult (details abbreviated). This is an ex-
ample of a complex life cycle. Simple life
cycles may skip the larval stages and pass di-
rectly from egg to juvenile stages.
-------
From the above considerations it is clear that the life history and behavior
are dependent in many ways upon both the quality and seasonal events of the
normal environment. This is especially true for aquatic species.
Population variability - The population is a group of organisms of the same
species which live in the same habitat and which breed together. This inter-
breeding unit shares the same common pool of genetic material which gets
reshuffled or recombined at each generation, but which persists through time
so long as the population itself remains intact. Individuals of a population
share most of their genetic material in common, and so they are basically
alike in most structural and functional characteristics. The individuals are
not identical, however. Each contains only a sampling of genetic material
from the common pool. Hence, each is somewhat unique in its genetic consti-
tution and, therefore, in details of structure, function, environmental re-
quirements, optimum, range and limits of tolerance, and so on. This variation
around a theme, or population variability, is the essential feature of the
population and the factor most critical to its survival. It allows the species
to meet the environment as a group, and even though some individuals may fail,
the group persists to insure genetic continuity of the race. High genetic
variability provides group flexibility in meeting unpredictable or variable
conditions. It is associated with mosaic habitats and environments with
variable or unstable conditions. Genetic variability tends to be low in
monotonous habitats and in environments with highly regular and stable con-
ditions.
Selection - At every generation the environment monitors the quality of the
genetic material of each population, and it weeds out that material which is
non-adaptive, i.e., which does not fit the individuals to the environment.
-------
41
This constant process of genetic editing by the environment is referred to
as selection. When carried out by the natural environment it is referred to
as natural selection; when consciously employed by man to improve the genetic
quality of domestic strains of plants or animals it is called artificial
selection. There is as yet no generally accepted term for the inadvertant and
often unknown selection which occurs in wild populations subject to the various
influences of civilization, and for convenience in the present discussion this
process will be referred to as cultural selection. Whether natural, artificial,
or cultural, all types of selection reduce the variety of genetic material
available in the common pool. Another aspect of selection is that it is
directional. For example, starting with a cross-section of the human popula-
tion, through selective breeding one could produce a strain of giants or
dwarfs, of fine tenor voices or deaf mutes, or of perfect physical specimens
or disease-prone individuals. The effects of selection upon population
variability are illustrated in Figure 2.5.
Genetic exchange between populations - Under natural conditions two factors
normally operate to counter the loss of variability due to selection. These
include mutation and genetic exchange with other populations of the same
species. Mutations are fundamental changes in small units of genetic material.
In effect, they are mistakes or failures of genetic material to duplicate
itself exactly. Hence, most mutations are non-beneficial, but occasionally
a mutation occurs which is adaptive. The mutation process is so slow and the
frequency of beneficial mutations so low that significant genetic improvement
by this means alone would take thousands of years. Through geologic time and
over the space of the earth, mutation has been a very important evolutionary
force, but on short time scales and for individual local populations it may
generally be ignored.
-------
42
B
/ \
Direction
of
Selection
Figure 2.5. The effects of selection upon population variability.
In the top figure, beginning with an initially varia-
ble population (A), one could produce extreme popula-
tions (B) or (C) or anything between. In the bottom
figure strong selection from the right would produce
a population of extreme characteristics and reduced
variability (D).
-------
43
As interbreeding units, naturally-occurring populations are largely or
completely isolated from one another. However, as a general rule, some
genetic exchange does take place between neighboring populations on a regular
or sporadic basis, periodically introducing alien genetic material to be
tested in the new environment. Genetic exchange is an important mechanism
for maintaining population variability, even on very short time scales
(Figure 2.6).
Though based upon studies of only a few species, the basic principles
of genetic and population variability in relation to natural environmental
conditions are fairly well established. However, we are vastly ignorant of
the specific genetic properties of most wild populations, even though the
techniques for their study are now readily available. Considering the fact
that civilization is rapidly stabilizing, regularizing and monotonizing
habitats, creating various and unknown forms of cultural selection, and
establishing barriers to genetic exchange, there is a critical need for
research into the specific effects of such activities on the genetics of many
wild populations.
The genetic concept of species - A species is a group of populations which are
actually exchanging genetic material with one another or which are potentially
capable of doing so. It is the greater genetic pool, the aggregate of all
the population genetic pools. Each species on earth represents a unique array
of genetic materials, self-perpetuating through time, and adapted to the
prevailing local set of environmental conditions. Under normal conditions
different species do not exchange genetic material with one another because of
genetic or environmental barriers to hybridization. However, if the environ-
mental barriers are removed, interspecies hybridization does sometimes occur.
-------
44
Figure 2.6. Populations as interbreeding units with limited
genetic exchange. Individual populations (A-D)
occupy different geographic ranges and are essen-
tially closed breeding units. However, occasional
genetic exchange between adjacent populations
(indicated by arrows) does take place.
-------
45
Hybrid "swarms," i.e., populations of mixed genetic origin, are most often
found in association with areas of human disturbance.
The Biological Community
Composition and pattern - The biological community is an aggregate of species
which occupy the same habitat and which interact with one another to produce
a rather stable functional system. The structural units are populations of
the individual species, each of which displays a unique set of characteristics.
Through evolutionary time the body forms, requirements, and life history
patterns have become genetically adjusted so that, on the whole, the species
making up the community are mutually compatible. Although there is competi-
tion and day-to-day violence, the long-term result is survival and coexistence.
Natural selection works to minimize competition, with the result that,
taken together, the life styles of the individual species of a community re-
present a carefully adjusted "least work" solution to the long range resource
utilization problem. For a given situation the solution must take into
account the prevailing physical, chemical, and biological constraints. There-
fore, it is a locally unique solution, and all communities are different in
detail. However, since there are major commonalities in the constraints,
as well as certain limitations posed by organization, per se, the solution
horizon is itself limited, and all communities exhibit the same basic organi-
zational patterns.
From a structural standpoint all communities exhibit patterns of vertical
stratification or a layering effect. In a forest this may include the upper
canopy, several intermediate layers, the ground surface, and the subsoil root
zone (which itself is vertically divided into several horizons). In aquatic
environments it may include the water surface, several layers of intermediate
-------
46
water, the aerobic bottom surface layer, and the sub-bottom anaerobic zone.
Communities also display horizontal patterns in the spatial distribution of the
various components, i.e., of species or groups of species. Such patterns may
reflect topographic or other irregularities of habitat conditions. For
example, in prairies and other open country, north-facing slopes of even
gentle hills receive less sunlight, experience less evaporation, and retain
more ground moisture than do south-facing slopes. Forests typically have slight
elevations which tend to be drier and depressions which tend to retain moisture.
Within streams, riffle and pool stretches may alternate. Individual species
are highly sensitive to and are often dependent upon even slight environmental
differences, and they tend to congregate and flourish where the habitat con-
ditions are most favorable. Within the favorable habitat, however, the
individual organisms of a given species tend to exhibit characteristic spacings
with respect to one another. Some prefer proximity and are found in clumps,
herds, and schools. Others are intolerant of close association and space
themselves out with regularity. Yet others may appear to be strewn across
the landscape, sometimes together and sometimes apart, as if at random.
Another important aspect of community structure is the species composition.
This reflects the availability of species to invade an area and also their
ability to survive, once they arrive. The nature of the community derives
from the collective natures of the individual component species, but in terms
of the system, as a whole, they are not all of equal importance. Some, because
of size, abundance, or critical activities, are pervasive in their influence,
and these are called the dominant species. A redwood forest without redwoods
would be a totally dii .erent system, as would an oyster reef without oysters
or a saltwater swamp without mangroves. From a statistical standpoint it is
useful to consider a community in terms of its species diversity, i.e., the
-------
47
number of species inhabiting the area. Species diversity reflects a variety
of factors including the size and complexity of the habitat, relative rates
of species invasion and extinction, presence of developmental and disturbance
areas, and evolutionary age of the system. Important in the present connection
is the fact that rapid decline in species diversity is often associated with
community stress.
Species interaction and nutrient relations - The species which make up the
community interact with one another in various ways. As shown in Table 2.1,
the relationships between any two species may be casual or rather regular,
beneficial or harmful, necessary or unnecessary for the survival of one or
both of the interacting species. Details are often subtle and complex, and
the life histories of many species revolve around such relationships.
These species-pair interactions fit together to form larger functional
patterns involving large segments or all of the community, and of especial
importance are those interactions which involve the flow of nutrients through
the system. The simplest pattern of nutrient flow is the food chain (Figure
2.7) where the organic material produced by green plants is transferred by
several eat-and-be-eaten steps to herbivores and two or three carnivore
levels. In most communities the situation is far more complex, but based Upon
the same principle. In the food web of complex communities a number of species
occupy each of the levels. In such a web each species is capable of utilizing
alternate food resources so that a failure of one or a few species generally
does not lead to the collapse of all higher levels.
The quantity of living matter or standing crop is generally greatest at
the lowest or producer level, and the standing crop decreases with each sub-
sequent step. There is also a tendency for the number of individuals and the
-------
48
Table 2.1. Types of interaction between populations of two different
species.
Name of
interaction
General result of interaction
Mutualism
Interaction is beneficial to both populations, and
each is required for the survival of the other.
Protocooperation -
Interaction is beneficial to both, but not required
for survival of either.
Commensalism
Interaction is beneficial and required for one, but
other not significantly affected.
Neutralism
- Neither population affects the other.
Amensalism
One population is inhibited by the interaction; the
other is not affected.
Competition
Interaction which affects both populations adversely.
When severe, it may lead to the elimination of the
poorer competitor.
Parasitism
Interaction which is beneficial and necessary for
one, but the other is adversely affected. Parasites
are generally smaller than their hosts, and they do
not generally kill the host.
Predation
Interaction which is beneficial for one, but the other
is adversely affected. Predators generally do not
depend upon a single prey species, but are capable of
"shopping around." Predators are generally larger than
their prey and often kill their prey.
-------
49
t
C2
t
C|
t
p
owl
t
mouse
t
grasshopper
t
grass
x
c
*
x
Figure 2.7. Representations of nutrient flow within natural com-
munities. The top figure shows a simple food chain
with one species at each level. The middle figure re-
presents a food web with numerous species at the lower
levels. The bottom figure is a food pyramid showing
the amount of living material or energy bound at each
level. £ represents producers (plants); £ represents
consumers (animals and decomposing microbes), with the
level number represented by a subscript.
-------
50
number of species to decrease from lowest to highest level. These relation-
ships have given rise to the concept of food pyramids. Each consumer level
eats only a portion of its potential food supply. Of that which is consumed,
part is lost by the food organisms as respiration, and the remainder dies and
undergoes microbial decomposition. The decomposers together with the dead
organic matter constitute a very complex mixture of material known as organic
detritus. This material serves as a major food source for many soil animals,
and it is especially important in aquatic food webs.
Community development and recovery from disturbance - It is the nature of
biological systems to invade bare geological features of the earth and to
develop thereon stable biological communities. The processes through which
this takes place are collectively referred to as community succession. It
begins when a few hardy pioneer species gain a foothold, and it terminates
with the establishment of the climax community which is more or less permanent
and in equilibrium with the regional climatic regime. Between the invasion and
climax stages lie a series of intermediate developmental stages, one following
upon another in a regular and generally predictable way. Each stage is
characterized by a set of species adapted to the particular transitory conditions
in the overall scheme of community development. Each set of species modifies
the soil conditions so that the environment becomes more suitable for the next
stage which eventually replaces the preceding set. Early stages of succession
are highly dependent upon the nature of the original substratum (such as bare
rock, sand, gravel, mineral soil, or water), but with progressive development
the community builds up its own organic-rich soil which reflects, not the
nature of the original bare area, but the vegetation and the regional climate.
Therefore, within a given climatic zone all successional stages lead toward
-------
51
the same regional climax community (although some may require many years to
reach the climax stage).
Community development which begins on bare geological features is called
primary succession. That which begins on an area where the soil is already
organically developed (such as an abandoned farm field) is referred to as
secondary succession. Secondary succession takes place after a forest fire
or when a giant tree falls in the forest leaving a break in the canopy.
Secondary succession is a rapid process, and it is the community's way of
recovering from various forms of natural disturbance. Both primary and second-
ary succession depend upon the availability of those species characteristic
of the early and middle stages of succession which are adapted to survive in
ephemeral environments. Therefore, protection of the community's ability to
recover from various forms of human disturbance will involve perpetuation of
the important transition-stage species. Minor surface disturbance will require
secondary succession species, but areas from which the topsoil has been re-
moved must undergo the long-range primary succession process. If the mineral
concentration layers of the soil are exposed, organic development will be
particularly slow. For expediting the recovery of terrestrial communities, the
importance of retaining topsoil cannot be overemphasized.
The Ecosystem
Biological communities are in functional continuity with the immediate
physical environment: the soil, the surface and subsurface waters, and the
surrounding atmosphere. The biological community together with the physical
environment with which it is in intimate contact is called the ecosystem,
and this is considered to be the basic functional unit of ecology. Through
-------
52
this system minerals and other nutrients are recycled, and energy is passed,
and all the component species are able to survive.
Nutrients and biogeochemical cycles - The chemical elements which are essential
components of living systems are called biogenic elements. These chemicals
are obtained from the physical environment by green plants, and after passing
through food chains they are returned again to the environment. At a later
date they may reenter the food chains in an endless recycling process involving
the living and non-living portions of the ecosystem. Such cycles are referred
to as biogeochemical cycles.
Since each chemical element possesses unique properties, the precise
nature of its own recycling adventure is also distinct. For most of the
chemical elements the quantity in the non-living state at any one time far
exceeds the amount in the living state. Some of the material may pass tempo-
rarily out of active circulation because it is locked up in a nonusable chemical
or physical form or because it has become deeply buried or passed to a location
where it is unavailable to the community. Much of the material from such
reservoirs eventually passes back into active circulation.
Two basic types of biogeochemical cycles are recognized, sedimentary and
gaseous cycles. Sedimentary cycles are those in which the atmosphere is not
involved in a major way, i.e., the primary reservoirs are the soil, rocks, and
water. Most of the biogenic elements pass through sedimentary cycles. Gaseous
cycles involve reservoirs in the soil, rocks, and water but also in the atmo-
sphere. Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen are the chief elements which
have gaseous cycles. As noted in the previous chapter, hydrogen and oxygen,
combined as water, pass through the hydrologic cycle. Water and carbon
dioxide are necessary for photosynthesis, and oxygen is essential for aerobic
respiration. Gaseous nitrogen is not directly available to most organisms,
-------
53
but a few important nitrogen-fixing microorganisms can oxidize nitrogen gas
to form nitrites and nitrates which then become available to the green plants.
None of the biogeochemical cycles is perfect. Some leakage takes place,
primarily through erosion and ground water transport to streams and eventually
to the sea where the chemicals are effectively lost to the major ecological
systems of value to man. However, most natural ecosystems are characterized
by rather tight cycles in which leakage is minimal, often less than the rate
of storage and replacement from the major reservoirs. Through construction,
agriculture, and other activities man has opened the floodgates on many of the
biogeochemical cycles, and at the present time loss far exceeds the rate of
replacement. Most of this loss occurs through erosion and runoff.
Energy flow through ecosystems - Energy is the ability to do work. It may be
transformed from one state to another, but at each transformation some of the
energy is, for all practical purposes, lost, i.e., it is converted to heat
energy which eventually dissipates into the surroundings and is no longer
available or useful for ecological systems. Thus, a given amount of energy
which enters the community through photosynthesis becomes dissipated through
respiration as it passes up the consumer food chains and ultimately through
the decomposers. If the photosynthesis and respiration of the community are
equal (P/R = 1) organic matter is being used up as fast as it is being produced,
and there is no net gain. If photosynthesis exceeds respiration (P/R > 1),
organic matter is accumulating, and the system is storing energy. It has
been found that during the developmental stages of community succession the
ratio exceeds one as organic matter accumulates in the process of soil forma-
tion, but when the climax stage is reached, the ratio tends to approach unity.
In dealing with the flow of energy through food chains it has been found
useful to distinguish between plant and animal production, i.e., between
-------
54
primary and secondary production. The rate of primary production may be
controlled by the availability of light, nutrients, or water. For a given
light regime the moist lowlands are far more productive than are the dry or
upland areas, and the highest production rates known occur in those communities
which develop around river mouths at sea level. These include alluvial plain
forests, coastal marshes and swamps, and estuaries (Figure 2.8). These pro-
duction rates reflect the abundance of moisture as well as the availability
of erosion-derived nutrients which are deposited downstream,
Closed vs. open ecosystems - On the basis of functional independence one may
distinguish between two basic types of ecosystems, the closed and the open.
The closed ecosystem depends upon local photosynthesis for most of its nutrient
supply, and its chemical cycles are relatively tight. It is a self-sufficient
system with only minor imports or exports. Forests, grasslands, and most
lakes conform to this pattern. By contrast, the open ecosystem is one in
which exchange processes are important. It may receive or export significant
quantities of organic matter, nutrients, or transient organisms. The ultimate
open system is the stream which is basically a flow-through system, but the
estuary, floodplain, coastal marsh and swamp, as well as the nearshore conti-
nental shelf are all fundamentally open systems.
Ecosystem stability - It has been noted earlier that succession proceeds to
the climax stage in which the community is demonstrably stable over very long
periods of time. This is the so-called "balance of nature" which is widely
recognized among practicing ecologists but poorly understood. The concept
applies primarily to closed ecosystems. Certainly, the stability reflects a
dynamic equilibrium between rates of production and utilization (photosynthesis
vs. respiration, among others), but it also reflects a stable nutrient supply,
-------
55
to
0
IO
1O
IO
•
o
UJ
o
o
UJ
Q.
O
fi&m*:
'M&M
CO
<
o
o
UJ
z
cr
H-
co
UJ
UJ
CT
UJ
ac
gg
a:
CD
CO
0)
P.
0)
>
I-
o:
UJ
-H O
CS S 3
CU T3
(-1 " O
CU CO M
l| [ ff-t f^
•H cd 4-1
T3 i—I CO
4J O
C cu 6
•H &
CU
O ed 4J
•H 4->
4J CO CU
o cd »-i
3 o cd
13 O
o
1-1 CU
a
cd
cu
4J
4J
cu
ex
!-) CO
a ...•.•.•.•..•:•.'. o cd j^
aV3A/3«OV/SN01
-------
56
a reliable moisture regime, and an internal balance in the population levels
and species interaction phenomena. This stability results from millions of
years of evolutionary research and development, as it were.
Stability in open ecosystems is not quite the same. Swamps and marshes
are transitional stages in succession from water to land, and they are highly
sensitive to changes in water level. Stability in these systems may be thought
of as steady rates of successional development in areas where the mean water
level is steady or shows only gradual change. Much the same is true of the
floodplain community. Estuaries and lagoons may fill over longer periods of
geological time, but they are relatively permanent, as are streams and the
nearshore continental shelf. Streams, estuaries, and the shelf all depend
upon nutrient input from adjacent land or upstream. So long as the rates of
erosion, organic matter input, water flow, etc. remain reasonably constant
these aquatic systems will display an induced stability. Considering their
sensitivity to drought, flooding, nutrient enrichment, excess sediment load,
etc., they seem geared to respond to prevailing conditions. It has been
suggested that such systems are constantly seeking equilibrium with transient
conditions. Only in the long-range sense can really open systems be considered
stable. On a day-to-day and week-to-week basis they must change in response
to external controlling factors.
Natural Aquatic Systems
Within a given drainage system many types of wetland habitats exist.
These may be thought of as individual isolated habitats or as functional parts
of the larger aquatic system. Both points of view have important biological
validity. For individual organisms the local habitat conditions are paramount
in determining success on a day-to-day basis, and characteristic aquatic
-------
57
community types develop in response to the prevailing sets of habitat condi-
tions. As shown in Figure 2.9, each habitat is characterized by its own
internal food chains involving producers, several types of consumers, and
decomposer organisms. Within each habitat the biogenic elements cycle and
recycle through the local system. However, since the aquatic environments are
really open systems, import-export phenomena are quite important aspects of
their metabolism.
From a broader view, the individual habitats are physically and func-
tionally related in a rather regular pattern based upon the downstream hydro-
logical regime discussed in the previous chapter (Figure 2.10). Through
seepage or surface runoff inorganic materials enter the aquatic systems.
Organic matter is derived from internal production and from floodplain leaf
litter washed in, primarily during flood time or when there is heavy rainfall
(the "gully washer" and "trash mover" of local parlance). These inorganic and
organic materials, which may enter the aquatic system at any level along the
water course, are transported downstream and eventually to the sea, but along
the way they may experience long layover periods in one habitat or another.
A point which must be stressed is the fact that open aquatic systems depend
greatly upon the import of leaf litter from neighboring and upstream flood-
plains. Deprived of this source of nourishment the aquatic systems become
impoverished. The interconnectedness of habitats within the drainage system
also means that individual organisms have access to all parts of the system,
and life histories of individual species are built around the strategy of
multiple occupancy which requires unimpeded access from one habitat to another.
The discussion of the biology of individual aquatic habitats will be
facilitated by the use of a few technical terms. These terms are defined
below and illustrated in Figure 2.11.
-------
58
a:
o
a.
I
CO
cd co
60 C
c % O
ft
j d
o cd
a
O C>0
H
£T
O
a.
X
UJ
•H pp O
C -H
3 fi
5 . cd
6 /-N oo
O "O M
CJ 0) 0
•H
o m co
•H 'H 4J
4J iH 5-1
cd £LI o
360.
CT1 -H >4
cd co a)
cd 4J cd
g cd
co a) co
M 4J
cd 60 M
o
MH CO ft
O iH S
•H -rl
C cd
•H 4J >,
cd 0) 4J
JJ T3 -H
t) ^ C
T3 4J §
O cd §
O 4J O
m -H O
^3
i-H Cd 0)
Cd rC rC
C •'-'
H 0
a> a) «
•u > 6
00
-------
59
Runoff
Springs
Freshwater Marshes
I
Lakes
g ^ Freshwater Swamps
Bays
SALINE LAGOONS
Saltwater Marshes
Grass Flats
Oyster Reefs
Saltwater Swamps
Mud Flats
Sand Bars
Coral Reefs
Lateral and Offshelf Transport
Figure 2.10.
Downstream relationship between wetland habitats
within a given drainage system. Water, sediment,
and mineral nutrients tend to follow the down-
stream path. Organisms, however, may move with
the gradient or counter-current. Human modifica-
tions in one part of the system may have effects
elsewhere in the system, and especially downstream.
-------
60
CO
4J
e
0) .
C co
o -u
p. cd
o -H
a ft
cd
cd
o 01
•H a
60 -H
O M
rH Cd
o e
•H
,n 13
pi
0) •>
01 O)
M-l 4-1
M-l Cd
0) CO
O
o cd
4J M
O) «
p, cd
CO CO
B ai
0> M-l
00 -H
•S-o
4-J 01
cd -H
4J P.
CO P,
3 cd
rH
iH (U
•H M
CO
4J
Cd CO
4-> S
•H C
^3 0)
cd t-i
a)
•H cd
4-1 CO
cd
3 0)
cr ,c
<3 H
H
•
CM
01
3
00
•H
-------
61
Plankton Includes the microscopic plants and animals (bacteria, unattached
algae, and small invertebrates) which are transported from place to place by
the water currents. Plankton is characteristic of still or slow-flowing waters
since swift or turbulent flow tends to destroy the organisms and to result in
their eventual precipitation to the bottom.
Nekton includes the larger free-swimming animals (fishes, frogs, turtles,
snakes, larger invertebrates, etc.) which have considerable powers of locomotion
and which can move about on their own despite the water currents.
Benthos includes the organisms of any size which are associated primarily
with the bottom. These may be buried in the bottom, attached to bottom surfaces,
or freely-moving about the bottom surface.
Attached algae are the simple and often microscopic plants which are
attached to some hard substratum such as rocks, sticks, and leaves of larger
aquatic vegetation.
Rooted vegetation includes the array of larger higher plants which are
rooted in the bottom muds. They may grow as emergent, floating-leaved, or
submerged forms.
Streams - Most streams exhibit three basic types of habitats: riffles, pools,
continuous flow sections (Figure 2.12). Small upland and steep-gradient
streams generally have alternating stretches of riffle and pool habitat,
whereas the continuous flow sections are normally associated with larger, low
gradient, downstream sections of rivers. Riffles are built physically of
large particles (boulders, rocks, pebbles, and gravel) and have large inter-
particle spaces allowing for free water circulation throughout. The internal
oxygen supply is high, and it may extend to the depth of a meter or more.
Current-borne leaves, twigs, and branches lodge in the riffles and provide a
-------
62
o
CU
CU
M
14-1
O
a
o
X -S
•u
CO
3
UJ
K
tN
(U
-------
63
long-term food source for the riffle inhabitants. A variety of attached
algae grow on surfaces exposed to sunlight, providing an additional food
source. Riffles support complex and productive animal communities which in-
clude primarily worms, snails, crustaceans, and aquatic insects. Riffle animals
require highly oxygenated water for survival, and within the riffle they are
found to the depth of oxygenated water. Since riffle habitats are characterized
by high flow rates the riffle animals exhibit many structural modifications
for hanging on and for catching food particles which drift by. For reasons
not well understood some of the riffle animals periodically let go and are
carried downstream by the water current, a phenomenon known as stream drift.
Many of the riffle inhabitants are immature stages of insects belong to
species which pass their adult lives flying in the air.
Stream sections between riffles which are generally wider and deeper and
where the water flows much more slowly are called pools. Whereas riffles
may be thought of as the filters of the stream, pools are the settling basins.
Bottoms are composed of finely-particulate silts and muds, and they often
contain much decomposing organic matter derived from upstream and the sur-
rounding floodplains. Marginal vegetation beds are often present, and branches
and brush may be found on the bottom. Both the environment and the biological
inhabitants of the pool are distinctly different from those of the riffle,
the pool being in many respects similar to the isolated prairie or woodland
pond. But the pool is not a pond because it is a flow-through system and
because it is influenced by the presence of the adjacent riffles. Pool
animals often forage around the riffles, and sometimes the riffle animals
forage in the pools. Riffle-derived drift organisms are consumed by pool
inhabitants. Riffles serve as spawning areas for many of the pool and down-
stream species, especially the fishes, since the eggs must be bathed by oxy-
genated waters and protected from predation by larger animals.
-------
64
As one proceeds downstream and the gradient lessens, the riffles become
less pronounced and eventually drop out entirely. The pool sections become
longer and grade into the continuous flow section which characterizes the
downstream portion of the river. This section is related to the pool, but it
is not influenced by riffle areas, and with increasing size, it becomes less
dependent upon the surrounding floodplain. Although a modest plankton com-
munity may be developed, the continuous flow section is a detritus-based
community dependent almost entirely upon decomposing organic matter contributed
by the upstream waters.
Freshwater marshes and swamps - As pointed out in the previous chapter, fresh-
water marshes and swamps develop on soils which are submerged or water-logged
for most or all of the year. These may occur in upland areas as lakes fill
in to become land as well as in the shallow submerged bottomland areas of
floodplains. They are also found in low-lying coastal regions above the usual
extent of saltwater influence where they may be quite extensive. The bottoms
tend to be soft and quite rich in organic matter, especially in the marshes
where the annual crop of grassy vegetation decomposes in place and accumulates
year after year. Organic production rates are high, and bacterial decomposi-
tion of the organic matter may result in low oxygen tensions in the water,
especially where the circulation is poor. The water is often acidic and of
brownish color from the high levels of humic acids present. Grasslike marsh
plants grow in clumps and have heavy fibrous root systems to provide anchorage
in the mucky soil. Swamp trees have trunks with swollen bases and shallow
but massive root systems to provide support and anchorage. Bottoms are often
irregular with alternating shallow and deeper water areas, and channels of
sluggish streams or bayous may meander through these low wet areas.
-------
65
Marshes are essentially wet grasslands in which the plant species are
especially adapted to the special conditions of submerged soils and water
depth. Individual species and groups of species are arranged in definite
zones relative to water depth (Figure 2.13). Proceeding from shallow to deeper
water one encounters the emergent, floating leaf, and submerged plants.
Examples of each include the following: emergent (reeds, cattails, bulrushes,
sawgrasses, wild rice, sedges, arrowheads, pickerelweeds, and swamp loose-
strife), floating leaf (water lilies, pond lilies, smartweeds, spatterdocks,
and some pondweeds), and submerged (waterweeds, some pondweeds, muskgrasses,
milfoils, coontails, bladderworts, hornworts, naiads, and buttercups).
Filamentous algae may float in clumps and mats among the vegetation or they
may grow attached to the submerged stems and leaves. Floating non-rooted
vegetation may also be abundant, especially in areas protected from wind
action. This includes duckweeds, water ferns, and in southern waters, alli-
gator grass, water hyacinth, and water lettuce.
Animal life of the marsh is also quite diverse and highly productive.
Included are a great variety of lower invertebrates, as well as snails, insects,
crayfish, fishes, frogs, turtles, and snakes. In southern marshes alligators
are found. Birdlife abounds, and the habitat is especially important for ducks
and other marsh birds which utilize the area for nesting, brooding, feeding,
migratory stopover, and overwintering. Mammals are also present including
marsh rabbits, muskrats, and nutria (an introduced South American rodent
similar to the muskrat in habit and in habitat, but limited to southern marshes).
Swamps are essentially wetland forests and are dominated by trees, bushes,
and shrubs, although palmetto thickets, vines, and ferns may also be present
in drier portions of southern swamps (Figure 2.14). The dominant vegetation
includes willows, alders, and buttonbush (in the north), and these together
-------
66
« o
^13
O 4J a
N O
T3 O
rH CD
Cd 00 rH
a M cd
o Cd 4-1
CM
cu
M
00
•H
-------
67
oi u
,C O
44 M -O
60 pi
m tfl
O J3 r-l
O £
co -H o
0) ,£ rH
to S
0) M
X> = a>
(0 ,fl
PI 0) 4-1
tO •"-) M O
O ^
4-1 t-l ,
PI 01 CO
O J3 6 B
•H 4-1 5
•U M PI
U T3 M-l O
0) PI -H
CO tfl 4-1 4-1
J3 CB
CO CO 60 4-1
CO 0) -H 0)
O 0) M 60
M M O. 0)
CM
0)
M
00
•H
-------
68
with bald cypress, pond cypress, black gum, tupelo gum, sweet bay, and swamp
maples (in the south). To these may be added elms, silver maple, slash pine,
pond pine, white pine, white cedar, overcup oak, and water hickory. Due to
the large amount of surface water and the enclosed nature of the forest, the
humidity is quite high. Hence, on the tree trunks, snags, fallen logs, and
upturned roots of fallen trees one encounters mosses, liverworts, lichens, and
fungi, as well as a variety of air plants (bromeliads, Spanish moss, and
orchids) in the south. Animal life includes aquatic insects, crayfish, wolf
spiders, swamp fishes, frogs, turtles, snakes, alligators, and many swamp
birds. Mammals include deer, bear, squirrel, raccoon, bobcat, wolf, otter,
mink, opossum, and other fur-bearers.
Both marshes and swamps are highly sensitive to water level fluctuations
and to saltwater intrusion from coastal waters. Swamps respond to long-term
changes in water quality and water level, but marshes are sensitive to even
short-term modifications. Although not widely appreciated, these shallow-
water environments are exceedingly valuable because of their water storage
capacities, soil-water recharge properties, high rates of organic production,
great diversity of wildlife, and value in the production of ducks and fur-
bearing animals.
Riparian environments - Riparian environments include those areas lying adjacent
to streams and other bodies of water and which are affected by the water body.
Included are floodplains and beaches, together with their related habitats.
Typically, a floodplain will include a graded series of habitat types. Proceeding
from the water these include beach or riverbank, successively higher terraces,
and the main riverbluff. Floodplains often include old oxbow lakes, representing
former stream beds, as well as marshes, swamps, and ponds. As the name implies,
-------
69
floodplains are subject to periodic inundation and silt deposition.
The vegetation of floodplains includes an array of species, most of which
display some tolerance for temporary flooding. Those species found at the
lowest elevations generally exhibit greatest tolerance for flooding and soil
saturation, whereas those at highest elevations show less tolerance. Bushy
willows may be found on sandy islands and shores, but the main trees of the
lower floodplain are the black willow, cottonwood, and silver maple. At
somewhat higher elevations these give way to floodplain forest (dominated
by American elm, sycamore, boxelder, and sweetgum), and in forested regions this,
in turn, may grade into upland forest of oak-hickory, maple-basswood, etc. In
grassland regions the willows and cottonwoods may lead directly into tall
grasses characteristic of the surrounding terrain.
Floodplain animals include a variety of species of worms, snails, insects,
small mammals, waterfowl and songbirds which require the moist conditions and
which can tolerate or escape periodic flooding. Additional species of animals from
the surrounding forests and grasslands (including rabbits, foxes, raccoons, deer,
bear, and many birds) make use of floodplains on a regular basis, and deer are
especially abundant in floodplain forests. In grassland areas the streams and
wet floodplain habitats may provide the only source of drinking water for many
miles.
The value of floodplains and other riparian habitats is considerable. Organic
production is very high, and much of this production will normally be swept by
floodwaters into streams where it forms the main source of nutrient for stream
animals. Wildlife production is very high, and many of the species depend upon
the prevailing habitat conditions. Heavily vegetated floodplains offer consider-
able protection against local erosion and downstream flooding and siltation. In
prairie areas floodplains offer important cover, drinking water, and avenues for
up and downstream movement of many wildlife species.
-------
70
Estuaries and related coastal waters - As noted in the previous chapter, the
estuary is the shallow expanded mouth of a river prior to its entrance into
the sea. The estuary proper is the open water area which may include mud
flats, sand bars, and oyster reefs. In sheltered areas there may be extensive
grass flats. Many estuaries are bordered by extensive salt marshes or salt
swamps, and it is ecologically meaningful to refer to the total complex of
saltwater-related environments as the estuarine system.
Estuaries are noted for their high fertility. Chemical nutrients and
particulate organic detritus are transported to estuaries from the river and from
neighboring marshes and swamps, and within the estuary they tend to precipitate
to the bottoms. Estuaries are, thus, known as nutrient traps. Mixing and
stirring by water currents repeatedly resuspends these materials in the water
column, and the estuarine water may be thought of as a thin soup. Due to the
availability of nutrients and the general mixing of the bottom materials and
water, the estuary is marked by very high rates of organic production, especially
in terms of animal life.
As noted earlier, the estuary is characterized by a salinity gradient, and
this gradient is reflected in the distribution patterns of estuarine organisms.
Plants of the open water are, of course, planktonic, and include primarily blue-
green algae and diatoms. Marginal rooted vegetation grades from freshwater to
saltwater species in the downstream series. In estuaries with rocky shores a
large diversity of marine and brackish-water algae may be found.
Estuarine animals fall into three general groups: planktonic inhabitants,
benthic residents, and mobile species. The planktonic animals include those
which pass their entire lives as planktonic organisms as well as those which appear
in the plankton only as the larval forms of benthic animals. Both types are
abundant in estuarine plankton, and both types tend to be highly seasonal. A
few of the permanent planktonic forms such as copepods of the genus Acartia
-------
71
may be year around residents. Benthic forms including sponges, hydroids,
mollusks, worms, and ascidians must be seasonal in their appearance, or they
must be able to survive repeated changes in salinity. The permanent residents
are excellent indicators of average bottom salinity conditions. Along the
south Atlantic and Gulf coasts, for example, the bivalve molluscan fauna, pro-
ceeding from fresh to salt water, would include unionid clams, rangia clams,
oysters, and scallops.
The mobile animals include jellyfishes, squids, shrimp, crabs, and fishes.
This group includes a large number of species, and their relationship with the es-
tuary is often highly seasonal, being restricted to the warmer months of spring,
summer, and fall. Most over-winter in the adjacent ocean, although a few appar-
ently over-winter in the muds. Typically, the life histories of most of these
mobile coastal animals involve reproduction in marine waters of the continental
shelf; migration of the young into the estuaries (often as planktonic forms);
feeding, growth, and maturation within the estuary; and migration back out to
sea to spawn a few miles off the mouth of the estuary. The estuaries are important
nursery areas, and over ninety percent of the coastal mollusk, shrimp, crab, and
fish species of commercial importance along the American coast pass a critical por-
tion or all of their lives within the fertile estuaries. Because of the reduced
salinity the young individuals are protected during sensitive life history stages
from many marine predators and parasites which would otherwise reduce their numbers.
Maintenance of low-salinity conditions and the natural seasonal flow patterns is
critical to the survival of the valuable biological resources of our coastal waters.
Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats - These three ecosystem types lie from a
few feet above sea level to a few feet below it. Hence, they are subject to the
ebb and flow sweeping action of tidal currents, and all must be tolerant of some
salinity change. All trap suspended nutrients by slowing down the water currents,
and they all provide shelter and food for a variety of small brackish water and
marine animals. These are among the most.productive ecosystems of the world with
-------
72
annual production rates running around five tons per acre. Much of this plant
production becomes available as organic detritus which provides the chief food
base for the coastal fish and shell-fish populations of commercial importance.
Without these important production and nursery areas our coastal seafood re-
sources would suffer severe decline.
Coastal marshes vary from a foot or so above mean tidal level to just
below this level. Although tolerant of short-term inundations with fresher
or more saline waters and even short-term exposure to the air, these systems
cannot tolerate long-term changes in these environmental factors. Drying of
the habitat or major intrusion of fresh- or saltwater has been shown to change
the composition of the dominant vegetation with long-term erosion of the
productivity and general usefulness of these systems.
The marsh vegetation is dominated by several species of the tall Spartina
grass and to lesser extents by other emergent species such as Distichlis,
Juncus, and Salicornia. Around the bases of these plants and on the surfaces
of old leaves grow a variety of filamentous algae including blue-green, brown,
and red algal types. On the mud flats between the bases of the plants grow a
variety of diatoms and blue-green algae. Plant production of the marsh is
dependent upon all three groups of producers, the tall emergent species, the
filamentous attached forms, and the mud flat inhabitants.
Only grasshoppers and a few birds such as seaside sparrows may be found
among the tall Spartina grass, but the water and mud flats are teeming with
animal life. This includes snails, mussels, and oysters, as well as a variety
of worms, crabs, shrimp, and small fishes. Many of the crabs, shrimp, and
fishes are juveniles of species which support the commercial catch as adults.
Large numbers of shore and wading birds forage in these marshes at low tide.
Studies have shown that there is a regular export of decomposing organic
matter through the tidal creeks to the estuaries, but the major export occurs
-------
73
when storms inundate the marshes with high water and flush out great quantities
of organic matter to the estuaries and the continental shelves.
Salt swamps are dominated by the low, bush-like red, black, and white
mangrove trees. A few other shrubs and vines may also be present. The exten-
sive root systems developed by the mangroves provide surfaces for attachment
of filamentous algae, and the surface muds may support large and productive
diatom floras. Large numbers of oysters are often found attached to the man-
grove roots, and a variety of small crabs, shrimp, and fishes feed on the organic
material in the shelter of the root systems. Numerous shore and wading birds
forage around the roots and mud flats at low tide and nest in the branches of
the mangroves.
The grass flats are dominated by eelgrass (Zostera) in northern latitudes
or by turtle grass (Thalassia) or manatee grass (Cvmodocea) in the more trop-
ical areas. The long grass blades are often clothed with a layer of attached
filamentous algae which produce organic matter and which also act as brushes
to remove suspended matter from the flowing water above. Many small animals
live among the stems and roots of the grass beds, and larger fishes and birds
forage there.
Taken as a group, the coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats are among
the most valuable of the aquatic and semi-aquatic ecosystem types for the
following reasons. The productivity of plant and animal matter is very high,
and this production supports not only these systems, but it also aids in
supporting the neighboring estuarine and the continental shelf communities.
They provide food and shelter for numerous coastal and marine animals and are,
thus, critically important as nursery grounds for species of commercial
importance. They provide foraging grounds for numerous shore and wading birds,
and they also aid in stabilizing the shoreline from erosion.
-------
74
Since these systems are dependent upon a special combination of habitat
factors, they are especially vulnerable to the effects of human intrusion.
These systems must be protected at all costs.
Continental shelf - The continental shelf consists of three zones: the near-
shore area which is influenced by estuary-derived nutrients, shallow water
wave action, longshore currents, and other coastal phenomena; the outer shelf
which is influenced by deep waves at the edge of the continental shelf; and
an intermediate zone which may be thought of as the typical area of the shelf
proper. Each of these zones is characterized by its own peculiar set of animal
inhabitants, but numerous species found in the intermediate zone also range
into the other two. The ecosystems of these three zones are somewhat distinct,
as are the potential management problems.
Most of the species of crabs, shrimp, and fishes which utilize the estuaries
as juveniles spawn on the shelf as adults. These spawning grounds are located
in the nearshore and intermediate zones. These are also the species of greatest
commercial and recreational importance, and indeed, the major harvesting
grounds are located in the nearshore and intermediate zones. These areas are
also habitat for many marine species which do not enter the lower salinity
waters of the coast. The outer zone of the shelf is deeper and further removed
from land, and it is less influenced by coastal phenomena and less subject to
commercial harvest.
The nature of the bottom determines, in large measure, the types of
organisms which reside in a given shelf area. Rocky bottoms provide habitat
for many species which attach themselves to solid substrata, and such bottoms
often provide special nooks and crannies for species which must have shelter.
Soft bottoms of mud or sand, or an admixture of the two, provide habitat for
-------
75
numerous burrowing species, but the fauna of such areas tends to be less
diverse than that which is found in rocky terrain. Both types of areas may
be frequented by predatory species.
Continental shelves are of considerable value to man through the commercial
harvest of marine species and through the recreational use of many others.
Continental shelves are also the source of petroleum, natural gas, sulfur,
shell, sand, gravel, and other products, and they are important in marine
transportation. These competing uses may have important effects on the
commercial and recreational harvests of the shelf.
-------
75A
Chapter 3
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS
In order to evaluate the actual and potential effects of construction activi-
ties upon wetlands of the United States it is essential to examine engineering
aspects of potentially damaging construction in some detail. Only by this means
can the most environmentally degrading features of construction practice be sorted
out for further analysis. Therefore, in the present chapter a relatively complete
picture of each type of construction activity is presented.
Considering the diversity of terrain of the United States and the variety of
potential engineering approaches to a given type of project, the present chapter
cannot cover all possible aspects. Details will vary with local circumstance. By
providing basic engineering descriptions, however, it is anticipated that the reader
will develop an understanding of the problems faced by construction engineers and
their general approaches in seeking solutions. Thus, the information presented here
should be readily transferrable to related projects and to specialized situations.
Furthermore, we are not wise enough now to appreciate all the environmental effects,
and thorough engineering descriptions should lay a firm foundation for future in-
crease in knowledge in this area.
Throughout the chapter it will be assumed that good "housekeeping" practices
are employed on the construction projects. However, it should be recognized that
sloppy engineering practices will tend to magnify environmental impacts.
General Nature of Construction Activities
Aquatic environments may be affected directly by construction which takes
place within or at the margins of the wetlands and indirectly by construction which
occurs on the neighboring floodplains, banks, or shores. Although a great many kinds
of activities are associated with major construction projects, for present pur-
poses these activities may be grouped into the following ten classes.
-------
76
1. Onsite activities prior to construction
2. Construction of access roads
3. Establishment of construction camp
4. Materials storage
5. Clearing of site
6. Earth excavation and fill
7. Foundation preparation and construction
8. Disposal of excess excavated materials
9. Major construction activity
10. Site restoration and clean-up
Not all types of construction require all ten classes of activities, but this
list provides a useful set of criteria for judging the immediate effects of most
major types of water-related environmental modifications. Longer range effects
will stem from the construction activity; nature, use, and operation of the structure;
and other developments occasioned by the presence of the structure. A list of the
major types of construction activities which affect wetlands of the United States
is given in Table 3.1.
Construction Activities Associated Primarily With
Floodplains, Banks, and Shores
Activities Prior to Construction
The design and initial layouts require on-site activities which are generally
similar for most projects. Surveying is carried on to define terrain features and
locate the construction elements. The use of aerial photography in recent years
has reduced the on-site activities substantially. Surveying generally involves
minor clearing of vegetation and the placement of guides in the form of stakes,
flags, and pins. The preliminary engineering work often involves borings to es-
tablish the nature and extent of subsurface formations. Seismograph surveys may
-------
77
Table 3.1. Major types of construction activities which affect wetland environ-
ments of the United States.
Construction activities associated primarily with floodplains,
banks and shores
- Preconstruction activities
- Construction involving impervious surfacing and/or earthwork
- Line construction activities
- Building construction
- Construction of open air industrial plants
- Construction of drainage structures
Tunnel construction
- Mineral extraction on land
Construction activities associated primarily with wetland areas
and water bottoms
- Masonry dam construction
- Construction of fills and channels in wetlands
Drainage ditches and river channel changes
- Bridging in wetlands
- Dredging and placement of dredge spoil
Construction activities associated primarily with waterway margins
Construction of breakwaters, sea walls, and shore protection
systems
- Construction of ports and moorings
Offshore construction
- Mineral extraction from the continental shelf
Pipeline construction
-------
78
also be carried on. These activities will require the movement of machines and
men over the area under study.
Construction Involving Impervious Surfacing
and/or Earthwork
Construction activities which involve impervious surfacing and/or earthwork
include highways, roads, streets, driveways, parking areas, airports, playing
fields, levees, dikes, and earthen dams. Activities and facilities associated
with impervious surfacing and/or earthwork are given in Table 3.2.
Clearing and grubbing - This involves the removal of all surface vegetation
and major root systems. Disposal of vegetation may be by natural decomposition
or by burning, depending on the volume of organic material.
Earthwork - This operation involves moving of natural soils from one location to
another by excavating, filling, and in most cases, compacting. When soils for
fills are taken from borrow areas, these areas may be left as man-made ponds. In
modern construction the operations are carried on almost exclusively with machinery.
Rock excavation - When rock is encountered, the construction process consists of
drilling the rock formation, loading the holes with explosives, and blasting to
loosen the rock. This is followed by loading the broken rock, hauling to the fill
site, dumping, and placing.
Subgrade stabilization - In paving projects over areas of clay soils it is common
practice to stabilize the upper 6 to 12 inches. This is usually accomplished by
mixing lime, either in dry or slurry form, into the soil, followed by thorough
mixing and compacting. The completed, compacted surface is almost completely water-
proof.
Base course construction - The initial stage of pavement construction is the placement
-------
79
Table 3.2. Activities and facilities associated with impervious surfacing
and/or earthwork.
Clearing and grubbing
Earthwork
Rock excavation
Subgrade stabilization
Base course construction
Aggregate production
Portland cement concrete pavements
Bituminous pavements
Equipment parking, maintenance, and service areas
Paving plants
Site restoration
Riprap
Borrow pits and landfill areas
-------
80
of granular materials such as sand, sand-gravel mixtures, and crushed rock. In
some cases materials mixed with portland cement, tars, asphaltic materials, and,
rarely other chemical admixtures are used for base courses. Construction opera-
tions include loading and hauling the materials, dumping on the prepared subgrade
surface, spreading and compacting. It is usually necessary to add water in the
spreading process to obtain proper compaction.
Aggregate production - Aggregates for base courses and pavements are obtained from
open pit mining operations of sand and gravel or from stone quarries. Open pit
aggregate production involves stripping of the earth overburden, the stripped
materials being dumped near the pit site. The granular materials are then ex-
cavated and screened to adjust the gradation of the material. The screening opera-
tion for pavement aggregate nearly always involves washing the material with large
quantities of water sprayed under moderate pressure. The oversized materials and
excesses of sand sizes are placed in waste areas near the pit site.
In some cases sand and gravel aggregates are obtained by mining operations from
natural streams or lakes. The material is excavated from the stream or lake bottom
by use of a dragline or shovel and processed in a plant on the bank. Wash water
is pumped from the river or lake and returned after use.
Operation of a stone quarry involves stripping and near-site disposal of
earth overburden, rock excavation (as previously described), crushing the rock to
produce aggregates with proper gradation, and screening of the crushed aggregate to
control the gradation. Rock crushing operations normally involve a minimum amount
of waste material which is generally disposed of in completely worked quarry areas.
Portland cement concrete pavements - Portland cement concrete pavements are placed
over prepared subgrade or prepared base courses. In urban areas where curb and
gutter is used concrete pavements are placed between side forms. On rural highways,
airfields, and similar types of construction, formless pavers are used. Some
-------
81
pavements are reinforced with bar steel or wire mesh, and the operation includes
stockpiling and placement of the items. The modern practice is to mix the concrete
in a central plant, haul it to the paving site in trucks, and spread it with a paving
machine. This is followed by a final finishing operation and the covering of the
pavement with a curing compound, cloth mats, or ponded water to prevent rapid
drying.
Bituminous pavements - Pavements consisting of mixtures of tar and asphaltic
materials are widely used. They are of three types: mixed-in-place, surface treat-
ment, and plant mix. Asphalt paving operations take place only during the warmer
periods of the year, preferably at temperatures above 50°F. The initial operation
for all except the mixed-in-place pavement is the prime coat. The prime coat
consists of a spray application of a liquid bituminous material in quantities of
0.2 to 0.4 gallons per square yard. The material penetrates and seals the surface,
providing an excellent platform for the subsequent paving operation.
The paving operation consists of placing alternate layers of bituminous
material and aggregate or mixtures of bituminous material and aggregate. Mixing
may be accomplished in place with road machinery or in a central plant and hauled
to the job site. The paving operation is completed by compacting the pavement layer
(or layers) with steel-wheeled or rubber-tired rollers.
Equipment parking, maintenance, and service areas - Construction operations in-
volving substantial earthwork and paving operations utilize many pieces of con-
struction equipment. This equipment is normally stored, when not in use, at a
particular location where temporary facilities for servicing, fueling, and main-
taining the equipment are available. Such areas are in the size range of 1 to 3
acres and are generally unpaved. Normal activities will produce dusty conditions
and modest contamination with greases, fuel, and maintenance waste.
Paving plants - Plants for mixing portland cement concrete and bitumen-aggregate
-------
82
mixtures consist of aggregate stockpiles, equipment for loading aggregates, storage
for cement or asphalt, and the mixing plant itself. The bituminous plant will
also contain equipment for heating and drying aggregates and fuel tanks to supply
the burners. Mixture control facilities, housing for the inspection force, and a
haul road complete the installation.
Site restoration - Upon completion of construction, any bare earth areas are nor-
mally protected by seeding or sodding the areas. The operations also commonly
involve mulching and the use of fertilizer to promote rapid growth of vegetation.
Riprap - Levees, dikes, earthen dams, and highway fills exposed to water from rivers
or lakes are often riprapped on the water side. Riprap materials are usually rock
or broken concrete pieces of substantial size which are hauled to the job site and
placed by dumping in the dry.
Borrow pits and landfill areas - Construction operations involving large volumes
of earth or rock movement commonly require either borrow areas, from which de-
ficiencies in material required can be obtained, or landfill areas, where excess
materials excavated can be placed.
Borrow areas must be located where the material will meet the requirements of
the project. For example, the core area of a levee or of an earthfill dam requires
clay so that the structure will be essentially impervious. Borrow areas are also
situated as close as possible to the construction site. Since water-borne materials
are often deposited in graded sizes, river bluffs, floodplains, and stream bottoms
are frequent locations of borrow activity. When located on land, borrow activity
involves stripping away the topsoil followed by excavation and hauling of the
underlying material. Borrow areas may be quite large, and upon completion of con-
struction, such areas are generally cleaned and shaped to minimize erosion.
Landfill is used to dispose of excess material derived from excavation. The
-------
83
area utilized for a landfill operation is commonly a low area (pond, bog, or land
depression) or an eroded area whose owner desires to raise the elevation or stop
erosion. Landfill operations are highly variable. In some cases the excavated
material is hauled to the site, spread and compacted to the desired elevation, and
finally covered with topsoil and seeding to provide a vegetative cover. In other
cases landfill operations consist only of hauling materials to the site and dumping,
with no further attention.
Levees and dikes - Of especial interest in relation to aquatic environments are
levees and dikes. Levees are linear earthen walls placed on floodplains on both
sides of streams to contain flood waters. Dikes are constructed of earth or other
materials and are placed in coastal areas to prevent flooding from large waves
and high tides associated with storms and hurricanes. Levees and dikes involve
clearing and grubbing, earth borrow, earthwork construction, site restoration, and
in some cases, riprap. Borrow areas may be located either on the water or the land
side of the levee or dike embankment, but they are most often located on the water
side.
Line Construction Activities
Line construction activities include pipelines of various types, water lines,
sewer lines, oil and gas pipelines, storm sewers, land and building drains, drainage
and canals, pole lines, power lines, and underground electrical and communication
lines.
The construction activities involved in pipeline, drainage ditch, irrigation
ditch and underground utility construction include ditching, storage and/or clearing
and grubbing, disposal of excavated materials, preparation and delivery of pipe,
cable or rickwell, pipe-laying, backfilling of the ditch, lining of drainage and/or
irrigation canals, disposal of surplus excavation in some cases, and installation
of pipeline appurtenances. The latter include such items as manholes, valves, fire
-------
84
hydrants, and pumping stations.
In gravity flow systems such as most storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drains,
drainage canals, and irrigation canals, the ditches are excavated to a set grade
line. In order to limit ditch depth such installations must fall with the natural
terrain. Thus, their locations are relatively fixed. Pumped systems such as water
lines and oil and gas pipelines are normally laid approximately parallel to the
ground surface, and location is not critical. Activities and facilities associated
with line construction are presented in Table 3.3.
Clearing and grubbing - This has been discussed above.
Delivery of pipe - Pipe is delivered to the job site and distributed along the
line as it will be needed.
Ditch excavation - The ditch is excavated with a ditching machine for the smaller
pipe and by dragline and/or shovel for larger pipes. Excavated earth is placed
along the side of the line away from the pipe. Normally, ditch is opened as
needed by the pipe-laying operation.
Drainage ditches and irrigation canals are ordinarily trapezoidal in cross-
section (wider at the top than at the bottom) and are excavated by special machines
or by normal construction equipment. Excavated material may be deposited on both
banks, shaped, and compacted to provide a portion of the canal cross-section.
Comparison of the profiles of a natural stream and a ditched stream is given in
Figure 3.1.
Pipe-laying - Pipe-laying follows closely behind the ditching operation. The
pipe is jointed on the bank to the maximum extent possible. Gas and oil pipe-
lines are covered with a bituminous coating, so jointing and final coating opera-
tions are accomplished on the bank prior to placing the pipe in the ditch. Small
pipe sizes are placed in the ditch and handled manually, but most pipe is placed by
-------
85
Table 3.3. Activities and facilities associated with line construction.
Clearing and grubbing
Delivery of pipe
Ditch excavation
Pipe laying
Backfill
Drainage ditch and canal lining
Appurtenances and special construction
Pole lines and electric power poles
Disposition of excavated materials
-------
86
• ^. t ^ *• '• »• *, '•
•' ' '-»- i'n ' '.*.'' 'V'
' • A .. v. v '. „*
E
o
w
"o
4 *
E
o
o>
k.
M
•o
«
J=
o
O
CD
CO I
4J CU I
O 00 CJ
^ CU 0)
> 4-1
a co a
H -H
cd cu cd
H CU l-l
a > 1-1
4J T3 CU CU
CO O i-l -M
°H 00
•H C
O -H •
ftTJ CU
CO Pi ft
Q)
0)
T) T3 O O
•X3 CU VJ CO
Cd C J-> )-l T3
cd O 3 (3
nd ^-^ cd co cd
C ft H
3 c S cu
•H O 43 CO
iH cd CJ 4J 43
Cd rH 4-1
M ft CU S
3 13 43 O 43
4-1 O 4-1 (-! 4J
cd o m -H
a
n)
cu
CO CU
CO
cu
3
O 4J T3 O CJ
C O CU
co S cd M C
co cd cu c
rH CU T3 4J O
^H )-l CU cd CJ
O CO
6 cu
Q) 43
cu
ftT3
CU >-l 4J C3
CU 43 O
43 O C CO i-H
4J 4-1 CO CU
•H 0) 4-1 O
M-l T3 43 cd (3
O M
CU CO cd CO
cu
ca r
(3 43 cd
O 4-1
CO
•H (3
n -H c f^ re
ca o i-i a,
ft 4J -H CO ^
g cd 4-1 > 4J
o 43 at -H a
r_> 4J 4-1 4-> :
00
•H
-------
87
machine using special handling equipment.
Backfill - As soon as the pipe has been laid, the excavated earth is placed back
into the ditch generally with a bulldozer or loader. Unless the earth is compacted,
and this is not the usual practice, an excess of material will exist. This excess
material is rounded over the ditch. In time the earth will compact naturally and
the ground surface return to near the original level.
Drainage ditch and canal lining - Larger irrigation canals and drainage ditches
are often lined with portland cement concrete or plant-mix asphaltic concrete
materials in order to reduce seepage losses. The lining materials are transported
from a mixing plant to the canal or ditch and applied by specialized machines.
Appurtenances and special construction - Pipeline appurtenances include valves,
manholes, fire plugs, pumping stations, borings under highways, and stream crossings.
The construction operations include excavation, reinforced concrete construction,
small buildings, boring or tunneling, installation of mechanical equipment, back-
filling, and suspension bridges for stream crossings. Drainage ditch and canal
appurtenances include such items as diversion structures, measuring wires, gates,
mounted siphons under roadways, and stream crossings in aqueducts.
Pole lines and electric power lines - Construction activities for pole lines and
electric power lines include clearing, excavation of holes for poles or tower
foundations, pole or tower erection, and installation of cable.
Disposition of excavated materials - In urban areas and for very large pipelines,
particularly in built-up areas, it is necessary to remove excess excavated materials
and deposit them in a landfill site.
Building Construction
All buildings involve much the same types of construction. Office and
-------
88
commercial buildings, housing, manufacturing plants, warehouses, government build-
ings, school and university buildings, and other types of closed space involve a
similar range of construction activities. Activities and facilities associated
with building construction are shown in Table 3.4.
Site preparation - The clearing and preparation of the site is the first activity.
For raw land this involves clearing all vegetation and possible treatment of the
soil to permanently devegetate the area. Grading is often necessary to adjust the
site to accomodate the planned building.
Demolition - Some building sites are occupied by pre-existing structures which
must be torn down, followed by removal of the old building debris. This is es-
pecially true in urban areas where building sites may be surrounded by streets
and/or other buildings.
Excavation - Many buildings have substantial volumes below ground level requiring
excavation. This is particularly true in large buildings in central sections of
urban areas. Adjacent buildings and streets must be protected by driving sheet
piling which are braced to resist the pressure of the adjacent earth while excava-
tion proceeds inside the sheet piling. Excavated earth from such sites must be
removed and hauled to a disposal site.
Foundation - Foundations for buildings vary widely, ranging from simple reinforced
concrete slabs for houses and light industrial buildings to the use of caissons in
wet soils for multistory office buildings. The operations involved include the
driving of piling (wood, steel or concrete), drilling and placing of reinforcing
steel and concrete for cast in place foundations, massive reinforced concrete mats
covering the building area, reinforced concrete spread footings, and T-shaped founda-
tions placed in caissons. Foundation concrete and concrete for the structural frame
are obtained from a concrete plant, usually a fixed plant in an urban area.
-------
89
Table 3.4. Activities and facilities associated with building construction.
Site preparation
- Demolition
Excavation
- Foundation
Materials storage yard
- Building structure
- Mechanical and electrical equipment
-------
90
Materials storage yard - Any major building requires a yard for the storage of
materials to be incorporated in the project. Some materials require inside
storage, whereas the more durable material may be stored in the open. When
space is available the storage yard is located on the construction site. Urban
building sites have very limited storage possibilities, so the storage yard must
be located at some distance from the site.
Building structure - The building structure involves the placement of reinforcing
steel, pouring portland cement concrete, erection of structural steel, masonry or
precast concrete, placement of window walls, window glazing, roofing, and the
erection of interior construction walls.
Mechanical and electrical equipment - Most of the mechanical and electrical equip-
ment is installed within the building, although some may be designed for the roof.
Associated activities include installation of elevators, heating and air condi-
tioning equipment, plumbing, electrical supply and lighting, telephone conduits,
and a wide variety of specialized equipment built into the structure.
Construction of Open Air Industrial Plants
Industrial plants such as oil refineries, chemical plants, cement plants,
power plants, and steel fabricating yards are built and operated in the open.
Construction operations for such plants vary somewhat from regular building
construction. Some elements of these plants such as the control systems, special-
ized equipment, laboratories and office areas are in buildings. Activities and
facilities associated with open air industrial plant construction are presented
in Table 3.5.
Site preparation - This is essentially the same as for buildings.
Foundations - Foundations for such items as cooling towers, boilers, turbines and
generators, distillation columns, and other major items in the plant are constructed
-------
91
Table 3.5. Activities and facilities associated with construction of
open air industrial plants.
- Site preparation
- Foundations
- Plant construction
Plant access
-------
92
of reinforced concrete. Where extremely heavy loads must be supported on low
strength soils, piling is driven to provide adequate load carrying capacity.
Plant construction - Plant construction involves the following types of activities:
installation of major plant elements (including structural steel supports and
principal machinery), installation of extensive piping systems both above and
below ground (including insulation for hot and cold lines and appurtenances such
as valves and measuring devices), placement of power lines and the wiring for all
electrical power and control systems, painting of exposed materials, and installa-
tion of the plant drainage system. The major construction activities include
steel erection, pipe fitting, welding and bolting, insulation, placement of power
cable, placement of control and telephone cable, and electric wiring.
Plant access - Roads, streets, parking lots, hardstanding and open storage areas
are vital parts of these industrial plants.
Construction of Drainage Structures
Drainage devices include a wide spectrum of structures, varying from small
corrugated metal culverts, which discharge the drainage from a few acres, to large
suspension bridges over major rivers. In general, such structures can be divided
into two classes, culverts and bridges. Culverts are used primarily to permit
drainage through normally dry channels and streams with small flows. Their total
span is generally less than 50 feet. Bridges cross major waterway areas requiring
spans of over 50 feet, and they provide substantial waterway openings. Activities
and facilities associated with construction of drainage structures are given in
Table 3.6.
Culvert construction - Culvert construction involves excavation and grading to line
and elevation at the site, pipe-laying or concrete box construction, and backfilling.
Excavation is accomplished by bulldozers, dragline, backhoe, or small excavator-
-------
93
Table 3.6. Activities and facilities associated with construction of
drainage structures.
Culvert construction
Channel changes
Bridge piers: dry construction
Bridge piers: wet construction
Bridge abutments
Bridge superstructure
-------
94
loader, and the excavated material is normally stockpiled at the site for use in
backfill. Some handwork may be required for fine grading.
For a pipe culvert the pipe, which is usually corrugated galvanized metal,
is positioned by crane, and a small amount of earth is placed around the pipe to
hold it in place. If a concrete headwall is required, forms are placed, the
reinforcing steel placed, and concrete poured. For a single or multiple box
culvert, the floor slab steel is placed and the floor slab poured. Forms for the
vertical walls and deck are placed along with the reinforcing steel, and this is
followed by pouring of concrete. Concrete is commonly obtained from a commercial
ready-mix plant. Removal of forms completes the box. Backfill is placed with a
bulldozer, backhoe, or dragline, and it is compacted with air-tamps. In some
cases the ditch for the box culvert is placed at grade.
Channel changes - Good flow conditions through pipe and box culverts are often ob-
tained by excavating new channels above and/or below the culvert installation to
produce straight through-flow. The operation involves normal excavation procedures
with the excavated material disposed of by depositing it near the site and often in
the old channel. Channel changes will normally increase flow rates through the
new section.
Bridge piers; dry construction - It is necessary to found bridges on solid layers
usually well below the surface of the ground or stream bed. The support layer
can be reached by driving solid piles (concrete, steel, or timber) into it or by
drilling shafts to the support layer, under-reaming if necessary, placing of steel
reinforcements, and pouring the pile in place. Pipe piling is sometimes driven or
jetted into position and subsequently filled with reinforced concrete.
Major bridge piers on river banks are often placed in open, braced excavations
which descend to the desired elevation. Since these excavations generally extend
below the ground water level, the water must be controlled in the excavation. This
-------
95
is accomplished by bleeding off the water from the surrounding soil by means of
well-points driven to elevations well below the excavation level. Excavated
materials are hoisted to the surface and hauled to the disposal site. When the
excavation, sheeting, and bracing reach the designed level, a concrete seal is
normally poured, and the pier is constructed inside the sheeting and bracing. Pier
construction involves placement of steel reinforcements and pouring of concrete.
Bridge piers; wet construction - Where major bridge piers are to be placed in
the stream, excavation is carried on by using a caisson. The caisson is a bottom-
less metal box suitably constructed to resist water and soil pressures and built
with a cutting edge on the bottom. The caisson is towed to the pier site and sunk
to the river bed where it penetrates under its own weight. Material is removed
from within the caisson by means of a clam shell dredge, and the caisson is ad-
vanced ahead of the excavation level. As the caisson penetrates into the river
bed new sections are added to the top. When the caisson and excavation reach the
proper level, a concrete seal is poured through a metal cylinder called a tremie.
When the concrete has hardened, the water is pumped from the caisson, and pier con-
struction takes place in the dry.
Bridge abutments - The bridge abutment supports the exterior bridge span and
provides the transition to the approach fill. Construction operations involved
are excavation, necessary formwork, placement of reinforcing steel, placement of
concrete, and earth backfill for the abutment.
Bridge superstructure - The bridge superstructure is constructed of structural
steel (including wire for suspension cables), reinforced concrete, or wood. Wooden
structures are now quite rare. The construction operations involved are temporary
support beams, erection of the steel structure, painting, necessary formwork
erection and removal, placement of steel reinforcements, placement of concrete, and
installation of bridge railing and guard rail.
-------
96
Tunnel Construction
Tunneling is necessary when railways, highways, subways, canals, large sewers,
and other grade-sensitive installations must traverse major topographic features,
such as mountains, and when it is desirable to place such facilities underground
beneath major surface structures or rivers. Activities and facilities associated
with tunnel construction are presented in Table 3.7.
Rock tunnels - Tunnels in rock are advanced by drilling and blasting. A shield
is used at the working face to prevent rapid flow of disintegrated rock. In
solid rock the tunnel may not require lining. Where faults and fractured rock
are tunneled a shield (liner) and reinforced concrete lining are used. Also,
extensive grouting may be required in areas of badly fractured rock to establish
sufficient stability to permit advancement of the tunnel. Excavated rock is
loaded into mine cars and removed from the tunnel where it is used for fill or
dumped in disposal areas.
Tunnels in earth - Tunneling in earth also may require a steel shield extending
to the working face. Excavated material is placed into mine cars for removal from
the tunnel to a fill or disposal area. In recent years tunnel boring machines
have been developed for use in smaller tunnels (up to about 10 feet in diameter).
These machines use cutters at the working face and discharge the cuttings onto
a conveyer belt for removal from the tunnel. The steel shield liner, used to pre-
vent cave-ins, may be incorporated into the reinforced concrete lining.
Tunnels under water - Tunnels under water normally require the use of compressed
air to prevent entry of water and earth into the excavated area. The shield
system is airtight at the working face and contains a locking system through which
the workmen enter or leave and through which the excavated material is removed.
This system also employs a steel shield to keep the tunnel open and a reinforced
-------
97
Table 3.7. Activities and facilities associated with tunnel construction.
- Rock tunnels
- Tunnels in earth
- Tunnels under water
Cut-and-cover tunnels
- Construction plant and yard
-------
98
concrete liner which incorporates the shield. Work in compressed air requires
careful monitoring of workmen entering and, in particular, leaving the excavation
area. Excavated materials are hauled in mine cars to the tunnel portal and taken
to fill or disposal areas.
Cut-and-cover tunnels - Cut-and-cover tunnels will be discussed in the section
dealing with construction in wetland areas.
Construction plant and yard - Tunneling operations require storage of considerable
amounts of materials as well as access to a concrete plant for construction of the
tunnel liner.
Mineral Extraction on Land
Activities and facilities associated with mineral extraction on land are
shown in Table 3.8.
Strip mining - Strip mining is used for recovery of near surface deposits. The
most common minerals so extracted are coal, rock, sand, and gravel. However,
copper, iron, and other ores are also obtained from open pit operations which
are essentially the same as strip mining. Production of sand and gravel and the
quarrying of stone have been discussed previously.
Strip mining involves the use of large surface excavating machines, primarily
draglines and shovels, to strip the overburden and deposit it away from the mineral
being mined. Then, the mineral sought is excavated, with blasting ahead if neces-
sary, loaded into hauling vehicles or continuous belts, and transferred to the
processing site. The process covers a strip of the earth, usually 20 to 40 feet
wide and extending longitudinally for the length of the deposit. In this manner
successive strips are mined. In the past the mined area was left in a tortured
mass of overburden deposits, trenches, and spoil areas. Modern practice conserves
the topsoil and fills the mined areas with adjacent overburden which is placed and
-------
99
Table 3.8. Activities and facilities associated with mineral extraction
on land.
Strip mining
- Shaft and tunnel (drift) mining
- Minerals from wells
-------
100
compacted. The return of the topsoil to the area completes the operation. The
general methods employed in strip mining and drift mining are shown in Figure 3.2.
Shaft and tunnel (drift) mining - Deep deposits of minerals are mined by sinking
a vertical shaft to the mineral zone, tunneling into the zone to obtain the ore,
and hauling the ore horizontally and vertically to processing plants at the surface.
The tunneling operations utilize heavy equipment as well as blasting and shoring
to prevent cave-ins in the open tunnel areas. Hauling horizontally is accomplished
by continuous belts or mine cars, and buckets are used to bring the mined minerals
or ore to the surface.
Minerals from wells - Petroleum, natural gas, sulfur, mineral brines, and water
are recovered from wells drilled into the formations containing the minerals. The
construction operations involved include drilling the bore hole, placing the pipe
casing, cementing the casing to prevent movement of liquids and gases between the
casing and bore hole, and installation of the production equipment such as pumps,
pressure reducers, blow-out preventers, equipment for separation of liquids, tanks,
and measuring devices. These operations involve a limited land area and utilize
closed cycles so that no liquids or foreign materials are normally discharged from
the drill area.
Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
Wetland Areas and Water Bottoms
Masonry Dam Construction
Dams are constructed on flowing waterways for production of electric power,
storage of water (for irrigation, urban, or industrial use), flood control, or
some combination of these purposes. Dams may be constructed of concrete (masonry),
earthfill, or rockfill. Masonry dams are built in narrow, deep canyons, normally
with rock walls and foundations which permit ready impoundment of the water. Such
-------
101
A. Strip mining operation
Spoil piles
XXXKXXXXX:
B. Drift mining operation
Mine
Vertical
shaft
Horizontal
shaft
Mineral or
coal vein
Figure 3.2. General methods employed in strip mining and drift mining
operations. In the strip mining operation the overburden
is removed and placed in trailing spoil piles in order to
get at the valuable mineral seam. In the drift mining
operation a shaft is sunk to the level of the seam, and
spoil material is allowed to cascade downhill into the
stream valley. In mountainous area drifts often come to
the surface.
-------
102
dams are major construction operations and involve activities both in the river
channel and on the adjacent banks and walls. Earthfill and rockfill dams are
often constructed in areas where the flow rate is relatively slow, the valley
walls are of earth, and the floodplain is relatively broad. Earthfill and rock-
fill dams involve primarily those operations previously discussed under earthwork
construction. Since the same general appurtenances are involved for all three
types, only masonry dam construction will be described. Activities and facilities
of masonry dam construction are described in Table 3.9 and illustrated in Figure
3.3.
River diversion - The first stage of construction is the diversion of normal
river flow from the area where the dam is to be constructed. This is commonly
accomplished by driving a diversion tunnel through the canyon wall from a point
upstream from the dam site to a point downstream of the dam site. This tunnel is
commonly lined with concrete and has special inlet and outlet sections to minimize
flow turbulence. Cofferdams are placed across the river above and below the dam
site and between the inlet and outlet ends of the tunnel. The upstream cofferdam
diverts the river into the tunnel and the downstream cofferdam prevents the river
from backing up into the dam site. Construction of the cofferdams requires ex-
cavating the river bottom to a reasonably level bed and construction of cutoff
trenches in each canyon wall. When these elements have been placed the dam site
is dewatered. The diversion system must be reasonably watertight, although some
pumping will be necessary. Provision must be made for closing the diversion
tunnel when dam construction is completed. For very large streams modifications
of the above procedures are required.
Foundation and abutment excavation - The first stage of masonry dam construction
is the excavation of the foundation and abutment areas of the dam. All earth,
sand, gravel, and loose rock are removed. For safety, it is necessary to found
-------
103
Table 3.9. Activities and facilities associated with masonry dam construction.
- River diversion
- Foundation and abutment excavation
- Grouting
Concrete in dam structure
- Aggregate production
- Cement plant
Construction camp
- Appurtenances for masonry, earth, and rockfill dams
-------
104
Direction of
water flow
Upstream
cofferdam
.'*.-:; Diversion
tunnel
>.''.# Dam construction
area
#•.:''.': Downstream
cofferdam
Figure 3.3. Main features of masonry dam construc-
tion. The area between the cofferdams
is pumped out so that construction of
the dam proper can proceed in the dry.
-------
105
the dam and its abutments on solid natural rock. The operations involved are
drilling and blasting of rock, as well as excavating, loading, and hauling of
excavated materials. All these activities have been discussed previously.
Grouting - It is imperative that the foundation and abutment areas of a dam be
essentially watertight. Water passing under or around the dam creates problems
in dam safety. For this reason these areas are normally grouted to close all
cracks and seams and fill cavities. The operations include drilling grout holes
in the foundation and abutment areas, mixing the grout and pumping it into the
grout holes under pressure.
Grouts used consist basically of portland cement and water proportioned to
form a thin slurry. Other materials such as bentonite and fly ash are also added.
In cases where large cavities may occur as in massive limestone formations bulk
may be obtained by adding inert materials such as rock dust or fine sand. Grouts
are premixed and stored in tanks just prior to pumping. Grout is pumped into the
drilled holes under sufficient pressure to force the grout into cracks, seams and
openings. Pumping is continued in each hole until no more grout is taken.
Concrete in dam structure - Dam structures involve the placement of very large
volumes of concrete. The concrete used is composed of portland cement mixed with
rock fines, sand and gravel, or crushed rock, the latter varying from 1/4 inch
to 6 inches in size. The construction operation involves a large aggregate opera-
tion, a high volume mixing plant, and a sophisticated system for carrying the
concrete to its location in the dam structure. Specialized forms are used which
are continually moved up as the structure is built.
Massive concrete structures pose problems in disposing of the heat of hy-
dration of the cement. Low-heat cements ease the problem, but cooling of the
concrete and cooling systems within the dam structure may be necessary.
Aggregate production - Aggregate production for dams differs from that discussed
-------
106
previously only in quantities and sizes. Because a dam uses very substantial
quantities of material in a small area, highly sophisticated crushing, screening,
washing and transportation systems are economical.
Concrete plant - Concrete production has been discussed earlier. As in the case
of aggregate, large quantities of concrete are required for construction of a
major dam.
Construction camp - Since dams are often built in isolated locations and require
substantial manpower during construction, the contractors commonly build and
maintain a camp for the workers. Housing, bathing, and feeding facilities, along
with modest recreational opportunities are normally provided. Camp construction
requires roads, buildings, minor utility pipelines and surfaced areas for storage
of materials and equipment. Such construction activities have been discussed
previously. When construction is completed, the camp is normally removed.
Appurtenances for masonry, earth and rockfill dams - Dam appurtenances include
the overflow spillway for flood waters, irrigation water diversion structures,
dam gates, large conduit pipes (penstocks), and power plants. These structures
all involve heavy steel, reinforced concrete, and the placement of heavy devices
and machinery. Excavation required is essentially the same as for the dam structure,
and the dam concrete plant produces concrete for these elements.
Construction of Fills and Channels in Wetlands
Fills for highways, railways, airports, and other similar types of con-
struction in wetlands involve building over unstable substrates of both organic
and inorganic origin. The methods used are dependent on the depth and character-
istics of the unstable material as well as upon the nature of the underlying
stable substrate. Methods of ditch and fill construction in wetlands are il-
lustrated in Figure 3.4.
-------
107
A. Undisturbed marsh
' '
B. Road construction using hard fill
C. Road construction using native soft fill
ditch
D. Ditch construction with side-cast spoil banks
ditch
/
Figure 3.4. Methods of ditch and fill construction
in wetlands. Hard fill of sand and
gravel forms a rather stable base for
road construction. Use of native soft
fill is a more primitive method and is
more subject to subsidence, necessita-
ting frequent maintenance. Much of the
road construction in coastal tundra
areas of Alaska has been carried out by
the soft fill method.
-------
108
Excavation and replacement by stable fill - Where depths of unstable material
do not exceed about 10 feet a dragline, shovel, or dredge may be used to ex-
cavate the unstable material to sufficient width to permit construction of the
roadway, or other construction element. The excavated material handled by
dragline or shovel is usually side cast beyond the excavation forming a spoil
bank, and it must be removed a sufficient distance to prevent lateral displace-
ment back into the excavation. The roadway is then constructed of free draining
granular materials such as sand, sand-gravel mixtures, or crushed rock, which
is deposited in the water until the fill reaches the designated height. The
fill is placed by end-dumping from trucks and pushed into the excavation by
bulldozers. The excavation is left open a minimum amount of time. Where
dredging operations are used the granular material is pumped into the excavation
until the fill reaches grade.
Displacement methods - Where deeper unstable deposits are encountered (about
10 to 25 ft) displacement methods are commonly used. In such methods the fill
is advanced by end-dumping and placement with a bulldozer in a V-shape (i.e.,
highest along the central crest). Fill height is increased until the load is
sufficient to produce failure in the underlying unstable materials, displacing
them laterally. Displacement may be accelerated by jetting with water prior to,
during, and after placement of the fill. As the fill settles, additional
material must be placed to maintain the grade. The weight of the fill will
cause lateral compression in the displaced materials which may result in set-
tling and horizontal movement of the shoulders for several years.
Displacement of unstable materials under the fill may also be accomplished
by blasting. In the "underfill" technique the surface layers are broken with
equipment or light charges, the fill is placed, and explosives are then posi-
tioned through the fill in jet holes or casings. Usually one to three rows of
explosives are placed along the center line about midway between the fill bottom
-------
109
and the top of the underlying solid substratum. In addition, at each edge of
the fill two or three rows of charges are placed 4 to 5 feet below the surface.
The explosion displaces the soft materials, creating a cavity under the fill
which then settles rapidly. In the "toe-shooting" technique the soft material
is displaced by blasting ahead of the advancing fill. Added fill material is
pushed into the cavity left by the blast, and the fill is advanced with a V-
point which displaces the soft material and develops a wave in front of the
fill. In the process the front face of the fill is overburdened, and the ex-
plosive charges are placed around the toes of the fill near the bottom of the
soft material. Fill materials must be free draining. Sands, sand-gravel mix-
tures, or crushed stone are ideal.
Preconsolidation methods - Preconsolidation is used where materials can be
stabilized by overloading which essentially squeezes out the water and com-
pacts the underlying materials. In this method the fill is placed by end-
dumping in layers to a depth determined by consolidation tests on the unstable
materials. The fill is placed to a depth of 3 to 8 feet above the grade, and
the time sequence must be such that the underlying materials do not fail but
continue to consolidate. Normally, 1 to 3 months of consolidation time are re-
quired between layers. When the expected consolidation has been obtained, the
excess fill is removed to design grade. This method involves neither removal
nor displacement of wetland materials.
Consolidation can be expedited by the use of vertical sand drains. Holes
are driven or drilled into the unstable materials on 6 to 15 foot centers to
the stable material below, and they are filled with clean, highly permeable
sand. A free drainiiig blanket of granular material is then placed over the
surface of the fill area to permit water to move up the sand drain and laterally
under the fill. The surcharge fill is then placed, and settlement is speeded
because of greater ease of escape for the drainage water.
-------
110
Drainage Ditches and River Channel Changes
Drainage ditches are constructed in low-lying or wetland areas to enhance
surface runoff, to remove water from wetlands, and to lower the water table
level. Drainage ditches may be excavated by the methods of dry land excavation
previously discussed or by means of a floating dragline (i..^. , a steamshovel or
grab operating from a barge). Excavated material is deposited as spoil bank
on one or both sides of the excavation (see Figure 3.4).
River channel modifications are carried out to stabilize the channel or
shorten the river's length (by cutting off meanders). In the latter case dry
land excavation is employed to create a deep, broad trench which almost connects
with the river at either end. When the trench is complete, the end sections are
blasted open to admit the river to the new channel. The old channel may be
filled or allowed to remain as a man-made oxbow.
Bridging in Wetlands
Where the unstable material in wetlands is quite deep the most economical
solution for linear construction such as highways and railways is the driving
of pile bents and placement of bent caps and bridge superstructure to carry the
facility. Piling may be wood, concrete or steel and the pile bent caps and
structure may be wood, steel, or reinforced concrete. The operation proceeds
from the bank outward with pile driving, pile caps, and bridge structure placed
consecutively.
Dredging and Placement of Dredge Spoil
The dredge is used exclusively for excavation in water. It is employed
to deepen areas such as channels, ports, and harbors, and it also is used to
provide fill materials in the construction of piers, wharves, docks, dams, and
various underwater foundations. Fill material may be provided for dikes, levees,
-------
Ill
and other terrestrial structures. Dredges are also used to maintain open chan-
nels, canals, and other waterways; for the desiltation of dam reservoirs; for
the excavation of construction materials such as shell, sand, and gravel; and
for the recovery of bottom minerals such as gold, tin, and diamonds.
There are two major types of dredges, the bucket or mechanical dredge
and hydraulic dredge. Bucket dredges are classified as grab (orange peel or
clam shell) dredges, dipper dredges, and ladder dredges. Hydraulic dredges in-
clude the plain suction, draghead, and cutterhead types.
Bucket dredges - Bucket dredges are used in areas where the more efficient hy-
draulic dredges are not practical. The grab dredge can dig silt and stiff mud
in depths to 100 feet and is used around docks, piers and in corners. The
dipper dredge can be used to excavate hard materials in depths to about 65
feet. Ladder dredges excavate with a continuous chain of buckets on an inclin-
able ladder, dumping the excavated material into a chute or trough at the top
of the ladder. They work well in a variety of materials in depths up to 75 feet.
Bucket dredges must discharge the excavated material alongside the place of ex-
cavation or into barges or scows adjacent to the dredge and which are towed to
a disposal site.
Hydraulic dredges - All hydraulic dredges have a centrifugal pump fed through
a suction line. The excavated material is discharged into the dredge itself
(hopper dredge), into barges alongside, or ashore through a pipeline. Dredges
differ in their means of loosening and picking up the excavated materials.
Plain suction dredges are built like a ship. The suction pipe is located
in the bow or on the side of the dredge. One or more suction pipes extend into
the hull to the pump. Dredged material is discharged into the hull, into barges
alongside, or back into the water through a side-casting boom. The lower end of
the suction line is flattened like a vacuum cleaner, and high pressure water jets
-------
112
may be used to loosen material around the perimeter of the working area. Such
dredges are normally used in softer substrates to create holes into which sur-
rounding materials may run.
Draghead suction dredges use a special suction head, dustpan or draghead,
attached to the end of the suction line. Such dredges are generally hopper
dredges, but occasionally they discharge into barges or through side-casting
booms. The suction lines are alongside, and the dredge moves ahead with the drag-
head in contact with the bottom while dredging. The dredge has a shiptype hull
and is self-propelled. Hopper capacities are in the range of 500 to 8,000
cubic yards. When full, the dredge steams to the disposal area and discharges
the excavated material. A variety of dragheads are used depending on the type
of material to be excavated.
The most commonly used dredge today is the pipeline cutterhead dredge. Its
prime function is to excavate and move material hydraulically to its ultimate
location without rehandling. The dredge proper consists of a ladder; cutter-
head; suction pipe; A and H frames with hoist machinery to handle the cutter-
head, ladder, and suction pipe; cutter motor; hull; engine room; lever room;
main pump and engine; spud gantry; and spuds. During operation a discharge line
floating on pontoons extends to the shore where it is attached to the shoreline.
Auxiliary tugs, fuel barges, pipe barges, and work boats complete the plant.
The dredge size is generally defined by the diameter of the discharge line,
for example, 24-inch dredge. The cutterhead rotates, cutting and loosening the
bottom materials, which are then picked up by the suction pipe. The water borne
excavated materials pass through the discharge line to the spoil disposal area.
Various types of cutterheads, including the basket or straight arm, are used,
depending on the hardness of the materials to be excavated. Cutterhead power
requirements vary upward to 4,000 horsepower. The dredging depth is dependent
on ladder length, and depths up to 150 feet have been successfully dredged. A
-------
113
water jet booster system will increase production by providing more lifting
energy at the pump's suction end. Spuds are used to position and move the
dredge ahead as excavation is completed.
Dredge spoil from hydraulic dredges - Hydraulic dredges discharge the dredge
spoil ashore or in water areas adjacent to the dredging site. Land disposal
areas must be adequate for settling and must have levees strong and high enough
to confine the material permanently. An auxiliary boom discharge barge may be
used at the end of the discharge line to transmit the material over the levee.
Spoil disposal areas in water are located at least 1,000 feet from the dredging
site. Discharge is allowed to spread over the bottom without attempt at con-
tainment. A baffle plate is often used at the discharge end so cut that the dis-
charge force pushes the plate and end of the discharge line along to keep up
with the dredging operation. A hydraulic dredge and fill operation is illus-
trated in Figure 3.5.
Hydraulic dredges are used to produce land fills for levees, highways,
and railways, as well as fills for the foundations of structures in water.
Spillways are employed to discharge the water from a ponding area after a
settling period. For granular materials which settle rapidly, pipes near the
top of the levee may also be used. For slower settling materials such as silt
and clay which require longer ponding more elaborate spillways located away
from the discharge area are often needed. Turbidity of the return water is
regulated by controlling detention time through elevation changes in the spill-
way. Flashboards are used for this purpose. Water discharged normally returns
to the body of water from which it was dredged.
-------
114
a
o
2
0)
ex
o
§
0)
00
73
0)
i-H
cd
c
o
•H
4J
2
4-1
0)
2
60
-------
115
Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
Waterway Margins
Construction of Breakwaters, Sea Walls,
and Shore Protection Systems
These construction activities in wetland areas are for the purpose of
providing protection against wave action and/or protection against high water
and fast currents.
Breakwaters - Breakwaters are used to form artificial harbors. Water areas so
protected from the effect of waves, provide safety for ships and docks. Break-
waters are of several types, but natural rock and concrete are the normal
breakwater materials. Breakwaters are normally used in water depths up to
about 60 feet below mean sea level, although they may be constructed in deeper
water by placing a rockfill below 60 feet. Most breakwaters depend upon their
weight for stability. The breakwater at Matarine, Peru is in water 140 feet
deep and has a 400-foot base.
Breakwaters are of two types. The mound type is composed of natural rock,
concrete block, a combination of rock and concrete block, and concrete shapes
such as tetrapods, quadripods, hexapods, tribars, modified cubes, dolosse and
others. Such a breakwater may be topped by a concrete sea wall. Breakwaters
require that the sea bottom be firm enough to support the weight of the fill
without appreciable settlement. They are trapezoidal in shape (wider at the
bottom than at the top) with side slopes in the range of 3 on 1 to 1 on 1 and
top widths of about 20 feet. Base widths are normally about 4 times the water
depth. The second main classification of breakwaters consists of such types
as concrete block gravity walls, concrete caissons filled after placements,
rock-filled sheet-pile cells, rock-filled timber cribs and braced concrete or
steel sheet pile walls.
-------
116
Mound breakwaters are of two types. In the first type a core is placed
using quarry-run stone to a height above normal water level. The core is con-
structed from the shore outward by hauling the stone in trucks and end- or
side-dumping into the water ahead of the fill. Core rock is normally from about
five tons down. Over the core are placed one or two layers of filter courses
made of quarry stone in large sizes. The breakwater is completed with an ex-
ternal layer of armor stone in the general size range of five to twenty tons.
If placed in more than one layer the largest stones are used in the top layer.
Placement of the filter and armor stone must provide sufficient permeability
so that good drainage will occur but the finer core rock is prevented from being
washed away. The upper layers are placed from cranes operating atop the core.
Where large rock is not available the breakwater may be faced with rectangular
concrete blocks, and such construction is usually required for wave heights
above 50 feet. The concrete blocks are cast ashore in weights of 50 to 60 tons
(400 ton blocks have been used) and placed by cranes either pell mell or in a
designed pattern. In recent years irregular-shaped concrete units, tetrapods,
quadripods, hexapods, tribars, and others have been used as facing materials-
They are lighter, absorb wave energy better, and can be laid on steeper slopes.
Weights up to 45 tons are used but 25 to 30 tons are common.
In the second type of mound breakwater, the core of quarry-run stone is
placed by bottom-dumping from scows or from railroad cars operating on a trestle
to a depth substantially below water level based on wave height. Alternately,
the core material may be placed with a hydraulic dredge. The core is then
covered with a stable quarry-run stone in the general size range from 20 pounds
to several tons. Stones of 1 ton and greater should make up at least half of
the composition of the upper layers. The top of the breakwater is then con-
structed of large armor stone, greater than 10 tons per stone, carefully placed
to the design level above normal sea level. The second layer of stone is placed
-------
117
by dumping from scows or train cars on a trestle. The armor stone is placed
by floating cranes or gantry cranes operating on a trestle. Concrete blocks
and the specialty stones (tetrapods, etc.) can be utilized in place of the
armor stone. They are placed with floating cranes.
Concrete block breakwaters are constructed on foundations of quarry-run
stone or dredged material placed as previously discussed. Large cellular
concrete blocks (about 15 feet x 30 feet x 7 feet high), laid in parallel rows
and the cells filled with concrete, have been used. Another type utilizes
large concrete blocks keyed together. The blocks are placed with floating
cranes or cranes operating on a temporary trestle.
Concrete caisson breakwaters have been used extensively in the Great Lakes
and Europe. The caissons are usually box-like units of reinforced concrete
with a closed bottom and diaphragm walls dividing the box into several compart-
ments. Side walls may be vertical or sloping. The caissons are constructed on
shore, launched and towed to the construction site or built in a dry dock and
towed to the site. They are sunk on a prepared foundation of quarry-run stone
leveled by divers, filled with rock or sand, and usually capped with a poured-
in-place concrete superstructure. The caisson type breakwater has the advantage
of minimum time for the sea operations. Individual caissons are 30 to 50 feet
wide, up to 30 feet high and 50 to 200 feet long. Construction operations in-
clude placing of the foundation course from scows or by dredging, and filling
of the cells.
Cellular sheet pile breakwaters can be used in soft bottom. Steel sheet
piles are driven to a sufficient depth to prevent erosion and provide lateral
stability, normally a minimum of 10 feet. Individual cells are arched on the
sides and ends and each cell is stable by itself. The sheet pile should extend
twice the normal wave height above average high water, or it should be capped
with a poured-in-place concrete sea wall constructed to this height. The cells
-------
118
are filled with run-of-quarry stone or sand, and they are capped with a layer
of heavy rock (7 to 20 tons) placed on a filter course. Riprap is placed
against the toe of the sheeting to protect against erosion. Quarry-run stone
capped by heavy stone (1 to 20 tons) is typical riprap.
Low breakwaters in soft bottom may consist of steel or concrete sheet
piling driven in line, braced with concrete batter piles, and topped with a
poured-in-place concrete cap wall. Such structures can be used for wave heights
up to 10 feet.
The sheet pile breakwaters involve use of a floating pile driver, hauling
of fill materials to the cells in barges, loading the cells, and construction
of sea walls or concrete cap walls.
Sea walls - Sea walls are massive concrete structures used to protect shorelines
subject to wave erosion in storms. The construction operations involved in-
clude foundation excavation, foundation dewatering if necessary, form place-
ment, placement of reinforcing steel, pouring of the concrete, form removal and
backfill behind the sea wall. All of these operations have been discussed pre-
viously. In the case of sea walls the construction operations are normally
carried on near the water's edge.
Shore protection systems - A shoreline protection system is used where there
is a permanent change in the shoreline due to wave and current beach erosion.
A decision must be made concerning whether the shoreline must be established at
a particular position or whether it should be allowed to retreat, and if so
at what rate and for how long. There are basically two methods of arresting a
declining beach. The alongshore drift of materials may be reduced along the
affected length until a sufficient supply of new material is accumulated, or the
eroded length of beach may be artificially refilled.
Groynes are wave and current assisting installations placed approximately
-------
119
perpendicular to the shoreline and extending both inshore and offshore. One
type of groyne is an open line of piling installed close to mean water level.
Solid groynes utilize rows of short piling. A third type is composed of large
quarry rock or precast concrete units placed in a line from high water out.
The length and spacing of groynes is a function of the rate and limit of lit-
toral drift and the maximum size of storm waves.
Intermediate barriers consist of revetments placed parallel to the shore-
line in a position intermediate between high and low water lines. This re-
duces the beach slope both shoreward and seaward. Barriers may or may not be
effective depending on the fraction of the energy of breaking waves absorbed
by the revetment.
Offshore barriers are commonly rock mounds placed parallel to the shore.
Their construction has been discussed under "breakwaters." A stable shoreline
may also be maintained by making good deficiencies in littoral drift by placing
imported material on the foreshore. The material may come from borrow on land
or from areas of accretion on the foreshore. Dredging may be used to move
material in the latter case. Construction operations consist of pile driving,
material placement, and the movement of materials along the shoreline.
Construction of Ports and Moorings
Port structures are often referred to as docks, and these include piers,
wharves, and bulkheads. A wharf (quay) is a dock which parallels the shore.
It may or may not be continguous to the shore. A bulkhead (quay wall) is para-
llel to and away from the shore, being backed up by earth. A pier (jetty) is a
dock which projects into the water (sometimes referred to as a mole or break-
water pier). When it is parallel to the shore and connected ashore by a mole
or trestle it is referred to as a T-head pier or L-shaped pier.
Docks may be constructed for the handling of passengers or general cargo
-------
120
or both, or they may be designed to handle special cargoes such as grain, oil,
or ore. Whether a wharf or pier is built depends primarily on the bottom con-
tour out from the shore.' Piers are generally preferred for flat slopes and
wharves for steep slopes.
Construction of wharves, piers and bulkheads - Two general types of construction
are used, open and closed or solid construction. For open type construction
the supporting structure consists of transverse rows of piling driven into
the harbor floor. Piling may be wood piles, precast concrete piles or cy-
linders, steel H-piles, or steel pipe-piles and cylinders. They may be driven
by a pile driver operating from shore or by a floating pile driver. Decks may
be formed in wood, structural steel, or reinforced concrete, and the deck
material may be of wood or reinforced concrete slabs. Precast concrete con-
struction using beams and slabs has become popular in recent years. Construc-
tion operations involved include pile driving, erection and construction of
decking, and placement of precast concrete. Steel piling must have corrosion
protection. Very little wooden construction is used in modern port structures.
Essential structures for cargo and passenger operations are built on top of
the dock.
Closed or solid type construction consists of steel sheet pile cells,
sheet pile bulkheads, concrete caissons, or precast concrete blocks. Steel
sheet pile cells are filled with rockfill and capped with a concrete slab and
bulkhead wall, with sandfill placed on the shore side. Steel and concrete
sheet pile bulkheads consist of a line of sheet piling driven at the dock face
and supported by tie-rods anchored in the natural ground or by batter piling
driven behind the bulkhead. The bulkhead wall is finished with a concrete cap
and fill behind the wall. Concrete caissons are floated into place on a rubble
base, filled with rock, capped with a concrete slab and bulkhead wall, and
finished with a sandfill on the shore side. Precast concrete blocks are placed
-------
121
on a rock base and stacked to the desired elevation. A rockfill is placed
immediately behind the block wall for drainage, and normal sandfill is then
placed on the shore side.
Moorings and dolphins - Dolphins are clusters of piling, steel sheet pile cells
capped with heavy concrete slabs, and heavy concrete platform slabs (3 to 6
feet thick) supported by vertical and batter piles of steel and/or precast
concrete. They are used for anchoring, mooring, and breasting ships in the
harbor area.
Offshore moorings normally consist of a single buoy or a series of buoys.
The buoys are steel drums up to 18 feet in diameter and 9 feet deep (the ratio
of diameter to depth normally being 2:1), with a mooring hook to which the ship
is attached. Buoys are held in place with riser wire attached to the buoy
anchor chain, terminating in large anchors on the sea floor. A concrete sinker
on the chain is used to position the buoy.
Heavy single buoy moorings are also used for loading and unloading oil
tankers. The buoy at Marsa el Brega Libya consists of a heavy steel base on
a pile foundation in 140 feet of water. A single vertical shaft extends from
the base to a 48-inch swivel joint 50 feet below the surface. A mooring buoy
floating on the surface is attached to the shaft by chains which keep the shaft
in tension. A universal joint at the base of the shaft permits the buoy to
rotate in any direction. Crude oil flows to the base of the structure through
a 48-inch submerged pipeline and enters the base of the shaft through two
flexible hoses. The ship is moored to the surface buoy, and single or multiple
hoses carry the oil from the swivel at the top of the shaft to the ship.
-------
122
Offshore Construction
Mineral Extraction from the Continental Shelf
Dredging operations - Sand, gravel, shell, and certain valuable minerals are
produced by dredging operations in marine waters. Such materials are either
loaded into barges or pumped ashore.
Mineral extraction from seawater - Magnesium and other minerals are produced by
direct processing of seawater. The seawater may be brought to the plant through
pipes or a canal. Within the plant the seawater is then subjected to electro-
lylitic, evaporative, or other extractive processes, and the spent seawater
is returned to the sea through an open canal.
Extraction of petroleum and natural gas - Substantial quantities of petroleum
and natural gas are recovered from wells drilled in wetlands including the
open sea. Drilling platforms may be fixed platforms erected on piles driven
into the floor of the wetland area and capped by a platform located above the
water surface far enough to eliminate wave action on the platform.
In deeper waters, movable platforms are used. These are of two types.
The first type utilizes approximately vertical piles with bottom shoes which
the platform surrounds. The piles are raised during towing to the well site,
where they are lowered to the bottom. The platform is then jacked up to the
required elevation above water. The second type is the drilling ship which
contains the drilling platform. The ship steams to the drilling site where
it is anchored for the drilling operation.
Drilling operations in wetlands are carried out using essentially the
same process as on land. All of the drilling equipment is located on the plat-
form, and the drilling operations are closed systems.
-------
123
Pipeline Construction
Pipelines are constructed both in shallow coastal areas and in the oceans
to depths down to about 600 feet. Most offshore pipelines are built with steel
pipe which is protected from corrosion by wrapping and coating combined with
cathodic protection. Unburied pipelines are subject to wave and current action,
sharp changes in bottom contour, and bridging due to scour. Pipelines carrying
gas are particularly susceptible to flotation. Weighting the pipeline with a
continuous coating of concrete or asphaltic material will prevent flotation.
Pipeline anchors have also been used. The best protection for pipelines placed
in water is burial to a depth of 4 feet or more. Buried pipelines are subject
to minimum long-term forces, although significant forces may act on the pipe
during the burial process. Burying is expensive and difficult, if not impossible,
on hard bottoms.
Pipeline burial - In shallow water, estuaries and rivers where bottom soils
are cohesive the marine plow has been successfully used. It excavates a steep-
sloped trench to a depth of 6 feet» Clamshell and dragline excavation is also
used in shallow water. The pipe is laid in the excavated trench, and the trench
may be partially backfilled after completion of pipe-laying.
In deeper waters, stationary suction or cutter dredges and trailing
suction hopper dredges are used. Water depths from 15 to 125 feet are appro-
priate for such equipment. This equipment produces a very wide trench with
flat-side slopes. The pipe is laid in the trench which may be partially back-
filled. In deep water the excavating equipment straddles the pipeline as it
reaches bottom, and the equipment excavates and buries the pipe in the same
operation.
The jetbarge is a sled with a fork type high velocity jet. The sled is
towed by the pipe-laying barge. It cuts and scours the bottom and the pipe
-------
124
curves down into the trench behind the sled. Backfill is left to natural
movements of bottom materials. In low-cohesive and non-cohesive materials
the Shell Fluidization method has been used. The method consists of towing
along the pipeline a train of carriages equipped with jets which scour away
the bottom under the pipeline and keep the material in suspension. The ad-
justable carriage weight produces an S-curve in the pipeline which allows the
pipe to sink through the fluidized bottom material. Burial depth depends on
train length, weight, and pipeline stiffness. As the train passes, the pipe is
immediately buried by settling and solidification of the sand.
Pipe-laying - Pipe in water is laid from a pipe barge. The jointing and pro-
tective coating processes are completed on the barge. The pipe passes over
the end of the barge and down a position stinger to near the bottom where it
passes through a sag region in which the pipe descends in a flat curve to the
sea floor. Stingers up to 900 feet long and water depths to 300 feet have been
used. For small pipe, the customary method is that which involves keeping the
pipe in tension by applying a longitudinal force at the pipe-laying barge.
Pipe in depths to 500 feet have been laid by this method.
The pipe riser and adjoining section of pipe represent critical portions
of the line. Greater depth of burial and thicker pipe walls are used in the
riser area.
-------
125
Chapter 4
PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT WETLANDS
Four main classes of construction activity exert profound effects upon
the riparian and wetland environments of the nation. These include general
lowland construction, mineral extraction on land, dam construction, and dredg-
ing and spoil placement. The lowland activities may involve drainage, low-
land and wetland fill, and various types of building construction. Although
many of the projects are individually small, the cumulative effect is very
great.
Mineral extraction on land is especially damaging in mountainous regions,
but open pit and strip mining in flat areas also produce widespread deleterious
effects on wetlands. Available data indicate that mineral extraction activities
have already seriously disturbed or destroyed at least 3.2 million acres of
land and water surface including 13,000 miles of streams, 281 natural lakes,
and 168 reservoirs.
Dam construction adversely affects riparian and wetland environments up-
stream, immediately downstream, far downstream, in the estuaries and other
coastal wetlands, and even on the marine beaches. Practically every damable
stream in the nation already is dammed or is planned to be dammed.
Dredging and spoil placement have created widespread environmental damage.
About 450 million cubic yards of bottom materials are dredged each year. The
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers alone annually maintains about 19,000 miles of
waterways and engages in about 1,000 harbor maintenance projects. Of the 380
million cubic yards of sediments dredged by the Corps, about two thirds are
dumped back into the water and one third is dumped in riparian environments.
Much of the spoil material is chemically polluted.
-------
126
Each type of construction activity is accompanied by its own peculiar
suite of environmental effects. Salient among these are removal of vegetative
cover and topsoil; increased surface runoff and soil erosion; drastic modifica-
tion in patterns of flow and flooding; increased turbidity and sedimentation;
modification of water chemistry through addition of sediments, nutrients, and
pollutants; altered salinity regimes of coastal wetlands; and reduction of
river-borne sand for marine beach nourishment.
In sum, the various types of construction activities are devastating the
nation's lowlands. According to the best present estimate 45 million acres
(or over 35 percent) of our primitive wetland and riparian environments have
already been lost. In the process, a number of specific habitat types are now
considered to be in great jeopardy.
The present chapter is the analytical bridge between the previous chapter,
dealing with the nature of construction activities, and the following chapter,
which treats the biological and ecological effects. This somewhat unorthodox
handling of the subject provides the opportunity of eventually separating cause
from effect which will permit greater analytical depth and the treatment of
wetland ecological problems within a more generalized frame of reference. For
example, stream sedimentation presents a suite of biological and ecological
problems which are related to one another and which are somewhat independent
of the activity which originally produced the sediment.
The effects of any construction activity fall into three general time-
related categories:
1. direct and immediate results which take place during the construction
process,
2. effects which occur during the period of stabilization following
completion of the construction, and
-------
127
3. long-term effects or more or less permanent changes brought about
by the construction itself or by subsequent human use and environ-
mental management occasioned by the constructed facilities.
Unfortunately, available data seldom permit a careful distinction between the
first two stages given above. Therefore, in the following discussion these
will generally be lumped, and we will treat only two categories, immediate vs.
long-range effects.
At the outset it must be recognized that the effects of any construction
project will vary with locality and topography, season of the year (especially
in relation to rainfall), detailed methodology of the construction activities,
and the care which is taken during construction to avoid unnecessary environ-
mental damage. Effects of the construction activities will also vary greatly
in terms of areal extent and persistence during time. Many construction activi-
ties do not cause significant environmental damage. However, it is the mission
of the present volume to detail known or potential deleterious effects so that
these may be taken into account in dealing with environmental impact statements.
Considering the number of construction projects now going on, as noted in the
Introduction, even these minor-effect activities add up to a devastating envir-
onmental toll. Although the case cannot be documented in detail at present, it
is likely that the cumulative effects of the smaller projects often outweigh
effects of the more spectacular visible activities in terms of total impact on
the nation's wetlands.
The order of presentation of the present chapter will follow exactly that
of the previous chapter so that cause and physical-chemical effects can be
directly related.
-------
128
Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily
with Floodplains, Banks, and Shores
Activities Prior to Construction
The initial survey and other preconstruction activities result in removal
of some vegetative cover and possibly some increase in erosion and surface
runoff. Considering the limited nature of such operations, the effects must
be temporary and highly localized, except in steep terrain where the effects
could be considerable (See section on Effects of Mineral Extraction on Land).
Effects of Construction Involving Impervious
Surfacing and/or Earthwork
As noted earlier, impervious surfacing and earthwork involves a number
of discrete types of activities. The primary effect of each is presented in
the matrix diagram given in Table 4.1.
The initial clearing of the land removes the vegetative cover and permits
the rainfall to strike the bare land surface. Any subsequent digging will
remove topsoil and expose deeper soil layers. Mounds of loose soil may tem-
porarily accumulate within or adjacent to the construction site. All of these
activities lead to increased surface runoff and severe erosion, and the effects
will be accentuated in steep terrain and in rainy weather (Chapman, 1962). In
dry weather considerable quantities of soil may be raised as dust clouds which
will be transported at a later date when the rains fall. Runoff and erosion
will add a great deal of soil solids to lowland drainage areas and eventually
into wetland areas in the form of greater water turbidity and increased sedi-
mentation.
Denuded areas have been shown to lose large quantities of dissolved
minerals, particularly sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, nitrates, and
-------
129
Table 4.1. Effects of Impervious surfacing and/or earthwork on physical
and chemical characteristics of wetlands.
Physical and
chemical
effects
Construction
activity
tfl
ctf
M-l
Clearing and grubbing
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Earthwork
x
x
X
X
Rock excavation
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
Subgrade stabilization
Base courses
x
Aggregate production
x
x
Concrete pavements
x
X
X
X
Bituminous pavements
x
X
X
X
X
Equipment areas
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Paving lots
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
Site restoration
Riprap
Borrow pits and landfills
x
x
X
X
Long term effects
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
130
phosphates. In some cases increased loss of ground water and spring-flow has
been noted immediately following removal of floodplain trees (which normally
pump water up through the roots for transpiration), but even the spring-flow
may eventually diminish as the water table is lowered through lack of recharge.
Where construction gravel is obtained from the stream bed there is direct
loss of important stream bottom habitat. Gravel washing operations invariably
create large volumes of highly turbid water which will directly or indirectly
pass into the wetland environments (King and Ball, 1964). Borrow pits and land-
fill sites will destroy additional terrestrial or semi-aquatic environments.
Highway, railroad, and similar projects must travel relatively straight routes,
and to facilitate preparation of the routes extensive straightening or bridging
of streams is often required (Elser, 1968). In the process, further stream
habitat is highly modified or lost.
Once the impervious surfaces have been laid, all rainfall passes off as
surface flow. Drainage structures and ditches are prepared so that the runoff
reaches the streams almost immediately. Both concrete and bituminous surfaces
leach out chemical substances which are carried into the water courses. Mostly
carbonates and hydroxides of calcium and magnesium come from cement plants and
from the concrete itself, but bituminous materials must provide a variety of
organic coal-tar derivatives, many of which are undoubtedly carcinogenic.
The greatest leaching occurs during and immediately after construction, but
long-term leaching undoubtedly takes place.
If the trees and brush cleared from the land are burned in the flood-
plain the ashes, which are highly alkaline, may enter the stream and cause an
immediate increase in th^ pH of the water (in one study the pH jumped almost
immediately from 7.8 to 11.3 and remained high for some time). In addition,
heat from the fire can elevate the stream temperature quickly and keep it
high for some hours, due to heat exchange between soil and water (in one study
-------
131
the temperature of the stream jumped from 12°C to 22°C and then stabilized
for some hours at 15°C).
Construction equipment in operation as well as spills in maintenance
yards can result in the passage of petroleum products into the water courses.
Once in operation, a highway will deliver large quantities of motor vehicle
exhaust products and other materials into the neighboring streams. These
include heavy metals (especially lead), hydrocarbons, oil from road washings,
and asbestos fibers from brake linings (Hynes, 1972).
The net result may be summarized in the following points.
Loss of habitat from devegetation of the construction area, stream
straightening and realignment, stream gravel mining, borrow pit mining, and
dump site filling.
Loss of land fertility from surface erosion and subsurface flow.
Increased erosion from construction site activities.
Lowered ground water level from devegetation.
Greatly increased fluctuation in stream level due to faster runoff
following rains and decreased flow during dry periods because of loss of
ground water.
Greatly increased stream sediment load due to erosion and runoff.
Greatly increased stream turbidity due to erosion and runoff.
Modified chemical composition of the water due to increased sedimentation
and runoff, turbidity, leaching of soil nutrients, leaching of concrete and
bitumen, cement plant operation, use and maintenance of construction equipment,
and road use following construction.
At first glance it may appear that the case has been overstated, but the
following types of facts are available from the literature. Hobbie and Likens
(1973) reported a 26% increase in surface runoff from recently devegetated forest
lands, and increases of around 400% have been noted several years after devegeta-
-------
132
tion in New Hampshire. Hoover (1952) stated that flood peaks may be doubled.
Borman, Likens, Fisher, and Pierce (1968) noted cation losses 3 to 20 times
greater in clear-cut lands over the vegetated controls. Branson (1970) pointed
to "spectacular" increases in sediment yields from devegetated floodplains of
arid lands in Arizona. King and Ball (1964) reported a twofold increase in the
inorganic sedimentation rate during a Michigan highway construction project.
As a result of these influences the wetland itself will undergo a number
of changes. The violent fluctuation in water level will result in greater flow
rate and water power during wet weather. The stream bed may be cut deeper, the
banks will be undercut, and the stream section will be widened. Riffles may
disappear and pool areas fill. Branches and other debris are washed downstream.
Increased sediment loads clog the interstices of riffles, fill the pools,
and cover the bottom generally with a layer of inorganic silt. Bottom sedi-
mentation may persist far downstream from the construction site. Bottom
habitat diversity is essentially eliminated. Accompanying the increased flow
rates there is an increase in water turbidity. This lowers the light penetra-
tion of the water, increases oxygen demand (both chemical and biological oxygen
demand), and modifies the chemical characteristics of the water in other ways.
Loss of vegetative cover and increase in turbidity both serve to elevate the
temperature of the water (as much as 10°F) (Chapman, 1962).
During dry weather stream flow slacks off, and it may cease entirely,
since the stream now receives less ground water inflow than before. As pointed
out by Bayly and Williams (1973), land clearing may so alter the local hydro-
logical regime that formerly perennial streams may approach or become inter-
mittent. Since deep pools tend to be reduced or lost, the aquatic habitat
may become severely restricted or dried up between floods. Any water that re-
mains in the stream bed is now subject to more rapid and extreme temperature
fluctuation in response to prevailing atmospheric conditions.
-------
133
The long-term results will depend greatly upon local circumstances, but
in general they would include the following:
Permanent loss of natural land habitat - Replacement of natural habitat
with sod does not restore the topsoil, nor does it replace the native ecosystem,
as will be discussed in the following chapter.
Increased surface runoff and reduced ground water flow - The paved surfaces
will continue to yield rapid and complete runoff to the wetlands.
"Ditchification" of streams - The replacement of the normal stream habitat
by man-altered habitat, as described above, has been termed by some authors,
"ditchification." (Note: Stream channelization will be considered in detail in
a later section.)
Persistent chemical changes - Whereas, the high level of sedimentation
and turbidity may eventually taper off, chemical modifications associated with
pavement leaching and highway or other use could remain for years.
Effects of Line Construction Activities
Most line construction activities on land create little significant
physical environmental damage. For power and pole lines, small pipelines,
and underground electrical and communication lines the amount of digging at
any one place is small in areal extent, and the excavation is rapidly covered
over. A. small amount of erosion may occur, but most of this will never reach
a wetland. Very large pipeline construction projects may cause significant
increases in the stream sediment loads, especially if the digging or earth-
piling activities are located in areas where the sediment can easily be washed
into a ditch, storm sewer, or local wetland. Line construction in wetland
areas, however, is another matter entirely, and this will be treated in the
sections dealing with "Dredging in Wetlands" and "Offshore Construction."
Even though the physical damage of most terrestrial line construction may be
minor, the biological impact may be considerable if long, linear rights-of-way
-------
134
are cleared of their native vegetation. This topic will be discussed in the
following chapter.
The primary wetland physical modifications associated with line construc-
tion activities derive from drainage ditching and canal lining. Channelization
of wetlands will be covered under the topic, "Dredging and Placement of Dredge
Spoil," and attention will be focused here on drainage ditches on floodplains
and other land areas. Under natural conditions surface water from rainfall
flows downhill until it reaches a linear low area or gully, which is often well
vegetated, and it flows through the gully until it is completely absorbed by
the soil or until it reaches a small stream. Gullies tend to meander every-
whare through the natural landscape.
The purpose of the drainage ditch is to provide for rapid runoff of
surface water. Where possible, vegetation is removed, and meanders are
straightened to provide for rapid flow of the runoff waters. Often the drain-
age ditch is lined with concrete, and it may eventually be covered over as a
subterranean pipe. These activities tend to remove the native soil and vege-
tation, stimulate bank soil erosion, lower the water table, and provide for
great flow velocities. When the water eventually enters the stream it may
carry heavy loads of sediment, and considerable erosion has been noted where
drainage ditches enter streams. Channel-side spoil banks may increase the
erosional tendencies.
One of the main problems of major drainage ditches is the fact that they
breed feeder ditches. Urban storm sewers and additional agricultural drainage
ditches are frequently constructed shortly after the main ditch becomes avail-
able. Another problem is that floodplain drainage ditches encourage land
clearing and intensive agricultural, housing, and industrial developments in
flood-prone areas. When the floods do come the floodplain users cry for
financial relief and more and deeper drainage ditches. This cycle has been
-------
135
well documented by Barstow (1971 a,b) and others.
The direct long-term effects of ditching and canalization include loss
of gully land, lower water table levels of the soil, possible increase in
erosion and stream sedimentation, faster runoff times, rapid and extreme
fluctuation in stream height and flow volume, and downstream flooding. If a
stream is lined with concrete there is loss of both stream and riparian
habitat. The major effects of line construction activities are given in
Table 4.2.
Effects of Building Construction Activities
The effects of building construction are basically similar to those given
earlier for construction involving impervious surfacing and/or earthwork. The
chief difference is that building construction is more concentrated in one
locality, and, in the case of large buildings, the activities may last longer
in one place, and drainage ditches and storm sewers are generally provided.
Rapid surface runoff will carry the inevitable soil sediments and concrete
leachings from surface view, but these will appear rapidly in neighboring
wetlands to affect the water levels, turbidity, and sedimentation, as well as
the chemical composition of the water.
The major long-term effect is continued rapid surface runoff with some
sediment and concrete leaching. Nowadays many buildings require parking lots
which further increase surface runoff and leaching and which add exhaust
wastes and oily compounds to the runoff waters. Special-use buildings may,
of course, produce chemical wastes related to the activities occurring within
the building. Such materials will undoubtedly pass to storm sewers and even-
tually the wetlands. Major effects of building construction are given in
Table 4.3.
-------
136
Table 4.2. Effects of line construction activities on physical and
chemical characteristics of wetlands.
Physical and
chemical
effects
Construction
activity
o
CO
P.
o
4-1
OJ
CO
T3
cfl
O
c
o
•H
4-1
(0
4-1
§
I
T3
0)
to
-------
137
Effects of Open Air Industrial Plant Construction
The effects of open air industrial plant construction are roughly similar
to those of building construction. These include loss of natural vegetation
and topsoil, increased turbidity and sedimentation of the local waterways,
all of which result fron the construction activities themselves. In addition,
there exists the strong possibility of significant wetland pollution from a
variety of chemicals employed in the construction processes. Among the most
important of these are the heavy metals which derive from rusty building
supplies, welding chemicals, paint, galvanizing, water-proofing, and chemical-
proofing materials. Concrete and bituminous slabs add salts and coal tars
to leachate.
In operation no factory is totally free of leakage, accidents, wastes,
and by-products, and an open air plant often permits such materials to be
efficiently carried off in ditches and storm drains to the nearest waterway.
Some of the modern plants have ponding areas where solid residues are allowed
to settle out before the water passes to the stream, but few remove all the
dissolved chemical contaminants.
In operation the plant will require supplies of raw materials, and it
will produce products. These necessitate transportation and parking, and they
produce the associated chemical contamination. Many plants such as refineries,
smelters, etc. introduce noxious chemicals into the atmosphere which may even-
tually enter water courses, and some such as steel mills, power plants, etc.
require large quantities of water for cooling or other purposes. If such water
is reintroduced to the stream it may have chemical contaminants or an elevated
temperature. If the water is consumed in the plant, as through steam production,
the water course suffers reduced flow.
The general long-range effect is increased surface runoff of chemically
contaminated water, but additional effects will relate to the particular
-------
138
nature of the plant. Major effects of open air industrial plant construction
are given in Table 4.3.
Effects of Drainage Structure Construction
The effects of culvert and drainage ditch construction have already been
discussed under the heading, "Line Construction Activities." Bridge construc-
tion, whether carried out completely on land or partially in the water will
temporarily cause some erosion, stream turbidity, and sedimentation, and this
is especially true if there is considerable construction activity on the flood-
plains or adjacent river bluffs. Some devegetation and topsoil removal is
also inevitable. In modern highway construction bridge and overpass construc-
tion may precede pouring of the concrete roadway by some months. During this
time the prepared roadbed may be subject to severe and continual erosion.
By and large, the long-term effects of bridge construction are negligible,
but vehicular traffic over the bridge will certainly contaminate the water and
stream-bottom sediments with heavy metals, asbestos fibers, and unoxidized
hydrocarbons. The long-term effects of drainage ditch construction are many,
and these have been covered earlier. Effects of drainage structure construction
are given in Table 4.3.
Effects of Tunnel Construction
The primary effects of tunneling operations on wetland areas relate to
the disposal of excavated materials. Some stream sedimentation may result
from untidy transport and from any pumping, washing and drainage operations
associated with tunnel construction. The large volumes of excavated rock and
earth must be placed somewhere, and lowland or wetland filling will destroy
such habitats. The construction plant and yard will eliminate additional
habitat temporarily. Large volumes of cement are generally required, and
some chemical contamination from large cement plants is inevitable.
-------
1.39
Table 4.3. Effects of building, open air industrial plant, drainage
structure, and tunnel construction on physical and chemical
characteristics of wetlands.
Physical and
chemical
effects
Construction
activity
CO
0)
bl
a
cfl
Building construction
x
x
x
x
Open air industrial plant construction
x
x
x
x
x
x
Drainage structure construction
x
x
x
Tunnel construction
x
x
Long term effects
x
x
x
-------
140
The major long-term effect derives from the quantity of wetland habitat
destroyed or modified by dump and fill operations. Effects of tunnel construc-
tion are given in Table 4.3.
Effects of Mineral Extraction on Land
The environmental effects of terrestrial mineral extraction have been
covered in some detail by the following key reports: Bayly and Williams (1973),
Boccardy and Spaulding (1968), Davis (1971, 1973), Hynes (I960), Kinney (1964),
Parsons (1968), Spaulding and Ogden (1968), and U.S. Department of the Interior
Reports on mining effects (1966, 1967). Environmental modifications associated
with mining operations relate in part to the specificities of the particular
type of minerals being extracted, the methods employed, and the topography
being worked, and they also relate to the fact that any mining activities will
produce enormous quantities of extracted materials which must be placed some-
where. In the present section each of the major types of mining operation will
be briefly reviewed in terms of the activities involved and their specific
effects, and then the general and cumulative effects of mining will be considered
in terms of their topographic, physical, and chemical effects on wetlands.
Specific types of mining operations - Surface mining includes placer, open
pit, and strip mining operations. Placer mining is carried out in stream beds,
on floodplains, and on stream banks in search of gold and other minerals. It
involves the digging of large volumes of soil, sand, and gravel, primarily
through hydraulic, dredge, or dragline operations. Hydraulic mining entails
the use of high pressure water jets to erode stream banks for the recovery of
minerals. Dredge and dragline operations employ buckets or suction apparatus
to eat through stream beds and low floodplains. Both types of activity require
enormous quantities of water for digging and processing (up to 32,000 gal/cubic
-------
141
yard for hydraulic operations and up to 10,000 gal/cubic yard for dredge and
dragline operations) (Wells, 1969). Both processes destroy stream beds and
alluvial valley soils, and both produce incredible quantities of gravels,
sands, and fine silts, much of which enters streams, creating turbidity and
sedimentation problems far downstream. Spaulding and Ogden (1968) quote the
following statistics. Hydraulicking in the Boise River Basin of Idaho produced
128,500 tons of silt in 18 months. Dredging in the Salmon River produced
enough silt to cover 13 miles of stream bottom with 1/16 of an inch of silt
every 10 days. Dredging in Siegel Creek of California raised stream temperatures
4-5°.
Open pit mining varies from shallow quarries for limestone, building
stone, gravel, sand, and clay to the deep pits opened up for the recovery of
iron (as in the Mesabi Range of Minnesota), copper (as in Bingham Canyon of
Utah) coal, and uranium. These are all basically quarrying operations. They
involve removal of the soil and bedrock overburden, followed by digging and
extraction of the desired mineral and rock deposits. Some of the pits exceed
a depth of 1,700 feet. Since most of the pit is below the level of the ground
water table, seepage water must constantly be pumped out to maintain reasonably
dry working conditions at the pit bottom. Overburden, non-useful extractives,
and spent ores may be piled near the mines or near the ore-extraction plants.
Water and wind erosion may transport large quantities of inert or chemically
active materials into neighboring waterways, and pit pumping operations add
further quantities. Many of the fine particulates are sharp and angular in
distinction from normal stream particles which are weathered and rounded.
Strip mining is e™Cloyed in the extraction of coal, sand, gravel, stone,
clay, gypsum, phosphate, and certain minerals such as iron and copper. As in
the case of open pit mines the soil and rock overburden must be removed, but
strip mining is employed where the vein or seam lies essentially parallel to
-------
142
the surface and shallow enough to make overburden removal economical. (Auger
and contour mining may be employed where the seam is not parallel to the surface.)
Strip mines destroy the soil and produce large quantities of soil and bedrock
spoil wastes, as well as spent ore piles. They also result in immense areas of
bedrock exposure and long lines of vertical highwalls. Some of the waste piles
are inert, others are chemically active. Large quantities of particulate spoils
and chemical leachates enter streams and other wetlands.
Where the veins and seams of coal and various metals are too deep for
overburden removal the ores are extracted through drift mining operations or
tunneling. Drift mines may proceed laterally into the side of a hill, or a
vertical shaft may be sunk, and the drift mines proceed laterally from the
shaft. Vertical shafts may produce very deep mines. Large volumes of rock
and ores are extracted, and these are eventually placed in huge dumps and spoil
piles. Fine mill tailings are also produced. As in the case of surface mining
spoils, much of the material is eventually allowed to run into streams and
other wetlands. Since many of the drift mines are below the water table level
they must constantly be pumped dry. The extracted waters, which often enter
surface wetlands, may be salty and acid, and they generally contain large
quantities of minerals, some of which may be radioactive.
Drilling operations produce water, natural gas, petroleum and other liquid
substances. Deep oil wells generally produce fair quantities of briny waters,
rich in chlorides, but often containing fluorine and fluorides (Ellis, Westfall,
and Ellis, 1948). Where such brines are permitted to enter natural surface water
courses or shallow groundwater, petroleum as well as salt contamination may occur.
Topographic effects - Removal of soil and overburden involves the destruction
of valuable topsoil. Spoil piles, waste disposal sites, and tailings often
bury additional topsoil. Abandoned mining operations often leave quarries
and other open pits and depressions between spoil piles. Many of these eventually
-------
143
become filled with seepage water. Exposure of bedrock creates hard surface
which accelerates runoff, either to surface drainage or through fractures and
tunnels to ground water or deep mines.
Many of the mining activities take place in hilly or mountainous terrain.
Access roads and survey trails are often poorly constructed and subject to
severe erosion. It has been the general practice in mining operations to bull-
doze mine spoil over the edge of the mine shelf where it falls downslope through
the forest and brush of the hillside and into the valleys and creeks below.
Hillside vegetation is destroyed. The material remaining on the slopes has a
high porosity and is subject to tremendous landslides, especially in rainy
weather. Erosion and landslides add further sediment to the floodplains and
streams, and they may dam up the streams entirely.
Mining operations, and especially strip mining, produce many miles of
vertical exposed cliff faces, or highwalls, which interfere with natural animal
movement, and which may continue to provide seepage and leaching through ground
water movement. Water tables in the land above may be considerably lowered.
Ogden and Spaulding (1968) reported that 34,500 miles of highwalls now exist in
the United States from surface mining operations, some over 1,700 feet high,
and sixty-three percent of which are over 15 feet high. Topographic effects
of mining operations are given in Table 4.4.
Physical effects - In some mining operations lakes have been drained. More
often they have been used as receptacles for spoil and mine tailings which
tend to lower the depth of the water and cover the bottom with extensive layers
of foreign materials or obliterate the lake entirely. Streams have been altered
by channeling, diversion, and impoundment. The silt load and turbidity levels
have increased manyfold. Spaulding and Ogden (1968) point out that Appalachian
strip mines alone produce an estimated 34 million tons of sediment per year.
-------
144
Table 4.4. Topographic effects of mineral extraction on wetlands.
Removal of natural cover
Removal and burial of topsoil
Exposure of vast bare rock surfaces
Creation of many linear miles of vertical highwalls, many of which
seep
Creation of open pits, quarries, and spoil depressions which may
fill by seepage
Creation of vast areas of spoil piles which seep and erode and are
physically unstable
Coverage of hillsides and valleys with spoil and tailings which are
unstable and subject to landslides, erosion, and seepage
Acceleration of surface runoff
Greatly increased erosion
Watercourse modification by spoil and tailing impoundment
Ground water lowering
-------
145
As the streams are filled with sediments the bottoms become compacted, and the
stream beds widen across the floodplain. Habitat diversity disappears. These
effects continue downstream many miles from the source of the sediments, and
the widespread occurrence of these sedimentation problems have created a
massive impact on the nation's wetlands. Thousands of miles of stream beds
and thousands of acres of estuaries and ocean floors are affected. Physical
effects of mining operations are given in Table 4.5.
Chemical effects - Much of the material produced from mining and processing
is chemically inert. This material includes most soils, gravels, sands, silts,
rock and stone residues, and to some extent, coal dust. Indirectly, these
materials may influence water chemistry by covering the bottom, reducing light
penetration, and influencing biological processes, as will be discussed in the
next chapter.
The mine workings, spoil dumps, and tailings may contain a variety of
chemical elements including sodium, calcium, magnesium, silicon, sulfur,
chlorine, copper, lead, zinc, aluminum, arsenic, and radioactive materials.
These occur in a variety of chemical combinations, the most important and often
most abundant are the metallic sulfides (pyrites). Lead and zinc ores produce
large quantities of lead and zinc sulfides, and coal mining produces large
amounts of iron sulfides. Wet oxidation of the sulfides takes place in the
mines, spoil piles, drainage areas, and receiving wetlands. This set of
chemical reactions produces a variety of products including metallic oxides
and hydroxides, as well as large quantities of sulfuric acid. Some of the
heavy metals which are eroded or leached from the mine spoils would tend to
precipitate to the bottom of waters as insoluble carbonates (especially lead
and zinc). The sulfuric acid, however, upsets the natural buffer system of
native waters, converting carbonates to bicarbonates and these to carbon
-------
146
Table 4.5. Physical effects of mineral extraction on wetlands.
Drainage of wetland areas
Filling of wetlands with spoil and tailings
Alteration of stream courses through channelization, diversion, and
impoundment
Widening of stream beds
Covering of wetland bottom with spoil and tailings
Increased silt load
Increased turbidity
Decreased light penetration
Reduction of wetland habitat diversity
-------
147
dioxide which escapes as a gas. The remaining waters of affected lakes, pits,
and streams are soft and have low pH values (sometimes below 3.0, but values
in the range of 4.0-4.5 are not uncommon). Lead, zinc and certain other heavy
metals are soluble in acid waters. Some of the iron and aluminum remains in
suspension and solution, whereas some becomes precipitated as complex oxides
and hydroxides. These often cover the stream bottoms in heavily affected areas.
Increased chemical oxygen demand may lower the free oxygen tension of affected
waters.
Parsons (1968) reported that streams in mining areas are affected by both
periodic and continuous flows of acid mine effluents. Rainfall initiates
periodic excessive mineral and acid flows from the spoil piles by dissolving
and carrying effluents into the streams. Post-rain persistence derives from
the overflow of acidified lakes and seepage from abandoned cuts and drifts. The
toxic heavy metals persist in lakes and streams. As they pass downstream they
become diluted by the entrance of unpolluted tributary stream waters. Some may
become oxidized. Many eventually become precipitated, buried, and otherwise
detoxified.
In mining areas much surface water eventually enters deep mines by pumping
or seepage through fractures and drill holes. This water is often very acid,
and in its passage through the earth it often picks up heavy metals and radio-
active materials. If this water is pumped out or if it drains from drifts it
will contaminate the surface waters, and the same will happen if it seeps out
through springs. Often, however, it seeps laterally and downward to contaminate
the underground aquifers. Chemical effects of mining operations are given in
Table 4.6.
Boccardi and Spaulding (1968) provided information on the extent of mining
damage in the United States. According to their figures 3.2 million acres of
land surface (including wetlands) have been seriously disturbed or destroyed.
-------
148
Table 4.6. Chemical effects of mineral extraction on wetlands.
Addition of large quantities of chemical elements to wetland
habitats (especially sodium, calcium, magnesium, silicon,
sulfur, chlorine, fluorine, copper, lead, zinc, aluminum,
iron, arsenic, and radioactive materials)
Increase of salt content of wetland waters and bottoms
Addition of large quantities of chemically reduced materials
(especially sulfides)
Addition of metallic oxides and hydroxides
Addition of large quantities of sulfuric acid
Drastic lowering of pH
Reduction and elimination of carbonates (and, hence, the natural
buffering system)
Placing of heavy metals into solution
Reduction of free oxygen
Contamination of ground water and aquifers
-------
149
A total of 34,000 miles of highwalls have been created. At least 13,000 miles
of streams, 281 natural lakes, and 168 reservoirs have been disturbed or destroyed.
These figures are undoubtedly underestimates, and the extent of the disturbance
is increasing at an accelerated pace.
Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily
with Wetland Areas and Water Bottoms
Effects of Dam Construction
In considering the effects of dam construction on the physical and chemical
factors of wetland environments four dimensions of the problem must be recog-
nized and understood: 1) the nature of the dam and its impoundment, 2) the
time-phased sequence of events, 3) water management practices after the dam
is operational, and 4) the downstream series of effects. Each of these
dimensions will be explained briefly before detailed consideration of the
effects.
Dams differ greatly in size, structural composition, and design. Each
is tailored to the local terrain, anticipated storage volume and flow rate,
and function. The present discussion will consider the large masonry multiple-
use dam, but most of the comments could equally apply to smaller, earthen, and
special-use dams.
Dams are built with a certain life expectancy. During this period the
dam and its impoundment pass through a series of stages which, for present
purposes, may be listed as follows: construction, impoundment filling, basin
leaching, sedimentation, and senescent phases. Environmental effects, thus,
will vary with time in relation to these phases.
The finished dam is a water management tool which may be utilized in
several ways. If water storage is the purpose the reservoir may be kept nearly
or quite full. When water is needed for irrigation, power production, or
-------
150
navigation it may be released through irrigation locks, conduits to power
turbines, or over the spillway. Release may occur near the top, at the middle,
or near the bottom of the dam. Water levels in the impoundment may vary season-
ally or over the space of a few days or hours. Tailwater flows may vary season-
ally (in response to rainfall or drought, irrigation needs, or downstream
navigation requirements) or in the space of a few hours (in response to daily
peaks in electrical power requirements). Multiple-dam systems such as those
which occur on the Tennessee and Missouri Rivers, provide complex multi-phasic
tools for the allocation of water resources throughout an entire drainage basin.
The physical and chemical effects of dams are of major geographic propor-
tions. Upstream the effects extend to the upper reaches of the impoundment
(and further, when biological effects are considered). Intense effects are
felt in the neighborhood of the dam structure, _i.e_. , both immediately above
and below the dam. Downstream the effects may be evident throughout the lower
reaches as well as in the estuary and on the nearby continental shelf.
Key references to the physical and chemical effects of dams include the
following: Bayly and Williams (1973), Copeland (1966, 1970), Ebel (1969),
Hynes (1972), Morris, et al. (1968), Neel (1963), Soltero, Wright, and
Horpestead (1973), Sylvester (1958), Wirth, et al. (1970), and Wright (1967).
Effects during construction period - During the period of dam construction the
water flow of the stream is blocked off by the cofferdams. Some of the flow
may proceed through the lateral tunnels, but the volume and seasonal programming
of such flow will certainly differ from the normal pattern of flow. Until the
impoundment reaches the height of the tunnels the flow may be blocked off
completely for a period. Rock blasting and excavation will add sediments to
the stream as will erosion from roads and work areas. Some chemical leaching
will occur from the concrete of the dam itself. Except for interference with
the flow pattern, such effects are temporary and local in extent.
-------
151
Upstream effects of the impoundment - As the water level of the impoundment
rises it will inundate floodplains, low tributary creeks, lakes, ponds, marshes,
and swamps which lie in the lower reaches of the basin above the dam. Eventually
the reservoir will become a long, multi-branched body of water whose deepest
point is adjacent to the dam itself. This reservoir will be subject to con-
siderable water loss through surface evaporation. Water erosion will tend to
cut away banks and partially submerged hills, especially in arid regions.
Streams which enter the reservoir will deposit vast quantities of sediment as
deltas near the stream mouths. During the early years of the life of a reservoir
great quantities of soluble minerals are leached from the bed and banks of the
basin. Neel (1963) reported that during the period 1935-1948 an estimated 20
million tons of dissolved materials were picked up by Lake Mead. This included
12.2 million tons of sulfate, 5.1 million tons of calcium, and 2.7 million tons
of sodium, potassium, and chloride. Nitrogen and phosphorus tend to increase,
due undoubtedly to soil leaching and decomposition of inundated vegetation.
With passage of time the sedimentation deltas build further out, coalesce,
and continue building downstream. Heavy marl deposits (calcium carbonate)
may build up on the reservoir bottom. With sediment accumulation the storage
capacity of the impoundment steadily decreases. Water masses often remain
somewhat distinct within the reservoir, and seasonal river flows may be delayed
in passage. In extreme cases summer runoff may not emerge until the following
winter. After the first few years the quantity of dissolved minerals in the
reservoir tends to decline due to diminished leaching and to downstream passage
of the more highly charged early waters.
Reservoir waters often become stratified during the summer months. Upper
layers receive ample light for photosynthesis and tend to be fresher and to
have higher levels of oxygen and temperature. Bottom waters are cooler, poorly
illuminated, and have higher levels of salt and nutrients. The bottom waters
-------
152
may become anaerobic and develop toxic concentrations of methane, hydrogen
sulfide, and other unoxidized chemicals. The pH is often low, and metallic
ions may be in solution.
Operation of the dam greatly influences conditions within the reservoir.
Water level reduction often exposes broad bands of land at the margins of the
reservoir, and since such bands are alternately flooded and exposed, permanent
vegetative cover cannot develop. Such riparian habitat loss is particularly criti-
cal in arid plains country and in mountainous areas where winter range may be
affected. Such areas become subject to severe erosion which moves the mudbanks
further downstream in the reservoir. Eventually most reservoirs should become
silted up. Efforts to prolong the life of reservoirs involve dredging as well as
release of bottom silt-laden waters through low-level conduits in the dam. Up-
stream effects of dam construction are given in Table 4.7.
Downstream effects of the dam - Downstream effects will vary with the pattern
of water release, and in any event, this pattern will differ widely from that
of the normal stream flow. One of the major reasons for constructing dams is
to control floods, and invariably the release pattern will avoid normal flood-
flow rates and normal downstream water level heights. Downstream floodplains
are no longer subject to flood, and maximum stream flows are considerably
diminished. Beyond this, the release pattern may vary in strange ways. In
some cases much of the volume of flow is passed out into irrigation ditches
during dry weather, severly reducing flow immediately below the dam. Due
to evaporation in the reservoir and drainage ditches the return water which
enters downstream may be considerably reduced in quantity. In other instances,
especially in dams which generate hydro-electric power, conditions the down-
stream reach may vary from those of a large river to those of a small headwater
within a short period of time.
-------
153
Table 4.7. Upstream effects of dam construction on the physical and chemical
characteristics of wetlands.
Habitat loss through inundation of floodplains, low tributary creeks,
lakes, ponds, marshes, and swamps
Loss of water through surface evaporation
Water erosion of banks and submerged hills
Formation of sedimentary deltas around mouths of entering streams
(which enlarge throughout life of reservoir)
Leaching of soluble materials from bed and banks of basin
Initial increase in dissolved salts and nutrients
Precipitation of bottom marl deposits
Delayed water passage through reservoir
Temperature and chemical stratification of reservoir waters
Devegetation of broad band around water's edge due to water level
fluctuation
Long-term reduction in dissolved salts and nutrients
Long-term sedimentation of basin
-------
154
Since downstream floodplains are no longer inundated the floodplain lakes,
marshes, swamps, and ponds do not receive annual or seasonal replenishment of
water and nutrients. Floodplain ground water levels recede. Floodplains now
fail to receive annual silt and nutrient blankets. Leaf fall and other loose
floodplain vegetation is no longer swept into the downstream channels. Flood-
plain protection leads to floodplain utilization for agriculture, construction,
and other activities. This, in turn, leads to channelization, erosion, and
other problems discussed earlier.
Water which does pass through (or over) the dam varies in quality from
that of the undammed river. Bottom level release may produce vast quantities
of suspended materials during the periods of flushing. At such times the
stream becomes a "river of mud." In normal operation, however, the discharge
water is quite clear, the major portion of the suspended matter having been
deposited in the reservoir. During spring and summer months release from the
upper levels of the dam provide high temperature epilimnic waters, rich in
oxygen and reservoir plankton and often low in nutrients. Release from below
the thermocline provides low temperature hypolimnic water which may have re-
duced pH but large quantities of nutrients and decomposing organic matter.
Such waters may also contain hydrogen sulfide, ferrous and manganous compounds,
as well as other heavy metals. As in the case of epilimnic release the oxygen
content is often high due to oxygen picked up during passage through dam conduits
and the free-fall plunge into the stilling basin below the dam, but low oxygen
conditions in tailwaters have been reported. At the same time atmospheric
nitrogen is dissolved in the water and supersaturation is not infrequent below
large impoundments. Values in excess of 1307o of nitrogen saturation have been
recorded. High nitrogen values often persist for many miles downstream.
Further downstream when irrigation water is finally reintroduced, the
stream flow is augmented with relatively saline water due to salts leached from
-------
155
the irrigated land. Nutrients may also be high if the irrigated land has
received fertilizer treatment. As mentioned above, even after the irrigation
water reenters the stream the total flow volume is reduced due to evaporative
water loss. Reduction in peak flows and reduction in total flow result in
reduced flushing, and below the dam sediments, which would normally be swept
away during flood flow, now accumulate in the stream bed. This tends to elevate
the stream bottom and reduce the cross-sectional area of the stream, gradually
clogging channels anddeveloping a downstream flood hazard. Thus, the dam
eventually recreates the problem which it was designed to correct. Siltation
in the reservoir above the dam and in the downstream reaches of the river now
require extensive dredging operations to prolong reservoir life and to maintain
downstream channels for navigation.
Major effects of stream impoundment are felt by the downstream estuaries
and adjacent continental shelves, and these effects have been especially well
documented by Copeland (1966, 1970). Following upstream impoundment the estuary
receives reduced quantities of freshwater. Peak flows are never extreme, and
the pattern and seasonality of the flow are highly abnormal. Although incoming
sediment loads are greatly diminished, reduced flushing leads to sediment
accumulation and altered patterns of scouring, shoaling, and general bottom
contouring due to wind disturbance of the shallow waters. Reduced flushing
also leads to buildup of pollutants, especially pesticides and heavy metals,
which were normally flushed out with the excess sediment load at high flood
stages. General levels of salinity increase considerably, and the important
salinity gradient of the estuary is much modified. Circulation patterns change
in response to reduced freshwater inflow and recontouring of the bottom. The
quantity of nutrients brought into the estuary is considerably diminished.
These problems are greatly accentuated in arid areas where the salinity
balance is especially critical. Chapman (1966), for example, has pointed out
-------
156
that the monstrous Texas Basins Project (involving a series of dams and irrigation
diversions affecting all the Texas coastal streams) would reduce the freshwater
inflow to the estuaries by over 50% with corresponding major deleterious effects
on the quality of the estuarine environments and reduction in commercial fish-
ery harvest potential.
The coastal impact of upstream dams is very great, but little appreciated.
Just as the estuary receives less freshwater, so it delivers less flow to the
adjacent marine environment. The seasonal pattern of outflow is also highly
modified, and both dissolved and suspended nutrients normally associated with the
outflow are considerably reduced. Perhaps the greatest impact is upon the
coastal beaches. The location and condition of a given coastal beach represents
a balance between deposition of river-borne sand and the erosional forces of
wind, waves, and longshore currents. As pointed out by Inman and Brush (1973),
beach nourishment from river sediments has been severely curtailed along much of
the nation's coastline. As a result, many beaches are suffering severe erosion,
and others are maintained only through artificial stabilization. Louisiana is
losing coastal land at the rate of 16 1/2 square miles per year, much of which
is related to beach erosion. The Silver Strand Beach of southern California
has been maintained by artificially replacing 22 million cubic meters of sand
between 1941 and 1967. Jetties and groynes have been employed in other areas in
an effort to stabilize eroding shorelines.
From the above considerations it is clear that impoundment has varied and
far-reaching effects upon the nation's wetlands and their margins. Among the most
important of these are the entrapment of sediments, general diminution in total
annual flow volume, reduction in peak flow rate (hence, reduced flushing), and
altered patterns of stream flow. However, a special point must be made con-
cerning associated wetland habitat alteration. Dams are, of necessity, con-
structed in areas where bluffs or cliffs are available to anchor the dams and
-------
157
to contain the impounded waters. With the great proliferation of dams on th«
nation's waterways, the habitats associated with such environments are in danger
of disappearing. Heavy sedimentation in the reservoir, downstream reaches, and
estuaries greatly reduces habitat diversity and is converting the waterways to
monotonous muddy drains. Especially effected are riffles and rapids which may
also become endangered habitats as the pace of dam building continues. Down-
stream effects of dam construction are given in Table 4.8.
Effects of Fill Construction in Wetlands
All wetlands are areas of surface and subsurface water movement. Highways,
railways, and other long linear construction projects (including linear spoil
banks) are essentially dams which retard or prevent water movement in the
normal fashion. Such interference is especially critical in coastal marshes
and swamps where interference with freshwater flow permits saltwater intrusion
into the wetlands on the seaward side of the construction. Considerable damage
has resulted from saltwater intrusion into coastal wetlands, especially along
the Atlantic seaboard, in the Florida everglades, and in the Louisiana marsh
and swamplands. During the process of construction side canals are often
excavated parallel to the rights-of-way. Such canals accelerate runoff,
draining the submerged lands and reducing water table levels, and they also
provide ready access for saltwater penetration. Construction of airports and
other structures in wetland areas involves considerable filling for the structure
itself, as well as the building associated with access roads and/or canals.
Spoil banks give rise to erosion problems. All these activities result in the
direct and indirect loss of large acreages of wetland habitat. These topics
will be discussed in greater detail in the section dealing with the "Effects
of Dredging and the Placement of Dredge Spoil." Effects of fill construction
are listed in Table 4.9.
-------
158
Table 4.8. Downstream effects of dam construction on the physical and
chemical characteristics of wetlands.
General effects
Reduction in total volume of flow
Deviation from normal seasonal flow patterns
Severe reduction in wetland habitat diversity
Jeopardization of certain wetland habitat types, generally those
associated with fast flow (riffles, rapids, and areas between
bluffs and cliffs which are amenable to damming and impoundment)
Effects near the dam and for a few miles downstream
Elimination of peak flows
Sudden and drastic changes in flow rates
Reduction in sediment flushing
Sediment accumulation
Elimination of floodplain flooding
Elimination of annual replenishment of floodplain wetlands with
water and nutrients
Reduction in ground water levels
Reduction of leaf litter wash into stream
Sudden elimination of large volumes of sediments into stream ("river
mud" from reservoir bottom flushing)
Modification of water temperature (by release of water from epi- or
hypolimnion of reservoir)
Modification of stream nutrient loads (by release of water from epi-
or hypolimnion of reservoir)
Reduction in pH (by release of hypolimnic waters)
Release of hydrogen sulfide and other reducing compounds (by
hypolimnic release)
-------
159
Table 4.8. (continued)
Reduction of oxygen content (by hypolimnic release)
Supersaturation with nitrogen gas
Effects some miles further downstream
Increase in salt content (from irrigation water return)
Reduced flushing
Increased sediment accumulation
Clogging of channels
Shallowing of stream
Creation of flood hazard
Effects on downstream estuaries
Reduction of freshwater input
Reduction of peak flows
Reduction of flushing
Abnormal seasonality of flow
Reduction of sediment and nutrient input by stream
Sediment accumulation
Altered patterns of shoaling and bottom contouring
Build-up of sediment-associated pollutants
Modified water circulation patterns
Increased saltwater penetration
Increased estuarine salinity
Sharpened salinity gradients
-------
160
Table 4.8. (continued)
Effects on adjacent marine areas
Reduction of estuarine water outflow
Reduction of nutrient transport to continental shelf
Reduction of sediment transport for beach nourishment
-------
161
Effects of Bridging in Wetlands
The effects of bridge construction over streams have already been covered
under the topic "Effects of Construction of Drainage Structures." Bridging
in marshes and swamps invariably requires either road or canal construction to
provide access to the working site of the advancing bridge. Rights-of-way may
be cleared or built up with the spoil removed in the process of canal con-
struction. Effects of bridging in wetlands are listed in Table 4.9. The
effects of canals and spoil banks will be covered in the following section.
Effects of Dredging and Placement of Dredge Spoil
Dredging and associated activities have complex, far-reaching, and pro-
found effects upon the wetlands of the nation, and these effects have apparently
never been considered in all their ecological ramifications. Yet, by Congres-
sional authorization the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers alone dredges up an
estimated 250 million cubic yards of spoil material each year (Boyd, at al.,
1972), most of which is in the chemically reduced condition and much of which
is polluted. By and large, the impact of dredging falls into two general
categories: the effects of removal of bottom materials (through channeliza-
tion and the creation of holes) and the effects of the extracted materials
(either during the removal process or after they have been dumped as spoil).
These effects are so intimately bound together that they will be taken up
together, and the discussion will proceed according to the following topics.
1. General and immediate effects of dredging
2. Effects of stream channelization
3. Effects of channelization and spoil dumping on wooded floodplains and
swamp s
4. Effects of dredging in bays and estuaries
-------
162
Table 4.9. Effects of fill construction and bridging on the physical and
chemical characteristics of wetlands. Only the immediate and
generalized effects are presented in this table. Further
details concerning the fill and bridge problems will be found
in the tables relating to dredging and spoil placement.
Effects of fill construction
Interference with surface flow through the wetland
Creation of spoil banks
Creation of canals through the wetland
Creation of spoil and canal erosional problems
Loss of wetland habitat (especially freshwater marsh habitat in
coastal areas)
Creation of marshland salinity problems (in coastal areas)
Effects of bridging
Creation of canals and open water areas
Creation of spoil piles and banks
-------
163
5. Effects of dredging and spoil placement in marshlands
6. Effects of dredging and spoil dumping on the continental shelf
Some of the more important references concerning the physical and chemical
effects of dredging and spoiling on the nation's wetlands include the following:
Barstow (1971), Boyd, et al. (1972), Chapman (1967, 1968), Copeland (1966, 1970),
Cronin, e± al. (1971), Emerson (1971), Gagliano and van Beek (1973), Haddock
(1972), Odum (1970), St. Amant (1970, 1972), and Taylor and Saloman (1969).
General and immediate effects of dredging - Regardless of whether the dredging
takes place by means of bucket, dragline, or hydraulic dredge, the primary
results are the creation of deep holes or linear channels and the temporary
suspension of large clouds of sedimentary materials. Isolated holes act as
sedimentary basins for particulate material. If circulation is poor and
especially if organic matter is available such holes tend to become anoxic.
Surface particle sizes in dredge holes are considerably finer than those of the
unmodified bottom. In areas of poor circulation (such as some sections of
Biscayne Bay) dredge holes may persist for decades. Linear channels are generally
subject to high rates of water flow, and hence seldom develop anaerobic conditions
unless they are present in high organic environments (such as swamps and marshes)
or are protected from wind and water current action (as through a surface coat
of water hyacinths and alligator weeds). By and large, channelization facili-
tates water flow and flushing, and in this respect it may greatly influence
local as well as downstream conditions.
The cutting and digging action of the dredging operation breaks through
the thin oxidized layer of the submerged soil and exposes the deep unoxidized
layer. Furthermore, most of the sediments placed in suspension are removed
from this layer and, hence, are in the chemically reduced state. Such materials
have very high chemical and biological oxygen demands. Frankenberg and Westerfield
-------
164
(1969) calculated that some dredge spoils require 535 times their own volume of oxy-
gen for complete oxidation, and Brown and Clark (1968) reported oxygen levels near
dredges 18-83 percent below normal. Both the sedimentary particles and the
interstitial waters released contain immediately toxic materials such as
hydrogen sulfide, methane, and a variety of organic acids, ketones, aldehydes,
etc., as well as heavy metals and pesticides which exhibit persistent toxic
effects. Turbidity, per se, reduces light penetration and interferes with
photosynthetic production of oxygen, and it tends to elevate water temperatures.
Eventually the suspended material settles to the bottom either near the dredging
site or far downstream. Thus, there is a redistribution of sediments together
with whatever nutrients and chemical pollutants which they may contain, and
this may result in modified bottom topography and altered patterns of water
circulation. Such sedimentation problems are greatly accentuated when dredge
spoil is placed back into the water. General and immediate effects of dredging
and spoil placement are listed in Table 4.10.
Effects of stream channelization - Stream channelization is carried out for two
primary reasons, to reduce flood hazard and to maintain open deep-water naviga-
tion channels. Both types of projects often cut off meanders and straighten
stream beds. Deepening of the channel causes a drop in the water table level
of the surrounding lands, and it leads to erosion of tributary streams which
cut their beds more deeply in accommodation to the main stream. Reduction in
stream length produces a steeper stream gradient and a faster flow rate. This
increases the erosive power of the water and its ability to transport sediments.
Erosive cutting tends to broaden the stream channel. Streambank vegetation
would tend to reduce edge erosion by providing bank protection and retarding
flow, but if the vegetation has been removed erosion and channel widening
proceed unimpeded. Increased flow tends to reduce habitat diversity by elimina-
tion of littoral areas (shallow backwaters and sloughs), riffle and rapid areas,
-------
165
Table 4.10. Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil; general
and immediate effects.
Modification of wetland bottom topography
Creation of persistent dredge holes (sometimes becoming anoxic)
Creation of channels
Creation of canals
Modification of water circulation patterns
Increased turbidity of water
Increased oxygen demand
Reduced light penetration
Reduced photosynthetic oxygen production
Release of toxic organic compounds
Release of pesticides, heavy metals, and hydrogen sulfide
Increased temperature
Bottom siltation with very fine sediments
-------
166
and eddy and pool habitats. Dredged streams become linear ditches with relative-
ly uniform habitat conditions.
Downstream from the dredged area the situation is different. When the
stream returns to its normal shallower gradient the flow rate diminishes and
suspended sediment is dropped out. This creates a shallower stream bed and a
greater hazard of downstream flooding. Effects of stream channelization are
given in Table 4.11.
Effects of channelization and spoil dumping on floodplains and swamps - Flood-
plain and swamp channelization, especially when it accompanies mainstream
channelization, as it usually does, tends to drain lakes, sloughs, and swamps
and to lower the water table of the land. This reduces or eliminates the annual
flood, prevents restocking of any remaining wetlands, and cuts off the sediment
load normally deposited in such environments. Aquifer and ground water recharge
is also reduced. Wetland becomes dryland. Channelization is frequently accom-
panied by extensive timber cutting, and the dry lowlands are quickly invaded
by agricultural and other land-related activities. Erosion now becomes a
problem. If the area is in the low coastal plain saltwater penetration may
occur.
Spoil banks and levees placed along floodplains and through swamplands
tend to contain the mainstream. Peak flows no longer flood the adjacent land
but are sent downstream as surges. Large quantities of nutrients and valuable
freshwater is lost, eventually to estuaries or to the sea. Effects of channelizing
floodplains and swamps are listed in Table 4.12.
Effects of dredging in bays and estuaries - Dredging in bays and estuaries
modifies bottom topography through excavation of holes and channels and through
creation of sediment banks and spoil areas. If spoil banks are laid down the
-------
167
Table 4.11. Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil; stream
channelization effects.
Stream straightening
Cutting off of meanders
Shortening of stream length
Deepening of channel
Lowering of water table
Increase in stream gradient
Increase in flow rate
Increase in channel and bank erosion
Widening of channel
Reduction in stream habitat diversity
Increase in downstream sedimentation
Increase in downstream flood hazard
-------
168
Table 4.12. Effects of dredging and placement of spoil; effects of
channelizing floodplains and swamps.
Drainage of surface waters
Lowering of water table
Elimination of periodic flooding and fertilization
Reduction of ground water recharge
Increase in erosion
Peak streamflow sent downstream as surge
Increased saltwater penetration (in coastal areas)
Exposure to deforestation, agriculture, construction, and other
human use
-------
169
bay or estuary may become segmented, with siltation and shoaling taking place
in the quieter backwaters. Water circulation may be greatly affected with
altered patterns of tidal exchange and mixing. Directions, velocities and
seasonal programming of currents may be changed. Extensive shoaling may re-
duce flushing and lead to closure or reduction of the passes connecting with
the sea. Channels may accelerate the passage of freshwater through the estuary,
and if deep they will certainly accelerate penetration of saline bottom waters
into the bay or estuary. This would increase the salt concentration and sharpen
the salinity gradient.
In addition to topographic and circulation changes, dredging increases
turbidity with its attendant effects, as discussed earlier. Hydraulic dredges
generate the greatest siltation and turbidity problem, and Hellier and Kornicker
(1962) found fine sediment to be deposited between 0.5 and 1.0 mile downstream
from a dredging operation. In Boca Ciega Bay, Florida, Taylor and Saloman
(1969) noted that sediments in undredged areas included about 94 percent sand
and shell, whereas dredged areas were covered with very fine sediments, showing
92 percent clay and silt. These fine sediments formed a thin surface ooze
which give poor internal oxygen circulation and lead to oxygen reduction both
within the sediments and in the overlying waters. In areas protected from
wind action and general water circulation oxygen values in the overlying waters
were reduced in some cases to about 2 ml/1. Effects of dredging in bays and
estuaries are listed in Table 4.13.
Effects of dredging and spoil placement in marshlands - Dredging in inland
freshwater marshes accelerates drainage, reduces ground water levels, and tends
to convert wetland to dryland. Spoil placement in freshwater marshes destroys
additional freshwater habitat. These effects are relatively straight-forward.
In coastal marshes the matter is considerably more complex because of the
adjacency of saltwater and the natural process of coastal subsidence. Most of
-------
170
Table 4.13. Effects of dredging and placement of spoil; effects of
dredging in bays and estuaries.
Modification of bottom topography
Creation of bottom holes and channels
Segmentation and shoaling
Modification of current patterns (directions and velocities)
Modification of flushing patterns
Altered patterns of tidal exchange and mixing
Acceleration of passage of freshwater through the estuary
Increased penetration of saline water into the estuary
Sharpening of estuarine salinity gradients
Increase in turbidity
Reduction in particle size of surface sediments
Reduction in oxygen concentration, especially of near-bottom water
-------
171
the present discussion will center around the Louisiana marshes which have
been extensively dredged and fairly well studied, but the information applies
to other coastal marshes, as well. Coastal marshes of Louisiana, in the un-
disturbed state, represent vast drainage systems. Freshwater enters on one
side, generally from the floodwaters of annual river overflow, and it gradually
works down to the coast in a broad, flat surface sheet. Occasional creeks
and bayous aid in the runoff. Near the estuaries the marshes are dissected
by dendritic tidal creeks. Thus, through the marsh there is naturally a gradual
salinity gradient from freshwater to the more brackish waters of the estuary.
Marshes overlie deep layers of unconsolidated river deposits which gradually
undergo compaction as the water is squeezed out. Such marshes would gradually
subside, but sediment input through river overflow and build-up of organic
matter through plant growth counteract this tendency and maintain the delicate
land-sea, and freshwater-saltwater balances.
Dredging and channelization of marshes accelerates the rate of freshwater
runoff, and it may lower the water table of the soil, drying out the higher
areas of the marsh. Artificial canals do not represent natural coastal mean-
dering streams, but they pass in straight lines for human purposes. Often they
criss-cross in random fashion. Once opened, such canals tend to widen due to
tidal and other natural action or due to the effects of boat traffic. Land
loss from canal erosion has reached serious proportions in Louisiana and else-
where.
In addition to draining away the freshwater, the canals offer paths for
saltwater penetration of the marshlands, and this is especially prominent in
the deeper canals. Since rivers no longer are permitted to flood the upper
reaches of the marshes, they are now deprived of both the annual freshwater
and the annual sediment load. Thus, as compaction and subsidence proceed,
and as saltwater penetrates through the canals, the effect of saltwater is being
-------
172
felt further and further inland. Vehicular traffic over the marshlands (mud-
boats, marsh buggies, tugs, barges, and other heavy equipment) associated with
construction activities accentuates this problem.
Marsh canals have very high contents of organic matter and high oxygen
demands. Yet water circulation is often poor, and this leads to reducing or
near reducing conditions, especially in the bottom waters. Saltwater is rich
in sulfates, and when the sulfates enter the reducing conditions the sulfates
are converted to sulfides which are very potent biotoxins. Precipitated iron
sulfide is a common marsh deposit.
Soil banks are often cast up alongside the canals creating a surface dam
effect. Such banks impound waters on both sides and seriously interfere with
normal surface drainage patterns. The spoil banks directly cover vast acreages
of marshland, and erosion from the spoil banks tends to drain back into the
canal, on one side, and into the marshland, on the other. Since the sediment
itself is mostly in the chemically reduced state it tends to lower the oxygen
concentration of the canal waters when it flows back. Erosion of spoil banks
and shallowing of canals requires redredging in a never-ending cycle. Effects
of canalization and spoil placement in marshlands are listed in Table 4.14.
Effects of dredging and spoil dumping on the continental shelf - Because of
the vast area involved and the enormous dilution capacity of the oceans,
dredging and associated turbidity and sedimentation cannot be considered to
create any significant environmental problem on the continental shelf. Reduced
sediments placed in suspension would be quickly oxidized due to the high levels
of dissolved oxygen in sea water. Ocean dumping of land and freshwater-derived
spoils, however, poses severe hazards. According to federal statistics dredge
spoils account for 80 percent of all ocean dumping, and 34 percent of this amount
is polluted. If major spawning areas are avoided it seems unlikely that un-
contaminated spoil would create a major environmental problem (although it does
-------
173
Table 4.14. Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil: effects of
canalization and spoil placement in marshlands.
Interference with surface drainage patterns
Acceleration of surface drainage by canals
Damming of surface drainage by spoil banks
General acceleration of freshwater runoff
Loss of marshland habitat
Loss due to canalization
Loss due to water table lowering
Loss due to erosion and widening of canals
Loss due to spoil coverage
Loss due to acceleration of marsh subsidence
Acceleration of saltwater penetration
Conversion of sulfates (of saltwater) to sulfides in the canals and
precipitation of iron sulfide in the canals
Erosion of spoil banks and distribution of chemically reduced
sediment into canals and open marsh
-------
174
seem a waste of a good resource). Dumping of pollutants into sea water, however,
could create major problems, depending upon the nature of the pollutants and the
quantities involved.
Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily
With Waterway Margins
Effects of Construction of Breakwaters, Seawalls,
and Shore Protection Systems
Understanding of the effects of shoreline construction requires some know-
ledge of the natural forces which create and maintain the beach zone. Beach
dynamics have recently been discussed in some detail by Inman and Brush (1973)
and Dolan (1972). Wherever there are waves and an adequate supply of sand,
beaches form. When wave action is low, the active beach zone is very narrow,
but when wave action is high, as during storms, the active zone is quite broad,
extending both seaward and landward of the former surf edge. The slope of the
beach is the natural response to the energy of impacting waves. Shallow slopes
absorb the impact over a fairly broad zone, but steep slopes receive the full
impact and produce reflecting waves which have high erosive power. Waves
traveling directly toward shore tend to contain the sand against the shore, but
waves breaking at an angle cause sand to be transported along the shore. The
power of the waves places sand particles in suspension and creates the longshore
current for lateral transport of the sand. Under natural conditions riverborne
sand nourishes the beaches and continually replaces that lost through erosion and
longshore transport.
Construction activities which do not take into account the basic physics of
beach dynamics create problems which require further construction or continual
maintenance. Breakwaters groynes, and other structures which project perpendicular
-------
175
to a beach interrupt the longshore current and lateral transport of beach sand.
As a result, sand is accumulated on the upstream side, and beach erosion occurs
just downstream from the barrier. Additional barriers placed downstream simply
transfer the beach erosion process further downstream of each succeeding barrier.
The beaches at Miami Beach, Florida and Cape May, N. J. have been referred to
as, "Cascades of groynes." At each step some of the beach habitat is temporarily
lost (Cronin, Gunter, and Hopkins, 1971).
Artificial beach nourishment creates two problems, one where the sand is
removed, and another where it is placed. Source sand may be removed from the
continental shelf in front of the beach, from beach dunes, or from lagoons and
other low lying areas behind the dunes. Removal from the nearshore shelf creates
a steeper slope so that waves impact the shore with greater force. Removal of
dunes eliminates important high-beach habitat and reduces protection of the back
lagoons. Removal of material from behind the dunes eliminates important lagoonal
habitat. Addition of sand to the forebeach eliminates that habitat until species
can reinvade. All of these effects are temporary, but since construction is
working against the natural forces, repeated maintenance is often required. This
means that repeated habitat destruction is generally the price of artificial
shoreline stability.
Beach dune stabilization by sandbags and other methods creates a narrower
forebeach and a steepened profile. Finer sands are eroded from the surf zone,
and the steepened beach of coarse sand creates reflection waves which further
accelerate beach erosion. The loss of fine sand means that new dunes cannot
form. Dolan (1972) noted that between 1945 and 1969 the barrier beaches of North
Carolina's Outer Banks had been reduced in width by 9.3 percent, the active sand
zone had been reduced by 20.1 percent, and the "stabilized" dune area had been
reduced by 10.7 percent.
-------
176
Effects of Wharves»Piers, and Bulkheads
Wharves,piers, and bulkheads tend to be abrupt vertical walls which extend
into relatively deep water. Their construction involves permanent elimination
of valuable intertidal and subtidal water-edge habitat (Sykes, 1971). Such
habitat is often the most productive zone of estuaries (Odum, 1970). Dredging to
obtain fill for such structures removes additional shallow or deeper water habi-
tat. About three acres of submerged sediments are generally required to create
one acre of filled land. The hard vertical surfaces create reflection waves which
further disturb sediments. When these structures are built in groups they may
create blind channels where circulation is poor and where anaerobic conditions
readily develop.
Deepwater Moorings and Dolphins
Deepwater structures which occupy small areas of bottom and which do not
materially interfere with water circulation patterns are not known to create
major deleterious environmental effects. In operation, all types of port facilities
may be expected to generate water pollution problems, both from spillage and from
flushing of domestic wastes, but such problems are beyond the scope of the present
work.
Pipelines
Submarine pipelines which are buried in the bottom sediments are not known
to create significant environmental damage, either in the construction or opera-
tional phases. The limited environmental disturbance associated with initial
burial is apparently quickly repaired. Unburied pipes may constitute barriers
for species of bottom-dwelling organisms which normally move longshore or offshore,
but this remains to be documented. Pollution from leaks or breaks could cause
serious local problems.
-------
177
Mineral Extraction
Offshore dredging for sand, gravel, and shell locally destroys bottom
habitat which may eventually recover. Large scale removal of coarse materials
would eliminate protective cover and change the nature of the bottom habitat.
Dredging near shores could remove protective barriers and result in greater ero-
sion of the beach such as occurred in England where the village of Hallsands was
severely eroded after a half million tons of gravel had been removed from a bank
just offshore (Inman and Brush, 1973).
Extraction of chemicals from seawater is not known to cause significant
environmental damage except for loss of coastal habitat where the extraction
plant is located. If solar evaporation of seawater is involved, extensive land
areas may be utilized as evaporation pans.
Offshore Drilling for Petroleum and Natural Gas
Problems of offshore drilling rigs stem from water pollution hazards rather
than from construction activities or the presence of the structures themselves.
Drilling rigs provide hard substrates and a certain amount of structural complex-
ity. When present in soft-bottom shelf areas they tend to be populated by species
which may otherwise be rare in the area. Whether this is beneficial or deleter-
ious cannot be stated at present, especially since very little solid scientific
information is available on the subject.
Effects of Construction Under Arctic Conditions
Because of the mineral potential of the Alaska north slope, considerable
interest is now being focused on that area. Although a great deal has yet to
be learned about the hazards of construction on tundra and in the Arctic Ocean,
some information is available. This has been summarized in a recent publica-
tion by Brooks, _et al (1971).
-------
178
The tundra of the Arctic Slope is underlain by ground permanently frozen
to depths ranging to over 2,000 feet. During the brief summer the surface may
thaw to depths of 4 to 60 inches. Since the soil is water-logged and soggy in
the summer, it provides poor foundation for surface construction. Roads, build-
ings, and pipelines must either be elevated or placed upon an insulated founda-
tion such as gravel. Off-road transport of heavy equipment and supplies tends
to tear up the fragile surface layer and to create scars which may last for
centuries. When such activities are carried out on an extensive scale the en-
vironmental damage would be considerable.
Solid waste disposal is a special problem because of the slow rates of
biological decomposition, lack of burial sites, cost of transporting wastes,
and a natural human tendency in very cold weather to discard everything that is
not immediately useful. Incineration of biological wastes and general clean up
of noncombustible wastes are recommended.
The Arctic Ocean is covered with pack-ice which, during the winter months,
may become continuous with beaches or landfast ice. During the summer months the
shallow margin of the Arctic Ocean is ice-free to several miles offshore. Since
the ice pack is not static, offshore construction must take into account the
powerful forces of ice movement. Potential effects of a major petroleum spill
on tundra or ocean are horrible to contemplate, even in our present state of ig-
norance concerning properties and rates of biological decomposition of petroleum
under very low temperature conditions.
Construction and maintenance under extreme environmental conditions may lead
to equipment failure, human error, and a tendency toward negligence. Planning
for construction under Ar-cic conditions must, therefore, incorporate high con-
struction standards, most advanced safety devices, attention to good "housekeeping",
and provision for frequent inspection and monitoring.
-------
179
Summary
The primary physical and chemical effects of construction activities on
the riparian and wetland environments of the United States are summarized in
Table 4.15. The four classes of activity which exert the most profound effects
are 1) general lowland construction, 2) mineral extraction on land, 3) dam con-
struction, and 4) dredging and spoil placement.
The most important riparian effects include:
- Loss of riparian habitat
- Removal of vegetative cover
- Removal of topsoil
- Increased surface runoff
- Increased soil erosion
- Lowered water table
Within the wetland environment the most important effects (listed by cate-
gory) are as follows:
Circulation
- Loss of wetland habitat
- Reduction of habitat diversity
- Modification of normal seasonal flow patterns
- Drastic fluctuation in water levels and flow rates
- Reduction in flow volume
- Increased downstream flooding
Sediment
- Creation of canals in swamps and marshes
- Increase in turbidity
- Increase in sedimentation
- Clogging of stream riffles
- Filling of pool areas
- Alteration of bottom topography
Chemical and physical properties
- Reduction in light penetration
- Elevation of temperature
- Modification of natural chemical composition
- Increased oxygen demand
- Addition of chemical pollutants
- Build-up of bottom pollutants
- Increase in salinity (in coastal estuaries, marshes, and swamps)
On the basis of knowledge of the physical and chemical consequences of major
construction activities it will be possible to analyze the biological effects.
-------
180
a
o
•H CO
4-1 CU
CJ 4J
3 Cfl
CO
C 13
o cu
O 4J
MH C
O !=>
co o)
0)
ft 4-1
4-1 MH
O
co
3 co
O 4-1
•H p
S-i 01
tfl S
> C
o
CO £
4J a)
o
CU 13
«4-i a
14-1 Cd
CD i-l
4-1
i-l 0)
3 *
60 H C
C i-l 01
•HOB
60 ft 0)
T3 CO CJ
0) CO
V-1 *-3 I—I
Q ft
•333
3303333
8303333
3303333
X
X
TTT.J
X
X X
o
•H
4-1
CJ
a 3
CO M
O 4J
CO
c
o
o
3309333
3303333
'333
•333 01B3J3SUMOp
3303333
3303333 "[BJ3U3Q
X X
X X
X
X X
UO UOT30BJ3X3 -[Ba3UT>l
XXX
X X
XXX
UOT30TVZ3SUOO "[3UUHJ
S3.in3On.I3S
•u1Jt3suoo
S3T3TAT30B
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
XXX
a) cfl
"S
13 i-l
C VJ
tfl (0
a
i-H -r
cfl M
o
•H (U
W J3
M CO
cfl CU
8 -rl
•H 4J
M iH
ft >
•H
CU 4J
,C O
H CO
a
o
•H >>
4-1 4-1
O -H
3 >
I-l -H
4J 4->
CO U
a to
o
o
CO
TJ
CO
Cfl
rH CJ
CO -H
O B 0
•H CU 0)
Cfl JS MH
>•> cj
0)
4J O
CO U
4J
•H eu
•9 >
c8 -H
3 4J
cfl
C 4->
to cu
•H M
M CU
CO >
ft
•H m
(-1 O
CU 00
60 C
CO -H
C 13
i-l O
cfl O
J-l rH
13 M-I
(30
CO
13
o
o
3
o
}-l
M-I
T3
c
to
(U
O tO
CO o
s§
. 1 py^
4J MH
0) MH
n
cfl M
H -H
•H H CU
O Cfl O
CO ft tO
ft -H MH
O tH M
4-i 3
MH CO
-H O
O 13
CU CU
H 60 CO
cfl cO cfl
> a o>
O -H H
H ? ^
cu >-i C
« P M
CU C CO 13
O -H C O
cfl Cfl vH O
MH rH cfl ^H
M ft rH MH
3 13 ft
CO O TJ MH CO
O O O O
J3 rH O M
4-1 MH H 13 Q)
3
ft
G
O
•H
MH
cfl
O MH N -H
cu
O
C O
CU
o cd o
CO
_ -H O 13 13
JH 4-1 iH CU CU
CU CO 4J CO CO
MH C cfl cfl cfl
>-i iH TJ CU CU
0) B C M M
4-1 iH 3 CJ O
c rH a a c
H W H M I-H
cfl cfl
cu cu
c c
i-l -H
6 S
rH MH
•H O
o
co d
o
MH iH
o
CJ
co 3
CO 13
O CU
CO
C O
cd -H
,JQ CO
O
CU
§
•H
CO
O rl CU W
CU rH C
MH
CU
-H
W S
MH ,0
O
c cu
o en
co
cu
to
cu
4-1 -H
>H
o
U M H
Cfl CO
rC & 4J
CJ 'o CO
CU 3 CU MH
jQ O 4J O
H cfl
T3 60 S
CU
CO MH Tl
CO O CU
CU i-< CJ
M CO CU 3
cj co 5 13
C o o cu
-------
180A
uado
fTng
TBaa
SuTOBjans snoTAaadiui
-------
180B
•J3SUOO UTgjBtH
o
•H
4-1
O
3
4-1 CO
co
O CU
o
4-1 C
o ED
co cu
p.
4-1
o
co
3 cr
o
•H C
4-4
O
co C
4J CU
o
4J
OOiH C
C -H
O
•H
CU
00
T) CO O
xxx
•patmat 9
X X
X X
X X X X
X X X_X
X X
TTT.IT
x
x
a
o
•H
4-1
O
I 2
Q 4J
CO
X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X
XXX
X
X
X
PUBJ UP
IB33UTH
X X X X
4H C
4-1 Ct
CU
H Q)
cfl [5
CU
O C
cfl
C
cfl cfl
O
tfl
U
•H CU
•§,«
t-l CO
§01
iH
•H 4J
M -H
Q. >
•H
CU 4-J
-Q O
H cfl
•
a
H
•
•
M -H
4-1 4-1
CO CJ
a co
o
u
CO
4-1 CO CO
3 CU CU
P. M J3
C 4-1 CO
•H CO M
4-> O
•H
tfl
O
CO
0 u
cu cu
fi 4H
>> O «4-l
JS CU
PM -O
3
fl
CO
CU CU
0} CO
•H -H O
cu cu oo
co co C
cfl cfl -H
CU CU C
*-l t-l 0)
CJ CJ T3
C C -H
4-1 O O
o o
•H -H
4-1 4J
O rH
•H 4-1
J I II I
>> cfl -H
4-1 4-1 M
•H C
T3 CU 0
•H 6 CO
^D -H CU
M *Td M
3 CU 4-1
4-1 CO CO
C C 4H
•H -H O
CU CU 00
ca ca C
cfl cfl «H
CU CU 00
M M 00
U U O
a c H
M M O
ca
4-1
I
•H
•a
cu
ca
cu
o
3
CO
4-1
O
CU
N
•H
CO „
Cfl
CO CU M
Cfl rH 00
CU O O
•H O
4J O
W 4 *
•-I cfl
O P. 0
O O
0,4-1 4J
O
4-1 O
o a ,0
O
00 -H
C 4-1 (D
•H O „
rH 3 CU
i-H T3 4-1
•H CU rH
cfl
-------
180C
X X X X X
X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X
X
-------
181
Chapter 5
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF CONTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
WHICH AFFECT WETLANDS
The nation's aquatic ecosystems and their component species are in grave
jeopardy. Over 75 native American fishes are known to have become extinct
within historic time, and Miller (1972) lists an additional 305 which are now
considered to be threatened. This does not take account of the thousands of
local populations which have disappeared, nor do we yet have adequate records
on most aquatic plant and invertebrate species. The reasons for the trouble
are not hard to find. Funk and Ruhr (1971) concluded that from an ecological
standpoint the worst thing that can happen to a stream is impoundment, and
the second worst thing is channelization. Impoundment has totally changed
the molluscan fauna of the Tennessee River, dammed to form the Kentucky Re-
servoir, and it is concluded that the rich preimpoundment fauna is doomed.
Over one-half the known species of mussels of the Illinois River have dis-
appeared, and many others are on the verge of extinction. Nearly 100% of
the major streams of northern Missouri have been dammed or channelized.
Loss of riparian habitat has also played a role. About half of the ori-
ginal 400,000 acres of rich bottomland along the Illinois River between La
Salle and Grafton have been drained and devegetated creating a great loss
of spawning grounds for fishes and nesting and feeding grounds for water-
fowl. Devegetated watersheds of New Hampshire have been shown to lose nu-
trients at a rate of 173 metric tons/km^ during the first two years. Loss
of wetland habitat, extreme water level fluctuation, sedimentation, and
associated chemical changes are clearly destroying one of the nation's most
valuable natural resources.
-------
182
Environmental Stress Factors and Modes of Biological Response
The Nature of Environmental Modifications
As noted in the previous chapter, environmental modifications seldom,
if ever, affect only a single physical or chemical factor. The effects
come in groups, and such groups fall into two distinct dimensions. These
include a) the primary effects which occur in immediate response to the
environmental modification, and b) the secondary and tertiary time-related
effects which take place later and often some distance from the area of
primary modification. For convenience in the present discussion, the parade
of effects resulting from a given set of primary disturbances will be
referred to as a factor train. One such factor train is presented in
Figure 5.1 where the human activity is floodplain construction, and the
primary effects are removal of vegetation and removal of topsoil. In the
Figure only the physical events are given, but extensive analysis would
include details of the chemical and biological modifications, as well.
Figures 5,2 - 5.7 provide factor train analyses for the other types of
major construction activities previously discussed. It is the purpose of
the present chapter to examine the chemical and biological events resulting
from the physical modifications so that the entire spectrum of events may
be clearly understood.
It will be recognized that factor train analysis is the first step
in the direction of systems analysis of environmental impact. The sub-
stitution of quantitative data for verbal descriptions and substitution of
equations for the arrows would set the stage for computer simulation of the
effects of environmental modification. This topic will be considered in
greater detail in the following chapter.
If a given type of construction activity results in a train of
physical, chemical, and biological events, so different types of
-------
183
rH
CO
O
•H to
00 4J
O 0
rH 01
o tH
XI 01
T
A
f «^
B >i
a 01 OH
O H -H 4J
Pi TJ *H TJ 3 4JIOB
4-1 CU4J 0) 4J CO -H S
tH „ _ 4J 14H 4J iH toed tOCO OBOI
o a e to o to M com coin -H 5 H
CO O 4J 4J M OI4J4J OHO) "4H XI 4-1 H
MOI4J-H to -H 0) H X! 0) H 01 (X -HOtOO)
CO H 4J XI CO XI > CJCjOfJ CJ 4-1 B TJ 4J
O-POfO OcOfH <
^
^
1
O CO
iH 13 CO
W B 01
CO CO rf 13 E^
4-1 CO 01 4-1
B rH CO «H
0) O 0) CO T3
B O rH 01 iH
•H P.4H rl X)
•O 14H OH
01 tH iH B 3
CO O H -H 4J
V. J
~V
o
0) 00 0) H 4-1
» B to X 0 B
CO B *H CO 4J PJ 0)
01 O H 0) 1H CO fi
H 4-1 3 H i-H B -H
O 4J O O TH CO T3
B O CJ B rQ H 0)
^•H XI CO -H CO 4J coy
V
t
1 ^ p^ §
1 W U -H O Hg
aj ^ ,3 O rO 03 OJ C O ^ OOi-l
t t
4^ p! M-l
O O O
•H
i-H 4-» i-i i-H
> 4J > 0
O 0) O M
6 w> go,
QJ Q) (DO
^ > P-! 4J^
V
t.
1 rl
T3 B 4J
O lH «
0 co B
rH rH O
fn O.O
rH
CO
CJ
•H
to
>1
X!
eu
H
•I")
§
0)
X!
4-1
5-
P
O
to
T3
B
to
rH
4J
01
S
B
O
B
O
•H
4-1
O
3
H
4J
0)
B
O
u
B
•H
CO
floodpl
MH
O
CO
4->
CJ
01
tH
I4H •
01 rH
•H
01 CO
X 4J
4J 0)
•a
tH
o B
•H
CO
•H T3
to a>
>, 4J
rH B
CO 01
SCO
0)
H
B P.
•H
co a)
H H
4-1 CO
H to
O 4J
4J C
u a>
co >
Ph U
rH
in
0)
H
a
•H
b
-------
184
CO
O
•H 01
60 4-1
O O
rH CU
O MH
•rl <4H
1
r
B (U
O rl
>, -a 'H TJ 3
4J CU 4-1 CU 4-1
"4-1CJ4J MH 4J iH CO CO CO Cti
O-HCO ocaco co n to M
4J4J 4-1 M CU 4J 4J O 60 B O 4J S
O 0- CO OCO-rl CU -H CO G CO CU
1 I-H CO J3 t-H.fi Tl . . -O rH O. -H&4J .
\/ \/
>
k ^
C
o
4j
r^ tfl 'O ^%
OJ -M CU 4J
CO C 01 -H
Sen to 13
B CU *H
M -H )-. ^
CJ 13 O J-i
(3 CU S3
i -rl W *H 4J i
'^^
A
CU O M
CO 4J
CO B CO
B B cu 0 -H
0 CO MB iH B
•H -H GO 4-» CU
4J M B 'rl CO J3
U CO 4J -rl (0 U CJ
2O. CO O -H
•H 4-1 4J rl <4H JH
4J M 0
MH I*H B BOB
O -O O ' 'H O H -r)
53 > -0 3 rH 4J
O O O M O "d -H
an ago oo-o
CU4-1 CUcOrH M P< B
v. y v
v
J
H o
CO -H
M 3
CU CO
U M
££
t
CO
o
•H
U
00 -H
B >
B 4-1
"^
CU
CO
B
•o OB >,
a .0 cu » «
B !BcOco-iHcOi-(>-H
CU'O CU^i CO CUCU Q)4-l CUCO
CO C04Jt]t4-l COB COU COCU
COB lO-H 0> on CO COCO COT)
CUCU CUB M CU CU>* (UO CUiH
M60 n*rl CU COMH Mt> M'rl M>4H
0 >, OrH 5 COIH UCO OT3 Gi-H
c x a a o 03 BCU BCO c 3
x/
t
^
MH
IW °
O 0) C
•U (U O (-(
f-njM-i MHCJ mcu-HtJcu
O4->O OCfl QtH4J(3JJ
•H-rt W M-t -" > W) 03 C ^
OCfl OH OS -H(U (34J-HCU
Prfl-HCtf-HCO COOO-H gCJTJ
•PT3 cd^ (O'O (D & cud) 4-IMH3
UC QJ 50 0) (-< •UCU & -M (I )-i O
(U« h-H ^tcd MO) O« O3M
, .'OH OJ3 O^-.tytOHS OCO&O
/ ^ J ^ )
V \/
A A
MH 4J
O -H ••
«H B B B rH
O CU O * O CU
T3 -H B IH B
H M 4J 0) CO B
CO 3 CJ -rl CO 3
0 "S -0 M 8 "
B CD O CO CX T3
CU > rl 3 CU B
MO (X O"O CO
J
t
" B
4J CO
•rl
O, «
pl jj
B -H MH
0) M -rl
O. U rl
O M T)
M
4J
pj
CU
HI
^
CO
G
•H
,C
0
•o
B
CO
rH
CO
CJ
•H
CO
PH
O
CO
S
CU
4-1
rH
B
O
CO
•a
rH
4-1
(11
B
O
B
O
•H
4-1
O
CO
4J
CU
rH
CO
M
CU
B
UH
O
CO
G
CU
MH
CU
CU
4J
MH
O
CO
CO
rH
CO
§
c
CO
M
4J
O
4J
O
10
CN
in
cu
M
3
00
•iH
-------
185
CO
o
•H CO
00 4-1
O O
rH 01
O l4-<
& a
1
f"
G
O T-( CfJ O i-H CO O CO
M -U jj -P 4-»
(fl CO -H COcfltHW-H
w o. ,0 en 3 ,D to ,n
^ — 0 — ' i
N/ N/
^r ^^
/x 1
i * . ..— /\.
A* ^
0)
)-l
3
4J
CO M
i-l QJ M-l
C 0) 0) 4-1 O >> ^
-H & > CO }-i M M-l
"\
X
u
H
a
1)
>
H
O
-J
B
m o co
4-t *H 4J
0) i-H 4J rH
CO CO U CO
B co CO 3 CO
O CO O) CO -O CO
•H M MT34J01T34J
4-1 CM (UlMr-l UOBMCUC
CO OC4-IOM B>0) > 0)
S'HSficfl ScOOXn O CUaJ CO -H tH -H fi r-H -H
-l QJ & CO S i-l -M bO-HiHO) S CO S 0) 4J CO-MO 4-1*9 CO TJ
O4-> COW H'OrH CtSrH
cm > o o aj QJ o aj -H
•H & tUrH 4-ICOt) tSCOM-l
V J V
\/ ^Ny
t t
1 .f f
01 M
00 M B B
•d t> a) co o
O CO CO 4J
T-t JZ CO 3 M-l CO
4J O CO O
CO -a M B i-H -H
4-)cO.CO >H^: S4J
a) JD 3 com m Mco
01M-I4J Olcfl MB J34J
T3OCO TJP* Olcfl +JCO
V -J ^ J
\s \/
>< A
•OB •-(
M BO) B
B B co o i-l O
O -H (X -O -H -H
•HCO-HH) CrH4JM 4JM
4JiHM4-l cOcOcOO) COCU01
CO CX (0 S 3 4-1 'O 4J 00
•dT3M4J 4JM4JCO MCOCO
BOOJ*H COOU^ co£m
3O£^l CUB3 4JCO
B1-I4JCO M.O1-IC 0)>4H<0
•HU-IO^! OOCOCM*H MOP.
V
\/
t
at
M
4J
CO
&
^ 3
\/
t
B
o
•H
4-t
O
3
M
CO
P 0
io OIM a)34-io)4Jp,-H -ac -a
01 J= 4J U-l MOO MOOI C C C 0 C C
M OCDO OrHJl O-nT3 'H'HcO i-('HCO
J\ )
^/
A
>
CO
rH
CO
M
<4H 4J C
O CO CO
00 t)
B 01 O>
•H rH J2
O 3 B Ai
CO i-H O B
0) O M CO
^ \/ ^
A
«H
O
o -a M
•H O 01
B p. *>
C cu
O 0) "4-1
MH "d O
J
CO
4J
B
a)
>
0)
rH
CO
u
•H
B
01
j:
u
T3
§
rH
CO
U
CO
f^
•&
M
O
•n
CO
g
01
^
4-J
^
rH
5
10
•a
fi
CO
rH
4J
O>
9
B
O
g
•H
4J
U
3
H
4->
CO
g
CJ
0
•a
>H
o
CO
4J
U
0)
<4H
H-l
01
g
CO
o>
rl
4J
CO
0.
3
01
J3
4J
M-4
O
CO
•H
CO
S
CO
g .
•a
O 0)
•H 4-1
CO C
M CU
4J CO
01
M M
0 P.
4J
O 0)
CO M
Pu CO
en
in
CU
M
3
00
•H
PK
-------
186
r
e
<4H CO 4J
O -H CO
rl 4J
CO CO -H
CO Q.,0
O 1-1 CO
rH Vi J2
sx
( M ^
CO CU
•a oo
c cu B -a
CO > O C
rH -rl H B
4J CU
CU U O 4J
& H rl C
V
t
CO
c o
•H rl 4-1
CO CU 00
rH 00 4J C
O rH 1-) 0
O JO
rH 0 3 rH
I
v — v —
t
c
o
•H X
4J CO
U CU
3 a. &
•O 0
CU C rH
cu
4-1 P.
•H CU
rH 3 CO C
me 0
C CO -H
•H rl CU 4J
CO CU M U CO
i-H 00 4J C rH
a c co m 3
•a o B S
O t-H O -rl 3
O 4J T3 CJ
rH O C CU U
MH C -H CO CO
N/
t
cu '
rH
CO 00
•a 4J -a c
CU CU -rl
CJ rl rH CJ fi
3 CU CU 3 CO
•a w > "a 3
CU CO CU CU rH
V4 J5 rH V4 UH
^ 'V' ^^
1 -ri 3
1 4J 4J rH
rl CO O
e o -H >
O ,C rl
•H & to $ &
O rH B 4-1 rH
3 <4H 3 CO B ^
-CJ rH CU C
CU B 0 rl CU C
\/
rH CO
CO C
B rl
P CU
O S 4-1
C O 4-1
,0 rH CO
, CO HH P,
V
rH
CO
CJ
•H CO
60 4J
O 0
rH CU
O <4H
J3 CU
A
4J
<4H CJ 4J 4H 4J 'H
O 'H CO O CO CO
CO 3 ,£ CO -O r"
o a- co o co -H
^
i
J
CO 'rl
SCO
rl
•H 3
4J CU CO
3 00 CO
B 0 H
rl CU
§4-1 a.
TJ 3
. rH C CO
v —
t
cu '
rl rl
CU 3
4J 4J rH
CO CO CO CO
S rl CJ CU
CU -rl 00
J2 P. S C
oo 8 a> co
X 4-1 U U
^ — \x —
^
a)
4J CU
T) C rH CU
CU CU CO
U B CO IH CO
3 'H T3 CU CU
13 *O CO ex ' — 1
CU CU O p, CU
U CO rH _J 1^3 rl
NX
A
t5^!
rH B
CU CO
4J CU
CO IH
•a co
1 1
vH -O
t.
1.2
4_)
CJ
3
4J
CO
Q CJ
A
o to
§-H OJ
•p a
-H CJ (0 0 >>>
+J .H N 4H C
rH CD O
C 3 C rH C 'H
C Ti CO -H CO -H 4-1
CU 4J ^ T3 CO
OOCUC CUCU CU4J CU4J
>, U rlj rl'H
S OT3 OcO Ori CJT3
O Cr^BCI B3 CcU
i-H -H J3 -H JC -H 4J -rl CO
V v
t t
cu ' '
rl ffi
rl 3 P.
CU 4-> rH MH
4J CO T3 CO CO O
CO rl CU U CU
S CU H -rl 00 rl
p, cu B B cu
IS3 rl "°
T-H 4-1 rH CJ CJ rl B
^ s-y ^ \y~~^
t t
rH '3
"cU ' >
> cu
CU rH
rH CU CU
CO B CO
rl CO O CO
cu cu 4J cu
§rH 4J rH
CU O CU
rH H J r, ^
t
CU CO
CO 4-1
CO rH CJ
CU CU CU
rH > 14H
CU CU MH
rl rH CU
^/
rl
O
*r-)
CU
J=
4-1
t^
rH
C
O
CO
•a
B
CO
t-H
4J
Si
B
O
B
0
>H
4-1
CJ
3
rl
4J
CO
B
0
O
a
•a
>4H
o
CO
4J
CJ
CU
UH
l*H
cu
B
8
cu
rl
e downs t
ented .
4J CO
CO CU
•H rl
g d>
-H Ctf
,
co j:
*t
m
cu
rl
3
00
•H
to
-------
187
rH
CO
o
•H CO
00 4->
0 0
rH 0)
O U-l
.n a)
*
1
B B 01
0 C OB
4J i-l 4J H
CO r-i cO co
t) CO 4J O 3 4J
•H O. CO -H 4-1 CO
U-l -H 4J U-l CO 4J
•H r-l ft -H Q) -H
•0,0 -O A
O U-l CO O U-l CO
S 0 J3 B 0 .C
V \/
A A_
f § • 1
•0 1-1
0) T3 4J CO
CO 01 CO B
CO -O -H rH IH
o) -a u u-i 3 0)
W O CO -H O 4J
U O N -OH"
B rH CO O i-l CO
•H U-l ft gO (X
V ^^ 1 I -1
N/ V
X\ , _ /\ 00
/• ^^ ^ S ( » ^ c
rH ' ] C I -rt
CO S 1 H H -0
B cO 01 -O 3 B
CU-i BOOI S 4J - B O CO CO
OO -H -H H 0 4J 00 CO 4-1 UH rH
•H 13 4J4J iH CO S B O CO CO
4Jct> O J3 OO) 004JCO rJ 00 O A.-O 0) OIBr^OI^4->
B rH iH -H CO UH rH S B rH T3 3 C 3 lH 0 CO ft 4-1 B 4J C
0)3 4-lg 4-1 1 O 0)-H 0)3 0) O -H g ICJ CO h i-l 0) -H 0»
g B co co o en CMSSMOrHO"O-H^cjn)aa,C-H
T3CJ OIVJ T3OCD cflO T3O 4J O4J -HCOcO CJ4JrH cOrHCCJ
0)U rH4J 0)^M J^rH 0)CJ rHU-lrBO 30)0) BCOCO ,BcOM
COCO CUCQ V-IL)cO UC) COCO COOCO^ ^ICXrB -HO)CO COCOOO
V^ -/V- ^ V. Ji
t t t
1
Q)
bC 00 4J
T3 CJ 13 C T3 OJ "•Q
0) iH 1) i-l 0)
O O J3HO) T3rHC04J
•H^ *H& COCO^CO "0 0)cOBcO
4JCO WOOl ,>OCO 0) -rlBUS
CJOI UrHg4J rHOICO CJr-l4-IUHOO),£4J
•o o-OrHiufi orH •ot>a.ioc04Joia
V4-HU-I rH'Hr* OO^-H-HCO r-lrJ«H gCOdjUH-H
^
tc >
O CO
0)
CO CO -H
4J S 4J ,J
O cd cj co
01 0) 0) 3
M-l 4J UH CO
0) « a) oi
\/
A
1 co
B 01
CO O 4J
U-l T3 CO
J
\/
O
•rl
O
2
4-1
B B
CO 0
a o
•^
B B
5 3
4J 01 4-1
CO B CO ,C
O *H 4J CJ O 4J
•H H CO -H CO CO
U-l CO 4J U-l 0) 4-1
•H S -H -H f -H
O U-l CO O UH CO
SOX 3 0 £
S/ s/—1^
A A
\
4J
0 -H 6
oi rH a) o
U -H M J= -H
34-1 0) O CO
•a H > co o
0) (U 0) 01 M
M UH co ,n o)
_/ \^ ^
A A
' CO
4-1 UH Kl
B O CD 4J
0) 4-1 B
•H (^ CO 0)
4J vj 4J a s
B 4J T) -H T3 J3
01 3 01 rH 0) Q) CO
H 334-liH 3OIH
1IBB 0)0)cO OICDO
y v j v ^
Hi t
' 0) CD 4-> 4J M
T3S T3>T3fi T3CO
OrH O O OJ -H O B CO
^LM 3CO(X^< 3*HC
(US (U-H33 0)0)1-1
J-i O J-i -TJ CO (2 t-< CO 4-1
^ j
\/
t^
0)
CO rH B
4J CO O
O 4J rJ
0) CO -H
U-l CO >
UH o B
cu u o)
J
\
o
1
UH
o
CO
u
0)
UH
UH
0)
01
(3
•rl
S
•o
B •
co -a
01
0) 4-1
B B
•H 01
r-l CO
CO 0)
3 V4
4J a
CO
0) 0)
00 CO
B
•H CO
•a 4J
3 B
rH 0)
0 >
B OJ
•H
nstream (
chemical
S 6
•O cfl
r-l rH
UH O
•H
0) CO
4-1 ,B
UH
0 K
O
en T-)
4-1 CO
0 g
0)
UH 01
UH J3
01 4-1
0) >•>
4-1 B
O
UH
O
CO CO
•H T3
CO B
>. «
rH rH
CO 4J
B 01
CO 3
B B
•H O
CO
U B
4-> O
•H
t-l 4J
0 O
4-1 3
U V-i
h CQ
.
m
in
0)
3
do
•H
fe
-------
188
rH
3
•ri CO
M 4J
rS S!
o >w
43 01
r~
4-1
44 CJ -U H-t U *H 4-1
O -H Cd O CO CO O
4J 4J 4-
Cfl Cd -H 0) T
W 3 J3 W ,C
o cr cd on
. H CO ,£3 rH ,C
^
4n
C 'H C rl
•H s u M a ct)
CO CO CO N
0) 01 4J 11 01 CO
CO H R CO H 43
CO 4J 01 CO 4->
01 co a 01 co TJ
H C TH H p O
o 5 TJ o S o
com c 5 rH
•ri TJ CO -ri TJ MJ
\_ J \
\/
A
s <^_
rH I rH
01 1 01
CU R ^ 00 R
CO R B P P R TJ
CO CO CO O «H cfl 0
01 43 43 -ri C 43 c,
H CJ CO CU CJ 3
M
01 CO
> CO
•H O
. TJ rH
) V^
} \- (-
CH f CH CO CO
TJ O CD O 0) 4J
0) TJ TJ 0) C
CO OlTJUp Ol-riaolCU
CORTJ C001.ri3 COO OOTJ
OJOJR cOOpO cO-Hf^O-ri
HOOCO 013COP. 0)4J>H^3
•riOTJ HHOU HO.4343CO
J
\s
A
R
0 - f
R 0) O -ri 01 C
O H 4J 4J H *r
A
O.
R a
CO CO 4-1
•ri [5 CO
rl CO 4J
CO -H
P.TJ 43
•ri R CO
^C^
t
JL
4
•ri TJ 3 >, CO 3 4J
4J014-JTJ M CU4J4J CJ
COCQCOCU 4J MCOrH ^
HCOrl-rH CO 3013 r-
4-t4J0101CMH*ri COHCJ 4-1
4301HO.TH01B OO-ri CO
CJTJOTJ TJOORCJ8TJ4-1CU al" H TJ q
RRPrlTH>4H 01>HCUP01Oc043 XCUOORO
.-ri-ricOOlUOj .H
V/
A
f
TJ
01 01 <->
CO S CO P
01 rH 01 0
H MH 01 H 'ri TJ
O 4-1 O 'O 18
R R CO R 01 O
.«H«rHrl . iTHCOrH
A t
/
R MH 01
•ri O P rH 1
•H 43 1
cu 4J oo cd co
CO P R rH 4J R
CO S 0) -H P. O
01 Crj *H M TJ H I — f "H
H01TJ 01O010) CO
CJrlCO &O4J> O
P4JM OrHCOO) H
. -HCOOOrHlH&rHD
— ~~\s~^^^~\/' — \/~^
T t 3
CO 1 1 O CO
IH H DO I-H ^
O(U C§ 00 iH C -1-1,0
CJ cfl 0)(-tj2 C*co 4J
•H Q> 4-1 4-> 4J 0) 43 Cd rH
4J g )-i CD M) fX CJ B -H
4J O C CU CO
314-1 j3 m <& cu MH on
CJO CDOiH T3O M-JCQ
V j
\/
A /
^o
N
•H
S 'cu
cd C
0) C!
J-i cd
4J ,£
y CO CJ
rHO.'ri4J StSCJ. iCUTJCOCOC.
J V
\/ V
t r*n
TJ >, 1
01 U 00 rl
CO -ri P 01
CO TJ -r! 4J
OJ 'ri r* CO 01
H 43 0) U H
O rl $43
P 3 0
H j
H
-i
P. 3 oi
TJ CO
o
O TJ
rH R J
d
<4H CO O ,
rH 4J
00-H C
•H
be
13
OJ
VH-
1=1
O CU
P. B
CO OJ
CJ
TJ CO
§H
a
rH
CO
CJ
-ri
CO
43
P.
H
O
CO
S
01
4->
rH
P
O
CO
p
1-1
CO
rH
P.
TJ
O
O
rH
TJ
R
CO
CO
a
CO
I
CO
01
4J
CO
R
o
R
O
•ri
CO
. N
•ri
rH
01
1
•8
O
CO
4J
CJ
0)
M-l
0}
OJ
4->
O
CO
•H
CO
rH
CO
c
•H
CO
r4
M
O
4J
CJ
nj
VD
>A
01
p.
01
i-a
-------
189
r x
4J
MH *O S>s 4J t4H 4J -H
O B r* rt O tO CO
a rt 4J 4J rl
CO 3 iH CO -H CU
tO ^! 4J ^ CO ,Q J>
o rt co a o co *rt
rH J3 ID J3 rH JS -O
1 J
x/
> k
k.
K^
a m
3 H B N
•O 4J B tU >i iH -H
cu UH h to o -1-1 oo 4-1 -a to
4J O CU CU 13 iH rt B -H CO rtB
a
u
•rl tO
00 4J
o o
rH CU
O 4H
,£! CU
^
MH
•o o
CU
rt B *o co cu T
eu cu B rt O (
^ oo rt cu 3
UH 4-»
o a
JC 4J
CO to iH
CO U J3
. H i j?
— \s —
i
CO"B (-*
«rH CU
UH co a oo
to o co 4-1 o
§ t> UH
C X cu 01 01 M 6 cu cu cj c 3
•HO13 1-1 H O 0 rlO.J3rtCO.
y
^/
A
B eu
J to iH T3 3
rt 4J CU 4J 3 iH B 4J CU O 4J'OT3 CJT3t
OMHrt rHrt-HP! BCUC
HCU CUlHtU BCU OCI
JCO HrHO,.H4J gj
J\
_^V ^^
t
T3 ^<
CU 4J
CO -H
rt 13
CU tH
3 M J2
3 B 3
3 J3 O UH 3
B tj t CO O to
i ^ vy — '
A
r^
01 CU
u u cu
B rt rH
CU UH .^
rl H tU CO a
CU 3 00 C T3 4J
UH CO a r4 tU
IH C CU H H
4J 4J rt 4J & 4J
B -H IH rt o rt
.3OP< a&4Jrt| .iHtOrH iH4J..>H!5TJD«rHS
,T
•H 4J 0)
td (U M 4J O -rt
O M ti C O JD
•H (^ VJ 0) QJ O
M-t 3 0) S W rQ H
•HOW *H CX rH
B H CU
rt rt B
3 E
rt co 43
^ja tu o
A
1
i
B
O
•H
CO
O
eu
\s \s
A A
111
B CU
O 4-1 MH
cu TH a o
o u 3 ;>,
k
y,, \
0 I B
•H
B *O
o -a a c
•rl B CU CU rt
4J rt 0013 CO
rt O iH J3 rH
6S IH UH CO «
O 13 i-l V4 B
o n >, 3 a rt
UH -H J3 CO 8 O
J
XX
A
B M
o eu C
•rl 4-) O
4J CO iH
CUacU rt^CU OOtTJrH rt34J
OOMH 00 U CO 00 C CO C H 4-1 CO
coi-irt eueurt -HWBO cUrHH
^S3B rHMB BrH-H-H rHrt4J
O CO -H CUUH-H CU CO 00 CO 0) 01 CU
O too rtT3ElHOO B
J \ J
**s "**/
t f
UH 'co m 1
0
c
0
•H
4J
a
01
. CJ
V,
S*\.
t
i-H JJ
00 iH B
B O eu
•rt O. g
oo to eu
eu "O rt
n to a
a O MH
C 0
rt c
H3 O J^
•H H CO
rH 4J O rH
•H rt s a
O CU 4J B
a. M eu a
to cj B CJ
J
N/
A
1
1
13 4J
B rt
rt N
rH -H
J3 rH
to a«
H B
rt rt
0 tj *
rH
B
o
to
6
rt
2
CO
IH
•a
B
a
CO
eu
•H
a
3
to
CU
*
to
a
g
B
o
•H
4J
N
•H
rH
rt
B
rt
CJ
13
B
a
B
o •
•H -0
4J CU
a 4J
45 S
rH tO
cu cu
C rl
B P.
rt
j^ tu
UH
o to
4J
to B
o >
l^f
UH rH
cu rt
CJ
£ S
o
"O
CO B
•rt «
CO
>*rH
rH a
rt o
B tH
rt co
B f
•rt 0,
a
rl H
4-" O
o e
4-1
u cu
rt J3
h^
0>
M
3
00
•H
-------
190
construction may result in some of the same types of physical, chemi-
cal, and biological consequences. For example, increased stream
turbidity may result from floodplain construction, mineral extraction,
impoundment, and dredging and spoil placement. Increased downstream
flooding may stem from floodplain construction, mineral extraction,
impoundment, and dredging and spoil placement. Increase in estuarine
salinity may be occasioned by impoundment, fill construction, and
dredging and spoil placement (Table 4.15). The fact that a given
environmental factor may derive from multiple causes tends to con-
found efforts at quantitative analysis. Whereas, one may find figures
for the total sediment load carried by the streams of the nation, it
is near impossible to ascribe a given percentage of the sediment load
to each of the causative agents.
Finally, it is important to note that two or more factors acting
in combination may produce results which could not have been predicted
on the basis of knowledge of the action of single factors taken one
at a time. In some cases, one factor tends to partially cancel another
(antagonism) but in other cases the combined effect may be more severe
than the simple sum of the two acting separately (synergism) (Darnell,
1973). The complexity of such interactions is illustrated in a re-
cent article by Liang and Lichtenstein (1974). In a turbulent aquatic
environment certain herbicides enhance the toxicity of selected in-
secticides to a number of insect species. However, a small amount
of suspended soil sediment rendered the herbicide-insecticide solution
essentially non-toxic. The herbicide was synergistic with the in-
*
secticide, but the suspended soil particles exerted an antagonistic
effect. Unfortunately, we are grossly ignorant of most multi-factor
effects, even though they are certainly important and should be taken
-------
191
into account when dealing with environmental modification projects.
Modes of Biological Response to Environmental Stress Factors
Before describing detailed biological consequences of the various
physical and chemical modifications of riparian and wetland environ-
ments, it is appropriate to examine the potential categories of
biological response. Each of the physical and chemical modifications
may be thought of as an actual or potential stress agent which is im-
posed upon the already hostile environment of the organism or group.
It is the biological response to the total stress situation that con-
cerns us here.
At the outset, it is clear that biological response may mani-
fest itself at any of the several levels of biological organization
(Darnell, 1971, 1973; Woodwell, 1970).
- At the level of the individual organism, response may be physiologi-
cal, behavioral, or reproductive. For example, an organism may ex-
perience elevated or depressed respiration; it may be stimulated
to move out of the stress area; or it may fail to copulate. Under
extreme stress the individual will die.
- At the level of the population, the more sensitive individuals will
feel the first effects of stress. As the level of stress is in-
creased, even the most tolerant forms show symptom*. At this point
the most sensitive individuals have already disappeared, and the
population has undergone considerable genetic simplification. How-
ever, the population level may remain highland to the casual ob-
server, at least, the surviving individuals may appear to be in
reasonable health right up to the point of population extinction.
- At the level of the species, different populations vary in their
sensitivity to environmental stress agents. As the stress level
-------
192
is increased, sensitive populations will disappear first while
hardier populations are still undergoing genetic simplification.
Under very high stress even the hardiest populations will be eli-
minated .
- At the level of the community, shifts in species composition and
relative abundance are noted as some species become reduced or
absent and others find conditions more favorable, especially in
the atmosphere of reduced competition. The rate or intensity of
certain vital processes (such as photosynthesis and respiration)
may change. There may be a depression in the total number of species
(species diversity) or in the number of individuals of certain
species. In the extreme case the community will collapse. Diver-
sity indices (which relate the number of individuals to the number
of species present) are sometimes employed as a rough index of pollu-
tion or other community stress (Patten, 1962; Wilhm and Dorris,
1968). Whereas, such measures are useful, they reflect only a
fraction of the total community response to stress. Hence, they
are most useful when accompanied by other data on species composition,
abundance of indicator species, measures of community metabolism,
etc. The generalized response patterns discussed above are sum-
marized in Table 5.1 which expresses the biological response at
the different organizational levels in relation to the degree of
stress imposed.
In the above examples, biological response is generally graded
in relation to the intensity of the stress agent. Another class of
response occurs when everything seems to be going along fine until a
certain threshhold is reached, beyond this point the system suddenly
goes awry or collapses. For example, many tropical and subtropical
-------
193
H
O
I4H
O
B 4-t
0)
> 4J
•H E
00 CO
41
CO 0
•H
CU •
01 H >,
CO CO H
B 4-1
O B B
ft 3 cu
co 3
0) rH 0
B! o o
CJ 4-1
• rH O
CO CO .n
CO CJ
4) TH OJ
H 4J J-,
4J H 4J
CO 01
> O
rH 4J
CO B
4-1 CU M
B > B
4) -H B
0 00 3
B rH
O CO O
H CJ
•H E
> -H rH
B J3 rH
CU 4J CO
TH
MH [i CO
O TJ
CQ B
CO 0) 0)
rH TH CO
OJ H
> 4J B
01 E O
O CO CU
B N
•rt 'H 4J
B nt
O CO 4-1
4J 00 *H
co O co
B P3
0) CO
4J O .
4-1 -H B
CO 00 H
ft O 0)
rH 4-1
CU O 4-1
CQ TH CO
C J3 ft
O
ft MH CU
CO O CO
0) B
rl CO O
rH 4) CO
CO > 0)
CJ 0) H
•rt rH
00 MH
O 4-> o
rH B
O 0) CO
•H H TJ
ja cu E
MH 0)
TJ MH H
CU TH 4-t
N TJ
•rl CU
rH iH 4J
CO CO CO
H H U
0) 0) -H
B > T)
01 0) B
O CO -H
B
O
•H
4J
CO
N
•H
B
CO
00
H
O
MH
O
rH
01
01
rH
TJ
a
4J
CO
CJ
TH
TJ
B
TH
4-1
CO
01
CO
B
o
ft
IS
0)
pd
4)
41
IH
00
0)
f)
f^
4J
-H
B
3
B
g
o
cj
CO
cu
•H
CJ
0)
ft
cn
B
O
•H
4-1
CO
rH
3
ft
O
PM
s
CO
TH
B
CO
00
u
o
rH
CO
3
T)
TH
J>
•H
TJ
B
M
CO
CO
CU
^
4-1
Cn
CH
o
I CU E I
01 CJ O OJ rl
U C -H ft O •
co at 4-1 at co at
B TJ > O H 0) CJ
•HSTH3OHSE
3 4J T3 0 O CO CO
CO ,£> TH 0) 4J CO TJ
4-1 CO CO M 0) TH B
MH B rH 4J 4) 3
•Hc04IJHTH4l,rJ.O
,rjcucQcu.Eft4Jco
CO TH MH S g
CJ 4J <4H O [3 B
0)CUCQ3CQCJTH*H
rH ft O CO H CO
co co ,TJ E a) co
0)CUCUCU0COHCO
CJ > ,G TH 3 rl 0)
•HTH4-ICJECUC0H
4J 4-1 0) rH 0) U
OCOCQP.EO-HB
13 rH CO CO 'H 4J CJ TH
1
1 1
1 CJ -H
CO CU TJ 00 | TJ
rH rH B B CO CU
3 CU TH -H rH 4J
a. to to • 30
O 4J O >-, ft 01
ft 00 CO rH 4J O MH
BO) -H ftMH
0) TH T-i 01 CO CO
P> O TJ CJ H 4J
•H 00 U B 4) B 01
4J rl CO 01 > CO rH
•rl CU X ^3 -H rl 4J
CO TJ TJ CU 4J
E C H - rH -H
CU 3 O CO O O rH
CO MH rH -H 4J
CO ct) *J CO
4J B B 3 CU 4J B
CO O O TJ B CO O
O TH -H -rl 01 O -rt
2 4-1 4J > 00 g 4J
1 1
1 CU 1
J3 > B -H
CO -H O TJ
4J -rl E
CO O
•H B 41 4J
4J 01 rH B
•rl CO 4) CO
4J CO rl
OJ 4J 0)
CU CQ • O rH
g o co -H o
O S rH 4J 4J
O CO CU
MH 3 B 01 •
TJ O TJ 41 M CO
41 -H 00 O rH
CJ t»> > B CO
3 4-1 -H CU 3
T) TH TJ 0 H TJ
01 rH B O O TH
pd -H -H en MH >
1 1
1
> 1 -1
CO TH CO 01
Ji .O rl rl
O! CO O O
J3 4J 4J H
CU Rj O
TJ CU > CU TJ MH
C O TH 0 CU
CO B 4J E rl >.
CU TH CQ ft 4J
CJ H 4J 4J >rt
•H CU 0) CQ TJ CJ
rH HH ft *H B CO
CHS CQ CO ft •
J3 •> 3 CO 3TJ
SH TJ4J TJ H TJO
OO ai-H OIcO 01 H
C/3 TH peJrH pd ft Pd ft
1 1 1 1
0)
4-t
CO
U
01
TJ
O
a
1 B 1
rH 01 E
CU 1 4-1 CU
co g MH
a co at o o >,
TH rl 0 CO
B co TJ g •
co o >, a cu
4J -rl CO TJ CO CO rl
MH 4-1 0) rl CU 0)
•H -H -H CO B -Hi!
J3 CO O ,E -H U 3
CO O CU CO OI 01
& ft-o g & co
4J 0 CQ E 0) CO rH
B O CO H 0)
CO O 41 >,
•H CO -H CU H CO HO
MHCU4-14-1OCO CO H
•H TH TH CO W 0) J3MH
13 CJ CO C -H H
00 CU B -H 4J CJ S H
•H ft 0) g 0) E 014)
CO CO CQ TH ft *H ^ 4J
1 1
1
( at co •
CO 1 > O >,
rH CO TH rH 4J
3 rH 4-1 -H
O, 3 TH 01 »
O • ft CO CJ rl
&TI O B B 4)
01 ft 4) 01 >
0) 4J CO .B TH
> CO 4J TJ
•HE B 00 -
4J -H CO B CQ CJ
•H 0 H -H rH TH
CO TH OJ CQ CO 4J
C rH rH O 3 4)
OJ 0) O rH TJ B
CO 4-1 -H CU
CO CO > 00
4J E 4J B TH
CD o CO O TJ 00
0 -H O -H E B
S 4-1 g 4J TH -H
1 1
. TJ
CO 1 01
rH iH >, 4J CJ
4-» CO O CO CJ TH
CO 3 4J • H 01 4J
O TJ CO MH 01
0 -H 0) rH rH MH B
> U CO CU CO OJ
MH -H o 3 > 00
O TJ 0 TJ 01 0)
E -H rH J2 B
B -H B > -H
O -H -H E 4-1
•HO) TJ O O B r-<
4J> OIB -HE O4J
CO TH CO TH 4J -H 'H
B 4J CO CO ;*, *-l cfl
•H-H 0)4JrHCO CJtH
SCO HE 30 301
•H B CJ CO O. TJ >
rHCU EH Orl 0)*H
wra MO) PL.O MT)
1 1 1 1
1
x i -a
TJ TJ CO CU
>, H CU rl rl
!>
01 BO)- rl
TJ -rl rH rH 0) 00
B CO XI CO
3 • 4J 3 -H CO B
TJ O TJ W 0) O
rHCO G'HftCO -H-
CO O > 01 TH 4J TJ
SrHrH-rHOTJ CJCU
TJ CO TJ CO 3 rH
•HCO P.BS--TJ-H
>CQ TH-HCOCOE OCO
•H CU r» 0) O (H 4J
TJrl r!4JTJ4JTH ftrl
Q4-1 33ETH4J OJ3
rHco cn,acOcoco Mo
1 1 1
^,
|>
CO
01
TJ
1 01
oi g u
» H g -H 3
01 O O CO T)
•H CJ CU
O TJ 01 >, & U
4) CU & rH CO
ft CJ 4-1 -H >>
CO 3 >» CS rH • rH
TJ co 01 O TJ OJ
B CU g H J3 OJ rl
•H rl -00 CO -H 4)
CO 4-1 *J MH >
CQ-CO cu c e aiTHai
4JB4I-THC04) ST3CO
4HOTHTJOTJ4J O
•HTHOCUOIECQ XgX
COtH ftcO COJ3 COTJ -H>.TH
COCOE CO CIJBrHrH
4JO THX rHTH34J-H
roft 4JJ3 TJ>> cOMH gcO ^
cuB co*H HH 4J*H got co
rlO OrH COO) OrH Orl 4-1
oo Scu «> H&ooocn
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1 rH rH
•H O rH
TJ 4J -H
B 4J
-H 4-1 CO
to
4J O CO
co g E
4) O
•H 0) -H
TJ J3 4J
rl 4J CO
CO rH
f! MH 3
O ft
4) O •
J3 CO ft 0)
4J rH >
CO 4-> TH
X 3 B >
rH TJ CO rl
E -H H 3
O > 4) CO
1
1
TJ -a
a) TH >i oi
J3 £> BOB
4-> -H g 3 -H •
TJ T3 X
>> B rH 0) B 4J
iH -H 01 H O *H
B b. TH CO
O 4-1 01 01 4J rl
E rH & O 01
MH CO 3 >
O rl E 4J TJ -H
01 O O 01 TJ
rH rH TH E H
CO O 4-t CJ
> 4-1 CO >, CU -H
TH . rH CO H 4-1
> 4J CO 3 S OI 0)
H CO rH ft > B
3 O CO OH 0) 0)
en g 3 PM o w oo
1 1 1
1
01
,0 • B H
cu TH at
T) CJ 00
E B rH E
CO CU CO O
H p> rH
0 CU -H
•H UH > O
rH H H B
0 CU 3
,0 4-t co E
CO E O
4J -H rH TH
0) CO • 4J •
0 rH 3 B CJ Ol
CO TJ O 3 rH
OJ H «H -H TJ ,Q
HO > 4-1 O TH
CU -H TH CO H CO
> !> TJ 0) ft CO
0) CO B 3 0) O
W .E M U1 pd ft
1 1 1
OJ
H
01
>
01
en
0)
CQ
ft
co
rH
rH
o
£_)
B
o
•H
4J
CJ
E
•H
4J
X
W
B
O
TH
4J
CO
B
•H
0
•H
rH
H
r!
4-t
CO
0)
P
rH
CO
4J
O
H
CO
H
-------
194
species such as corals apparently exist much of the time near the
upper limit of their temperature tolerance range. Under such condi-
tions they may thrive indefin ately. However, a slight increase in
temperature may be sufficient to cause extreme stress and widespread
mortality.
A related type of situation occurs with certain estuarine or-
ganisms. For example, the Virginia oyster can thrive under salinity
conditions ranging from about 7 to 30 parts per thousand. Neverthe-
less, in nature they generally do poorly at higher salinities which
permit the entrance of a parasitic marine fungus and the predatory
oyster drill. Thus, above a given threshold salinity the oysters are
in trouble, not from the salinity itself, but from removal of barriers
to disease and predation.
A somewhat similar type of reaction is observed in the case of
nutrient enrichment (eutrophication). As more nutrient (especially
nitrogen and phosphorus) are added to an aquatic area, the biological
system is stimulated to higher and higher rates of metabolism and
production until a certain threshhold is reached. Beyond this point
respiration exceeds the rate of oxygen transport. The system suddenly
undergoes oxygen depletion, becomes anaerobic, and collapses. Up
until the point of collapse everything seemed to be going along fine.
In considering the problem of biological response to environ-
mental stress agents, attention must be given to the matter of bio-
logical interactions. In an earlier example, high salinity effects
upon oysters were mediated through a fungus and a predator, but many
other types of biological interaction mechanisms exist. Prior to
the construction of the Keokuk Dam certain clams were abundant in
the upper Mississippi River. Following construction of the dam they
-------
195
ceased to exist above the dam. Normally the larval clams were
transported upstream attached to the gills of the migratory skipjack
fish. When the skipjack was barred from upstream passage, the up-
stream clam population collapsed (Eddy and Surber, 1947). Probably
all biological responses involve interactions where one or more
species are affected at first, and these in turn, affect others in
stepwise biological chain reactions. Without intense study, however,
many of the subtle interactions will escape notice, even though their
importance may be very great.
In summary, it is clear that physical and chemical modifications
of the environment may act as stress agents, placing burdens upon
biological systems. Biological response may be gradual and related
to the intensity of factor application, or it may conform to an all
or nothing relationship where a threshhold defines the difference
between success and failure of the biological system. Response may
be manifested at several different levels of biological organization.
Of especial concern is thevfcatter of biological interaction where
i,
those species initially affected, in turn, affect other species in
biological chain reactions. Since the species of a community share
the same physical and chemical environment and since the population
levels of the different species are mutually interdependent, complex
patterns of biological response interactions must always be suspected
whether the symptoms are obvious or not.
-------
196
Biological Effects on the Riparian Environment
The biological importance of riparian habitat is very great, but is
seldom fully appreciated. As pointed out by Funk and Ruhr (1971) , "A stream
is more than a waterway, it is the focus of the ecology of a watershed
Many mammals and birds live there because of the stream. Although to some
it is only a source of water, to many it is a vital habitat for which a
ditch will not substitute. Raccoons, mink, muskrats, herons, kingfishers,
cormorants, waterfowl, including redheads, canvasback, wood ducks, and
hooded mergansers, depend on streams for food, cover, and den or nest sites.
In agricultural areas, most of the remaining permanent woody cover is likely
to be associated with the stream and floodplain. In arid regions only the
flood plain may have sufficient moisture to support trees. In more humid
areas, the threat of flood may make it unprofitable to cultivate the low-
lands, and they are permitted to grow up in woody or wet land vegetation
attractive to wildlife. Even in intensively cultivated floodplains, the
trees that are left are usually on the stream banks. Bottomland and marshes
provide cover, food, resting aieas and den sites for trophy-size whitetailed
and mule deer, squirrels and other forest game and furbearers, shore birds,
and waterfowl, many of which are rare or endangered." Gunter (1957) noted
that most aquatic species spawn in shallows and that the floodplain over-
flow areas were historically the prime spawning grounds for Mississippi
River aquatic life. They also have provided haven for vast flocks of water
birds. Now, as a consequence of over 2,500 miles of levees and a host of
other human activities, they are mostly gone, destroyed primarily through
habitat elimination.
Table 5.2 summarizes the cumulative effects of construction activities
on riparian environments, largely independent of the type of construction
-------
197
Table 5.2. Cumulative effects of construction on riparian environments,
• Direct removal of vegetation
• Direct removal of topsoil
• Habitat destruction by dumping and surfacing
- Landfill from construction projects
- Hard-topping for roads, factories, etc.
- Grading and concreting for drainage ditches
- Rip-rapping of banks
- Dumping of mine overburden, spoil, tailings
- Dumping of dredge spoil
- Levee construction
- Construction of primitive access, logging, and mining roads
(esp. in steep or rough terrain)
• Habitat destruction by digging
- Ditching (main, as well as lateral ditches)
- Mining (esp. placer mining and sand and gravel excavation)
• Habitat modification by water level manipulation
- Permanent flooding
- Alternate flooding
- Protection from flooding
- Drainage
- Lowering of soil water table
• Habitat modification by indirect methods
- Erosion and loss of nutrients
- Chemical modification by leaching of acids, metals, and sul-
fides from spoil; leaching of chemicals from pavement; addi-
tion of salts (sodium and calcium chloride); motor vehicle
wastes (petroleum products, heavy metals); other chemical
wastes from factories; etc.
- Introduction of exotic vegetation
-------
198
activity which produced the effects. Every type of riparian construction
activity removes native vegetation and topsoil. If only the vegetation
were removed, secondary succession could replace the original community
in perhaps fifty to a hundred years, but when the topsoil is taken away,
primary succession must take place. This is a very slow process which may
require a thousand or more years to complete. Removal of topsoil is a
very serious offense against nature and against future human generations
who will have to pay the price for lowered fertility and reduced environ-
mental options. Borman, et al (1969) have discussed in depth the ability
of natural forest ecosystems to retain fertility and to regulate the
particulate and solution losses of chemical elements to drainage streams.
Likens, e£ al (1970) have demonstrated in precise detail the nutrient losses
resulting from devegetation of a New England watershed. During the first
two years after cutting, the average streamwater nutrient concentrations
increased as follows: 417% for Ca++, 408% for Mg"^1", 1558% for K+, and
177% for Na+. Total gross export of dissolved solids, exclusive of or-
ganic matter, was about 75 metric tons/km2 the first year and about 97
metric tons/km^ the second year, a 6-8 fold increase over losses from the
undisturbed watershed. Nutrient loss was accompanied by a large increase
in surface runoff water.
The removal of vegetation temporarily deprives riparian species of food,
cover, and nesting and denning sites, but the loss of fertility means a
long-term reduction in the capacity of the ecosystem to recover. Although
the New England studies need verification from other areas, the results are
consistent with available information. For example, Hoover (1944) reported
increased water loss following devegetation in North Carolina, and Tarzwell
(1938a) noted that vegetative cover in the watershed retains soil moisture
and helps prevent floods in the southwest.
-------
199
Riparian habitat is lost as a result of dumping and filling activities,
as noted in Table 5.2. The vulnerability of floodplain marshes, swamps,
ponds, bogs, and other low-lying areas makes them prime targets for solid
waste disposal, especially when the wildlife value of such areas is
not appreciated by land owners and local authorities, as is usually the
case. When hard surfacing is placed over riparian habitat, the destruction
is, for all practical purposes, permanent. If the spoil material is sub-
ject to erosion and leaching, and especially if it is chemically active,
the effects may be felt over broad areas of the floodplain and in the
adjacent and downstream waters.
Levee construction is a special case of floodplain dumping since
levees are built to contain the stream and to prevent natural flooding of
riparian environments. As noted by Gunter (1957) and others, swamps and
other riparian wetlands lying on the landward side of the levee fail to
receive the annual replenishment of water, nutrients, and aquatic stocks.
Furthermore, they then become subject to drainage followed by devegetation
and agricultural and industrial development.
Perhaps the greatest impact of human activities on wetlands occurs
through digging activities, especially drainage ditching and mining. As
noted earlier, once the main drainage ditch has been completed, it is
followed in short order by the development of lateral or feeder ditches.
By this means, the standing surface water is removed, and the water table
is effectively lowered. Most marginal aquatic and riparian plant species
are quite sensitive to even minor changes in water level. Therefore, lowering
of the water table induces a shift from lowland, moisture-requiring to up-
land vegetational types. Starrett (1972) has reviewed the history of
leveeing and draining of bottomlands of the Illinois River during the past
-------
200
century. He pointed out that about 200,000 of the original 400,000 acres
of floodplain between La Salle and Grafton, 111. have been drained and
that the impact on the aquatic life of the Illinois River valley has been
considerable. Originally the floodplain lakes and marshes provided spawning
grounds for many fishes (including largemouth bass, northern pike, and
yellow perch) and feeding and resting areas for migratory waterfowl.
Nesting sites along the water's edge was available for the least bittern,
several species of rails, long-billed marsh wren, and red-winged blackbirds.
A thriving turtle industry was supported, and in 1899 over a half million
pounds of turtles were marketed from the valley. Today the annual turtle
harvest amounts to only a few hundred pounds, most turtle species have
dramatically declined, and at least two aquatic snakes (copper-bellied water-
snake and diamond-back watersnake) and one turtle (Blanding's turtle) are
now possibly extirpated from the river and its floodplain. Figure 5.8,
taken from Starrett (ibid.) illustrates the habitat and species changes
which have occurred.
Barstow (1970, 1971) analyzed the environmental and economic cost of
a riparian drainage project in northwestern Tennessee, already one third
complete. The prechannelization habitat included 218,900 acres of complex
overflow bottomland timber, swamp, and permanent water. Already about 60%
of the woodland and wetland have been cleared, and aquatic habitats have
almost been eliminated. Woodland-field edge habitat is also nearly gone.
The frequency and duration of flooding has declined, soil moisture has been
reduced, and severe erosion has taken place. Estimates of total habitat
loss when the project is completed are as follows: aquatic habitat - 95%
reduction, woodland and wetland - 70% reduction, edge habitat - 75% reduc-
tion. Estimated wildlife and fishery losses include: fishery - 95%,
-------
201
SUtMERGENT VEGETATION
VEUOW KKN
uueeitL
LAKCMOUTH BASS
MGMOUTH BUFFALO
MAYFUtS
NAIADS
FINGERNAIL CLAMS
SNAIIS
WATf*FOWL{«fc»chM}
1870's
SAND
Quiver Lake
1960's
~xSj@jgigjgffi/
Silt
NO VEGETATION
CAM
GIZZARD SHAD
•IGMOUTH BUFFALO
ILACK BULLHEAD
CRAPPIES
WHITE BASS
TU1IFICIDAC WORMS
NAIAOS (h«)
WATE«FOWLt«Mrc.)
GIZZAW SHAO 5U«MB«GENT VEGETATON
CRAfPIES EMERGENT VEGETATION
IAROEMCUTH IASS tIGMOUTH IUFFALO
•IGMOUTH BUFFALO LARGEMOUTH IASS
MAYFLIES ILUEGILl
CADDIS FLIES NORTHERN F1KE
NAIADS NAIADS I*~J^» ipol
FINGERNAIL CLAMS WATERFOWL IcWuhMl
SNAILS MUSKRAn (obwfanl)
NATURAL
LEVEE ,
\ s~3SL • . • --J* —
NJ . '-• '-'• : / THOMPSON-SLAKE
Illinois River ^ MAK
LEVEE * . •* J ^
HIGHf R WATER LEVEL 1 1 /v4 * fl"?yT^ /M^
^*~"^ ^=" -~ jf^^ THOMPSON'S LAKE DRAINAGE DISTRICT
^pft = ^ °"TCM
DREDGED CHANNEL
CARP CORN
GIZZARD SHAD CATTLE
EMERALD SHMER COTTON-TAIL tAUIT
•LACK BULLHEAD srARtiNG
CRAPflES
TUftlFICIDAC WORMS
MIDGE IAKVAE
NAIADS { K«C«)
Figure 5.8. Schematic illustration of the impact of human activ-
ity during the past century on the ecology of the
Illinois River and two of its adjoining bottomland
lakes near Havana, Illinois. (Taken from Starrett,
1972.)
-------
202
waterfowl - 86% (wood duck - 95%), furbearers - 95%, forest species
(squirrel, raccoon, swamp rabbit, deer, and turkey) - 70%, and edge species
(cottontail and bobwhite quail) - 75%. On the basis of known habitat pro-
duction, hunting and fishing harvest, and differential habitat destruction
Barstow (ibid.) estimated that the net financial loss of known wildlife
values would exceed $4 million (or about $20./acre). This is clearly an
underestimate because it is based only upon the known, tangible, and
economically expressable values of the various habitats. Costs of soil
erosion, non-harvested species, and other intangibles have not been in-
cluded. It is important to note that the estimated damage far exceeds that
initially provided by the Army Corps of Engineers. (At the time of publi-
cation the project had been halted by litigation. Major points involve
questions pertaining to the Wildlife Coordination Act of 1958, National
Environmental Policy Act of 1970, and state maintenance responsibilities.
Such civil action may, in time, provide a real legal basis for natural
resource protection.)
Choate (1972) has noted similar patterns in Minnesota. Channelization
of floodplain has drained lakes, marshes, and other lowland habitat, pro-
ducing dry land which then becomes used for agricultural production. In
the process wetlands, valuable for wildlife production, have been lost.
Most of the wetland drainage has been federally subsidized by the Soil
Conservation Service. Shaw and Fredine (1971) provide figures showing that
the amount of land in the United States "improved" or reclaimed by drainage
has increased from 29.6 to 41.8 million acres between 1930 and 1950. They
also quote a statemeri. by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (1953) as
follows:
"Our country includes within its boundaries 125 million acres of
undeveloped wet and swamp lands which are subject to overflow.
-------
203
With proper drainage and protection, an estimated two-fifths of
this area, or 50 million acres, would be physically suitable for
crop or pasture use." (Wooten, 1953).
Clearly, the federal government, itself is the major actor in the
destruction of shallow wetland and riparian resources of the nation,
through levee construction and drainage projects, as well as through
dam construction and channelization.
Water level change through alternate or permanent flooding greatly
modifies the riparian environment. Aquatic and lowland vegetation is quite
sensitive to water level changes (Bourn and Cottam, 1950; Harris and
Marshall, 1963). Periodic drawdown of flooded areas desiccates and kills
submerged and emergent vegetation, permitting invasion by annual weeds
(Meeks, 1969). Alternating the water level inhibits natural development
of shoreline vegetation (Roebeck, et _al, 1954), and submergence kills
off emergent vegetation (Braun and Beland, 1958; McDonald, 1955). Frequent
or extreme fluctuation in water level creates a broad devegetated zone
around the edge of reservoirs.
Most species of ducks nest near water, and flooding is a major cause
of nest failure (Miller and Collins, 1954). Fluctuating water level also
damages nests and reduces hatching success (Wolf, 1955). As the water
level rises some nests are deserted. Others are built up and then become
unstable when the water level declines. This also leads to nest desertion
(Wolf, ibid.). Flooding also leads to desertion and nesting failure in
Canada geese (Miller and Collins, 1953).
Yearger (1949) gave results of an 8-year study of the effects of per-
manent flooding on riparian timber at the confluence of the Illinois and
Mississippi Rivers. Results are reported under three categories: 1) timber
-------
204
actually flooded, 2) timber on sites where the water table had been raised
to the ground surface, and 3) timber on unflooded land, where the average
summer water table had been raised approximately 3 feet. Timber species
mortality is given in Table 5.3. In the flooded area dead timber was
noticeable at three years and pronounced at eight years. It was noted that
flooding evicted many species of floodplain animals including opossums,
cottontails, woodchucks, skunks, and foxes. Hall, Penfound, and Hess (1946)
studied the water level relationships of lowland plants. They provided a
list of the woody species, ranked in approximate order of tolerance to inunda-
tion. They also gave information on the effects of 30 days' flooding of
59 species of marginal herbaceous plants, most of which did not survive.
Inundation of floodplain forests results in considerable nutrient loss.
The dying forest decomposes, releasing the organically-bound nutrients.
Additionally, many of the soil nutrients are taken up into solution and
transported away in the water currents. Nutrient enrichment of the water
over flooded land may lead to extensive development of aquatic vegetation.
This may take the form of submerged rooted plants if the water is shallow,
algal growth if the water is deeper, and floating vegetation if protected
from the wind or in southern waters. Important among the floating plants
are duckweed, water hyacinth, alligatorweed, and water lettuce. Extensive
siltation and eutrophic development will result in rapid filling or shallow
flooded areas. These processes are well illustrated in Figure 5.9 which
shows in a very dramatic way the stages of anticipated change resulting
from reservoir construction in central Florida.
Mention should be made of losses in riparian habitat as a result of
chemical changes. The most dramatic of these is habitat deterioration due
to acid mine spoil. Bramble and Ashley (1955) found that acid spoil banks
are vegetated very slowly and that even after 35 years the spoil bank
-------
205
Table 5.3. Mortality of tree species in relation to water level in an
Illinois floodplain forest following impoundment. Data were
taken six years after water level rise and represent tallies
of individual tagged trees. Dashes indicate that no trees
of the particular species were tagged in the particular water
level zone.
Pin oak
Pecan
Waterlocust
Persimmon
Hawthorn
Hackberry
American elm
Silver maple
Bur oak
Holly
Cottonwood
White ash
Waterprivet
Buttonbush
Black willow
Trees in water
100.0
100.0
96.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
71.0
83.0
60.0
43.5
Percent dead trees
Trees in mud
100.0
100.0
100.0
80.0
75.0
66.7
51.4
45.5
-
0.0
0.0
16.7
0.0
-
_
Trees on land
28.2
0.0
4.2
3.7
11.7
4.2
6.1
5.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-
_
-------
206
A. Natural river and riparian environment
with representative wildlife species.
m!msmmm
.,.,
B. Reservoir with dead and dying trees. Note
hyacinths and other floating vegetation forming
a dense mat over the water surface.
C. Eventual stage of reservoir. Algae have
replaced water hyacinths, and siltation
is nearly complete.
Figure 5.9. Effects of reservoir construction on stream and
riparian environment of central Florida. (Taken
from Florida Defenders of the Environment, 1970.)
-------
207
vegetation is sparse and nowhere near the regional community climax. As
brought out in the previous chapter, Parsons (1968) and others have noted
that spoil piles continue to leach out sulfuric acid and heavy metals for
many years. These chemicals spread out and poison the soil for a consider-
able radius around the piles. Certain types of industry, notably metal
smelters, may introduce noxious effluents into the atmosphere, and if lo-
cated on or near floodplains they will adversely affect the riparian en-
vironments. The classical cases involve the copper smelters at Copperhill,
Tennessee and near Butte, Montana where sulfuric acid released into the
atmosphere has killed the vegetation and seriously eroded soil for miles
around (Odum, 1959). Salts may be derived from leaching, certain industrial
processes, and roadways (where sodium and calcium chloride are spread to
melt winter snow and ice). Vegetation is known to be quite sensitive to
changes in soil salinity (Rollins, 1973). Vegetational effects from motor
exhausts and highway runoff have not been well documented, but highway en-
gineers have often been hard pressed to locate plants that can survive in
the median strips of California freeways.
Human modifications of riparian environments incur another suite of
environmental changes in relation to the behavior of animal species. Many
construction projects impose barriers to normal movement. Mountain species
which normally overwinter in the valleys may require riparian environments
for winter food and shelter. Streamside highways and fences may prevent
access to the water so that many animals may not be able to drink or search
for food. Under natural conditions the unaltered floodplain provides passage
for daily or nightly foraging along the stream bank. Construction undoubted-
ly blocks the along-stream passage of such species. Roadkills are undoubtedly
more frequent in low wet areas than in uplands. Little information is
-------
208
available on the precise effects of human noise, activity, and vehicular
exhausts on wild populations, but it is clear that nature quietly recedes
in the press of human construction, development, and use.
Finally, mention should be made of the problem of exotic species
introduction. When engineers finish a construction project on the flood-
plains, the last step is to restore the "natural" landscape, ,i_.£. to reseed
or resod with exotic species of vegetation ("Kentucky" bluegrass, bermuda
grass, some species of rye grass—all native to Europe). These species are
used because they are hardy and will grow almost anywhere. From the ecologi-
cal standpoint, they are dangerous weeds which can out-compete and eliminate
many of the native species which are valuable for other reasons. Other types
of weeds are brought in inadvertantly. Spoil heaps and other disturbance
areas are often overgrown with such exotics. Whereas, a levee or a road
and its cleared right-of-way may constitute an effective barrier to movement
of woodland species, they can form ready-made avenues for invasion by dry-
land and prairie-type species. The faunal and floral mixing associated
with construction activities is quietly crowding out many of the native
forms, and this process is certainly reducing the size and genetic diversity
of many local populations of the native species. This is an important and
often overlooked point.
Biological Effects of Modification of Water Levels
and Flow Regimes
It is axiomatic that modification of one environmental factor always
results in the simultaneous alteration of others. Whereas, side effects
may be minimized in carefully controlled laboratory experiments, in nature
the changes come in groups of accompanying factors. For example, modifica-
-------
209
tion of stream flow rate changes the sediment-carrying capacity, erosive
power, and oxygen carrying capacity of the water, as well as a host of
other factors. Likewise, varying the water level in a reservoir occasions
a suite of changes. In the present and following sections reference must
be made to both laboratory and field studies, and in relation to the latter
it must be recognized that detailed interpretation is complicated by side
issues. Where these appear to be significant they will be pointed out.
Cumulative effects of construction on wetland habitats related to modifica-
tion of water levels and flow regimes are given in Table 5.4.
Modification of Water Edge Habitat
Water edge habitat is modified principally through changes in water
level. These changes are brought about through reservoir filling, reservoir
water level manipulation, channelization, and ditching, as well as riparian
and upland construction and mining activities. Important among the primary
effects of water level change are deepening, shallowing, and fluctuation
in water level with their attendant factors of flooding, exposure, and al-
teration in flood-exposure.
Slight changes in water level are known to greatly influence the com-
position of shallow water vegetation (Harris and Marshall, 1963). This
topic has been studied in some detail in the Tennessee Valley by Hall,
Penfound, and Hess (1946). Many aquatic species are depth sensitive and
significantly increasing the depth can damage or kill the submerged, floating
leaf, and emergent species. These same species are also sensitive to ex-
posure, and lowering the water level can also eliminate the water-edge ve-
getation. Cyclical annual fluctuation in water level is characteristic
of most natural bodies of water, and since the normal ebb and flow of water
-------
210
Table 5.4. Cumulative effects of construction on wetlands, especially
related to modification of water levels and flow regimes.
• Modification of water edge habitat
- Deepening (as through reservoir filling and leveeing)
- Lowering of water level (drawdown)
- Alteration of normal seasonal pattern of water level fluctuation
• Modification of flow rates
- Great increase in flow velocity
- Great decrease in flow velocity
- Elimination of peak flows
- Alteration of normal seasonal pattern of flow
• Biological effects of channelization, a multi-factor problem
• Direct biological effects of man-made structures
- Dams and turbines
- Irrigation pumps
- Water diversions
• Special biological problems
- Problems associated with nutrient input from riparian environments
- Problems associated with upstream migration and downstream drift
- Problems associated with biological orientation compounds
• Special problems of coastal wetlands
- Coastal marshes
- Estuaries
-------
211
level is related to meteorological factors, it occurs with some predict-
able seasonal regularity. Natural vegetation is, thus, adapted to the
normal seasonal patterns of both timing and degree of change. Hall, et al
(ibid.) point out that water-edge vegetation survival is not only related
to depth and exposure, but it is also strongly influenced by the seasonal
timing of the occurrence.
Water-edge vegetation provides habitat for a great variety of in-
vertebrate animals, small fishes, and numerous species of waterfowl which
find food and shelter here. Severe reduction or destruction of such vege-
tation eliminates the habitat and destroys the species populations. This,
in turn, impoverishes those larger fishes, shoreline animals, and wading
birds which normally forage in such habitats. Severe reduction in water
level creates a broad devegetated zone around the edge of many reservoirs
which is essentially devoid of life and subject to heavy erosion during
periods of exposure.
Edge vegetation is important to the aquatic environment for other
reasons. Sediments eroded from the banks and shores are normally trapped
in the marginal vegetation, which, thus, provides a natural filtration zone
between land and open water. This reduces the level of turbidity in the
open water. Edge vegetation also traps large quantities of nutrients, and
in considerable degree it regulates nutrient levels of the entire aquatic
system. Experienced aquarists are aware of the ability of submerged ve-
getation to remove nitrogenous waste products produced by fishes and other
aquatic animals, and it is likely that organic compounds released by the
aquatic vegetation are important in conditioning the water in other ways.
For all these reasons edge vegetation is important in balancing natural
aquatic systems, and removal of this vegetation is generally quite harmful
-------
212
to the systems.
As noted by Fraser (1972) most species of freshwater animals are
limited in their depth preferences during at least some stages of their
life histories. Shallow water vegetation beds are the normal spawning
areas and juvenile habitats for many species of fishes which inhabit the
deeper water as adults. In the absence of such beds the deep-water popu-
lations are affected by recruitment failure. Other species including many
mollusks pass most of their life stages in the shallow water environment.
Whether or not they are directly dependent upon the vegetation beds for
food and shelter, they cannot survive conditions of prolonged exposure or
heavy sedimentation resulting from erosion. Bates (1962), for example,
has shown that impoundment has almost totally changed the species composi-
tion of the molluscan fauna of the sector of the Tennessee River impounded
as the Kentucky Reservoir. Comparison of pre- and post-impoundment collec-
tions revealed that the rich pre-impoundment molluscan fauna is doomed.
Roebeck, et al (1954) , reporting on Roosevelt Lake of the Columbia River,
noted that lack of shallow water areas is detrimental to both vegetation
and bottom fauna. They found that reservoir drawdown, in addition to in-
hibiting natural development of shore vegetation, decreases biological
productivity, in general, and results in a community of bottom animals
less desireable as fish food.
The biological composition of reservoirs is generally vastly different
from that of the pre-impoundment stream. Such changes have recently been
documented in great detail in several symposium volumes (Hall,
1971; Lane, et_ al_, 1967; and Oglesby, &t_ al, 1972), as well as in a number
of synthesis books (see, for example, Bayly and Williams, 1973 and Hynes,
1972). It is presumed that a detailed treatment of reservoir biology is
-------
213
not called for in the present volume.
The effect of water level modification per se in streams below im-
poundments has not been well studied, but some information is available.
Dorris and Copeland (1962) reported that winter drawdown of water in a
Mississippi River impoundment reduced larval mayfly populations both
above and below the dam. Starrett (1951) in Iowa noted that when stream
water levels remain low throughout the year, minnows are denied access to
floodplain backwaters, and spawning failure results. In a very informative
study, Fisher and LaVoy (1972) reported that water level fluctuations be-
low a dam in Connecticut produced a freshwater "intertidal" zone. A
transect from the high to the low water mark revealed radical changes in
both the density and diversity of the invertebrate populations. Community
composition shifted from chixonomid-oligochaete predominance on the most
exposed sites to mollusk predominance on the least exposed sites. Stated
another way, the mollusks were unable to withstand desiccation, and the
insect larvae and worms, which are much more desireable fish food, were
largely unavailable to the fishes. Spence and Hynes (1971) compared the
macroinvertebrate riffle fauna upstream and downstream of an impoundment.
Downstream there was an increase in availability of organic detritus for
food, a 4-week lag in early summer temperature rise, and a maximum tempera-
ture 6°C. cooler than that found upstream. In the downstream riffle stone-
flies were absent, and certain other groups of insect larvae (mayflies,
midges, blackflies, water beetles) and crustaceans (amphipods) showed in-
creases. The differences were interpreted as reflecting a mild increase
in the availability of organic matter for food.
Gunter (1957) has pointed out that, due to the walling effect of the
extensive levee system, the high water stages of the lower Mississippi
-------
214
River get higher and higher. The peak flow now is about seven times higher
than it was before the levees. Absolutely no published information exists
on the fauna of the lower Mississippi River, and there is no way of knowing
what effects, if any, the increase in depth (and velocity) may have on the
biota of the nation's largest stream. This is a major gap in the American
biological and limnological literature, and before further modifications
of this stream are permitted, major studies should be undertaken to deter-
mine what is there and what is happening.
Modification of Flow Rates
Stream flow rate is affected by several types of construction activity.
Floodplain construction and ditching lead to very rapid runoff and sudden
peak flows following rainstorms. This is followed by very low flow during
the periods between rains. Reservoir management may lead to very high
and very low flows downstream, but peak flows are often controlled to re-
duce flooding. Channelization also increases flow velocity, but since
several other factors are also affected, channelization will be discussed
as a separate topic.
In an important recent review Fraser (1972) pointed out that flow
velocity is the dominant physical factor affecting stream life. Most
stream-dwelling species are adapted to and require particular flow velo-
cities. Ranges of tolerance are rather narrow, and they often vary with
different stages of the life history. Spawning, egg development, juvenile
growth, adult life, and migratory behavior are all influenced directly by
the current factor. Indirectly, velocity may determine food and habitat
availability through its influence on invertebrate life, turbidity, bottom
erosion, and sedimentation. Most of our knowledge of the effects of stream
-------
215
flow on aquatic life stems from work on game fish species, especially
salmon and trout. Studies on other forms are badly needed.
Very high stream velocities associated with flood flow generally
have adverse affects on the stream biota. Entire year classes of small-
mouth bass are frequently lost during Illinois floods when the fry are less
than an inch long (Larimore and Duever, 1968). Severe flooding in Minnesota
can nearly eliminate the two youngest year classes of trout and reduce the
density of the older fish (Elwood and Waters, 1969). In the latter study,
floods were found to affect a combination of factors. Sand and debris
filled pool areas and blanketed the riffles. Invertebrate populations
were severely damaged, decreasing the food supply. The total standing
crop of living matter in the study area was reduced to one-sixth of its
former value after four severe floods. In California it has been found
that floods can change the species composition of a stream and that the
effects may persist for several years (Seegrist and Card, 1972). The
primary effect is through decimation of developing eggs and young through
erosion or siltation of spawning areas (Gangmark and Broad, 1956). Tarzwell
(1938) noted that floods are the outstanding limiting factor in southwest
streams, destroying habitat cover, sweeping away organic matter, and
blanketing everything in the water with a layer of fine silt. Many species
of fishes will actively select appropriate flow velocities when given a
choice (Baldes and Vincent, 1969; Weaver, 1963) and will tend to avoid
unnecessarily rapid flow. For example, Peters (1967) found few trout where
the stream discharge was rapid (4-485 cfs) and erratic, whereas trout of
all ages were abundant and reproduction was good where the discharge was
moderate (10-12 cfs) and stable.
The effects of low velocities can be even more devastating to stream
-------
216
life than floods. Harvey and Davis (1970) completed a regression analysis
of the biological and physical variables which affect survival of young
salmon in streams of Maine, and their results clearly show that the most
important single factor is the level of stream flow during the dry seasons.
During very low flow rates streams develop low oxygen and high carbon
dioxide tensions which may become lethal to fishes (Schneller, 1955).
Older trout respond to low flows by moving into deeper pools (Kraft, 1972).
Low flow velocity through the interstices of riffles reduces the numbers
of young trout and salmon hatched (Coble, 1961), and it reduces the size
and viability of those which do hatch (Shumway, et^ al, 1964; Silver, et al,
1963). Discontinuous flow reduces the stream habitat to a series of iso-
lated pools which often become stagnant, and it also exposes the surviving
fishes and invertebrates to greater predation by both aquatic and terrestrial
animals (Larimore, et_ al, 1959; Slack, 1955). Clothier (1953) noted that
upstream irrigation diversions dry up sections of the West Gallatin River
of Montana every year. The pools become warm and stagnant, and many fishes
die.
Unstable or severely alternating stream flow creates a habitat that
few species can tolerate. Populations of such habitats are marked by re-
peated invasion and demise. Gangmark and Bakkala (1960) have reported that,
due to unstable stream flow, salmon fry of the Sacramento River of California
have averaged 95.8% mortality during the past six years.
A great deal has been written on the relation of water velocity to
migration, especially of trout and salmon, and much of this literature
has been reviewed by Fraser (1972) . Flow rate influences the timing and
rate as well as the specific path of migration. In some species special
chemical substances are known to direct the fishes in their migratory routes,
-------
217
and Creutzberg (1961) has suggested that reduced stream flow may mask the
"orientation compounds" and interfere with the migrations.
Biological Effects of Channelization
Stream channelization involves straightening the natural meanders,
clearing the banks, and widening and deepening the channel. It is under-
taken to facilitate navigation, assist in flood control, and increase
arable land. As noted by Funk and Ruhr (1971), changes associated with
channelization, "have far-reaching ecological effects, some of which may
be disastrous Stream channelization is almost always planned and
carried out with little consideration given to the natural environment.
Existing and potential recreational areas are defaced, fish and wildlife
habitat is altered or destroyed, bottom-land timber is removed, and natural
beauty is marred. Many more miles of stream are destroyed than is indi-
cated by the miles of ditch created. A river meandering over a wide flood-
plain may be reduced to a straight ditch one-half or one-third as long as
the original stream."
As discussed in Chapter 4, channelization lowers the level of the
stream and the riparian water table, increases the rate of surface runoff,
increases the stream flow rate, enhances bank and bottom erosion, and
transports a heavier sediment load than the unchannelized stream. Dredge
spoil is deposited on adjacent banks, covering the vegetation and elimina-
ting riparian habitat. Downstream where the natural stream gradient still
exists, sedimentation occurs so that the stream tends to shallow, increasing
the flood hazard. For these reasons many of the biological effects noted
in the above sections (resulting from modification of riparian environments,
alteration of water edge habitat, and change of flow rates) apply to the
channelization problem. In addition, many of the effects of sedimentation
-------
218
(discussed in a later section) also apply. The present section concerns
the in-stream biological effects of channelization which have been reported
and which are clearly due to a combination of the above factors. Special
attention is drawn to the published results of a recent stream channeliza-
tion symposium (Schneberger and Funk, 1971) which' summarizes much of our
present knowledge of the subject.
Channelization has been reported to reduce the size and diversity of
the stream habitat, destroy key productive areas, and cause great shifts
in species composition in the Missouri River of Nebraska (Morris, et al,
1968). The volume of benthic invertebrates was reduced by 79% in channel-
ized North Carolina streams (Tarplee, ejt al, 1971). Studies in a channel-
ized section of the Little Sioux River of Iowa suggested a lack of suitable
attachment surfaces for benthic invertebrates (Hansen, 1971), and Morris,
et al (1968) reported a higher standing crop of drifting invertebrates from
an unaltered portion of the Missouri River.
Channelization has been shown to greatly reduce the standing crop and
diversity of fish populations of streams in several regions of the nation.
In a study of the fish populations of 23 channelized and 36 natural streams
of North Carolina Bayless and Smith (1967) found that channelization re-
duced the number of game fishes (over 6 inches in length) by 90%, and re-
duced the weight by 80%. They noted only limited recovery 40 years after
the channelization took place. Also in North Carolina Tarplee, et al (1971)
reported that the standing crop of channelized streams for all fish species
was 32% and for game species only 23% of that found in natural streams.
On the Little Bighorn River of Montana Peters and Alvord (1964) reported
that 1,987 channel alterations had been made in 768 miles of stream. The
unmodified stream sections produced 5 1/2 times as many trout and 10 1/2
-------
219
times as many whitefish as the channelized sections. Also in Montana
Whitney and Bailey (1959) found a 94% decrease in the number and weight
of large-size game fishes and an 85% reduction in the number and 76% re-
duction in weight of small-size game fishes one year after a channelization
project. Five years later the numbers were still only one-third as large
as those encountered prior to the channelization. In an Idaho stream
Stroud (1971) found 7 times as many trout and 60 times as many whitefish
in natural streams as in channelized ones. The weight differential was
14 to 1.
In a major study Congdon (1971) studied the effects of channelization
on the fish populations of the Chariton River, Missouri. He found that
channelization reduced the number of fish species from 23 to 13, the total
standing crop from 304 to 53 pounds per acre (an 83% reduction), and the
standing crop of catchable-size fish from 187 to 27 pounds per acre (an
86% reduction). There were six species of catchable-size fish in the un-
altered section and only 4 in the channelized section.
From such studies it is clear that channelization markedly reduces
the diversity of habitat and the diversity and standing crops of benthic
invertebrates and fishes. Funk and Ruhr (1971) concluded that from an eco-
logical standpoint the worst thing that can happen to a stream is impound-
ment because thereafter the stream ceases to exist as an ecological entity;
it is dead. They further concluded that channelization is the second worst
thing that can happen because thereafter the stream ecosystem is permanently
disabled. Congdon (1971) pointed out that nearly 100% of the 1,842 miles
of major streams in Missouri north of the Missouri River have been channelized
or are threatened with channelization or inundation by flood control reser-
voirs. Comparable information is not currently available for other regions
-------
220
of the nation, but it is becoming quite obvious that certain types of stream
environments and stream ecosystem types are in great danger of extinction
from the twin threats of impoundment and channelization.
Direct Biological Effects of Man-made Structures
Man-made structures may exert significant pressures upon natural
populations of aquatic animals, and several examples will be presented
to illustrate a category of problems which are not well documented in the
literature.
Hydroelectric dams pass enormous quantities of water down shafts and
through turbines to generate electric power. Fishes and other aquatic
organisms which pass through such systems may be injured or killed.
Schoeneman, £t al_ (1961) noted a 4-9% mortality in fishes passing through tur-
bines, and he pointed out that a series of ten dams on a given stream might
be expected to cause a 45% mortality in any group of young salmon migrating
downstream. If spillways were unavailable or improperly designed the morta-
lity at each dam would be raised, creating a cumulative mortality of 70%
for ten dams. Screens and other devices may alleviate the situation some-
what, but some mortality among smaller individuals would seem inevitable.
A related but more complicated problem exists in connection with cooling
coils of thermal power plants. Here, high temperature rather than turbines
would be important, but the mortality of aquatic life could be even more
extensive. The effect of dams in obstructing upstream passage of migratory
species is well known (Eraser, 1972), and even the mollusk species which
depend upon fishes for upstream transport can be extirpated from stream
sections above dams (Eddy and Surber, 1947).
Mortality of fishes and other aquatic life in relation to irrigation
-------
221
diversions is a widespread problem in the western states (Clothier, 1953).
In California young salmon may be injured or killed by passage through un-
screened irrigation pumps (Hallock and Van Woert, 1959), and young striped
bass are destroyed in quantity by water diversions in the Sacramento River
drainage (Calhoun, 1953). The problem has also been studied in the West
Gallatin River drainage of Montana by Clothier (1953). Within a 20-mile
stretch of the river 52 canals irrigate about 90,000 acres of land. During
a 2-year period legal-size game fish losses were estimated to include
13,400 fishes weighing 5,600 pounds. Translation of this figure to the
vast acreage of irrigated lands of the west suggests a staggering toll
of game fishes alone. Meanwhile, the fate of non-game fishes and inverte-
brates can only be guessed.
Special Biological Problems
Allochthonous organic matter as a nutrient source - It is fairly well docu-
mented now that the productivity of stream ecosystems is greatly dependent
upon the input of organic matter derived from the riparian environment.
Leaves and in some cases terrestrial insects are the chief sources of this
organic matter. Hynes (1972) estimated that a stream flowing through a
wooded valley probably receives a kilogram of such material per meter (or
two-thirds of a pound per foot) of length per year. Much of the leaf
litter is fairly rapidly decomposed, since bacterial populations increase
to handle the nutrient source (Wetzel and Manny, 1972). Alder leaves have
been shown to be especially rich in nitrogen (Goldman, 1961). The imported
decomposing leaf material has been found to be the chief energy source of
the small insects and crustaceans which make up the primary consumers and,
by extension, for the entire benthic community (Minshall, 1967). Chapman
-------
222
and Demory (1963) have shown that over half the energy reaching trout
(either directly from terrestrial insects or indirectly through detritus-
feeding aquatic insects) is derived from terrestrial sources. In the latter
study trout populations of the most densely shaded streams were those most
heavily dependent upon the riparian environment.
Some of the introduced vegetation is trapped in riffles and pool
bottoms and is utilized locally. Some of it passes downstream with the
drift and nourishes the downstream populations. In either event, it is
clear that devegetation of floodplains eliminates both the leaf litter and
insects which are so important in maintaining the biological economy of
healthy streams. Elimination of normal flooding may accomplish much the
same result. On the other hand, extremely high flow rates may sweep an
area clean of most of the imported detritus, and if accompanied by heavy
erosion, it may leave the material covered by a blanket of silt where it
is essentially unavailable as a food source for most of the smaller inverte-
brates.
Whereas devegetation of the floodplain deprives the stream of leaf
litter, the accompanying surface runoff, leaching, and erosion will result
in stream enrichment with mineral nutrients. Similar nutrient enrichment
of aquatic systems results when riparian environments are flooded (through
impoundment) and when the hypolimnic waters of a reservoir are released
into the stream below a dam (Neel, 1963).
The primary effect of nutrient enrichment is stimulation of plant
growth, and this may take the form of phytoplankton, attached algae, rooted
vegetation, or floating plants. Secondarily, this stimulates animal pro-
duction, decomposition, and increased oxygen demand. With increased
production and decomposition the oxygen demand may exceed the rate of
oxygen availability, leading to very low oxygen levels or to total depletion.
-------
223
Most animals useful to man require significant levels of oxygen for res-
piration, and stream animals are especially sensitive to oxygen reduction.
Although moderate enrichment may be beneficial, heavy enrichment invariably
proves disastrous.
Devegetation and flooding may lead only to temporary nutrient enrich-
ment, because once the minerals have been leached out and eroded they are
gone. In the long run they are lost to both the riparian and the aquatic
system.
Upstream migration and downstream drift - A natural stream is a dynamic area
where the aquatic populations move about on a regular or periodic basis.
It has been found that many of the benthic invertebrates drift downstream
with the current and make their way back upstream either by movement against
the current or as flying adults. Downstream drift is normally a dispersal
rather than a depletion process, and only a fraction of the resident popu-
lation of a given area is in transit at a given time. When riffle-inhabiting
animals achieve high population densities, some of the individuals apparently
"let go" and float down to the next riffle or beyond (Dimond, 1967). This
naturally reduces population density in overcrowded riffles, and it aids in
the rapid repopulation of downstream riffles which may have reduced densities.
According to Waters (1964) a depleted riffle may be repopulated within about
two weeks, although details would certainly vary with stream size, location,
and flow rate, as well as species composition.
Changes in environmental conditions, and especially decrease in water
quality, affect drift rates. Details are not well understood at the present
time. The rate of drift increases with elevated water temperature (Waters,
1968), and it seems to be inversely related to stream flow rate (Minshall
-------
224
and Winger, 1968). Large numbers of invertebrates leave the riffles during
low flow rates, presumably because at such times the oxygen level within the
riffles is decreased. Failure to maintain low flow rates in streams removes
large populations of invertebrates from the riffle habitats. Morris, et al
(1968) have shown that channelization greatly reduces the rate of drift,
production in a channelized stream dropping from 68 to 8 g per acre foot of
water flow after channelization.
The significance of invertebrate drift in streams is, to some extent
at least, obvious. As noted by Waters (1962a) riffles are areas of aquatic
insect production, whereas the intervening pools are areas of consumption.
Drifting insects and crustaceans supply a large measure of the food of stream
fishes, most of which reside in pools. Drifting also adjusts population
size within a riffle to the prevailing environmental conditions, and it aids
in repopulating spent riffles, assuring full utilization of available riffle
habitats. In most headwater streams riffles and rapids are spaced rather
evenly and regularly downstream. They are important not only as food sources
but as spawning areas for many aquatic species including the fishes. Such
habitats are shallower than pools and are the most vulnerable to changes in
stream flow rate. They are the first to suffer the effects of low oxygen
and desiccation accompanying reduced flow, and they are also very sensitive
to sedimentation which may clog spaces between rocks and stones and induce
anaerobic conditions.
Biological orientation compounds - It has long been known that organic chemi-
cals play an important role in the behavior of aquatic animals beyond any
importance that they may have for nutrition (von Frisch, 1941). The sensi-
tivity of aquatic animals to dissolved organic chemicals is extremely acute,
—18
concentrations of 3 X 10 being detectable by some species (Teichman, 1957).
-------
225
At such concentrations only a few molecules would impinge upon the sensory
organs at any one time. Some species can sort out individual scents from
a variety of conflicting odors (Walker and Hasler, 1949). Hasler (1966) has
presented convincing evidence that natural chemical substances in the water
play an important role in guiding migrating salmon to their home streams for
spawning. Creutzberg (1959) has demonstrated that larval eels (elvers) can
discriminate between ebb and flow waters where the river enters the sea, pro-
viding a chemical and sensory basis for utilizing the flow tide to take them
on their migratory path into fresh water. Creutzberg (ibid.) also found that
filtering the water through charcoal removes the elvers' ability to distinguish
the two types of water. Even though the elvers can detect incredibly low
concentrations of chemical substances, adsorption by charcoal particles ap-
parently removes sufficient molecules to eliminate the response.
From such experiments it has become clear that chemical substances in
the water provide important cues governing the daily and seasonal behavior
of aquatic animals. Location of food, recognition of species, finding of
hosts, recognition of sex, stimulation of breeding, migratory orientation,
alarm, and avoidance are some of the behavior patterns known to depend, at
least in part, upon chemical cues. Undoubtedly, there are many others.
Whether masking by chemical pollutants ever occurs is an open question, but
direct damage to the delicate sensory membrane by mining waste acids, heavy
metals, and other strong chemicals seems to be a distinct possibility. Clay
particles, like charcoal, are known to remove minerals such as phosphorus
and certain organic chemicals from solution. It appears quite likely that
heavy sediment loads would be capable of removing important cue chemicals
from waters, thereby inhibiting the normal behavior patterns of aquatic
animals. In view of the heavy sediment loads now being placed in the nation's
waterways, this possibility cannot be ignored.
-------
226
Special Problems of Coastal Wetlands
Coastal marshes - As pointed out earlier, the coastal marsh is a semi-aquatic
system in equilibrium with the prevailing climatic, hydrographic, geological,
and biological forces of the coast. Even slight modification in the level
of the water table or the rate of surface freshwater flow greatly modifies
the biological characteristics of the system. Although the coastal marshes
vary greatly in detail, a more or less typical marsh has freshwater vegetation
at the landward side, saltwater vegetation at the seaward or bayward edge,
and a gradient of species between. Typically the marsh is drained by highly
dendritic tidal creeks which empty into the bay or estuary. Freshwater
entering along the upper edges of the marsh drain across the surface and
enter the tidal creeks.
Many of the marshes of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts have undergone great
attrition in recent years, primarily as a result of levee and canal construc-
tion. A levee placed across the upper end of a coastal marsh has the following
primary effects:
- cuts off all distributaries feeding the marsh,
- prevents freshwater flooding,
- prevents annual flushing,
- prevents annual renewal of sediments and nutrients,
- ends formation of new marshes.
Canals which lace the coastal marshes for navigation, pipelines, or mosquito
control have the following primary effects:
- intercept and carry off freshwater drainage,
- block freshwater from flowing across the portion of the marsh that
is seaward of the first canal,
- rapidly carry off freshwater to the bay or estuary,
-------
227
- lower the water table,
- permit saltwater intrusion well into the marsh proper.
The biological consequences are clear. On the Atlantic coast where
subsidence rates are fairly slow the marsh vegetation gives way to dry land
vegetation with accompanying changes in the animal populations. Bourn and
Cottam (1950) reported on a detailed 10-year study of the fate of a drained
coastal marsh in Delaware. Prior to canalization 90% of the marsh vegeta-
tion was saltmarsh cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) with smaller amounts
of other marsh species, especially at higher elevations. A few open water
areas supported luxuriant growths of widgeongrass (Ruppia maritima) and other
submerged aquatic species.
Ten years after ditching had taken place the wetland plants had been
reduced to small groups in the remaining low spots and along canal margins.
Groundselbush (Baccharis halimifolia) dominated the plant community which
now was made up largely of dry land species such as asters, goldenrods,
terrestrial grasses, and young trees (pine, juniper, sweetgum, maple, and
hawthorn). Aquatic animal populations of the ditched areas had been greatly
reduced in areal extent and in density, even in the wetland habitat which
still remained (Table 5.5). The density of the total invertebrate population
was reduced from 39 to 97% in the various samples, and the mollusks and
crustaceans, which make up important food items for many fishes and shore
birds, were reduced 32to 100%. Open aquatic areas, which formerly supported
widgeongrass and other important duck foods, had been reduced to mud flats
and dry land. Thus, the wetland habitat, important in the production of fishes,
shellfishes, ducks, and wading birds, had given way to land with its low
wildlife values. This particular study is especially informative, since it
provides both pre- and post-construction conditions, it follows the effects
for several years, and it was designed to determine the effects of the
-------
228
Table 5.5. Effects of ditching a Delaware tidewater marsh on the aquatic
invertebrate populations. Vegetational zones are characterized
by the dominant plant species. Six-foot square quadrats were
sampled for comparison of invertebrate density in the drained
and undrained sections of the marsh, and they represent three
consecutive years of sampling during the months of April-
December.
Vegetation
zones
Feet above mean
sea level (for the
undisturbed marsh)
Percent reduction of the
invertebrate populations
Total Mollusks and
invertebrates crustaceans
Saltmarsh cordgrass
(Spartina alterniflora)
Saltgrass
(Distichlis spicata)
Saltmeadow cordgrass
(Spartina patens)
Saltmarsh bulrush
(Scirpus robustus)
1.88-2.93
2.35-2.90
2.58-3.32
2.75
39-82
64-88
41-97
50-97
32-95
82-94
55-100
58-98
-------
229
construction activity. This is the type of study which must be available
to provide a firm basis for predicting environmental impacts.
On a subsiding coast, such as occurs in southern Louisiana, elimination
of the normal freshwater and sediment input upsets the land-water equilibrium,
and the subsiding marsh tends to become an open water area. This tendency
is intensified by canals which drain the marshes, enhancing compaction, and
which tend to grow wider as a result of marginal subsidence, wave erosion,
and disturbance from boat traffic. Plant production by marsh grasses of
the Gulf coast is very high, exceeding 10 tons per acre per year (de la Cruz,
1974), and a great deal of additional plant production occurs in the marshes
due to attached algae, mud flat diatoms, and phytoplankton in the shallow
waters. A large fraction of this organic matter is exported through tidal
creeks to nearby bays and estuaries. When the marsh becomes an open water
area, however, production is apparently reduced, and instead of exporting
organic matter, the area becomes a nutrient sink. Birds and mammals no longer
find food and refuge among the marsh grasses, and canals create migrational
barriers to terrestrial and semi-terrestrial animals which utilize the marsh.
Complete shifts in vegetation accompany increased salinity and subsidence.
Saltwater intrusion increases the salinity of the marshes, eliminating
the broad mixing zone so important as nursery grounds for juvenile fishes,
shrimp, and crabs. In deeper channels where reducing conditions prevail
large quantities of hydrogen sulfide are produced which are toxic to the
marsh grasses (Smith, 1970) and to the aquatic animals. Acid conditions of
the canals may also result in release of heavy metals from the sediments.
As a result of habitat loss, decreased food supply, increased salinity, and
increased hydrogen sulfide, populations of aquatic animals are adversely
affected. Moore and Trent (1971) compared oyster production in natural and
-------
230
canalized marshes. They found that in the altered marsh the set of young
oysters was reduced by over 90%, juvenile growth was slowed, average length
was reduced by 36%, weight was reduced by 27%, and mortality was increased
by 39%. As a result of these and other studies, St. Amant (unpublished) has
concluded that lack of freshwater has drastically modified the ecology of
coastal marshes and severely damaged production of valuable oysters, shrimp,
fur animals, and waterfowl.
Estuaries - The nearshore and continental shelf fishery harvest of the United
States annually exceeds 4.3 million pounds valued at $520 million. Around
90% of the species of commercial importance either pass their entire lives
within the estuary or require the estuary as a nursery ground during the
critical early life history stages. Reduced freshwater inflow exerts a pro-
found influence on the biological system of the estuary. As noted earlier,
the physical effects of reduced freshwater inflow include greater intrusion
of saltwater, reduction of low salinity environments, reduction in the extent of
the fresh-saltwater mixing zone, reduction in water level, and exposure of more
dry land. These factors, in turn, result in six basic detremental effects
upon the biology of the estuary.
1) Estuaries are nutrient traps, and the mechanisms responsible for
maintaining the high fertility and high productivity of the estuary are asso-
ciated with the mixing process. Reduction of freshwater input can be ex-
pected to result in a long range reduction in estuarine fertility (Copeland,
1966b).
2) The estuary is an important nursery area for many of the coastal
species which prefer, utilize, and in many cases, require, low salinity waters.
Important among these are the white shrimp and the blue crab, and to less
extent, the brown shrimp. Saltwater intrusion greatly restricts the availability
-------
231
of suitable habitat for these and other species. Hoese (1967) noted that
during extreme drought years when the salinity of Texas bays rises abnormally,
the white shrimp and blue crab populations are damaged. Gunter (1974) has
pointed out that very high salinities (hypersaline conditions) are quite
detrimental to the normal estuarine species.
3) Most of the coastal species spawn in the nearshore areas of the con-
tinental shelf, and the young must make a long migration into the estuaries.
This migration is dependent upon the availability of strong bottom currents.
Odum (1970) has pointed out that limitation of freshwater inflow might ser-
iously interfere with the larval migration. In similar vein, Copeland (1966b)
has found that the peak inward migration of larval penaeid shrimp coincides
with the high spring flow of rivers, and he suggested that modification of
the normal seasonal flow pattern would seriously interfere with this migra-
tion.
4) The low salinity condition of an estuary forms a barrier which pre-
vents the entrance of many marine species. Elevation of estuarine salinity
permits penetration by marine competitors, diseases, parasites, and predators.
Hoese (1967) has shown that during extremely dry years when the salinity
rises in estuaries of the Texas coast, oyster drills (Thais and Urosalpinx)
enter and attack the oyster populations, hard clams become established in
the estuary, and sharks become more abundant. Similar findings have been
reported by other workers on the Gulf and south Atlantic coasts.
5) Increasing evidence points to the fact that chemical cues play an
important role in guiding young fishes and invertebrates into the estuaries.
Kristensen (1964) demonstrated that young shrimp and fishes exhibit a pre-
ference for baywater and seawater when offered a choice. The chemical cues
are presumed to be dissolved organic compounds derived from the estuary or
-------
232
from the river which enters the estuary. This topic has been explored by
Odum (1970). Reduction in the input of freshwater could result in a decrease
in the levels of such chemicals which pass from the estuary into the sea,
and this, in turn, could interfere with the efforts of young marine animals
to find their ways into the estuary.
6) Most of the harvest of estuarine-reared fishes and invertebrates
takes place in the near-shore waters of the continental shelf. This fishery
depends upon the successful movement of the estuarine animals into the off-
shore waters. Tabb, et al (1962) reported a year in which the large juvenile
pink shrimp remained in estuaries of the Florida Everglades rather than
moving to the outside waters, as is usually the case. During that year the
salinities were abnormally high (about 30 parts per thousand). Such high
salinities result from a combination of low rainfall and inland water diver-
sion projects.
As a result of such factors, the annual fish and shellfish harvest clearly
reflects estuarine salinity conditions. This has been demonstrated in a
very dramatic way by Chapman (1966). Comparing the average annual fishery
harvest with the average annual tributary stream discharge into the estuaries
of the Texas coast, he showed a high correlation between harvest and fresh-
water input (Figure 5.10a). He also demonstrated a marked correlation between
harvest and estuarine salinity by comparing the wet and dry year catch
statistics (Figure 5.10b). Whereas, such data are available only for the
commercially valuable species, the same principles apply to all the estuarine
inhabitants.
Within the estuary, circulation patterns are modified by artificial
spoil banks created by dredging (Odum, 1970). Long, linear spoil barriers
may block circulation of certain sections of the estuary, permitting establish-
ment of stratified water conditions. Bottom layers may become anaerobic,
-------
233
Is?
:
511
500
400 :
100'
75
50
25
I
2
3
4
5
60 !
LAGUNA
MADRE
CORPUS
CHRIST I
ARANSAS MATAGORDA SABINE
GALVESTON"
SAN
ANTONIO
-WEST-
-ESTUARINE SYSTEM-
-EAST-
•> c
o a
> o
•- a.
o
x -s
300 r
200
100
WET YEAR
Discharge
DRY YEAR
Harvest
Harvest
Discharge
-\ 30
20
10
o «
Figure 5.10.
Relationship between commercial fishery harvest and fresh-
water discharge into estuaries of the Texas coast. A.
Comparison of harvest and tributary discharge of individual
estuaries (tributary discharge adjusted for estuarine basin
volume by dividing basin volume by discharge volume). B.
Comparison of harvest of all Texas estuaries during a series
of wet years with harvest during a series of dry years,
period 1956-62). Modified from Chapman, 1966.
-------
234
rendering them unsuitable as habitat for most estuarine species. Sedimenta-
tion increases in the dead-water areas, and this ultimately leads to shoaling
which further restricts the estuarine habitat. Bayfill housing development
also restricts circulation, reduces oxygen levels, and creates an environ-
ment that is unsuitable for most estuarine inhabitants (Taylor and Saloman,
1969) .
Biological Effects of Suspended Solids and Sediments
The Nature of Suspended and Sedimented Materials
Solid materials are placed into the water or redistributed therein by
every type of construction activity which takes place in the riparian or
wetland environments. In fact, this is probably the most widespread effect
of human activity upon wetland environments, and certainly it is one of the
most devastating. Unfortunately, it is one of the most difficult to monitor
and to control, since the effects of a given project, although persistent,
are often quite local.
Suspended solids include both inorganic and organic materials which
vary in size from minute clay particles to material the size of rocks or
larger. Most of the substances added to the water or resuspended include
a spectrum of particle sizes. The ability of the water to transport such
materials relates to the submerged density of the material and to the water
velocity and associated turbulence. Larger and denser particles are dropped
out first, and the finer materials of colloidal size may remain in suspension
almost indefinitely. Thus, human activity affects the sedimentary regime,
not only through the addition of materials to the water and through digging
in the water bottoms, but also through modification of water flow rates.
-------
235
Most of the suspended and sedimented materials are inorganic particles
which are essentially chemically inert. These include clay, silt, sand,
gravel, rocks, and other substances derived from soil and bedrock. If the
materials are calcareous in nature, such as limestone, however, they may
play an important role in buffering the water and sediments against major
shifts in pH. In aggregate, small particles have enormous surface areas,
and they effectively adsorb many types of chemicals which may be dissolved
in the water, removing them from the water column by sedimentation. Such
chemicals include nutrients, such as phosphorus,and toxic materials such as
pesticides, herbicides, heavy metals, and radioactive substances (Lackey,
et al, 1959).
Organic materials are also added to aquatic environments, and these in-
clude both natural and synthetic substances. The natural organics represent
a special class of materials since their densities are only slightly greater
than water, making them easily transportable, and also because they are all
biodegradable. Such materials are concentrated nutrient sources which re-
quire oxygen for decomposition. Large organic loads, therefore, lead to
local oxygen depletion. Synthetic organics may be chemically inert, as is
the case with many plastic materials and other organic polymers, or they may
be highly toxic to aquatic life, as in the case of many pesticides, herbicides,
and industrial chemicals. Whether ultimately degradable or not, most are
highly persistent in the aquatic environment, and most wind up in the sedi-
ments.
Most estuarine and marine animals and many freshwater algae can remove
dissolved organic materials from very dilute solutions, but freshwater
animals generally cannot (Stephens, 1967; Stephens and Schinske, 1961).
However, since most of the dissolved materials become adsorbed onto particles
and are deposited in the sediments, they become available to the benthic
-------
236
animals as particulate matter. Through this means they are consumed and
enter the food chains, even in freshwater.
In the present discussion the biological effects of suspended and
sedimented solids will be considered under the topics of turbidity, suspended
solids, and sedimentation. However, these are all related aspects of the
same problem, and the distinction, although useful for analytical purposes,
is somewhat arbitrary. In real situations all three problems occur simultan-
eously, and in field studies it is often difficult to distinguish which of
the factors is predominant in a given instance. This entire subject has
been reviewed rather thoroughly by Cordone and Kelley (1961).
Biological Effects of Turbidity
Penetration of light through natural waters is greatly reduced by the
presence of suspended solids, and this reduction is referred to as turbidity.
This factor interferes with biological systems primarily through reduction
in the depth of penetration of sunlight and in reduced visibility. On the
basis of over 5,000 turbidity observations throughout many sections of the
nation, Ellis (1936) pointed to an alarming decrease in light penetration
in the inland streams.
Reduction of photosynthesis - The growth of suspended and attached vegeta-
tion depends upon the availability of light to support photosynthesis, hence
any decrease in light availability would be expected to interfere with pri-
mary production (Wilson, 1957; Verduin, 1954). Direct measurements have,
indeed, demonstrated that suspended solids decrease the depth of the photic
zone (Krone, 1963). Buck (1956) found that phytoplankton production was
12.8 times as great in clear ponds as in very turbid ones. Lackey, et al
(1959) reported similar results for streams. King and Ball (1964) showed
-------
237
that a doubling of the inorganic sediment load of a stream (442-948 units)
reduced primary production by the attached algae (aufwuchs) by more than
half (269-124 mg C/m2/day). Jackson and Starrett (1959) demonstrated
that in a shallow Illinois lake, in the absence of rooted vegetation, tur-
bidity is a direct function of wind disturbance of the bottom sediments,
but that when rooted vegetation is present, the wind effect upon turbidity
is minimized (Figure 5.11). On the other hand, several investigators have
found that persistently high turbidity limits the development of rooted
vegetation (Hart and Fuller, 1972; Odum, 1963; Steenis, 1947; and Strawn,
1961).
From these and related studies it is clear that interference with
photosynthesis can destroy phytoplankton, attached algae, and rooted ve-
getation, thus eliminating the food base of aquatic ecosystems. Reduction
in the food base leads to a reduction or collapse of the consumer species.
King and Ball (1964) showed that during a period of heavy sediment load
a Michigan stream suffered a 61 percent decrease in primary producers, a
68 percent reduction in the production of attached algae, and a 58 percent
reduction in the energy required by the consumers of the community. Re-
duction or elimination of submerged vegetation creates a number of problems
in addition to the loss of a primary production source. Upon death, it
decomposes and creates a locally high oxygen demand which could lead to
anaerobic conditions. Loss of vegetation removes shelter for a variety
of aquatic animals, exposing them to severe predation (Lackey, et_ al_, 1959;
Giles and Zemora, 1973). In the long run, it removes an important food
source for many aquatic species (Strawn, 1961). Vegetation beds protect
bottom areas from erosion and they induce sedimentation. Removal of ve-
getation beds exposes the bottom to scouring and erosion. Dexter (1944)
-------
238
700 ^_
600
500
400
£
a.
a.
Q200
OQ
QC
100
SPRING
( no vegetation present)
Q SUMMER
(vegetation present)
o
--0—-0-*
i 10 14 18 22
WIND VELOCITY fm.p.h.)
26
30
34
Figure 5.11.
Turbidities of Lake Chautauqua, Illinois occurring at
various wind velocities (average maximum one hour pre-
ceeding collection time) in the absence and presence
of rooted vegetation. (After Jackson and Starrett,
1959).
-------
239
studied the effects of removal of the rooted vegetation from a shallow
marine area in Massachusetts and concluded that removal of the vegetation
resulted in disruption of the entire biotic community.
Decreased visibility - Decreased visibility has been shown to interfere
with normal behavior patterns of some fishes. Heimstra and Damkot (1969)
compared the behavior of largemouth bass and green sunfish in clear water
with that in two conditions of mild turbidity and found that the experimental
fishes showed a marked reduction in general swimming activity, social domi-
nance patterns were modified, and the fishes frequently engaged in "cough-
ing" and gill-scraping behavior (both mechanisms apparently aid in freeing
the gills of accumulated particulate material. Cooper (1956) and Smith
(1940) have shown that in natural streams spawning salmon avoid turbid
water and crowd into the limited clear-water areas to such an extent that
spawning individuals destroy each other's nests. Bachmann (1959) showed
that even low levels of turbidity (35 ppm) greatly interfere with feeding
by cutthroat trout. In this experiment, fishes in the clear stream re-
mained active, whereas those in the turbid stream sought cover. Several
field studies have demonstrated that turbid waters act as a barrier to
migrating salmon (Smith, 1940; Sumner and Smith, 1939). An indirect
but striking measure of fish activity and feeding in relation to turbidity
was reported by Bennett, .§£31 (1940) who compared the numbers of bass
and bluegills caught in relation to water transparency in an Illinois
lake. When visibility was low (0.5-2.0 feet) the catch was low (2.04 fish
per man-hour of fishing effort), but when visibility was high (3.5-4.5
feet) the average catch more than tripled (6.53 fish per man-hour). There
seems little question but what even low levels of turbidity influence
various behavior patterns of fishes, but critical work with higher turbidities
-------
240
which are known to exist are very difficult owing to the impossibility
of observing behavior in very turbid water.
Biological Effects of Suspended Solids
Aside from interference with light penetration and visibility, sus-
pended solids greatly modify the physical and chemical characteristics
of aquatic environments, and both directly and indirectly they exert
stress upon the biological systems.
Temperature effects - Suspended sediments absorb radiant energy from sun-
light and transform this into heat. Since the sunlight enters from above,
it is the surface waters that are warmed. In relatively calm water,
warming of the surface layer stabilizes the water column and inhibits
vertical mixing. Deprived of access to the atmosphere, the bottom waters
develop low oxygen conditions and may become anaerobic. However, if water
movement is sufficient to prevent thermal stratification, as occurs in
swift streams, the water becomes uniformly heated from top to bottom.
Warm water holds less oxygen than cool water. Modification of temperature
regime and oxygen content and distribution profoundly effects the biolog-
ical systems.
Oxygen reduction and pH changes - Suspended sediments almost always reduce
the oxygen concentration of natural waters. This may occur through inhibi-
tion of photosynthesis or through heating and thermal stratification, as
noted above, or it may result from increased oxygen demand. Many types of
sedimentary particles contain chemically reduced substances such as sul-
fides, especially if they are raised from the bottom sediments (as through
dredging) or if they are derived from mineralized materials of the ground
-------
241
(as from mine spoils). Such suspended particles have a chemical oxygen
demand (C.O.D.) and may remove appreciable quantities of oxygen from the
water.
Most suspended particles become coated with bacteria and other
microorganisms which decompose organic matter and create a biological
oxygen demand (B.O.D.). Since organic matter is everywhere present in
aquatic systems, the biological oxygen demand is inevitable. If the level
of organic matter is high, then anaerobic conditions may result. Biolog-
ical oxidation, in turn, leads to increased levels of carbon dioxide, and
this results in decreased pH. Thus, if the suspended sediments are not
calcareous and cannot buffer the water, increased acidity results.
Effects on primary production - Particles in suspension affect primary
production in several ways. By reducing light penetration they inhibit
photosynthesis. By adsorption they remove critical nutrients (especially
phosphate) from solution. However, laboratory studies by Lackey, et al
(1959) have demonstrated that fine particulate matter can also very ef-
ficiently remove certain types of phytoplankton organisms from suspension.
Muck, sand, and clay were found to be effective, the latter being capable
of removing over 99 percent of the algae within 20 minutes. Algae ap-
parently adhere to the particulate matter and are precipitated to the
bottom. Williams (1966) has shown that suspended solids may also reduce
zooplankton populations.
Effects on respiration - Most aquatic animals require free oxygen for
respiration, and they are very sensitive to oxygen reduction below criti-
cal minimum levels. Gradual reduction in oxygen levels by any of the pre-
viously discussed methods would selectively eliminate species in sequence,
-------
242
based upon levels of minimum oxygen tolerance. Complete removal of the
oxygen would destroy all but the anaerobic species. Oxygen depletion in
the lower layer of the water would eliminate most of the species of the
bottom fauna. Wallen (1951) and others have shown that extremely high
levels of suspended materials can suffocate fishes by clogging the gill
filaments and filling the opercular cavity. Sharp and angular stony
materials, which result from mining and quarrying activities, are abrasive
to soft tissues and can directly damage the delicate gill filaments (Kemp,
1949), reducing the effective respiratory surface, lowering respiratory
efficiency, and leading to microbial infection (Ellis, 1944). Gill-
clogging and tissue damage undoubtedly affect mollusks and other inverte-
brates, as well.
Other effects of suspended sediments - Suspended sediments interfere with
feeding and nutrition of aquatic animals. Reduction in primary production
and destruction of benthic animals may seriously interfere with the food
supply. Many aquatic animals feed by straining and filtration of organic
particles from the water. High levels of suspended sediments can clog
such mechanisms and lead to starvation. Decreased visibility can reduce
an aquatic animal's efficiency in locating food. Silt particles are known
to be very effective in removing organic compounds from solution, and they
may play a role in reducing feeding efficiency by removing the chemical
odors important in guiding aquatic animals to the appropriate food sources.
Suspended solids are known to interfere with upstream migration and
spawning in some species. Farley (1966) and Radtke and Turner (1967) demon-
strated that upstream migration of prereproductive striped bass was greater
when the suspended solids were low and that 350 ppm (parts per million)
-------
243
is the critical level that blocks the migration. An even lower concen-
tration of suspended solids was required for spawning, and very few bass
eggs were found at concentrations above 150 ppm.
Aquatic animals already under stress from starvation, are subject
to greater predation than those in healthy condition. Hertig and Witt
(1967) demonstrated that, under conditions of physical impairment, prey
species (young bass, bluegill, and green sunfish) showed reduced avoidance
reaction, more sluggish swimming behavior, and more rapid exhaustion when
under attack by predators.
Suspended solids may tax an animal's metabolism and energy resources,
even though they do not directly induce mortality. Loosanoff and Tommers
(1948) found that pumping rates of adult oysters were reduced by 57 percent
when they were subjected to silt loads of 100 ppm and by 94 percent when
exposed to loads of 3-4,000 ppm. Pumping provides for respiration and
nutrition, and prolonged reduction in pumping could be expected to induce
metabolic stress. Decreased oyster growth in areas of high suspended
solids has been reported by Wilson (1950).
From the above discussion it is clear that suspended solids affect
aquatic populations in many ways. One of the clearest demonstrations of
the overall effect of suspended matter on phytoplankton and fish produc-
tion has been provided by Buck (1956). Clear ponds (less than 25 mg/1
of suspended solids) produced 12.8 times as much phytoplankton and 5.5
times as much fish weight as the very turbid ponds (more than 100 mg/1
of suspended solids). A somewhat related study was reported by Tsai (1973)
who found a strong negative correlation between persistent turbidity, due
to organic solids, and fish species diversity in a stream. Thus, both
the quality and the quantity of suspended matter must be taken into account
-------
244
in considering the effects of suspended solids on aquatic life.
Biological Effects of Sedimentation
A very large technical literature exists on the subject of the bio-
logical effects of sedimentation on aquatic organisms. Much of this
literature has been reviewed by Cordone and Kelley (1961), and only the
more significant references will be included here. Accumulated knowledge
overwhelmingly demonstrates the adverse effects of sedimentation on aquatic
biological systems. These effects are mediated through scouring away of
surface organisms, smothering with a blanket of sediments, reducing habi-
tat diversity and desireability through bottom filling, and modification
of the nature of the bottom substrate through addition or redistribution
of sedimentary materials(Wilson, 1957).
Effect of sedimentation on primary production - Gordone and Pennoyer (1960)
found that abundant algal pads were virtually destroyed by sediment dis-
charged into the Truckee River of California. Presumably, much of this
was due to scouring, although smothering may also have been involved.
Phinney (1959) concluded that sedimentation reduces the photosynthetic
rate of aquatic vegetation by acting as a physical barrier to free exchange
of gases (oxygen and carbon dioxide) necessary for their survival. King
and Ball (1964) determined that doubling of the sedimentation rate decreased
production of the attached algae (aufwuchs) by 70 percent. Thus, primary
production is inhibited not only by turbidity and the effects of suspended
solids, but also by scouring and smothering.
Effect of sedimentation on bottom animals - Stream animals are adapted to
maintain their positions against normally occurring flow regimes. Excessive
-------
245
flow combined with abrasive suspended particles may scour the rocks clean
of insects, crustaceans and other stream dwellers. More important than
the scouring effect, however, is the blanketing of the bottom with a
heavy layer of sterile inorganic sediments. For example, Ellis (1931a)
pointed out that in the upper Mississippi River bottom siltation is
overwhelming the bottom fauna faster than it is able to adjust itself,
with the result that many species are being eliminated or greatly reduced
in numbers. This effect applies both to the riffle and pool areas of up-
stream habitats and to the downstream continuous flow section. Hynes
(1974) has found that riffle animals may be present as deep as 50 cm (20
inches) below the surface. Their existence depends upon water circulation
through the interstices between the rocks and gravels which make up the
physical structure of the riffle. This circulating water brings in ade-
quate oxygen for respiration, and it removes carbon dioxide and metabolic
wastes so that they do not accumulate in poisonous concentrations. Heavy
sedimentation fills the interstices and reduces the water flow. The riffle
animals then die due to suffocation or poisoning by metabolic wastes and
unoxidized by-products of bacterial activity (nitrogenous products, carbon
dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, organic acids, etc.). In pools and continuous
flow sections silt may cover insect and mussel populations faster than
they can respond. Ellis (1931b), for example, pointed out that in the
Mississippi, Ohio, and Tennessee Rivers erosional silt is destroying the
mussel populations. Sumner and Smith (1939) found that production of bottom
animals in silted areas is only about half that in unsilted areas. Casey
(1959) showed that stream dredging silted over the bottom for about one-
fourth of a mile downstream and within that area the bottom was almost
completely devoid of aquatic animals. One mile downstream the benthic
-------
246
animals were still reduced by over 50 percent. Cordone and Pennoyer (1960)
reported that a gravel washing plant reduced the bottom animals immediately
downstream by 90 percent and that ten miles downstream the reduction was
still 75 percent. Starrett (1971) stated that of the original 49 known
native species of mussels of the Illinois River 25 species have disappeared,
and many of the surviving species are now quite limited in distribution.
He concluded that siltation is one of the major factors responsible for
this loss. Within Chesapeake Bay, Cronin, at al (1970) found that spoil
from a dredging site covered an area at least five times as large as the
defined spoil site and that within the blanketed area there was a 71 per-
cent reduction in number and 64 percent reduction in biomass (weight) of
the bottom animals. There was also a marked reduction in the number of
species present. From these and many other similar studies Cordone and
Kelley concluded that there is overwhelming evidence that the deposition
of sediment can and often has destroyed large quantities of bottom fauna
including especially insect and mollusk populations.
Effect of sedimentation on fish populations - Sedimentation adversely
affects fish populations in three ways: it reduces or eliminates the
food supply, it destroys fish habitat, and it adversely affects reproduction
by elimination of spawning areas or smothering the eggs and larvae after
spawning has been completed.
Destruction of the bottom invertebrate populations (as discussed above)
eliminates the chief food supply of most fish species. Cooper (1953) and
others have found a high correlation between availability of food organisms
and growth in fishes. Leonard (1948) referring to the fishes in Michigan,
pointed out that, "the food supply is, more frequently than any other, the
limiting factor in our waters."
-------
247
Suitable habitat is also important. A close correlation has been
found between the number and depth of pool areas and the number of large
fishes present in a stream. Saunders and Smith (1965) have shown that
heavy sedimentation may cover riffles, fill pools, and fill undercuts
along banks. As a result, many fishes move downstream seeking better
habitat, in some cases leaving behind a much reduced population. Sumner
and Smith concluded that, "shelter is just as important as food."
Many fish species, especially the salmonids, spawn in riffles and
gravelly areas characterized by high permeability and flow of the inter-
gravel waters. Because of the high recreational and commercial interest
in trout and salmon, a great deal of attention has been given to the effects
of sedimentation on the success of spawning and survival of eggs and
young. Gangmark and Bakkala (1960) have shown that siltation of gravel
beds can severely restrict or eliminate suitable spawning grounds for such
fishes. They have also demonstrated that mortality of salmon eggs is in-
versely related to inter-gravel seepage rates and oxygen levels (Table 5.6).
Mortality of the young is clearly due to a variety of factors. In a silted
riffle the carbon dioxide level builds up, inhibiting the rate of uptake
of oxygen by the eggs and embryos. This leads to deceleration of the
metabolic rate which, if prolonged, is lethal (Alderdice and Wickett, 1958).
Generally, the critical levels of dissolved oxygen are about 1 ppm for
the early developmental stages and greater than 7 ppm shortly after hatching
(Alderdice, et al, 1958). Death may also ensue from build-up of metabolic
wastes and organic decomposition products of invertebrates which have perished
in the riffle. Stagnating sediment-water samples have also been shown to
release heavy metals (iron, manganese, zinc, and others) as soluble organo-
metallic complexes (Schindler, e£ aiL, 1972). McNeil, et_ al_ (1964) have
-------
248
Table 5.6. Mortality of king salmon eggs in relation to velocity of
inter-gravel seepage flow (A) and inter-gravel dissolved
oxygen level (B). (After Gangmark and Bakkala, 1960).
A. Mortality as a function of flow velocity.
Velocity of seepage water Average mortality
(ft/hr) (%)
<0.5 40.0
0.5-0.9 33.1
1.0-1.4 24.0
1.5-1.9 10.1
2.0-2.4 12.9
2.5-2.9 13.0
3.0-3.4 10.8
3.5-3.9 5.3
4.0-4.4 2.9
4.5-4.9 3.8
>5.0 5.8
B. Mortality as a function of dissolved oxygen.
Dissolved oxygen Average mortality
(ppm) (%)
<5.0 37.8
5.0- 6.9 13.6
7.0- 8.9 12.2
9.0-10.9 9.6
11.0-12.9 10.8
>13.0 3.9
-------
249
shown that riffles contaminated by decomposing salmon eggs may remain
toxic for over a year. These results, based largely upon salmon and
trout, undoubtedly apply to many other fish species, as well.
Biological Importance of Bottom Sediment Type
Plants and animals are found where they are because of favorable
habitat conditions, and within the aquatic environment the composition
of the substratum is of paramount importance to many species. Modifica-
tion of the substratum inevitably spells success for some and failure for
others with a resulting change in the complexity and productivity of the
entire biological system.
Attached aquatic algae generally require hard substrate for anchorage.
They flourish on rocks and stones of riffles and on sticks and brush, but
they are generally absent from soft bottoms. Rooted vegetation, on the
other hand, requires soft substratum and tends to be associated with pools
and other quiet water areas.
The riffle fauna is specifically adapted to a habitat composed of
stone, rock, and gravel, with ample inter-particle space for the circula-
tion of water, gases, and dissolved chemicals. Even within pools and other
soft-bottom areas, however, the grain size of bottom sediments has been
shown to be of utmost importance in determining the distribution of mi-
croscopic bottom animals (Sanders, 1958; Wieser, 1959; and others), mollusks
(Harman, 1972) , and other invertebrates (Pennak and Van Gerpen, 1947).
Smith and Moyle (1944) have discussed the significance of bottom type
in the production of aquatic invertebrates of importance as fish food.
"The most important single factor affecting the bottom fauna pro-
duction of streams is the physical nature of the bottom. Rubble is the
-------
250
most productive type. Such a bottom is fairly stable, has an abundance
of small interstices to provide shelter for bottom organisms, and presents
a large surface for the growth of microscopic plants that are the basic
food of most smaller aquatic animals. Food production decreases as the
particles become larger or smaller than rubble size and is poorest on
bedrock and fine sand . . . Muck, being an organic soil, tends to be more
fertile than fine-grained inorganic soils and may in some instances ex-
ceed the production on rubble."
Tarzwell (1937) , on the basis of a large series of bottom samples
from Michigan trout streams, rated the bottom types in terms of relative
production of bottom animals (Table 5.7). Sandy bottoms were found to
produce the fewest organisms. Giving sand a productivity rating of 1,
the relative productivity of the other bottom types was found to range
up to 53. However, when vegetation was also included, the productivity
values ranged up to 452.
Habitat diversity is accompanied by biological complexity, but habitat
simplification leads to biological monotony. This phenomenon is amply
demonstrated by the data of Tarzwell (ibid.) for bottom invertebrates,
in general, and Harman (1972) has provided striking evidence of the cor-
relation between habitat diversity and mollusk species diversity (Figure 5.12)
Langlois (1941) concluded that simplification of the bottom habitat
also leads to a reduction in the variety of fish species present in an
area. The problem is further complicated by the fact that the surviving
species are generally of less desireable types—"biological weeds." For
example, Trautman (1957), referring to human influences on the fish popu-
lations of the state of Ohio, concluded:
"These drastic modifications have considerably modified the fish fauna,
-------
251
Table 5.7. Relative productivity of various substrate types in Michigan
trout streams. Productivity represents standing crops in
terms of number of organisms present. All data are expressed
in relation to the number found in sand. (After Tarzwell,
1937).
Substrate type Relative rating
sand 1
marl 6
fine gravel 9
sand and silt 10.5
gravel and sand 12
sand, silt, and debris 13
gravel and silt 14
rubble 29
coarse gravel 32
mucky areas 35
medium gravel 36
gravel and rubble 53
sand and gravel with plants 67
muck, sand, and plants 67
moss on fine gravel 89
moss on coarse gravel 111
moss on gravel and rubble 140
vegetation beds 159-452
-------
252
O1-4
18
16
14
12
10
£°
CO
X
z
~" 6
ui
O
LLJ
Q.
^L 4
(Z
LJJ
CO
i 2
• 5-9
—
• 10-14
_ *15"19
• 20-24
25-30
"*
—
-
—
O
- 00
0 •
— o o o o
o • • o
— o • • • o
• 0 • • o
- •• • • o
-••••oo
. I.I.I
o
0
o
o
o o o
o o
o
o
0 0
o
o
o
o
. I.I.I
24 6 8 10
NUMBER OF SUBSTRATE TYPES IN HABITAT
12
Figure 5.12. Relationship of substrate diversity and mollusk
species diversity based upon samples from 348 collec-
tion sites in central New York state (After Harmon, 1972),
-------
253
changing it from a species complex, dominated by fishes requiring clear
and/or vegetated waters to one dominated by those species tolerant of much
turbidity of water and of bottoms composed of clayey silts. There has
been a shift from large fishes of great food value to smaller species un-
fit as human food, or larger fishes of inferior quality as human food."
Unfortunately, the same general types of conclusions can be applied
to streams throughout the United States. Siltation is destroying the
most productive habitat types, especially the riffle, gravel, and rubble
types, which are everywhere being interred under a blanket of inorganic
silt. Habitat for smallmouth bass, trout, and salmon is giving way to
habitat for carp, suckers, and drumfish. Cordone and Kelley (1961)
summarized the problem as follows:
"Fisheries resources dependent upon the maintenance of natural condi-
tions are threatened with significant damage—if not complete destruction—
by the construction of dams, by pollution, and by erosion Erosion
is probably the most insidious of the three, for it is often unspectacular
and goes unnoticed from one year to the next. The damage is widespread
and permanent."
Biological Effects of Other Physical and Chemical Factors
A great deal of published information has recently become available
concerning water quality and water pollution, and much of this informa-
tion is in the nature of summary and synthesis of existing knowledge. One
of the most recent and authoritative sources is the book, "Water Quality
Criteria, 1972" (prepared for the National Academy of Sciences by the Com-
mittee on Water Quality Criteria). Since it would be pointless to duplicate
the effort which has gone into such studies, the present section will
build upon the information provided in the Water Quality Criteria book
-------
254
(mentioned above) and interpret this information within the context of
the construction activity problem.
Biological Effects of Temperature
Temperature exerts a controlling influence on the lives of aquatic
organisms. All have upper and lower thermal tolerance limits, optimum
temperatures for growth, preferred temperatures in thermal gradients,
and temperature limitations for migration, spawning, and egg incubation.
All of these factors vary in relation to life history stage, season of
the year, and immediate prehistory of the organism. Temperature response
is also dependent upon the rate of change of the thermal regime. In
addition, temperature affects the response of organisms to other environ-
mental factors.
Temperature affects the aquatic environment in many ways. It influences
the density of the water and may be largely responsible for the establish-
ment of stratification which inhibits mixing. It determines the presence
or absence of an ice cover, and it determines the oxygen carrying capacity
of the water. Both through its direct affects on the organisms and through
the indirect effects of environmental modification, temperature determines,
in large measure, the composition of aquatic communities.
Construction activities affect the temperature of aquatic systems in
several ways. Removal of floodplain vegetation eliminates shading and
leads to temperature elevation in streams (Gray and Edington, 1969).
Turbidity, which results from a variety of types of construction activity,
also leads to temperature elevation. Replacement of riparian vegetation
with roadways and other hard surfaces causes depressed stream levels and
reduced flow rates during dry weather and to rapid run-off and quick
-------
255
elevation of stream flow following rains. These factors are accompanied
by sudden and extreme fluctuation in stream temperatures. Chapman (1962)
reviewed the effects of logging activities on west coast streams, and his
discussion of the effects of removal of the riparian vegetation are quite
revealing.
"Summer stream temperature regimes following logging depend largely
upon what happens to riparian vegetation during logging. Streams shaded
by vegetation tend to be cooler than their more open counterparts (Cormack,
1949; Green, 1950). Scattered checks of similar logged and unlogged
drainages in Oregon's Alsea River basin have shown temperatures to be as
much as ten degrees greater in logged areas where riparian vegetation was
completely removed. Winter temperature minima can be expected to be lower
in exposed streams than is the case in well-covered ones (Green, 1950)."
"Stream temperatures may rise following logging to levels at which
high mortality of salmonids will occur. A less obvious effect is the possi-
ble increase in parasitism and disease in warmer water (Davis, 1953).
Certain "coarse" fishes may move into salmonid habitat if stream tempera-
tures rise."
"Decreases in winter stream temperature minima following any removal
of streamside vegetation would be harmful to incubating embryos in certain
circumstances. Lower winter temperatures would extend considerably the
incubation period for all fall or winter-spawning fish, and this category
includes most of the salmonids likely to be in streams of the Pacific
Coast. The longer embryos remain in the gravel, the more probable is the
occurrence of severe floods and unfavorable intragravel water conditions.
Extension of fry emergence beyond normal could increase losses to preda-
tors and decrease growth increment in the first year of life."
-------
256
Dams greatly influence the temperature of the downstream water, and
this effect may persist for many miles. Continuous and steady release
from a given reservoir level may stabilize the stream temperature and
dampen normal daily or seasonal temperature variation patterns. Upper
level release tends to elevate the stream temperature, whereas lower
level release depresses the temperature. Neel (1963) pointed out that
reservoirs delay temperature rise in the spring and decline in the autumn,
since more time is required for their relatively great volumes of water
to approach air temperatures. They also postpone ice formation and spring
breakup. Such deviations from the normal stream temperature patterns
are reflected in the biological makeup of the stream communities.
Lehmkuhl (1972) found that the kinds and numbers of aquatic insects was
greatly reduced below a dam, and he attributed this to the altered ther-
mal patterns. This effect was still evident 70 miles downstream. In some
instances cold-water fauna has replaced warm-water fauna in the tailwaters
of dams where hypolimnic release occurs during the summer months (Neel, 1963)
The effects of temperature on aquatic plants and animals has been
thoroughly considered by various authors in the book edited by Krenkel
and Parker (1969). A few of the more important effects are mentioned
here. Insect stream drift increases with a rise in temperature (Waters,
1968). Survival of aquatic crustaceans decreases as the temperature ap-
proaches the thermally lethal value (Hair, 1971). Oysters are better able
to survive low salinity conditions if the temperature also is low (Butler,
1952) , and under conditions of osmotic stress the upper lethal temperature
of the ribbed mussel is depressed (Waugh and Garside, 1971). At low tem-
peratures fishes consume a smaller quantity of food and a smaller range of
prey than at higher temperatures (Keast, 1968). At low temperatures the
-------
257
rate of food digestion is retarded (Brett and Higgs, 1970; Molnar and Tolg, 1962),
and the rate of growth is slowed (Coble, 1967). On the other hand, heat
stressed fishes are more vulnerable to predation (Sylvester, 1972; 1973),
more susceptible to disease (Plumb, 1973), and less tolerant of certain
forms of pollution such as zinc (Burton, et_ ai_ 1972). Tolerance for low
oxygen (Moss and Scott, 1961) and nitrogen supersaturation (Ebel, et al
1971) is reduced at higher temperatures. Water temperature controls and
may delay salmon migrations (Major and Mitchell, 1966), and temperature
plays a major role in the survival of fish eggs (Bailey and Evans, 1971)
and in the rate of embryonic development (Garside, 1966). There can be
no doubt that modification of the normal temperature level, seasonal
pattern, or rate of change induces widespread and profound changes in the
biological composition of aquatic systems.
Biological Effects of pH and Associated Factors
The factor pH is an indication of hydrogen ion activity. pH values
below 7.0 indicate acid and those above 7.0 indicate alkaline conditions.
In natural waters low pH values may be due to the accumulation of free
carbon dioxide (which combines with water to form carbonic acid) or to
organic acids (especially humic and fulvic acids) which may be leached
from highly organic soils of bogs, swamps, and marshes. The organic
acids are derived from partial decomposition of organic matter, especially
in anaerobic environments. Naturally occuring high pH values are asso-
ciated with areas rich in alkaline minerals (calcium, magnesium, potassium,
and sodium). Certain groups of salts act as natural buffering systems
which tend to maintain rather stable pH values in natural waters. In
freshwater the carbonate system is the primary buffer, but in marine
water phosphates, sulfates, and other groups are also important.
-------
258
Construction activities may modify the pH of wetlands in several
ways. Any significant rise in turbidity is likely to be accompanied
by an increase in carbon dioxide with a reduction in pH. Release of
hypolimnic bottom water from dams may lower the pH of the downstream
waters. Dredging operations which disturb the anaerobic layers of stream,
estuary, and lake bottoms tend to lower the pH of the overlying waters.
Creation of conditions of poor circulation or organic enrichment will
also lead to accumulation of carbon dioxide and reduction in pH. Crea-
tion of canals in high organic environments such as marshes and swamps
permits leaching of organic acids into natural waters with consequent
lowering of the pH. Spoil banks created from such high organic material
are inevitably acid. As discussed in some detail earlier, mining wastes
leach out large quantities of sulfuric acid which lower the pH of wetland
environments often well below the tolerance limits of all forms of life.
Many of the natural waters of the nation are rich in alkaline metals
and, therefore, they are buffered against severe reduction in pH which
might be occasioned by moderate disturbance. This is especially true
where there are ample limestone and dolomite formations and where the soils
are rich in lime compounds. These are so-called "hard water" areas. "Soft
waters" have poor buffering capacities and often exhibit naturally low pH
values. Even minor additions of acidic materials may have significant
biological effects in such waters. These are encountered especially where
streams drain coniferous forests and bogs and in the swampy and marshy areas
of the south Atlantic and Gulf states.
The most significant construction-related activity affecting pH of
the nation's waters is mining. As discussed earlier5spoil piles and mine
tailings are generally rich in sulfides which, as a result of oxidation and
-------
259
hydrolysis, yield sulfuric acid in quantity. The volume is frequently suf-
ficient to overcome the natural buffer system and lower the pH well below
the tolerance levels of all species. The significance of such acid mining
wastes has been discussed by Spaulding and Ogden (1968).
"Thousands of miles of streams and many reservoirs have been polluted
with sulphuric acid and will not sustain fish life (Kinney, 1964). In many
areas this is not a permanent condition but a periodic thing; fish move
into the area and survive for a few months only to be wiped out by the first
runoff that brings an acid discharge. Acids change the water quality of
streams into which they are discharged, affecting the fish and wildlife in
several ways. The acids may be in such concentrations as to be lethal; they
may be harmful because of anions of high toxicity or marked toxic properties
as dissociated molecules; and they may bring about changes in the fishes'
condition and rate of growth. Acids also suppress or prevent reproduction
of desirable sport fishes."
"All aquatic organisms have a pH tolerance range, and in some fish this
is exceedingly narrow. For good sport fish production, it is essential to
control pH values between 5.6 and 8.5 most of the time (Stroud, 1967). Al-
though fish can exist for short periods at slightly above and below this
range, pH readings lower than 6.0 are considered unfavorable for sport fishes,
The pH was recorded for each of the 448 streams examined in the random
sampling: 49 percent were below 6.0, and 16 percent were below 4.5. Of
the 290 ponds sampled, 46 percent had a pH below 6.0, and 20 percent were
below 4.5. Forty-five percent of the streams and 53 percent of the ponds
had no fish. Twenty percent of both the streams and the ponds had no visi-
ble aquatic life."
" One of the worst fish kills in 1966 occurred after heavy rains
on the Allegheny River watershed in August. Mine acid deposits were washed
-------
260
into the river, causing the death of 1 million fish near Sharpsburg, Pa."
" Coal mines abandoned 50 years ago in Appalachia still contribute
acid, silt, and sediment to downstream areas. Toxic spoil which will not
support vegetation was evident in every Appalachian State visited. The
leaching of acid from pyrite, marcasite, and other sulphur-bearing strata
is not a. rapid process even in areas having in excess of 50 inches of preci-
pitation annually. Estimates of the time required to leach exposed acidic
materials in Appalachia range from 800 to 3,000 years."
The pH tolerance of freshwater organisms varies from one species to
another (Wiebe, et_ ^_, 1934), but the greatest diversity and the highest
productivity occur within the range 5.6-8.5. Most freshwater forms have
a fairly broad range of tolerance, but marine organisms are not adapted to
broad shifts in pH (Tarzwell, 1966), since seawater is highly buffered and
seldom shifts very much from about 8.0. pH values influence tolerance of
aquatic organisms to low oxygen and other stressful conditions. Of especial
importance is the fact that low pH values increase the solubility of some
heavy metals and also increase the toxicity of such metals to aquatic or-
ganisms (Tarzwell, 1966). Low pH is often accompanied by high sulfide levels,
and the combination is especially toxic.
High pH values are rather rare in natural waters, and they seldom re-
sult from construction activities. However, Gushing and Olson (1963) demon-
strated rather clearly that burning of streamside vegetation added so much
alkaline ash to the water that the pH rose sharply from 7.8 to 11.1-11.3.
The level of potassium tripled, that of calcium and magnesium doubled, and
sodium rose slightly. Water samples proved highly toxic to fishes, but when
they were neutralized with hydrochloric acid, no mortalities resulted.
Except in the case of some industrial effluents and possibly mining
spoils, pH is seldom a major problem of itself. Rather, modifications in pH
-------
261
are often accompanied by other stressful factors (low oxygen, high carbon
dioxide, high hydrogen sulfide, increased levels of heavy metals, etc.).
It is the combination of pH with these other factors that causes most of
the biological damage.
Biological Effects of Oxygen and Related Factors
Oxygen is required for respiration by most aquatic organisms, and in-
deed water quality is often expressed primarily in terms of the dissolved
oxygen content. The temperature of the water determines how much oxygen
a given volume of water can hold at saturation. Colder water holds more
gas than warmer water, and any factor which elevates the temperature re-
duces the quantity of oxygen which can be held in solution.
For a given temperature, the quantity of oxygen in a body of water de-
pends upon the rate at which it is introduced, the effectiveness of in-
ternal circulation for oxygen transport, and the rate at which it is utilized.
Oxygen is introduced through atmospheric exchange and photosynthesis. At-
mospheric exchange takes place across the surface interface, and this ex-
change may be increased through surface disturbance, such as ripple and
wave action, and through rapid and turbulent flow of the water, as In fast
streams. Riffle areas create disorganized flow patterns, waves, and
splashes which greatly facilitate aeration of stream water. Any factors
which reduce the surface area, interfere with surface gas exchange, retard
current flow, or decrease turbulence would be expected to reduce the quantity
of oxygen in the water.
Through photosynthesis, green plants produce large quantities of oxygen.
Beds of rooted vegetation are very effective, as are the growths of filament-
ous algae which carpet rocks and stones of stream bottoms and the suspended
-------
262
phytoplankton of lakes, ponds, and estuaries. Any factors which decrease
photosynthesis will reduce the quantity of oxygen being produced within a
body of water.
Oxygen is utilized in the aquatic environment by all organisms which
carry on aerobic respiration. This means that oxygen demand relates, in
large measure, to the level of respiring plants and animals. Normally res-
piration is held in check by the amount of readily oxidizable organic matter
present, but when the organic load is increased, as through the introduction
of sewage or other organic wastes, the bacterial population will rapidly in-
crease and elevate the oxygen demand. A rise in temperature will increase
metabolic rates and hence oxygen demands of aquatic organisms. Any chemicals
in the reduced state, such as sulfides, which enter the water also create a
chemical oxygen demand.
For the most part, oxygen enters the water through the upper layers, and
the oxygen demand is often greatest either at or near the bottom. For
these reasons, internal circulation is of vital importance in maintaining
healthy aquatic systems. Any factors which interfere with vertical or hori-
zontal circulation patterns may be expected to lead to reduced oxygen or
anaerobic conditions in at least part of the system. Oxygenation within the
estuary is a partial exception to the above rule. Salt water enters the
estuary as a wedge of cool bottom water which may contain a higher level of
dissolved oxygen than the surface water. However, in the absence of active
circulation oxygen may become depleted within the bottom salt water, leading
to stagnant conditions there.
From the above considerations it is clear that every type of construc-
tion activity will effect the oxygen levels of aquatic environments, because
anything that retards flow rate, increases turbidity, elevates temperature,
-------
263
increases organic load, adds reduced chemicals, or reduces internal circula-
tion will decrease the level of dissolved oxygen. Primary modes whereby
construction reduces the levels of dissolved oxygen are presented in Table
5.8.
Most of our information on the effect of reduced oxygen derives from re-
search on fishes. This literature has recently been reviewed by Doudoroff
and Shumway (1970) and summarized in the book, "Water Quality Criteria, 1972."
These authors point out that the eggs and early developmental stages tend to
be the most sensitive to low oxygen conditions and that sensitivity varies
from one species to another. Nevertheless, very low oxygen levels (below
4.0 mg/1) are generally unfavorable for most fish species. Considerably
less attention has been given to the oxygen requirements of aquatic inverte-
brates, but Nebeker (1972) has recently addressed this problem. He found that
aquatic insects which respire with gills or through cuticular exchange generally
respond to low oxygen conditions much the same as fishes, i-£., there is con-
siderable variability in the sensitivity of different species, most of the
important species require fairly high concentrations, and some life history
stages are more sensitive than others. For example, some insects could sur-
vive under oxygen tensions too low to permit emergence. Considerable evidence
is now available to show that aquatic animals under stress of low oxygen are
less able to cope with additional stress conditions such as high temperature,
low pH, and chemical pollution.
Biological Effects of Carbon Dioxide
Carbon dioxide enters aquatic systems through gaseous exchange with the
atmosphere and through the respiration of aquatic organisms, especially the
microorganisms. In healthy aquatic environments the carbon dioxide level
-------
264
Table 5.8. Primary modes whereby major types of construction activities
reduce the levels of dissolved oxygen in wetland environments,
Modes of
effect
Type of
construction
activity
§
iH
M-l
14-1
o
a
o
•H
4-1
o
a)
4J
4J
cd
0
o
•r<
4J
cd
r-(
3
o
M
o
e
0)
O
g
M
0)
CU
4J
c
•X)
cfl
o
g
T3
a)
01
13
QJ
0)
a
co
3
CO
(U
CO
cd
cd
o
•H
cd
1-1
4-1
CO
CU
1
CU
o
a
cd
CO
•H
CO
01
4-1
o
a
o
•H
4-1
O
cu
t>o
to
T3
cd
o
u-t
o
c
o
•H
4J
ccj
4-1
QJ
t>0
CU
O
ex
I-l
CU
4J
4J
o
PQ
Floodplain construction
Mining activities
Dam construction
- upstream
- immediately downstream
- far downstream
Dredging and spoil
placement
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
-------
265
seldom exceeds 5 mg/1, but much higher values occur in waters polluted with
organic wastes. Carbon dioxide influences aquatic organisms in three pri-
mary ways. It is an important component of the alkaline buffer system of
natural waters, it may interfere with respiration and behavior, and it acts
synergistically with other environmental factors.to create stress situations.
The buffer system of most natural waters involves the reversible trans-
formation of carbon dioxide to carbonic acid to bicarbonate to carbonate, as
illustrated below.
C02 % ^ H2C03 ^ HC03~ •*» C03=
Free carbon dioxide and carbonate cannot coexist, since they would neutra-
lize each other to form bicarbonate. At high pH values carbonate is pre-
sent, but under acid conditions free carbon dioxide is liberated. Labora-
tory studies have demonstrated that very high levels of free carbon dioxide
inhibit fish respiration, but such levels are seldom present in natural
waters. However, it appears likely that sulfuric acid from mine spoils would
shift the carbonate equilibrium to the left temporarily liberating very large
amounts of free carbon dioxide. The possibility of more subtle effects of
carbon dioxide change within the normal range cannot be ignored. For ex-
ample, Sherer (1971) found that even slight shifts in carbon dioxide tension
(well within the normal range) could reduce and completely eliminate the
natural light-avoidance reaction of walleyes.
The toxicity of certain pollutants such as heavy metals and metallo-
cyanide complexes to fishes may increase dramatically as a result of slight
reductions in pH. Such reductions could be brought about by an increase in
free carbon dioxide.
Construction activities increase the carbon dioxide concentration of
natural waters by increasing turbidity and sedimentation, lowering the pH,
-------
266
decreasing the flow rate, and interfering with circulation patterns. High
levels of turbidity and sedimentation are known to kill vegetation beds.
Upon death, the vegetation decomposes releasing carbon dioxide. Sedimentary
particles provide surfaces for attachment of bacteria which produce carbon
dioxide. In the absence of photosynthetic vegetation the carbon dioxide
level builds up. Sediments inhibit free circulation in riffles leading to
build-up of carbon dioxide, inhibition of respiration, and death of fish
eggs and larvae, as well as insects and crustacean inhabitants of the riffles.
Reduction in pH, as discussed above, also releases large quantities of
free carbon dioxide. Reduction of minimal flow rates in streams leads to
stagnation of the pool areas. Stream aeration, which normally results from
turbulent flow, is reduced, and the carbon dioxide, liberated by decomposing
organic matter and respiration of the aquatic plants and animals, builds up.
Stagnation also results when free circulation of estuaries is inhibited, and
when poor circulation occurs in marshland canals and in coastal areas where
free water movement is inhibited by bulkheads and other structures.
Biological Effects of Hydrogen Sulfide
Hydrogen sulfide is a deadly gas which is highly soluble in water. Under
natural conditions it results from the anaerobic decomposition of organic
matter, and it is a normal component of the interstitial water of submerged
soils. Under conditions of low oxygen and poor circulation it may pass
through the mud/water interface and saturate the bottom waters creating a
very inhospitable environment for most forms of life.
Hydrogen sulfide also develops when soluble sulfides enter the water
under conditions of low pH and when sulfates are introduced into reducing
environments (as when seawater penetrates canals through coastal marshlands).
-------
267
Laboratory experiments have demonstrated that hydrogen sulfide at
very low concentrations is very toxic to certain benthic invertebrates
(Smith, 1971) and to fish eggs, fry, and juveniles. It is also toxic to
larger fishes at slightly higher concentrations. Adelman and Smith (1970)
found that low concentrations of hydrogen sulfide decreased growth rates
and induced anatomical malformations in northern pike fry. Oseid and
Smith (1972) determined that young of the year bluegills suffered decreased
endurance and reduced growth rates when subjected to hydrogen sulfide.
Bonn and Follis (1947) showed that young catfish are more sensitive than
adults. Experiments to date suggest that hydrogen sulfide is more toxic
under conditions of low oxygen (Shelford, 1917), low pH, and high tempera-
ture. The fact that it enters aquatic systems from the sediments means
that the eggs and young of fishes and many of the important fish food or-
ganisms are apt to be subject to the highest concentrations when stagnant
conditions develop.
Construction activities increase hydrogen sulfide levels by increasing
sedimentation and burial of organic matter, lowering of the oxygen and the
pH of the water, digging and stirring up of bottom sediments, low level
release of water from dams, canalization of coastal marshes (permitting sub-
sequent entry of salt water), reduction of minimal flow rates and internal
circulation patterns, and introduction of sulfides and acids into wetland
environments. Considering the toxicity of hydrogen sulfide for most forms
of aquatic life, the book on "Water Quality Criteria, 1972" recommends that
the concentration of total sulfides not exceed 0.002 mg/1 at any time or
place.
-------
268
Biological Effects of Heavy Metals and Other Chemical Pollutants
A considerable literature has recently developed concerning the effects
of chemical pollutants on aquatic organisms, and much of this information
is reviewed in the book, "Water Quality Criteria, 1972." The topic is of
interest here insofar as it is influenced by construction activities.
Attention will be focused upon heavy metals, with some treatment of radio-
active isotopes and chlorinated hydrocarbons.
Heavy metals enter aquatic systems both through natural erosional
processes and through human activities. The importance of the latter
factor is illustrated by recent estimates indicating that human activities
place about 26 times as much mercury into the environment as that which
arrives by natural processes (6,000/230 metric tons/year, worldwide).
Through natural run-off, storm sewers, sewage and industrial outfalls,
and other means, much of the heavy metal released winds up in the nation's
wetlands. Metals may exist in water as dissolved ions, in organic
complexes, adsorbed on clay particles, as suspended precipitates, or as
components of living or dead organisms. In the metallic or the oxidized
forms most of the metals are relatively insoluble in water, and therefore,
they tend to accumulate in the bottom sediments grading downstream from
their points of entry. All the metals differ from one another in specific
chemical and physical properties such as electronegativity, solubility
of the sulfide, order of chelate stability, affinity for plankton, etc.
Therefore, it is difficult to generalize about their processes and fates
in the wetland environment. However, a few important points may be made.
Reduction in pH often results in increased solubility of heavy metals.
Therefore, when acids are added to natural waters or when anaerobic
conditions develop, more heavy metals are placed into the water column.
-------
269
The same occurs when metal-containing bottom sediments are thoroughly
stirred or dug up, as by dredging operations. Free carbon dioxide
tends to reduce the pH, and this means that the gills of fishes and
other aquatic animals which may produce locally high concentrations of
carbon dioxide may effectively remove heavy metals from silt particles
in suspension.
An important relationship exists between the carbonate content of
water (water hardness) and the toxicity of most heavy metals to fishes
and other aquatic animals. As a general rule, the lower the carbonate
content, the more toxic is the metal.
Among the heavy metals, mercury is somewhat unique because of the
ease with which microbes convert insoluble metallic mercury to soluble
methyl mercury. In this form it may enter the biological food chains
and undergo magnification through different food chain steps. The acute
toxicity of heavy metals apparently stems from their ability to poison
critical enzyme systems of the aquatic organisms, but lead and some
other metals are known to coagulate mucus on the gills of fishes which
may lead to suffocation as well as direct gill tissue damage.
Construction activities increase the levels or toxicity of heavy
metals in several ways. Mining activities place large quantities of
heavy metals into wetland environments, and at the same time they add
large quantities of sulfuric acid. The latter reduces the pH and
eliminates the carbonate, greatly intensifying the .toxicity of the
metals. Ditching of floodplains ultimately results in rapid runoff of
surface water from urban, industrial, and agricultural areas which may
bring loads of heavy metals. Dams encourage sediment accumulation and
heavy metal retention in the unflushed downstream areas. Hypolimnic
-------
270
release may decrease the pH. Dredging resuspends the metal-containing
sediments. Canalization of coastal wetlands permits penetration of
saltwater and may lead to precipitation of the contained metals.
Radioactivity may be associated with a variety of chemical elements,
including heavy metals. Of particular interest here is the fact that a
number of radioactive materials are known to be easily adsorbed to the
surface of suspended particles so that they may be removed from the water
column and placed in the sediments (Lackey, et_ al, 1959). Dredging
activities may ultimately resuspend this material after it has become
very concentrated. Much of the radioactivity of natural waters is
derived from the spoils of mining activities. The dangers of radio-
activity are well known and need not be detailed here.
Long-lived chlorinated hydrocarbons likewise tend to be adsorbed
to suspended particles and to accumulate in bottom sediments only to be
released in quantity later. The toxicity of chlorinated hydrocarbons
to terrestrial insects is widely recognized, but they also can be
quite lethal to aquatic insects and crustaceans.
Estuaries represent a special problem because of their tendency to
trap sediments containing heavy metals, radioactive materials, chlorinated
hydrocarbons, and other pollutants. The possibility of raising such
materials during dredging operations should be thoroughly investigated.
-------
271
Chapter 6
SYNTHESIS
Wetland environments and aquatic ecosystems are valuable national
assets which simply cannot be discarded through accident, ignorance,
indifference, or design. Although considerable attention has through
the years been focused on chemical water pollution and water quality
standards, this is only one aspect of the more general problem of
wetland protection. As repeatedly demonstrated in the preceding pages,
rampant construction activities are rapidly eliminating wetland habitats
and changing the characteristics of others, generally for the worse.
Such modifications are nationwide in their effects, and only a portion
of the modifications would normally be considered under the heading of
water pollution, as it is usually considered. It remains in the present
chapter to highlight the causes of wetland deterioration and the major
patterns of response, to point out immediate steps which may be taken to
reverse the trend of wetland deterioration, and to provide a focus on
protection of wetland environments of the future.
Wetland Deterioration - Causes and Response Patterns
Causes of Wetland Deterioration
Clearly, the most critical cause of wetland deterioration is loss
of wetland habitat. Construction of a dam automatically eliminates a
stretch of river habitat upstream for the length of the reservoir and
downstream to the limit of severe waterflow modification. Construction
of levees leads to absolute obliteration of the wetland habitat of the
"protected" floodplain. Canalization and saltwater encroachment destroy
the wetland habitat values of coastal marshlands. Heavy siltation
eliminates riffle and pool habitats. Mining wastes totally destroy
-------
272
aquatic and riparian systems. The list is long and can be well documented.
Unquestionably, over one half of the native wetland systems of the nation
have been eliminated or so severely modified that they bear little
resemblance to the original ecosystem types.
The second most critical cause of wetland deterioration is chronic
stress. Modification of flow rates and seasonal flow patterns, and
particularly the elimination of peak flows, has greatly altered species
compositions and standing crops in wetlands affected by dams, dredging,
channelization, canalization, and levee construction. Leaching spoil
piles, saltwater encroachment, loss of riparian vegetation and nutrients
and loss of beach nourishment have created chronic distress problems for
wetland systems.
The third cause is the short-term but locally severe effect
associated with individual construction projects. After completion of
the project reinvasion may permit gradual reestablishment of the original
aquatic system. This type of problem would be of little overall conse-
quence if it were not for the fact that so many construction projects
are currently in progress. A bridge, a local highway on a floodplain,
a dredging project, a drainage ditch, a pier, a port—on and on. These
little projects all over the county are pecking away at the nation's
wetlands and creating a massive cumulative general problem.
The fourth cause of wetland deterioration may properly be termed
wetland pollution, per se. Floodplain construction leads to rapid
runoff of surface water from urban, industrial, and transportation pave-
ments, together with all the vehicular and other chemical pollutants
associated with human activities. Riparian canalization engenders to the
same results. Mining wastes produce chemical pollutants involving acids,
metal sulfides and oxides, and radioactive materials. Dredging releases
-------
273
a variety of chemical pollutants from the sediments. Dams may create
nitrogen gas supersaturation, and so on. Chemical pollution is important,
but it is not the most important by-product of construction unless,
perhaps, suspended sediments are included as a major type of pollution.
Patterns of Wetland Response
Patterns of wetland ecosystem response to disturbance may be
viewed from the perspective of space or time. Potential upstream-
downstream response patterns are diagrammatically illustrated in
Figure 6.1-A. By whatever measure is used (species composition, diversity,
standing crop, productivity, etc.) the original ecosystem is eliminated
from a stretch of habitat downstream from the construction site. Further
downstream, as a result of sedimentation, dilution, neutralization, etc.,
the effect is diminished, and the undamaged system may eventually be
found. Such responses are commonly produced downstream from sites of
pollution, heavy siltation, and other forms of water quality modification.
A two-stage response is shown in Figure 6.1-B. Immediately down-
stream from the construction site one level of response is evident, but
farther downstream a second pattern of response appears. For example,
by reduction of water flow, a dam may have a moderate effect upon the
stream ecosystem but a major effect upon that of the estuary or nearby
coast. Modification of flow patterns, flow volumes, and nutrient loads
may fall into this category.
Both upstream and downstream responses are shown in Figure 6.1-C.
This demonstrates the effect of impoundment on a stretch of stream. Up-
stream the native stream biota is eliminated in favor of reservoir
(= lake-like) biota, and downstream it may be eliminated or replaced,
-------
274
A.
/
/
/
I
\ s
I
INTENSE EFFECT
RECOVERY
ZONE
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
LITTLE EFFECT
DOWNSTREAM
B.
INITIAL EFFECT
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SECOND EFFECT
^ DOWNSTREAM
C.
X
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
S
/
1
1
1
1
*
j
s
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
Figure 6.1. Upstream-downstream patterns of wetland ecosystem response
to construction disturbance. A. Simple downstream effect
followed by gradual recovery. B. Two-stage response. C.
Response both upstream and downstream of construction site.
For further explanation, see text.
-------
275
depending upon water release patterns. Far downstream the original
stream ecosystem may still be encountered.
Potential time response patterns are illustrated in Figure 6.2.
Elimination followed by complete (a) or partial (b) recovery is shown
in Figure 6.2-A. This is the typical pattern encountered in recovery
from chemical pollution, local dredging projects, and short-term
modification of flow rates, riparian vegetation, and the like. Depend-
ing upon the nature and extent of the damage, recovery may be total or
partial.
In the second case (Figure 6.2-B) initial stimulation is followed
by a longer-range reduction in production or diversity. This is the
pattern which is likely to be exhibited following floodplain devegetation
and nutrient leaching. Although there is initial stimulation, once the
organic and inorganic nutrients are gone the system settles down to a
lower level equilibrium. Although positive proof is lacking, it is
highly probable that most of the nation's wetlands which have been
subjected to floodplain devegetation or heavy siltation have followed
this pattern and now exist in the low equilibrium chronic phase.
Another response pattern is that which exhibits a delayed effect
(Figure 6.2-C). This may result from life history peculiarities,
environmental idiosyncrosies, multiple construction projects, or a
combination of these. Stream siltation at one season may reduce
salmon and trout spawning at another season. Chemical pollution may
permit aquatic insects to survive for awhile, but not to emerge or
reproduce. Water diversion at one season may lead to reduction in
stream flow at another, especially if coupled with a drought period.
Heavy metals gradually added to wetland bottom sediments through the
-------
276
A.
1
g
I
LEVEL ff
1
1 _
1 x'
/•'
INHIBITION RECOVERY NO EFFECT OR
CHRONIC EFFECT
B.
STIMULATION
CHRONIC EFFECT
C.
LAG TIME
INHIBITION
D.
/ -
1 SUBSTITUTION CHRONIC MODIFICATION
CONSTRUCTION
PERIOD TIME Jfc-
Figure 6.2. Time-related patterns of wetland ecosystem response to
construction disturbance. A. Elimination followed by
complete (a) or partial (b) recovery. B. Stimulation
followed by depression. C. Delayed response. D. Substi-
tution response.
-------
277
years may be suddenly released by a dredging project. Delayed response
patterns are probably more common than is generally recognized.
In the final case (Figure 6.2-D) one set of species is substituted
for another with little apparent reduction in diversity, production, or
other characteristics. To the untrained observer this may make little
difference, but it may be of considerable ecological and even economic
importance. If upstream impoundment reduces stream flow causing a
marked salinity increase within an estuary the resulting faunal shift may
not show up in simple species counts and diversity indices, and it may
make little theoretical difference. At stake, however, are thousands
of dollars worth of commercially harvestable fish, shrimp, crab, and
oyster populations which will potentially be damaged or lost as a
result of the salinity shift.
The ecosystem response patterns illustrated above are not mutually
exclusive, but they can grade into one another. Nor is the above
treatment exhaustive, since other response modes could have been given.
The real significance of such patterns is that they demonstrate a
reasonable degree of predictability of cumulative biological phenomena
in response to human manipulation, and predictability of response is the
necessary basis for intelligent natural resource management. With the
accumulation of more detailed and specific information we may look forward
to an increasingly sophisticated wetland management capability.
Immediate Steps Toward Reduction of Wetland Deterioration
Although major gaps in our knowledge clearly exist, much is now
definitely known concerning the effects of specific types of construction
activity on wetland environments, and a great deal more can be presumed
-------
278
from related studies. On the basis of information presented herein,
the following steps may be taken now to reverse the nationwide trend
toward wetland deterioration and destruction.
• Establishment of wetland sanctuaries. Subject to the twin pressures
of construction and pollution, the wetland environments are disappearing
and deteriorating. This pressure is being placed more upon certain
environmental types than upon others, and some are more sensitive than
others. Some of the wetland types are more valuable than others as
habitat for endangered, economically important, or esthetically interest-
ing species. The more sensitive and the more pressured wetlands cannot
be expected to survive, ecologically and genetically intact, without
deliberate protective intervention. Such sites are of primary importance
to protect representative and endangered wetland ecosystem types from
further deterioration. However, such sanctuaries should provide numerous
secondary advantages, such as scientific study sites for aquatic eco-
system function, environmental quality monitoring sites, and control
areas for environmental manipulation studies (Darnell, e_t_ _al_, 1974).
• Curtailment of the most environmentally destructive types of
construction project. Technology without reason is a monster. Not
everything that is doable is worth doing. We are entering an age when
the old cliches about "progress," "development," "growth," and so on
simply do not hold water, of themselves. It is an age when individual
projects must be justified on their own merit in light of the social,
economic, and environmental costs. In such an atmosphere of public
scrutiny it is important to consider all of the alternative means of
achieving desirable social goals and to refrain from carrying out those
construction projects whose environmental price is too high. It is worth
noting here that the rarer a given type of wetland ecosystem becomes, the
-------
279
more valuable it becomes to society as a means of preserving components
of a living system which may be of critical importance in preserving
the options of future generations. Who will decide to destroy the last
riffle?
• Amelioration of the effects of necessary construction. For those
projects which are judged to be socially desirable, every effort should
be made to ensure that the environmentally least damaging methods are
employed, even if such methods are not always the most economical in
the short run. A great deal of the present wetland problem stems from
lack of incentive to protect the environment, rather than lack of tech-
nological capability. Adequate sedimentation basins should be built
into storm sewer discharge systems. Dredging operations should incorporate
settling basins, if on land and sediment curtains if spoil must be released
in the water. Marshland canals should all be gated to prevent saltwater
intrusion. Dams and levees should contain adequate engineering and
management provisions for release of freshwater to streams, floodplains,
swamps, and marshes in order to maintain favorable flow and overflow
patterns to protect aquatic wildlife values. In planning construction
projects consideration should be given to seasonal ecological patterns
so that habitat modification would not violate breeding and nursery
activities.
Each construction project should give adequate attention to the
matter of "good housekeeping." Sloppy engineering practices can lead to
unnecessary erosion and chemical pollution, excess habitat destruction,
and accumulation of undesirable construction litter. Contracts should
specify quality control of environmental damage during the progress of
construction and thorough clean-up when a project is terminated.
Adequate monitoring should also be provided for.
-------
280
• Adoption of effective environmental quality criteria. The information
presented in the book "Water Quality Criteria, 1972" is exceptionally
detailed and scientifically sound, and if its recommendations are adopted
and enforced they will go a long way toward maintaining ecologically
viable aquatic systems. However, they are not alone sufficient to
prevent significant wetland deterioration and destruction. They are
essentially pollution-related standards, and they do not really address
many of the wetland problems resulting from engineering activities.
An additional set of criteria is necessary to handle the following types
of problems:
- wetland nutrient loss through floodplain devegetation
- wetland habitat loss through dumping and filling
- wetland habitat loss through riparian ditching, canalization,
leveeing, and spoil-banking
- maintenance of minimally adequate flow rates
- provision for adequate peak flows
- provision for ecologically appropriate seasonal flow regimes
- maintenance of adequate water levels
- maintenance of appropriate internal circulation patterns
- prevention of saltwater intrusion
- prevention of excess bottom sedimentation
Tarzwell (1957) listed the environmental requirements of fishes as
follows:
- favorable water supply
- suitable spawning areas
- adequate food supply for all age groups
- good shelter
-------
281
He also pointed out that the suitability depends upon quantity, quality,
and permanence. These criteria apply, as well, to the other inhabitants
of aquatic ecosystems. Protection of water quality is important, but it
should be coupled with adequate attention to the other factors which make
for favorable wetland habitats. Environmental protection involves
sophisticated environmental management, not just pollution control.
Such management should incorporate considerations of ecosystem function
(which cannot adequately be reflected by acute species toxicity studies
in the laboratory). Above all, environmental management should include
adequate monitoring and enforcement.
• Adoption of a requirement for post-construction environmental
impact statements. At the present time, once a construction has been
approved the contractor may or may not meet the conditions predicted
in the pre-construction environmental impact statement. Certainly, in
many cases there is far greater environmental damage than originally
predicted. In order to increase the truth of predictions and to provide
a firmer basis for future predictions, post-construction studies should
be run to determine how accurate the predictions were and how much the
predicted damage has been exceeded.
• Devotion of special attention to sensitive or endangered habitat
or ecosystem types. Adoption of uniform water quality standards for the
United States, while administratively desirable, in a sense ignores
regional and local ecological needs. As a supplement to nationwide
minimal standards, there should be recognition of the fact that certain
types of wetland areas are now in trouble and that special precautions
should be taken to preserve environmental quality in those wetland types
which are in jeopardy. Some types of wetland area are threatened because
-------
282
they are often put to other uses which are incompatible with their
natural qualities. Included among such areas are the following:
- stream sections between bluffs which may be the only stretches
of swift water for miles (especially amenable to damming)
- certain floodplain types (which are easily destroyed by levees
or canals and drainage ditches)
- shallow ponds and marshes near urban developments (which are
readily filled for land development)
- coastal marshes and swamps (which are attractive for mineral
extraction, land fill, drainage, and other activities)
- estuaries (which may be damaged directly through dredging and
development or indirectly through modification of freshwater
inflow or nutrient inputs.
Other types of wetland areas are in danger because of their rarity or
sensitivity to human activities. Examples of these include the
following:
- springs and spring runs of the arid southwest and Great Basin
region (such small isolated areas are often the habitat for
rare species, and they are exceptionally sensitive to water
withdrawal)
- small streams, in general (these are quite sensitive to even
modest modifications because of their small size)
- riffle areas of streams of all sizes (these are especially
sensitive to siltation damage)
- habitats of rare or endangered species (rare species often occur
in groups because they frequently occupy unique types of habitats)
-------
283
Sophisticated management of the nation's wetlands will require special
attention to such special environments if wetland diversity is to be
retained.
• Restoration of degraded environments. Many of the nation's degraded
wetland environments can be partially or fully restored through remedial
action. Although there is much to be learned about the technology of
environmental restoration, a great deal is now known, and this informa-
tion should be put to use on a broad scale. Examples of remedial
measures which might be undertaken now to restore degraded wetland
habitat types include the following:
- creation of new riffles (by use of bulldozers, etc.) and
desedimentation of old ones (by use of hoses and water jets)
- liming of acid waters to raise the pH
- aeration of hypolimnic waters of reservoirs and low-oxygen or
anaerobic areas of streams, marshland canals, and estuaries
(by means of pumps and perforated hoses)
- restoration of coastal marshes and swamps by increased fresh-
water release
- gating of coastal marshland and swampland canals to prevent
saltwater intrusion and to reduce erosion of canal banks
- stabilization of wetland margins through revegetation projects
- reestablishment of damaged marshlands through plantings of
marshgrasses (especially, Spartina)
- reestablishment of submarine meadows through plantings of
submerged grasses (especially, Zostera and Thalassia)
-------
284
Examples of remedial measures which might be taken now to restore
terrestrial and riparian environments which degrade wetland habitats
include the following:
- neutralization and revegetation of spoil banks and levees
- contouring, neutralization, and revegetation of mine waste piles
- opening of levees to permit periodic floodplain flooding
- creation of settling basins and other sediment traps near the
stream-entrance of drainage ditches and storm sewer outlets.
There is considerable room for the application of creative engineering
to the problem of wetland restoration.
• Synthesis and dissemination of knowledge concerning the effects of
construction activities in wetlands and what can be done about them.
The present volume has covered the main issues concerning the effects
of construction activities in wetland environments and it has pinpointed
a few of the remedies, but it has by no means exhausted these topics.
What is now needed is the information which can be provided by
specialists in the relevant disciplines and especially those who are
knowledgeable about the specific problems of different regions of the
nation. This knowledge can and should be brought together through a
series of conferences and reports. The information thus obtained could
serve as the basis for establishment of effective environmental protec-
tion and restoration policy which is technically sound and sensitive to
regional and local environmental requirements. The information should
also be widely disseminated so that it could be put to most effective
use by regulatory agencies, construction firms, and local environmental
groups.
-------
285
The Longer-Range View
Maintenance of the quality of the nation's wetlands is one subset
of the more general problem of overall environmental protection. Nor
can wetlands really be protected without attention to environmental
quality on land and in the atmosphere. This is so because of the water
solubility of so many substances and because of the downstream,
gravity-based aspects of the hydrological and erosional cycles.
Practically everything that civilization does, sooner or later affects
the wetlands. Therefore, in the future wetland protection must be
wedded to a total national program for environmental protection which
begins in the uplands and carries through into the sea. The grand
cycles of nature can help us or defeat us, depending upon whether we
work with or against them.
Long-range maintenance of environmental quality in the nation's
wetlands involves several additional aspects which should be clearly
recognized and addressed. Increasing human populations and rising
levels of technology will unquestionably place more pressures on the
nation's wetland environments in the future, and without adequate
safeguards such pressures will lead to further stress, genetic simpli-
fication, species extinction, ecosystem deterioration, and habitat loss.
On the other hand, society is becoming aware of the values of natural
ecosystems and sensitive to the environmental cost of technological
advance, and it is becoming more willing to accept the real costs of
environmental protection. Furthermore, the technology for environmental
improvement is beginning to be developed, and if stimulated, it could
become highly sophisticated within a few years. The real problems are
— what do we want in the way of environmental quality and how do we
get there?
-------
286
Definition of Desired Environmental Condition
Systematic planning begins with a clear definition of the desired
future state or condition. If we do not have a definite set of goals,
we are not likely to achieve them. Along the way we are apt to lose
a little here and a little there, gradually foreclosing on the options
of future generations. Therefore, we must decide now what kind of
environment we want, say — twenty years (one human generation) from
now, and take deliberate steps to insure the capability of achieving
it. Definition of the desired future environment should be accomplished
by a high-level committee of private citizens, governmental representa-
tives, and technological specialists. It should address itself not
only to the environmental state definition, but also to the social
and institutional framework which will be required to monitor and maintain
the environment in the desired state in light of society's other projected
demands upon the environmental resources. Such planning should be
instituted now.
Maintenance of Environmental Quality as an Exercise
in Quality Control
In a political sense, maintenance of environmental quality means
retention of resource options for future generations. In a biological
sense, it means perpetuation of basic genetic diversity within the
context of the functional integrity of the nation's major ecosystem
types. In an engineering sense, it is an exercise in quality control
(Darnell and Shimkin, 1972). Our pathway to the future is a narrow
-------
287
track balanced between society's demands, on the one hand, and the
genetic-ecological constraints, on the other.
Two levels of environmental constraint may be recognized, condi-
tional and categorical. Conditional constraints rest in the realm of
negotiation and compromise. Whereas, transgression of such constraints
need not permanently bind future generations, recovery from such
intrusion will be expensive in time and resources. Categorical con-
straints, however, are absolute. It is the nature of biological
resources that, with protection, they are infinitely renewable,, but
they become extinct with finality. An extinct species is non-renewable,
and it cannot be recycled. In proceeding from the present to the desired
future condition, short-term decisions must be made concerning the
impact-environmental quality balance, but provision must be made for
environmental recovery, and the absolute boundary conditions must, at
all times, be respected.
Definition of Boundary Conditions
In proceeding toward the desired future state there must be a clear
definition of the allowable limits of the impact of our technological
society upon the nation's ecological heritage. This presupposes
reasonable definition of the absolute requirements of the basic life
support system (absolute constraints), as well as definition of the
ability of ecological systems to withstand chronic pressure short of the
absolute limits. In most instances we do not now have such information,
and until we can state with considerable certainty that we possess such
knowledge, our wisest course of action is to define permissible impact
levels well short of potential ecosystem destruction.
-------
288
Another matter of considerable importance is the fact that safe
planning for the future will involve a change in our basic approach to
the environment. As recently discussed by Darnell, et_ ad (1974)...
"In the past, much of the regional and state planning has focused upon
immediate or short-range societal goals, recognizing certain natural
constraints. The emphasis must now be reversed. The goal of planners
must be to sustain the vital processes of the nation, recognizing certain
societal constraints." The emphasis here is upon protection of the vital
ecological and genetic processes. This is the crux of the environmental
protection problem, and it brings up the question as to whether or not
water quality standards, setting permissible levels of environmental
stress, are really protective in the long-range view. They are necessary,
but are they enough? Ultimately environmental protection must be grounded
upon solid genetic and ecological considerations and not simply upon
habitat factors. To reach this degree of sophistication of environmental
protection will require a great deal of basic and applied research, and
plans for obtaining the necessary technical knowledge should be laid now.
Environmental impact statements have proven to be of great value
in assessing potential environmental damage. However, a number of short-
comings may be noted. Too often they address only the physical and
chemical changes while giving only lip service to the critical biological
issues. Too often they are prepared by individuals who are not well
grounded in basic science and who are unfamiliar with the pertinent litera-
ture. Too often they consider only the immediate impacts while ignoring
the longer-range and downstream ecosystem consequences. Too often the
critical information simply isn't available and one is forced to fall back
-------
289
on educated guesswork. At this level the definition of boundary condi-
tions stands in need of improvement. With refinement the environmental
impact statement can become a much more valuable tool in the future.
Improving the Technical Basis of Environmental Impact Statements
Major improvement of the quality of environmental impact statements
rests, in large measure, upon the development of a more definitely pre-
dictive data base. Two types of information are specifically required.
We need to develop a more sophisticated understanding of the composition
and functions of the wetlands themselves, and we need to understand how
such systems respond to various specific forms of human perturbation.
The present review of the literature dealing with these two problems has
been quite revealing. There are readily identifiable gaps in our know-
ledge, and much of the important literature on the effects of ecosystem
disturbance is scattered through relatively inaccessable reports. A
concerted effort to remedy these problems is in order. In laying the
basis for more sophisticated environmental impact statements of the future,
the following matters should be considered.
• Filling in of major gaps in ecological knowledge. At the present time
we are woefully ignorant of the ecology of large streams. There apparently
has never been a major ecological study of the Mississippi River south of
the entrance of the Ohio River, and most of the other large streams of
the nation are very poorly known. Many faunal surveys have been carried
out on the nation's continental shelves, but most of the shelves have
never been subjected to critical ecological analysis. For example, it is
impossible on the basis of existing literature to state with certainty
the role of most streams and estuaries in providing nutrients to the shelf
ecosystems. The genetics of natural aquatic populations has barely been
-------
290
examined, even though the basic techniques are readily available. Nor
are we in a position to state with any high degree of certainty the
response of aquatic populations and ecosystems to most forms of stress.
General patterns of response have been noted earlier in the present chapter,
but predicting which species will respond and in what ways is, in most
cases, some distance off. Finally, we do not yet possess really sophis-
ticated knowledge of total ecosystem function for any of our open aquatic
systems. Such concepts as "succession", "stability", and "climax"
which carry ready meaning in relation to forest and grassland ecosystems
do not really seem to apply to the open aquatic systems. These and re-
lated areas will require specific attention if we are to develop the basis
for better impact statements.
• Filling in of major gaps in our knowledge of the ecological effects of
wetland disturbance. Throughout the writing of the present volume it has
been necessary to extrapolate the potential construction impacts from
studies carried out for an entirely different purpose. It has also been
necessary to extrapolate from studies carried out in one region of the
nation to their probable relevance in another region. Although this is
often the best we can do at present, it should not always be so. Careful
field experiments carried out before, during, and after various types of
construction project are sorely needed, and such studies should be con-
ducted on a regional basis. As in the case of all valid laboratory
experiments, such field experiments should include adequate controls,
i_.£., each study should involve paired study sites, one of which is left
unmodified and the other of which is deliberately manipulated.
-------
291
• Establishment of sophisticated wetland ecosystem analysis capability
on a regional basis. At the present time our wetland ecological knowledge
is something of a hodgepodge of little studies carried out here and there
by scientists and students of varying degrees of capability. Although
this approach has its merits, it will not alone suffice to provide the
kinds of insights which we now require. We must develop integrated know-
ledge of the behavior of wetland systems, and this can only be accomplished
through the effort of multi-disciplinary teams of scientists. The studies
on the Hubbard Brook watershed of New Hampshire stand as a case in point.
The simultaneous examination of the physics, chemistry, and biology of
the same system over a period of years can provide the basis for detailed
interpretation and prediction that we require for intelligent management.
To accomplish such studies there is a need to establish such teams
on a regional basis throughout the nation. This might be accomplished
through the strengthening of governmental or university laboratories
already in existence, or it might entail the establishment of certain
new laboratories—one to study the lower Mississippi River, for example.
Alternatively, The Institute of Ecology might be approached to establish
the analytical capability. Perhaps a combination of the above approaches
could be employed. In any event, such teams should be technically balanced,
have access to the most modern equipment (including computer capability),
have access to high quality library facilities, and have a high degree of
coherence and permanence. They should address themselves to the questions
of how do the regional wetland ecosystems function, and what is their
response to various manipulative strategies.
-------
292
Common Sense vs. Modeling Approaches to the Quality Control Problem
It must be assumed that a healthy environment is an absolute pre-
requisite of a healthy society. Yet maintenance of high environmental
quality of the nation's wetlands presents a management problem of extra-
ordinary complexity. Their varied resources are of great economic,
recreational, and esthetic value, and pressures for expansion and diver-
sification of potentially destructive use are increasing daily. However,
unplanned intensive use is, in many cases, demonstrably incompatible
with the health and well being of most aquatic ecosystems. By what means
may this management problem be handled most effectively?
The most powerful approach yet developed for attacking complex and
otherwise intractable problems is through the application of systems
analysis. In the present instance this would involve a perspective on
the total man-environment interactive system, the synthesis of vast
volumes of information into formal mathematical statements of relation-
ships, and the progressive introduction of models and computer technology
to provide information upon which decisions could be based concerning
the best courses of managerial action (Darnell and Shimkin, 1972).
Models are already available for the simulation of many physical,
chemical, and biological aspects of aquatic systems. Prediction of
surface runoff, stream flow rate, flow volume, temperature regimes, dis-
solved oxygen, photosynthesis, respiration, decomposition rate, and many
other such parameters is already well within technological capability.
Modeling techniques are also available for treating many sociological
phenomena and for handling such diverse inputs as scientific data and
-------
293
sociological information within the same systems analysis framework.
Presently available computer hardware is adequate to the task. Thus,
there is no reason why systems analysis could not immediately be im-
plemented on a nationwide scale to provide the framework for a sophisti-
cated and effective approach to the wetland environmental quality
management problem. The time is at least ripe for the demonstration,
on a regional scale, that this can be done and that it is not only
worth doing, but that it is the only way to handle the complex environ-
mental management problems of the future.
For all its advantages, however, the systems approach must be viewed
within a proper context. Systems analysis and mathematical models
represent analytical tools for the organizion and handling of vast bodies
of information and for aiding in the structuring of our thought processes.
However, by necessity, all models are abstractions and simplifications
of the "real world." Furthermore, they are more useful in dealing with
certain classes of information then with others. In the environmental
realm, they are most effective in the handling of those physical,
chemical, and biological processes which lend themselves to quantifica-
tion and to mathematical formulation. It is simply out of the question
to include all the natural history and life cycle information about all
the biological species of a given environment. And yet, the natural
history details are what often determines the success or failure of any
given species.
The long-range protection of environmental quality will certainly
benefit from the progressive introduction of systems analysis. As the
technical data base grows and as our experience in systematic environ-
mental management increases, we may place greater and greater reliance
-------
294
upon models and simulation techniques. However, there is no foreseeable
substitute for the knowledge and judgment of the experienced environmental
scientist. He alone can ask the relevant questions and interpret the
data provided by computer analysis. Long-range environmental protection,
thus, must be facilitated by means of man-machine, rather than by machine-
man, analytical systems.
-------
295
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The present bibliography includes key references to the effects of
construction activities on wetlands, as well as additional references to
hydrology and wetland biology which should prove useful in interpreting
the effects of construction activities. Considering the breadth of the
subject and the literature known to exist, it is clear that the biblio-
graphy could have been expanded at least five-fold. Since complete docu-
mentation of the American literature was not the point of the present work,
only the more relevant papers are included. Those references cited in the
text are marked by asterisks (*) following the reference number.
1.* Adelman, I. R. and L. L. Smith. 1970. Effect of hydrogen sulfide
on northern pike eggs and sac fry. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(3):
501-509.
2. Affleck, R. J. 1952. Zinc poisoning in a trout hatchery. Aust.
J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 3: 142-169.
3. Agersborg, H. P. K. 1930. The influence of temperature on fish.
Ecol. 11: 136-144.
4. Ahr, W. M. 1972. The DDT profile on some south Texas coastal-zone
sediments: A study of the mechanisms of pollution dispersal and
accumulation in nature. The Envir. Qual. Prog, at TAMU. EQN 05,
32p.
5. Alabaster, J. F. 1970. River flow and upstream movement and catch
of migratory salmonids. J. Fish. Biol. 2: 1-13.
6. Alabaster, J. S. 1963. The effect of heated effluents on fish.
Int. J. Mr Wat. Pollut. 7: 541-563.
7. Alabaster, J. S. 1964. The effect of heated effluents on fish.
Adv. Wat. Pollut. Res. 1: 261-292.
8. Alabaster, J. S. 1967. The survival of salmon (Salmo salar L.) and
sea trout (S_. trutta L.) in fresh and saline water at high tempera-
ture. Water Res. 1(10): 717-730.
9. Alabaster, J. S. and R. L. Welcomme. 1962. Effect of concentration
of dissolved oxygen on survival of trout and roach in lethal tempera-
tures. Nature (Lond.). 194: 107.
-------
296
10. Albrecht, A. B. 1964. Some observations on factors associated
with survival of striped bass eggs and larvae. Calif. Fish Game.
50(2): 101-113.
11.* Alderdice, D. F. 1963. Some effects of simultaneous variation in
salinity, temperature, and dissolved oxygen on the resistance of
young coho salmon to a toxic substance. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
20(2): 525-550.
12. Alderdice, D. F. and C. R. Forrester. 1968. Some effects of salinity
and temperature on early development and survival of the English
sole (Parophrys vetulus). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(3): 495-521.
13. Alderdice, D. F. and C. R. Forrester. 1971a. Effects of salinity
and temperature on embryonic development of the petrale sole
(Eopsetta jordani). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28: 727-744.
14. Alderdice, D. F. and C. R. Forrester. 1971b. Effects of salinity,
temperature and dissolved oxygen on early development of the Pacific
cod (Gadus macrocephalus). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28: 883-902.
15. Alderdice, D. F. and F. P. J. Velsen. 1971. Some effects of salinity
and temperature on early development of Pacific herring (Clupea
pallasi). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28: 1545-1562.
16.* Alderdice, D. F. and W. P. Wickett. 1958. A note on the response
of developing chum salmon eggs to free carbon dioxide in solution.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 15(5): 797-799.
17.* Alderdice, D. F., W. P. Wickett, and J. R. Brett. 1958. Some effects
of temporary exposure to low dissolved oxygen levels on Pacific
salmon eggs. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 15(2): 229-250.
18.* Aldrich, D. V., C. E. Wood, and K. N. Baxter. 1968. An ecological
interpretation of low temperature responses in Penaeus aztecus and
P_. setiferus postlarvae. Bull. Mar. Sci. 18(1): 61-71.
19. Allee, W. C. 1923. Studies in marine ecology: III. Some physical
factors related to the distribution of littoral invertebrates. Biol.
Bull. 44: 205-253.
20. Allen, K. 0. and K. Strawn. 1968. Heat tolerance of channel catfish
Ictalurus punctatus. Proc. 21st Ann. Conf. Southeast Assoc. Fish and
Game Comm. Columbia, South Carolina: 399-411.
21. Allen, K. R. 1960. Effect of land development on stream bottom faunas,
Proc. N.Z. Ecol. Soc. 7: 20-21.
22. Allen, K. R. 1969. Distinctive aspects of the ecology of stream
fishes: a review. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26(6): 1429-1438.
23. Amend, D. F., W. T. Yasutake, and R. Morgan. 1969. Some factors
influencing susceptibility of rainbow trout to the acute toxicity of
an ethyl mercury phosphate formulation (Timsan). Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 98(3): 419-425.
-------
297
24. American Society of Limnology and Oceanography. 1972. Nutrients
and Eutrophication. Allen Press, Lawrence, Kans. 328p.
25.* Anderson, D. R. and F. A. Glover. 1967. Effects of water manipula-
tion on waterfowl production. Trans. 32nd No. Amer. Wildl. Nat.
Res. Conf.: 292-300.
26. Anderson, J. R. and R. J. Dicke. 1960. Ecology of the immature
stages of some Wisconsin black flies (Simuliidae: Diptera). Ann.
Ent. Soc. Am. 53: 386-404.
27. Anderson, J. W. and D. J. Reish. 1967. The effects of varied
dissolved oxygen concentrations and temperature on the woodboring
isopod genus Limnoria. Mar. Biol. 1(1): 56-59.
28.* Anderson, N. H. and D. M. Lehmkuhl. 1968. Catastrophic drift of
insects in a woodland stream. Ecol. 49(2): 198-206.
29. Andrews, J. W. and R. R. Stickney. 1972. Interaction of feeding
rates and environmental temperature on growth, food conversion, and
body composition of channel catfish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 101(1):
94-99.
30. Anonymous. 1956. Influence of man on vegetation and environment
2,300 years ago. Ecol. 37(2): 394.
31. Apmann, R. P. and M. B. Otis. 1965. Sedimentation and stream im-
provement. N. Y. Fish and Game. 12(2): 117-126.
32. Appalachian Regional Commission. 1969. The incidence and formation
of mine drainage pollution in Appalachia. Appendix C to Acid Mine
Drainage in Appalachia, a report by the Appalachian Regional Commission.
33. Armitage, K. B. 1958. Ecology of riffle insects of the Firehole
River, Wyoming. Ecol. 39: 571-580.
34. Armitage, K. B. 1961. Distribution of riffle insects of the Firehole
River, Wyoming. Hydrobiol. 17: 152-174.
35. Avco Corporation. 1970. Storm water pollution from urban land
activity. U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Fed. Water Qual. Admin., U.S.
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
36. Bader, R. G. 1954. The role of organic matter in determining the
distribution of pelecypods in marine sediments. J. Mar. Res. 13(1):
32-47.
37.* Bailey, J. E. and D. R. Evans. 1971. The low-temperature threshold
for pink salmon eggs in relation to a proposed hydroelectric installa-
tion. Fish. Bull. 69(3): 587-593.
38.* Baldes, R. J. and R. E. Vincent. 1969. Physical parameters of micro-
habitats occupied by brown trout in an experimental flume. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 98(2): 230-238.
-------
298
39. Baldwin, N. S. 1956. Food consumption and growth of brook trout
at different temperatures. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 86: 323-328.
40. Bamforth, S. S. 1962. Diurnal changes in shallow aquatic habitats.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 7: 348-353.
41. Banner, A. and J. A. Van Annan. 1973. Thermal effects on eggs,
larvae and juveniles of bluegill sunfish. U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Off. Res. andMonit., Ecol. Res. Ser., EPA-R3-73-041:
lllp.
42. Barlow, J. P., C. J. Lorenzen, and R. T. Myren. 1963. Eutrophica-
tion of a tidal estuary. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 251-262.
43. Barnard, J. L. 1958. Amphipod crustaceans as fouling organisms
in Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbors, with reference to the influence
of sea-water turbidity. Calif. Fish and Game. 44(2): 161-170.
44. Barnes, H. L. and S. B. Romberger. 1968. Chemical aspects of acid
mine drainage. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 40(3): 371-384.
45.* Barstow, C. J. 1970. Impact of channelization on wetland habitat
in the Obion-Forked Deer Basin, Tennessee. Trans. 36th N. Amer.
Wildl. Conf.: 362-375.
46.* Barstow, C. J. 1971. Impact of channelization on wetland habitat
in the Obion-Forked Deer Basin, Tennessee. 20-28. In; E.
Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization; A Symposium,
Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. No. 2.
47. Bartonek, J. C., J. G. King, and H. K. Nelson. 1971. Problems con-
fronting migratory birds in Alaska. Trans. 36th No. Amer. Wildl.
Conf.: 344-361.
48. Bartsch, A. F., R. J. Callaway, R. A. Wagner, and C. E. Woelke. 1967.
Technical approaches toward evaluating estuarine pollution problems.
693-700. In_: G. H. Lauff, (ed.), Estuaries. A.A.A.S. Publ. 83.
49. Basu, S. P. 1959. Active respiration of fish in relation to ambient
concentrations of oxygen and carbon dioxide. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 16(2): 175-212.
50.* Bates, J. M. 1962. The impact of impoundment on the mussel fauna
of Kentucky Reservoir, Tennessee River. Amer. Midi. Nat. 68(1):
232-236.
51.* Bayless, J. and W. B. Smith. 1967. The effects of channelization
upon the fish population of lotic waters in eastern North Carolina.
Proc. Ann. Conf. S.E. Assoc. Game and Fish. Comm. 18: 230-238.
52. Bayly, I. A, E. 1963. Reversed diurnal vertical migration of
planktonic Crustacea in inland waters of low hydrogen ion concentra-
tion. Nature (Lond.). 200: 704-705.
-------
299
53. Bayly, I. A. E. 1969. The occurrence of calanoid copepods in
athalassic saline waters in relation to salinity and ionic propor-
tions. Verh. int. Verein. theor. angew. Limnol. 17: 449-455.
54.* Bayly, I. A. E. and W. D. Williams. 1973. Inland waters and their
ecology. Longman, Australia. 316p.
55. Beak, T. W. 1958. Toleration of fish to toxic pollution. J. Fish.
Res. Bd. Can. 15(4): 559-572.
56. Beeton, A. M. 1969. Changes in the environment and biota of the
Great Lakes. In; Eutrophication: Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
Washington, D.C.: Nat. Acad. Sci.
57. Beiningen, K. T. and W. J. Ebel. 1968. Effect of John Day Dam on
dissolved nitrogen concentrations and salmon in the Columbia River,
1968. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(4): 664-671.
58.* Beland, R. D. 1953. The effect of channelization on the fishery
of the lower Colorado River. Calif. Fish and Game. 39(1): 137-139.
59. Seller, W. S. 1972. Environmental management of the coastal zone.
Trans. 37th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.: 100-109.
60. Bennett, D. H. and J. W. Gibbons. 1972. Food of largemouth bass
(Micropterus salmoides) from a South Carolina reservoir receiving
heated effluent. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 101(4): 650.
61. Bennett, G. W. 1954. The effects of a late-summer drawdown on the
fish population of Ridge Lake, Coles County, Illinois. Trans. 19th
No. Amer. Wildl. Conf.: 259-270.
62. Bennett, G. W., D. H. Thompson, and S. A. Parr. 1940. Lake Manage-
ment Reports. 4. A second year of fisheries investigations at Fork
Lake, 1939. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv., Biol. Notes. 4: 24p.
63. Benson, N. G. 1953. The importance of ground water to trout popu-
lations in the Pigeon River, Michigan. Trans. No. Amer. Wildl. Conf.
18: 269-281.
64. Benson, N. G. 1955. Observations on anchor ice in a Michigan trout
stream. Ecol. 36: 529-530.
65. Berg, C. J., Jr. 1971. A review of possible causes of mortality of
oyster larvae of the genus Crassostrea in Tomales Bay, California.
Calif. Fish and Game. 57(1): 69-75.
66. Berner, L.,jr., R. Bieri, E. D. Goldberg, D. Martin, and R. L. Wisner.
1962. Field studies of uptake of fission products by marine organisms.
Limnol. Oceanogr. Suppl. Vol. 7: 132-141.
67. Berner, L. M. 1951. Limnology of the lower Missouri River. Ecol.
32(1): 1-12.
-------
300
68. Berra, T. M. and G. E. Gunning. 1970. Repopulation of experiment-
ally decimated sections of streams by longear sunfish, Lepomis
megalotis megalotis (Rafinesque). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(4):
776-781.
69. Bick, G. H., L. E. Hornuff, and E. N. Lambremont. 1953. An eco-
logical reconnaissance of a naturally acid stream in Southern
Louisiana. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 28(3): 221-231.
70. Bidgood, B. F. and A. H. Berst. 1969. Lethal temperatures for
Great Lakes rainbow trout. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26: 456-459.
71. Biggs, R. 1967. Overboard soil disposal I. Interior report on
environmental effects. Proc. Nat. Symp. on Estuarine Pollution
(Palo Alto: Stanford Univ.).
72. Biglane, K. E. and R. A. Lafleur. 1967. Notes on estuarine pollu-
tion with emphasis on the Louisiana Gulf Coast. 689-692. In:
G. H. Lauff, (ed.), Estuaries. A.A.A.S. Publ. 83.
73. Bilton, H. T. and G. L. Robins. 1973. The effects of starvation
and subsequent feeding on survival and growth of Fulton Channel
sockeye salmon fry (Oncorhynchus nerka). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
30(1): 1-5.
74. Bishai, H. M. 1960. The effect of water currents on the survival
and distribution of fish larvae. J. Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer.
25: 134-146.
75. Bishai, H. M. 1960. Upper lethal temperatures for larval salmonids.
J. Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer. 25(2): 129-233.
76. Bishop, J. E. and H. B. N. Hynes. 1969. Upstream movements of the
benthic invertebrates in the Speed River, Ontario. J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 26: 279-298.
77. Biswell, H. H. and J. H. Gilman. 1961. Brush management in relation
to fire and other environmental factors on the Tehama deer winter
range. Calif. Fish and Game. 47(4): 357-389.
78. Biswell, H. H. and A. M. Schultz. 1958. Effects of vegetation re-
moval on spring flow. Calif. Fish and Game. 44(3): 211-230.
79. Bjornn, T. C. 1971. Trout and salmon movements in two Idaho streams
as related to temperature, food, stream flow, cover, and population
density. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 100(3): 423-438.
80. Black, E. C. 1953. Upper lethal temperatures of some British Columbia
freshwater fishes. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 10(4): 196-210.
81. Black, J. D. 1949. Changing fish populations as an index of pollu-
tion and soil erosion. Trans. 111. St. Acad. Sci. 42: 145-148.
-------
301
82. Blair, W. F. 1972. Ecological aspects. 7-12. In: Water, Man
and Nature, a_ Symposium Concerning the Ecological Impact of Water
Resources Development. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
83. Blaxter, J. H. S. 1960. The effect of extremes of temperature on
herring larvae. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. 39: 605-608.
84. Bloomfield, C. and J. K. Coulter. 1973. Genesis and management of
acid sulfate soils. Adv. Agron. 25: 265-326.
85. Blumer, M., J. M. Hunt, J. Atema, and L. Stein. 1973. Interaction
between marine organisms and oil pollution. U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Off. Res. and Monit., Ecol. Res. Ser., EPA-R3-73-042:
97p.
86.* Boccardy, J. A. and W. M. Spaulding, Jr. 1968. Effects of surface
mining on fish and wildlife in Appalachia. U.S.F. & W.S., Resource
Publ. 65. 20p.
87. Bonn, E. W. and B. J. Follis. 1967. Effects of hydrogen sulfide
on channel catfish, Ictalurus punctatus. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
96(1): 31-36.
88. Bonn, E. W. and B. J. Follis. 1967. Effects of hydrogen sulfide
on channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus). Proc. 20th Ann. Conf.
Southeast Assoc. Fish and Game Comm. Columbia, South Carolina:
424-432.
89. Bonnet, D. E. 1939. Mortality of the cod egg in relation to tem-
perature. Biol. Bull. 76: 428-441.
90. Boone, E. and L. G. M. Baas Becking. 1931. Salt effects on eggs
and n-auplii of Artemia salina L. J. Gen. Physiol. 14: 753-763.
91. Bormann, F. H. and G. E. Likens. 1967. Nutrient cycling. Science.
155(3761): 424-429.
92.* Bormann, F. H., G. E. Likens, and J. S. Eaton. 1969. Biotic regu-
lation of particulate and solution losses from a forest ecosystem.
BioScience. 19(7): 600-610.
93.* Borman, F. H., G. E. Likens, D. W. Fisher, and R. S. Pierce. 1968.
Nutrient loss accelerated by clearcutting of a forest ecosystem.
Science. 159: 882-884.
94.* Bourn, W. S. and C. Cottam. 1950. Some biological effects of ditch-
ing tidewater marshes. U.S.F. & W.S., Res. Kept. 19. 30p.
95. Boussu, M. F. 1954. Relationship between trout populations and
cover on a small stream. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 18(2): 229-239.
-------
302
96. Boyd, C. E. 1971. The limnological role of aquatic macrophytes
in their relationship to reservoir management. 153-166. In;
Reservoir Fisheries and Limnology. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 8.
97.* Boyd, M. B., R. T. Saucier, J. W. Keeley, R. L. Montgomery, R. D.
Brown, D. B. Mathis, and C. J. Guice. 1972. Disposal of dredge
spoil, problem identification and assessment and research plan
development (Vicksburg, Miss.: U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Ex-
periment Station), unpublished manuscript.
98.* Bramble, W. C. and R. H. Ashley. 1955. Natural revegetation of
spoil banks in central Pennsylvania. Ecol. 36(3): 417-423.
99.* Branson, F. A. 1970. Vegetation, runoff and sediment yield re-
lationships. 28-48. In: Proc. 15th Ann. Conf. on Water for Texas.
College Station, Texas: Texas A&M Univ.
100.* Braun, E. L. and T. J. Beland. 1958. Mendocino National Forest
stream improvement. Calif. Fish and Game. 44(3): 261-274.
101. Brett, J. R. 1952. Temperature tolerance in young Pacific salmon,
genus Oncorhynchus. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 9: 265-323.
102. Brett, J. R. 1956. Some principles in the thermal requirements
of fishes. Quart. Rev. Biol. 31(2): 75-87.
103.* Brett, J. R. and D. A. Higgs. 1970. Effect of temperature on the
rate of gastric digestion in fingerling sockeye salmon, Oncorhychus
nerka. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 27: 1767-1779.
104. Brett, J. R., M. Hollands, and D. F. Alderdice. 1958. The effect
of temperature on the cruising speed of young sockeye and coho
salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 15(4): 587-605.
105. Brett, J. R., J. E. Shelbourn, and C. T. Shoop. 1969. Growth rate
and body composition of fingerling sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus
nerka, in relation to temperature and ration size. J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 26(9): 2363-2394.
106. Briggs, J. C. 1948. The quantitative effects of a dam upon the
bottom fauna of a small California stream. Trans Amer. Fish. Soc.
78: 70-81.
107. Briggs, P. T. and J. S. O'Connor. 1971. Comparison of shore-zone
fishes over naturally vegetated and sandfilled bottoms in Great
South Bay. N. Y. Fish and Game. 18: 15-41.
108. Brinkhurst, R. 0. 1965. Observations on the recovery of a British
river from gross organic pollution. Hydrobiol. 25: 9-51.
109. Brook, A. J. 1965. Planktonic algae as indicators of lake types
with special reference to the Desmidiaceae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10:
403-411.
-------
303
110. Brookhaven National Laboratory. 1969. Diversity and stability
in ecological systems. Brookhaven Symposia in Biology. 22: 264p.
111. Brooks, J. L. 1947. Turbulence as an environmental determinant
of relative growth in Daphnia. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 33(5):
141-148.
112. Brooks, J. L. and G. E. Hutchinson. 1950. On the rate of passive
sinking of Daphnia. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 36(4): 272-277.
113.* Brooks, J. W., J. C. Bartonek, D. R. Klein, D. L. Spencer, and
A. S. Thayer. 1971. Environmental influences of oil and gas
development in the Arctic Slope and Beaufort Sea. U.S. Dept. of
Interior. Bureau of Sport Fish, and Wildl. Res. Publ. 96: 24p.
114.* Brown, C. L. and R. Clark. 1968. Observations on dredging and
dissolved oxygen in a tidal waterway. Water Resour. Res. 4(6):
1381-1384.
115. Brown, G. W. and J. T. Krygier. 1970. Effects of clear-cutting
on stream temperatures. Water Resour. Res. 6(4): 1133-1139.
116.* Buck, D. H. 1956. Effects of turbidity on fish and fishing.
Okla. Fish. Res. Lab. Rept. No. 56: 1-62.
117. Buck, D. H. 1970. Effects of turbidity on fish and fishing. Trans.
No. Amer. Wildl. Conf. 21: 249-261.
118. Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce, and G. C. Whiteley, Jr. 1956. A
study of the bottom fauna of Rand's Harbor, Massachusetts: an
application of the ecotone concept. Ecol. Monogr. 26: 213-243.
119. Bureau of Mines. 1971. Outer Continental Shelf oil, gas, sulfur,
and salt, leasing, drilling, production, income, and related statis-
tics, 1971 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Geological
Survey), annual petroleum statements, Dec. 23, 1971, Bureau of Mines
Annual Statistical Review, A.P.I.
120.* Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. 1966. Rare and endangered
fish and wildlife of the United States. U.S. Dept. Interior Resource
Publ. 34. Washington, D.C.
121. Burns, C. W. and F. H. Rigler. 1967. Comparison of filtering rates
of Daphnia rosea in lake water and in suspensions of yeast. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 12: 492-502.
122.* Burns, J. W. 1970. Spawning bed sedimentation studies in northern
California streams. Calif. Fish and Game. 56(4): 253-270.
123. Burns, J. W. 1972. Some effects of logging and associated road
construction on northern California streams. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 101(1): 1-17.
-------
304
124. Burnside, K. R. 1967. The effects of channelization on fish popu-
lations on Boeuf River in northeast Louisiana. Unpublished Masters
Thesis, N.E. La. State College.
125. Burrows, R. E. 1964. Effects of accumulated excretory products
on hatchery-reared salmonids. U.S.F. & W.S., Res. Rept. 66. 12p.
126.* Burton, D. T., E. L. Morgan, and J. Cairns, Jr. 1972. Mortality
curves of bluegills (Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque) simultaneously
exposed to temperature and zinc stress. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
101(3): 435-441.
127.* Bury, R. B. 1972. The effects of diesel fuel on a stream fauna.
Calif. Fish and Game. 58(4): 291-295.
128. Buscemi, P. A. 1958. Littoral oxygen depletion produced by a
cover of Elodea canadiensis. Oikos. 9: 239-245.
129.* Butler, P. A. 1952. Effects of floodwaters on oysters in Mississippi
Sound in 1950. U.S.F. & W.S., Res. Rept. 31. 20p.
130. Butler, P. A. 1965. Reaction of some estuarine mollusks to envir-
onmental factors. U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ Health Surv. Publ. 999-WP-
25: 92-104.
131. Butler, P. A. 1966. Pesticides in the marine environment. Pest-
icides in the environment and their effects on wildlife. J. Appl.
Ecol. 3 (Suppl.): 253-259.
132. Butler, P. A. 1966. The problem of pesticides in estuaries. Amer.
Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. No. 3: 110-115.
133. Butler, P. A. 1967. Pesticides in the estuary. Proc. Marsh and
Estuary Mgmt. Sympsoium, La. State Univ.: 120-124.
134. Butler, P. A. 1971. Influence of pesticides on marine ecosystems.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. B. 177: 321-329.
135. Butler. P. A. and J. B. Engle. 1950. The 1950 opening of the
Bonnet Carre Spillway—its effect on oysters. U.S.F. & W.S., Spec.
Sci. Rept. Fish. 14: lOp.
136. Button, D. K. 1969. Effect of clay on the availability of dilute
organic nutrients to steady-state heterotrophic populations.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 14(1); 95-100.
137. Cairns, J., Jr. 1956. The effects of increased temperatures upon
aquatic organisms. Purdue Univ. Eng. Bull. Ext. Ser. No. 89: 346-
354.
138. Cairns, J., Jr. 1967. Suspended solids standards for the protection
of aquatic organisms. Proc. Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 129(1):
16-27.
-------
305
139. Cairns, J., Jr., D. W. Albaugh, F. Busey, and M. D. Chanay. 1968.
The sequential comparison index—a simplified method for non-biolo-
gists to estimate relative differences in biological diversity in
stream pollution studies. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 60: 1607-1613.
140. Cairns, J., Jr., J. S. Crossman, K. L. Dickson, and E. E. Herricks.
1971. The recovery of damaged streams. Assoc. Southeast. Biol.
Bull. 18(3): 79-106.
141. Cairns, J., Jr. and K. L. Dickson. 1971. A simple method for the
biological assessment of the effects of waste discharges on aquatic
bottom-dwelling organisms. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 43(5):
755-772.
142. Cairns, J., Jr. and A. Scheier. 1957. The effects of temperature
and hardness of water upon the toxicity of zinc to the common blue-
gill (Lepomis macrochirus Raf.). Notul. Nat. (299): 1-12.
143. Cairns, J., Jr. and A. Scheier. 1958. The effects of periodic
low oxygen upon the toxicity of various chemicals to aquatic or-
ganisms. Purdue Univ. Eng. Bull. Ext. Ser. No. 94: 165-176.
144. Cairns, J., Jr. and A. Scheier. 1964. The effects of sublethal
levels of zinc and of high temperature upon the toxicity of a
detergent to the sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus (Linn.). Notul. Nat.
(367): 1-3.
145. Calabrese, A. 1969. Effect of acids and alkalies on survival of
bluegills and largemouth bass. U.S.F. & W.S., Tech. Pap. 42. lOp.
146. Caldwell, J. M. and J. B. Lockett. 1965. Effects of littoral
processes on tidewater navigation channels, evaluation of present
state of knowledge of factors affecting tidal hydraulics and re-
lated phenomena (Vicksburg, Miss: U.S. Army Engineer Committee on
Tidal Hydraulics). Rept. 3.
147.* Calhoun, A. J. 1953. Distribution of striped bass fry in relation
to major water diversions. Calif. Fish and Game. 39(3): 279-299.
148. Campbell, C. J. and W. A. Dick-Peddie. 1964. Comparison of
phreatophyte communities on the Rio Grande in New Mexico. Ecol.
45(3): 492-502.
149. Campbell, N. 1961. The growth of brown trout in acid and alkaline
waterg. Salm. Trout Mag. 1961: 47-51.
150. Carlander, K. D., C. A. Carlson, V. Gooch, and T. Wenke. 1967.
Populations of Hexagenia mayfly naiads in pool 19, Mississippi River,
1959-1963. Ecol. 48(5): 873-878.
151. Carlson, C. A. 1968. Summer bottom fauna of the Mississippi River,
above Dam 19, Keokuk, Iowa. Ecol. 49(1): 162-169.
-------
306
152. Carter, B. T. 1950. The movement of fishes through navigation
lock chambers in the Kentucky River. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 15:
48-56.
153. Carpenter, L. V. and L. K. Herndon. 1933. Acid mine drainage from
bituminous coal mines. West Va. Univ. Eng. Exp. Sta. Res. Bull. 10.
154.* Casey, 0. E. 1959. The effects of placer mining (dredging) on a
trout stream. Idaho Dept. Fish & Game, Ann. Progr. Rept., Proj.
F34-R-1, Wat. Qual. Invest., Fed. Aid in Fish Restor. 20-27.
155. Chamberlain, J. L. 1959. Gulf coast marsh vegetation as food of
wintering waterfowl. J. Wildl. Manag. 23(1): 97-102.
156. Chamberlain, L. L. 1972. Primary productivity in a new and an
older California reservoir. Calif. Fish and Game. 58(4): 254-267.
157. Chambers, G. V. and A. K. Sparks. 1959. An ecological survey of
the Houston Ship Channel and adjacent bays. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.
6: 213-250.
158.* Chapman, C. R. 1966. The Texas basins project. 83-92. In: R. F.
Smith, A. H. Swartz, and W. H. Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on
Estuarine Fisheries. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. 3. (Suppl. to
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4) )
159. Chapman, C. R. 1967. Channelization and spoiling in Gulf Coast
and south Atlantic estuaries. Proc. Marsh and Estuary Mgmt. Symposium,
La. State Univ.: 93-106.
160.* Chapman, D. W. 1962. Effects of logging upon fish resources of
the west coast. J. Forest. 60: 533-537.
161.* Chapman, D. W. and R. Demory. 1963. Seasonal changes in the food
ingested by aquatic insect larvae and nymphs in two Oregon streams.
Ecol. 44(1): 140-146.
162. Charles, J. R. 1966. Effects of coal-washer wastes on biological
productivity in Marin's Fork of the Upper Cumberland River. Ky.
Fish. Bull. No. 27-B.
163. Chase, E. S. 1957. Oxygen demand exerted by leaves stored under
water. J. New Engl. Wat. Wks. Ass. 71: 307-312.
164. Chaston, I. 1969. Seasonal activity and feeding pattern of brown
trout (Salmo trutta^ in a Dartmoor stream in relation to availability
of food. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26: 2165-2171.
165. Chesapeake Biological Laboratory. 1970. Gross physical-biological
effects of overboard spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay, Solomons,
Md.: Final report to U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife.
166. Chidester, F. E. 1924. A critical examination of the evidence for
physical and chemical influences of fish migration. J. Exp. Biol.
2: 79-118.
-------
307
167.* Choate, J. S. 1972. Effects of stream channeling on wetlands in
a Minnesota watershed. J. Wildl. Manag. 36(3): 940-943.
168. Christiansen, J. E. and J. B. Low. 1970. Water requirements of
waterfowl marshlands in northern Utah. Utah Div. Fish and Game,
Publ. No. 69-12.
169. Chura, N. J. 1961. Food availability and preferences of juvenile
mallards. Trans. 26th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.: 121-134.
170. Churchill, M. A. and W. R. Nicholas. 1967. Effects of impoundments
on water quality. J. of San. Engr. Div., ASCE (SA6): 73-90.
171. Chutter, F. M. 1969. The effects of silt and sand on the inverte-
brate fauna of streams and rivers. Hydrobiol. 34: 57-76.
172. Clark, J. L. 1969. Mine drainage in the North Branch Potomac River
basin. FWPCA, U.S. Dept. Interior, Tech. Rept. No. 13.
173. Clark, J. R. 1969. Thermal pollution and aquatic life. Sci.
Amer. 220(3): 18-27.
174. Clark, J. W., W. G. Smith, A. W. Kendall, Jr., and M. P. Fahay.
1969. Studies of estuarine dependence of Atlantic coastal fishes.
U.S.F. & W.S., Tech. Pap. 28: 132p.
175. Clark, J. W., W. G. Smith, A. W. Kendall, Jr., and M. P. Fahay.
1970. Studies of estuarine dependence of Atlantic coastal fishes.
Data report II: Southern Section, New River Inlet, N.C., to Palm
Beach, Fla. R. V. Dolphin Cruises 1967-68: Zooplankton volumes,
surface-meter net collections, temperatures, and salinities.
U.S.F. &W.S., Tech. Pap. 59: 97p.
176. Cleary, R. E. 1956. Observations on factors affecting smallmouth
bass production in Iowa. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 20(4): 353-359.
177.* Clothier, W. D. 1953a. Methods of reducing fish losses in irrigation
diversions! Mont. Fish and Game Dept. 5p.
178.* Clothier, W. D. 1953b. Fish loss and movement in irrigation diver-
sions from the West Gallatin River, Montana. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 17(2):
144-158.
179. Clothier, W. D. 1954. Effect of water reductions on fish movement
in irrigation diversions. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 18(2): 150-160.
180.* Coble, D. W. 1961. Influence of water exchange and dissolved oxygen
in redds on survival of steelhead trout embryos. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 90(4): 469-474.
181.* Coble, D. W. 1967. Relationship of temperature to total annual
growth in adult smallmouth bass. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24(1):
87.
-------
308
182. Colby, P. J., G. R. Spangler, D. A. Hurley, and A. M. McCombie.
1972. Effects of eutrophication on salmonid communities in oligo-
trophic lakes. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29: 975-983.
183. Cole, D. W. 1971. Forest management and agriculture practices.
503-528. In; D. W. Hood (ed.), Impingement of Man on the Ocean.
Wiley-Interscience, N.Y.
184. Cole, W. H. 1939. The effect of temperature on the color change
of Fundulus in response to black and to white backgrounds in fresh
and in sea water. J. Exp. Zool. 80(2): 167-172.
185. Coleman, M. J. and H. B. N. Hynes. 1970. The vertical distribution
of the invertebrate fauna in the bed of a stream. Limnol. Oceanogr.
15(1): 31-40.
186. Collier, A., S. M. Ray, A. W. Magnitzky, and J. 0. Bell. 1953.
Effect of dissolved organic substances on oysters. U.S.F. & W.S.,
Fish. Bull. 54: 167-185.
187. Collier, C. R., R. J. Pickering, and J. J. Musser (eds.). 1970.
Influences of strip mining on the hydrologic environment of parts
of Beaver Creek Basin, Kentucky, 1955-66. U.S. Geol. Sur. Prf. Pap.
No. 427, 80p.
188.* Collins, G. B. 1952. Factors influencing the orientation of migra-
ting anadromous fishes. U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull. 73: 375-396.
189. Committee on Pollution. 1966. Waste Management and Control. Nat.
Acad. Sci.—Nat. Res. Council. Pubz. 1400: 257p.
190.* Congdon, J. C. 1971. Fish populations of channelized and unchan-
nelized sections of the Chariton River, Missouri. 52-62. In:
E. Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization; A_
Symposium. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 2.
191.* Cooper, A. C. 1956. A study of the Horsefly River and the effect
of placer mining operations on sockeye spawning grounds. Internat.
Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm., Publ. 1956, 58p.
192.* Cooper, E. L. 1953. Periodicity of growth and change of condition
of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) in three Michigan trout
streams. Copeia. 1953(2): 107-114.
193. Cooper, E. L. 1967. A Symposium on Water Quality Criteria to Pro-
tect Aquatic Life. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. 4. Suppl. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 96(1): 37p.
194. Cope, 0. B. 1958. Annotated bibliography on the cutthroat trout.
U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull. 58: 417-442.
195.* Copeland, B. J. 1966a. Effects of industrial waste on the marine
environment. J. Wat. Poll. Contr. Fed. 38(6): 1000-1010.
-------
309
196.* Copeland, B. J. 1966b. Effects of decreased river flow on estuarine
ecology. J. Wat. Poll. Contr. Fed. 38(11): 1831-1839.
197. Copeland, B. J. 1967. Environmental characteristics of hypersaline
lagoons. Contrib. Mar. Sci. 12: 207-218.
198.* Copeland, B. J. 1970. Estuarine classification and responses to
disturbances. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(4): 826-835.
199. Copeland, B. J. and F. Dickens. 1969. Systems resulting from
dredging spoil. 1084-1100. In; H. T. Odum, B. J. Copeland, and E.
A. McMahan (eds.), Coastal Ecological Systems of the United States.
FWPCA (mimeo.).
200. Copeland, B. J. and H. D. Hoese. 1966. Growth and mortality of
the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica, in high salinity
shallow bays in Central Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.
11: 149-158.
201. Copeland, B. J. and R. S. Jones. 1965. Community metabolism in
some hypersaline waters. Texas J. Sci. 17(2): 188-205.
202.* Cordone, A. J. and D. W. Kezley. 1961. The influences of inorganic
sediment on the aquatic life of streams. Calif. Fish and Game.
47(2): 189-228.
203.* Cordone, A. J. and S. Pennoyer. 1960. Notes on silt pollution in
the Truckee River drainage. Calif. Dept. Fish and Game, Inland
Fisheries Admin. Kept., No. 60-14. 25p.
204. Corliss, J. and L. Trent. 1971. Comparison of phytoplankton pro-
duction between natural and altered areas in West Bay, Texas. Fish.
Bull. 69(4): 829-832.
205.* Cormack, R. G. H. 1949. A study of trout streamside cover in
logged-over and undisturbed virgin spruce woods. Can. J. Res.
27: 78-95.
206. Costlow, J. D., Jr. and C. G. Bookhout. 1962. The effect of en-
vironmental factors on larval development of crabs. Biol. Probs.
Wat. Pollut., 3rd Seminar, 1962. 77-86. In: U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ.
Health Surv. Publ. 999-WP-25.
207. Costlow, J. D., Jr. and C. G. Bookhout. 1968. The effect of en-
vironmental factors on development of the land crab, Cardisoma
guanhumi Latreille. Amer. Zool. 3: 399-410.
208. Cottam, C. 1967. Research needs in estuarine areas of the Gulf
Coast. Proc. Marsh and Estuary Mgmt. Symposium, La. State Univ.
209. Cottam, C. and W. S. Bourne. 1952. Coastal marshes adversely
affected by drainage and drought. Trans. 17th No. Amer. Wildl.
Conf.: 414-420.
-------
310
210. Cotter, P. G. 1965. Sand and gravel. U.S. Bureau of Mines, Mineral
Facts and Problems, U.S. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 630.
211. Greaser, C. W. 1930. Relative importance of hydrogen-ion concentra-
tion, temperature, dissolved oxygen, and carbon dioxide tension,
on habitat selection by brook trout. Ecol. 2: 246-262.
212.* Creutzberg, F. 1959. Discrimination between ebb and flood tide by
migrating elvers (Anguilla vulgaris Turt.) by means of olfactory
perception. Nature. 184: 1961-1962.
213.* Creutzberg, F. 1961. On the orientation of migrating elvers
(Anguilla vulgaris) in a tidal area. Neth. J. Sea. Res. 1: 257-338.
214. Cringan, A. T., R. E. Mason, and J. H. Palmer. 1962. Effects of
headwater impoundment on waterfowl. Trans. 27th No. Amer. Wildl.
Nat. Res. Conf.: 80-91.
215. Crisp, D. J. 1957. Effect of low temperature on the breeding of
marine animals. Nature. 179(4570): 1138-1139.
216. Cronin, L. E. 1967. The role of man in estuarine processes.
667-689. In; G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries. AAAS Publ. 83.
217. Cronin, L. E. 1971. Preliminary analysis of the ecological as-
pects of deep port creation and supership operation. U.S. Army
Eng. Inst. Water Resources, IWR Rept. 71-10, 31p.
218. Cronin, L.,E., G. Gunter, and S. H. Hopkins. 1969. Effects of
engineering activities on coastal ecology. U.S. Army Corps of
Eng., Interim Rept.
219.* Cronin, L. E., G. Gunter, and S. H. Hopkins. 1971. Effects of
engineering activities on coastal ecology. U.S. Army Corps of
Eng., Rept. 48p.
220.* Cronin, L. E., R. B. Biggs, D. A. Flemer, H. T. Pfitzenmeyer,
F. Goodwyn, Jr., W. L. Dovel, and D. E. Ritchie, Jr. 1970. Gross
physical and biological effects of overboard spoil disposal in
upper Chesapeake Bay. Univ. Md., Nat. Resour. Inst., Spec. Rept.
3: 66p.
221. Curtis, B. 1959. Changes in a river's physical characteristics
under substantial reductions in flow due to hydroelectric diversion.
Calif. Fish and Game. 45(3): 181-188.
222. Gushing, C. E., Jr. 1964. Plankton and water chemistry in the
Montreal River lake-stream system, Saskatchewan. Ecol. 45(2):
306-313.
223.* Cushing, C. E., Jr. and P. A. Olson. 1963. Effects of weed burn-
ing on stream conditions. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(3): 303-305.
-------
311
224. Dahl, E. 1956. Ecological salinity boundaries in poikilosaline
waters. Oikos. 7: 1-21.
225. Dambach, C. A. and J. H. Olive. 1969. Development of biological
indicies to pollution levels in streams affected by acid mine
drainage and oil field brine wastes. Ohio State Univ., Nat. Res.
Inst. and Water Res. Center Rept.
226. Darnell, R. M. 1961. Trophic spectrum of an estuarine community,
based on studies of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana. Ecol. 42(3):
553-568.
227. Darnell, R. M. 1967. Organic detritus in relation to the estuarine
ecosystem. 376-382. In; G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries, AAAS Publ.
83.
228. Darnell, R. M. 1968. Animal nutrition in relation to secondary
production. Amer. Zool. 8(1): 83-93.
229. Darnell, R. M. 1969. Evolution and the ecosystem. Amer. Zool.
10(1): 9-15.
230. Darnell, R. M. 1971. The world estuaries - ecosystems in jeopardy.
Intecol. Bull. (3): 3-20.
231.* Darnell, R. M. 1973. Ecology and Man. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque,
Iowa, 149p.
232.* Darnell, R. M., P. C. Lemon, J. M. Neuhold, and G. C. Ray. 1974.
Natural Areas and Their Role in Land and Water Resource Preservation.
Final Report of the US/IBP Program for the Conservation of Ecosystems,
Am. Inst. Biol. Sci., 286p. + append.
233.* Darnell, R. M. and D. B. Shimkin. 1972. A systems view of coastal
zone management. 346-364. In; B. H. Ketchum (ed.), The Water's Edge,
Critical Problems of the Coastal Zone. MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.
234.* Davis, G. E., J. Foster, C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff. 1963.
The influence of oxygen concentration on the swimming performance
of juvenile Pacific salmon at various temperatures. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 92(2): 111-124.
235. Davis, H. C. 1960. Effects of turbidity-producing materials in
sea water on eggs and larvae of the clam Venus (Mercenaria) mercenaria.
Biol. Bull. 118(1): 48-54.
236. Davis, H. C. and A. Calabrese. 1964. Combined effects of tempera-
ture and salinity on development of eggs and growth of larvae of
M. mercenaria and £. virginica. U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull. 63:
643-655.
237. Davis, H. C. and H. Hidu. 1969a. Effects of turbidity-producing
substances in sea water on eggs and larvae of three genera of bi-
valve mollusks. Veliger. 11(4): 316-323.
-------
312
238. Davis, H. C. and H. Hidu. 1969b. Effects of pesticides on
embryonic development of clams and oysters and on survival and
growth of the larvae. U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull. 67: 393-404.
239.* Davis, H. S. 1953. Culture and Diseases of Game Fish. Univ.
California Press, Berkeley, 332p.
240. Davis, J. J. 1965. Accumulation of radionuclides by aquatic
insects. In; Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans.,
1962 Seminar. Robert A. Taft Sanit. Eng. Cent., Cincinnati.
241. Davis, J. J., R. W. Perkins, R. F. Palmer, W. C. Hanson, and
J. F. Cline. 1958. Radioactive materials in aquatic and
terrestrial organisms exposed to reactor water. Proc. 2nd
Intern. Conf. on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy (United Na-
tions, Geneva, 1958). 18: 423-428.
242.* Davis, R. M. 1971. Limnology of a strip mine pond in Western
Maryland. Chesapeake Sci. 12(2): 111-114.
243.* Davis, R. M. 1973. Benthic macroinvertebrate and fish populations
in Maryland streams influenced by acid mine drainage. Univ. Md.,
Nat. Resources Inst., Contr. No. 528, 103p.
244. DeFalco, P., Jr. 1967. The estuary—septic tank of the megalopolis.
701-703. In: G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries. AAAS Publ. 83.
245.* de la Cruz, A. A. 1974. Primary productivity of coastal marshes
in Mississippi. Gulf Res. Repts. 4(3): 351-356.
246.* Delisle, G. E. 1962. Water velocities tolerated by spawning
Kokanee salmon. Calif. Fish and Game. 48(1): 77-78.
247. Dendy, J. S. 1945. Predicting depth distribution of fish in
three TVA (Tennessee Valley Authority) storage-type reservoirs.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 75: 65-71.
248.* Dexter, R. W. 1944. Ecological significance of the disappearance
of eel-grass at Cape Ann, Massachusetts. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 8: 173-176.
249. Dill, L. M. and T. G. Northcote. 1.970a. Effects of some environ-
mental factors on survival, condition, and timing of emergence of
chum salmon fry (Oncorhychus keta). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 27:
196-201.
250. Dill, L. M. and T. G. Northcote. 1970b. Effects of gravel size,
egg depth, and egg density on intragravel movement and emergence of
coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) alevins. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
27: 1191-1199.
251.* Dimond, J. B. 1967. Evidence that drift of stream benthos is den-
sity related. Ecol. 48(5): 855-857.
-------
313
252.* Dolan, R. 1972. Barrier dune system along the Outer Banks of
North Carolina: A reappraisal. Science. 176: 286-288.
253. Dolan, R., P. J. Godfrey, and W. E. Odum. 1973. Man's impact
on the barrier islands of North Carolina. Amer. Sci. 61: 152-162.
254. Dorfman, D. and W. R. Whitworth. 1969. Effects of fluctuations
of lead, temperature, and dissolved oxygen on the growth of
brook trout. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26(9): 2493-2501.
255. Dorris, T. C. and B. J. Copeland. 1962. Limnology of the middle
Mississippi River. III. Mayfly populations in relation to
navigation water-level control. Limnol. Oceanogr. 7(2): 240-247.
256. Dorris, T. C., B. J. Copeland, and G. J. Lauer. 1963. Limnology
of the middle Mississippi River. IV. Physical and chemical limnology
of river and chute. Limnol Oceanogr. 8(1): 79-88.
257. Doudoroff, P. 1957. Water quality requirements of fishes and
effects of toxic substances. 403-430. In; M. E. Brown (ed.),
The Physiology of Fishes. Academic Press, N.Y.
258. Doudoroff, P. and M. Katz. 1950. Critical review of literature
on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their components to
fish. I. Alkalies, acids, and inorganic gases. Sewage Indust.
Wastes. 22(11): 1432-1458.
259. Doudoroff, P. and M. Katz. 1953. Critical review of literature
on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their components to
fish. II. The metals, as salts. Sewage and Indust. Wastes.
25(7): 802-839.
260. Doudoroff, P. and D. L. Shumway. 1967. Dissolved oxygen criteria
for the protection of fish. 13-19. In; E. L. Cooper (ed.),
A Symposium cm Water Quality Criteria _to_ Protect Aquatic Life.
Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 4., Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 96(1).
261. Doudoroff, P. and D. L. Shumway. 1970. Dissolved oxygen require-
ments of freshwater fishes. F.A.O. Fish. Tech. Pap. 86.
262. Doudoroff, P. and C. E. Warren. 1965. Dissolved oxygen require-
ments of fishes. 145-155. In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third Seminar. 1962. PHS Publ. No. 999-WP-25.
263. Duchrow, R. M. and W. H. Everhart. 1971. Turbidity measurement.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 100(4): 682-690.
264. Dudley, R. G. 1969. Survival of largemouth bass embryos at low
dissolved oxygen concentrations. M.S. Thesis, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York, 61p.
265. Duffer, W. R. and T. C. Dorris. 1966. Primary productivity in
a southern Great Plains stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11(2): 143-151.
-------
314
266. Duke, T. W., J. I. Lowe, and A. J. Wilson, Jr. 1970. A
polychlorinated biphenyl (Aroclor 1254*) in the water, sediment,
and biota of Escambia Bay, Florida. Bull. Envir. Contain. & Toxicol.
5(2): 171-180.
267. Durham, L. 1955. Ecological factors affecting the growth of
smallmouth bass and longear sunfish in Jordan Creek. 111. Acad.
of Sci., Trans. 47: 25-34.
268.* Ebel, W. J. 1969. Supersaturation of nitrogen in the Columbia
River and its effect on salmon and steelhead trout. U.S.F.&W.S.,
Fish. Bull. 68(1): 1-11.
269.* Ebel, W. J., E. M. Dawley, and B. H. Monk. 1971. Thermal
tolerance of juvenile Pacific salmon and steelhead trout in
relation to supersaturation of nitrogen gas. Fish. Bull. 69(4):
833-843.
270. Eckhardt, B. 1969. Death of Galveston Bay. Trans. 33rd N. Amer.
Wildl. Conf. 79-90.
271.* Eddy, S. and T. Surber. 1947. Northern Fishes (With Special
Reference to the Upper Mississippi Valley). Univ. Minnesota Press.
276p.
272. Edmondson, W. T. 1968. Water-quality management and lake
eutrophication: The Lake Washington case. Wat. Res. Mgmt. Public
Pol. 139-178.
273. Edmondson, W. T. 1969 Eutrophication in North America. 124-
149. In; Eutrophication; Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, D.C.
274. Edsall, T. A. and P. J. Colby. 1970. Temperature tolerance
of young-of-the-year Cisco, Coregonus artedii. Trans. Am.
Fish. Soc. 99(3): 526-531.
275. Ehrlich, K. F. and D. A. Farris. 1971. Some influences of
temperature on the development of the grunion, Leuresthes tennuis
(Ayres). Calif. Fish and Game. 57(1): 58-68.
276. Einstein, H. A. 1968. Deposition of suspended particles in a
gravel bed. Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng., Hydr. Div.
277. Einstein, H. A. 1972. Sedimentation. 309-318. In: R. T.
Oglesby (ed.), River Ecology and Man. Academic Press, N.Y.
278. Eldridge, E. F. 1960. Return irrigation water, characteristics
and effects. U.S. Public Health Service, Region IX, Portland,
Oregon.
279.* Eleuterius, L. N. 1971. Recent changes in the Louisiana marsh
near Vermillion Bay. Gulf Res. Repts. 3(2): 259-263.
-------
315
280.* Ellis, M. M. 1931a. A survey of conditions affecting fisheries
in the upper Mississippi River. U.S. Bur. Fisheries, Fish.
Circ. 5, 18p.
281.* Ellis, M. M. 1931b. Some factors affecting the replacement of
the commercial fresh-water mussels. U.S. Bur. Fisheries, Fish.
Circ. 7, lOp.
282. Ellis, M. M. 1935. Water purity standards for fishes. U.S.
Bur. Fisheries, Spec. Sci. Kept. 2, 14p.
283.* Ellis, M. M. 1936. Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic
environments. Ecol. 17(1): 29-42.
284. Ellis, M. M. 1937. Detection and measurement of stream pollution.
U.S. Bur. Fish. Bull. 48(22): 365-437.
285.* Ellis, M. M. 1944. Water purity standards for fresh-water
fishes. U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept. 2, 18p.
286.* Ellis, M. M., B. A. Westfall, and M. D. Ellis. 1946. Determination
of water quality. U.S.F.&W.S., Res. Rept. 9. 22p.
287.* Ellis, R. J. and H. Cowing. 1957. Relationship between food
supply and condition of wild brown trout, Salmo trutta Linnaeus,
in a Michigan stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 2(4): 299-308.
288. Elser, A. A. 1968. Fish populations of a trout stream in
relation to major habitat zones and channel alterations.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 97(4): 389-397.
289.* Elwood, J. W. arid T. F. Waters. 1969. Effects of floods on food
consumption and production rates of a stream brook trout popula-
tion. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 98(2): 253-262.
290.* Emerson, J. W. 1971. Channelization: a case study. Science.
173: 325-326.
291. Erickson, S. J., N. Lackie, and T. E. Maloney. 1970. A screening
technique for estimating copper toxicity to estuarine phytoplankton.
J. Wat. Poll. Contr. Fed. 42(8), Part 2: R270-R278.
292. Etnier, D. A. 1972. The effect of annual rechanneling on a
stream fish population. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 101(2): 372-374.
293. Fagerstrom, T. and A. Jernelov. 1971. Formation of methyl mercury
from pure mercuric sulphide in aerobic organic sediment. Water
Res. 5(3): 121-122.
294. Fajen, 0. F. 1962. The influence of stream stability on homing
behavior of two smallmouth bass populations. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 91(4): 346-349.
295. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration. 1968. Water
quality criteria; Report of the National Technical Advisory
Committee to the Secretary of the Interior. Fed. Wat. Pollut.
Contr. Admin. U.S. Gov't. Print. Off., Wash, x + 234p.
-------
316
296. Fenchel, T. M. and R. J. Riedl. 1970. The sulflde system: a
new biotic community underneath the oxidized layer of marine sand
bottoms. Mar. Biol. 7: 255-268.
297. Ferguson, R. G. 1958. The preferred temperature of fish and
their midsummer distribution in temperate lakes and streams.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 15(4): 607-624.
298. Filice, F. P. 1959. The effect of wastes on the distribution
of bottom invertebrates in the San Francisco Bay estuary.
Wasmann Jour. Biol. 17(1): 1-17.
299. Fimreite, N., W. N. Holsworth, J. A. Keith, P. A. Pearce, and I. M.
Gruchy. 1971. Mercury in fish and fish-eating birds near sites
of industrial contamination in Canada. Canad. Field-Naturalist.
85(3): 211-220.
300. Fish, F. F. 1944. The retention of adult salmon with particular
reference to the Grand Coulee Fish-salvage program. U.S.F.&W.S.,
Spec. Sci. Rept. Fish. 27, 28p.
301. Fisher, D. W., A. W. Gambell, G. E. Likens, and F. H. Bormann.
1968. Atmospheric contributions to water quality of streams in
the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire. Water
Resour. Res. 4(5): 1115-1126.
302.* Fisher, S. G. and A. LaVoy. 1972. Differences in littoral
fauna due to fluctuating water levels below a hydroelectric
dam. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29: 1472-1476.
303. Fisher, S. G., and G. E. Likens. 1973. Energy flow in Bear
Brook, New Hampshire: an integrative approach to stream
ecosystem metabolism. Ecol. Monogr. 43(4): 421-439.
304. Flemer, D. A., W. L. Dovel, H. T. Pfitzenmeyer, and D. E.
Ritchie, Jr. 1967. Spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay.
II. Preliminary analysis of biological effects. 152-187. In; P. L.
McCarty and R. Kennedy (eds.), National Symposium on Estuarine Pol-
lution. Stanford Univ. Press.
305.* Florida Defenders of the Environment. 1970. Environmental impact
of the Cross-Florida Barge Canal with special emphasis on the
Oklawaha regional ecosystem. 115p.
306. Fogg, G. E. 1965. Algal Cultures and Phytoplankton Ecology.
Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.
307. Foster, R. F. and D. McConnon. 1965. Relationships between the
concentration of radionuclides in Columbia River Water and Fish.
In; Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Trans. 1962
Seminar. Robert A. Taft Sanit. Eng. Cent., Cincinnati.
308. Fox, H. M. and J. Sidney. 1953. The influence of dissolved oxygen
on the respiratory movements of caddis larvae. J. Exp. Biol. 30:
235-237.
-------
317
309. Fox, M., C. A. Wingfield, and I. G. Simmonds. 1937. The oxygen
consumption of ephemerid nymphs from flowing and from still
waters in relation to the concentrations of oxygen in the water.
J. Exp. Biol. 14: 210.
310.* Frankenberg, D. and C. W. Westerfield. 1969. Oxygen demand
and oxygen depletion capacity of sediments from Wassaw Sound,
Georgia. Bull. Georgia Acad. Sci.
311.* Fraser, J. C. 1972. Regulated discharge and the stream environ-
ment. 263-285. In; R. T. Oglesby, C. A. Carlson, and J. A.
McCann (eds.), River Ecology and Man. Academic Press, N.Y.
312. Frey, D. G. (ed.). 1963. Limnology in North America. Univ.
Wisconsin Press, Madison.
313. Fromm, P. 0. and R. H. Schiffman. 1958. Toxic action of
hexavalent chromium on largemouth bass. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 22: 40-4.
314. Frost, W. E. 1939. River Liffey survey II—The food consumed by
the brown trout (Salmo trutta Linn.) in acid and alkaline waters.
Proc. R. Ir. Acad. 45B: 139-62.
315. Fry, F. E. J. 1951. Some environmental relations of the speckled
trout (Salvelinus fontinalis). Proc. Northeast. Atlantic Fish.
Conf. 1951.
316. Fry, F. E. J. 1960. The oxygen requirements of fish. 106-109.
In; C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Robert A. Taft Sanit. Eng. Cent., Cincinnati.
317. Fry, F. E. J. 1967. Responses of vertebrate poikilotherms to
termperature (review). 375-409. In; A. H. Rose (ed.), Thermo-
biology. Academic Press, N.Y.
318. Fry, F. E. J. and J. S. Hart. 1948. The relation of temperature
to oxygen consumption in the goldfish. Biol. Bull. 94: 66-77.
319. Fry, F. E. J., J. S. Hart, and K. F. Walker. 1946. Lethal
temperature relations for a sample of young speckled trout,
Savelinus fontinalis. 9-35. In; University of Toronto
Biology Series, No. 54, Univ. Toronto Press, Toronto.
320. Fulton, L. A. 1970. Spawning areas and abundance of steelhead
trout and coho, sockeye, and chum salmon in the Columbia River
basin-past and present. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept. Fish.
618, 37p.
321.* Funk, J. L. and C. E. Ruhr. 1971. Stream channelization in the
Midwest. 5-11. In; E. Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.),
Stream Channelization; A Symposium. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec.
Publ. No. 2.
-------
318
322.* Gagliano, S. M., H. J. Kwon, J. L. van Beek. 1970. Salinity
regimes in Louisiana estuaries. Hydrologic & Geologic Studies
of Coastal Louisiana. Report 2. Coastal Resources Unit Center
for Wetland Resources, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge.
l-63p.
323.* Gagliano, S. M. and J. L. van Beek. 1973. Environmental manage-
ment in the Mississippi Delta system. Trans. Gulf Coast Assoc.
Geol. Soc., 23: 203-209.
324. Galtsoff, P. S. 1956. Ecological changes affecting the pro-
ductivity of oyster grounds. Trans. 21sJ^ N. Am. Wild. Conf.
408-419.
325. Galtsoff, P. S. 1964. The american oyster Crassostrea virginica
Gmelin. U.S.F.&W.S., Fish. Bull., 64: 480p.
326. Gammon, J. R. 1970. The effect of inorganic sediment on stream
biota. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Pollution Control
Research Series No. 18050DWC, 141p.
327.* Gangmark, H. A. and R. G. Bakkala. 1960. A comparative study
of unstable and stable (artificial channel) spawning streams
for incubating king salmon at Mill Creek. Calif. Fish and Game,
46(2): 151-164.
328.* Gangmark, H. A. and R. D. Broad. 1956. Further observations on
stream survival of king salmon spawn. Calif. Fish and Game, 42(1):
37-49.
329. Gannon, J. E. and A. M. Beeton. 1969. Studies on the effects
of dredged materials from selected Great Lakes harbors on plankton
and benthos. Center for Great Lakes Studies, University of
Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Spec. Rept. No. 8, 82p.
330. Card, R. 1972. Persistence of headwater check dams in a trout
stream. J. Wildl. Manag. 36(4): 1363-1367.
331.* Garside, E. T. 1966. Effects of oxygen in relation to temperature
in the development of embryos of brook trout and rainbow trout.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 23(8): 1121.
332.* Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell. 1952. Aquatic invertebrates
as indicators of stream pollution. Publ. Health Repts. 67(1):
57-64.
333. Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell. 1955. Environmental changes in
a polluted stream during winter. Amer. Midi. Nat. 54(1): 78-88.
334. Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell. 1956. Aquatic macro-invertebrate
communities as indicators of organic pollution in Lytle Creek.
Sewage Indus. Wastes, 28(7): 906-924.
-------
319
335. Gauley, J. R. 1966. Effect of water velocity on passage of
salmonids in a transportation channel. U.S.F.& W.S., Fish. Bull.
66: 59-63.
336. Gauley, J. R. 1966. Effect of water velocity on passage of
salmonids in a transportation channel. U.S.F.& W.S., Fish.
Bull. 66: 59-63.
337. Gerking, S. D. 1949. Characteristics of stream fish populations.
Invest. Indiana Lakes and Streams, 3(3-8): 283-309.
338. Gerking, S. D. 1950. Stability of a stream fish population.
J. Wildl. Manag. 14(2): 193-202.
339. Gerking, S. D. 1953. Evidence for the concepts of home range
and territory in stream fishes. Ecol. 34(2): 347-365.
340. Gessel, S. P. and D. W. Cole. 1965. Influence of removal of
forest cover on movement of water and associated elements
through soil. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 57(10): 1301-1310.
341. Geyer, R. A. 1955. Effect of the Gulf of Mexico and the
Mississippi River on hydrography of Redfish Bay and Blind Bay.
Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas. 4(1): 157-168.
342. Geyer, R. A. 1970. Impacts of environmental changes on Gulf
Coast estuaries. Trans. 37th No. Am. Wildl. Conf. 335-348.
343. Gibson, E. S. and F. E. J. Fry. 1954. The performance of the
lake trout, Salvelinus namaycush, at various levels of
temperature and oxygen pressure. Can. J. Zool. 32(3): 252-260.
344.* Giles, J. H. and G. Zamora. 1973. Cover as a factor in habitat
selection by juvenile brown (Penaeus aztecus) and white (P.
setiferus) shrimp. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 102(1): 144-145.
345. Gillespie, W. H. 1964. Effects of coal strip mining in West
Virginia. W. Va. Univ., Morgantown (Unpubl. Rept.). 63p.
346. Glime, J. M. and R. M. Clemons. 1972. Species diversity of
stream insects on Fontinalis spp. compared to diversity on
artificial substrates. Ecol. 53(3): 458-465.
347. Glud, John B. 1951. The effect of man on shellfish populations.
Trans. 16th No. Am. Wildl. Conf. 397-402.
348. Glymph, L. M. and H. C. Storey. 1967. Sediment—its consequences
and control. 205-220. Ln: N. C. Bradz (ed.), Agriculture and
the Quality of our Environment. AAAS Publ. 85.
349. Godcharles, M. F. 1971. A study of the effects of a commercial
hydraulic clam dredge on benthic communities in estuarine areas.
Fla. Dept. Nat. Res., Mar. Res. Lab., Tech. Ser. No. 64. 51p.
-------
320
350.* Goldman, C. R. 1961. The contribution of alder trees (Alnus
tenuifolia) to the primary productivity of Castle Lake, California.
Ecol. 42(2): 282-288.
351. Gordon, R. N. 1965. Fisheries problems associated with hydro-
electric power development. Can. Fish. Cult. 35: 17-36.
352. Gorham, E. and D. J. Swaine. 1965. The influence of oxidizing
and reducing conditions upon the distribution of some elements
in lake sediments. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10(2): 268-279.
353. Gorham, F. P. 1899. The gas-bubble disease of fish and its
cause. U.S. Fish. Comm. Bull. 19: 33-37.
354. Gosz, J. R., G. E. Likens, and F. H. Bormann. 1972. Nutrient
content of litter fall on the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest,
New Hampshire. Ecol. 53(5): 769-784.
355. Graham, J. M. 1949. Some effects of temperature and oxygen
pressure on the metabolism and activity of the speckled trout
Salvelinus fontinalis. Can. J. Res. (D) 27: 270-288.
356.* Gray, J. R. A. and J. M. Edington. 1969. Effect of woodland
clearance on stream temperature. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26: 399-403,
357.* Green, G. E. 1950. Land use and trout streams. J. Soil Water
Conserv. 5: 125-126.
358. Greenberg, A. E. 1964. Plankton of the Sacramento River.
Ecol. 45(1): 40-49.
359. Greenfield, L. J. 1952. The distribution of marine borers in
the Miami area in relation to ecological conditions. Bull. Mar.
Sci. Gulf Caribb. 2(2): 448-464.
360. Griffith, W. H., Jr. 1962-63. Salt as a possible limiting factor
to the Suisan Marsh pheasant population. Delta Fish & Wildlife
Protection Study, Cooperative Study of California, Ann. Rept.
361. Grigg, R. W. and R. S. Kiwala. 1970. Some ecological effects
of discharged wastes on marine life. Calif. Fish and Game,
56(3): 145-155.
362. Grimes, C. B. 1971. Thermal addition studies of the Crystal
River steam electric station. Fla. Dept. Nat. Res., Mar. Res.
Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser. No. 11. 53p.
363. Grimes, C. B. and J. A. Mountain. 1971. Effects of thermal
effluent upon marine fishes near the Crystal River steam electric
station. Fla. Dept. Nat. Res., Mar. Res. Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser.
No. 17. 64p.
-------
321
364. Grindley, J. 1946. Toxicity to rainbow trout and minnows of
some substances known to be present in waste waters discharged
to rivers. Ann. Appl. Biol. 33: 103-112.
365. Grindley, J. R. 1964. Effect of low salinity water on the vertical
migration of estuarine plankton. Nature (Lond.). 203: 781-782.
366. Gullion, G. W. 1970. Factors influencing ruffed grouse popula-
tions. Trans. 35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 93-105.
367.* Gunning, G. E. 1959. The sensory basis for homing in the
longear sunfish, Lepomis megalotis megalotis (Rafinesque).
Invest. Indiana Lakes and Streams, 5: 103-130.
368. Gunning, G. E. and T. M. Berra. 1968. Repopulation of decimated
stream segments by the sharpfin chubsucker. Prog. Fish-Cult.
30(2): 92-95.
369.* Gunning, G. E. and T. M. Berra. 1969. Fish repopulation of
experimentally decimated segments in the headwaters of two
streams. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 98(2): 305-308.
370. Gunning, G. E. and W. M. Lewis. 1955. The fish population of
a spring-fed swamp in the Mississippi bottoms of southern
Illinois. Ecol. 36(4): 552-558.
371. Gunter, G. 1952. Historical changes in the Mississippi River
and the adjacent marine environment. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Univ. Texas. 2(2): 119-139.
372. Gunter, G. 1953. The relationship of the Bonnet Carre spillway
to oyster beds in Mississippi Sound and the "Louisiana Marsh"
with a report on the 1950 opening. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Univ. Texas. 3(1): 17-71.
373. Gunter, G. 1956. Land, water, wildlife and flood control in
the Mississippi Valley. Proc. Louisiana Acad. Sci. 19: 5-11.
374. Gunter, G. 1956. Some relations of faunal distributions to
salinity in estuarine waters. Ecol. 37(3): 616-619.
375.* Gunter, G. 1957. Wildlife and flood control in the Mississippi
Valley. Trans. 22nd N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 189-196.
376. Gunter, G. 1961. Some relations of estuarine organisms to
salinity. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6(2): 182-190.
377. Gunter, G. 1969. Reef shell or mudshell dredging in coastal bays
and its effect upon the environment. Trans. 34th N. Am. Wildl.
Conf. 51-74.
378. Gunter, G. 1972. Use of dead reef shell and its relation to
estuarine conservation. Trans. 37th N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 110-121.
-------
322
379. Gunter, G., B. S. Ballard, A. Venkataramaiah. 1973. Salinity
problems of organisms in coastal areas subject to the effect of
engineering works. U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station. Contract Report H-73-3. 176p.
380. Gunter, G., B. S. Ballard, and A. Venkataramaiah. 1974. A
review of salinity problems of organisms in United States coastal
areas subject to the effects of engineering works. Gulf Res.
Repts. 4(3): 380-475.
381. Gunter, G. and G. E. Hall. 1963. Biological investigations of
the St. Lucie Estuary (Florida) in connection with Lake Okeechobee
discharges through the St. Lucie Canal. Gulf Res. Repts. 1(5):
189-307.
382. Gunter, G. and G. E. Hall. 1965. A biological investigation
of the Caloosahatchee Estuary of Florida. Gulf Res. Repts.
2(1): 1-71.
383. Gunter, G. and J. McKee. 1960. On oysters and sulfite waste
liquor. Washington Pollution Control Comm., Consultants Rept. 93p.
384. Gunter, G. and W. E. Shell, Jr. 1958. A study of an estuarine
area with water-level control in the Louisiana marsh. Proc.
Louisiana Acad. Sci. 21: 5-34.
385.* Hair, J. R. 1971. Upper lethal temperature and thermal shock
tolerances of the opossum shrimp, Neomysis awatschensis, from
the Sacramento-San Joaquin Estuary, California. Calif. Fish
and Game, 57(1): 17-27.
386. Hale, J. G. and D. A. Hilden. 1970. The influence of flow on
the spawning of brook trout in the laborator. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 99(3) : 595-597.
387. Hall, C. A. S. 1972. Migration and metabolism in a temperate
stream ecosystem. Ecol. 53(4): 585-604.
388. Hall, D. J., W. E. Cooper, and E. E. Warner. 1970. An experi-
mental approach to the production dynamics and structure of
freshwater animal communities. Limnol. Oceanogr. 15: 839-928.
389.* Hall, G. E. (ed.). 1971. Reservoir Fisheries and Limnology.
Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. 8, 511p.
390.* Hall, T. F., W. T. Penfound, and A. D. Hess. 1946. Water level
relationships of plants in the Tennessee Valley with particular
reference to malaria control. J. Tenn. Acad. of Sci. 21(1):
18-59.
391.* Hallock, R. J. and W. F. Van Woert. 1959. A survey of anadromous
fish losses in irrigation diversions from the Sacramento and
San Joaquin Rivers. Calif. Fish and Game. 45(4): 227-266.
-------
323
392. Hamilton, J. D. 1961. The effect of sand-pit washings on a
stream fauna. Int. Verein. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 14: 435-39.
393. Hannan, H. H. and T. C. Dorris. 1970. Succession of a macrophyte
community in a constant temperature river. Limnol. Oceanogr.
15(3): 442-453.
394.* Hansen, D. R. 1971. Stream channelization effects on fishes
and bottom fauna in the Little Sioux River, Iowa. 29-51. In;
E. Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization;
A Symposium. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 2.
395. Hansen, D. R. and R. J. Muncy. 1971. Effects of stream channel-
ization on fish and bottom fauna in the Little Sioux River,
Iowa. Iowa St. Wat. Resour. Res. Inst. 38: 119p.
396.* Harman, W. N. 1972. Benthic substrates: their effect on fresh-
water mollusca. Ecol. 53(2): 271-277.
397. Harmon, B. G., C. H. Thomas, and L. Glasgow. 1960. Waterfowl
foods in Louisiana ricefields. Trans. 25th No. Amer. Wildl.
Nat. Res. Conf. 153-161.
398. Barrel, R. C., B. J. Davis, and T. C. Dorris. 1967. Stream
order and species diversity of fishes in an intermittent
Oklahoma stream. Amer. Midi. Nat. 78(2): 428-436.
399.* Harris, S. W. and W. H. Marshall. 1963. Ecology of water-level
manipulations on a northern marsh. Ecol. 44(2): 331-343.
400. Harrison, A. D. and T. D. W. Farina. 1965. A naturally turbid
water with deleterious effects on the egg capsules of planorbid
snails. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 59: 327-30.
401.* Hart, C. W., Jr. and S. L. H. Fuller. 1972. Environmental
degradation in the Patuxent River estuary, Maryland. Acad.
Nat. Scl., Phila., Dept. Limnol. Contr. No. 1, 14p.
402. Hart, J. S. 1947. Lethal temperature relations of certain
fish in the Toronto region. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. (Sec. 5)
41: 57-71.
403. Hartman, W. L., W. R. Heard, and B. Drucker. 1967. Migratory
behavior of sockeye salmon fry and smolts. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 24(10): 2069.
404. Hasler, A. D. 1947. Eutrophication of lakes by domestic drainage.
Ecol. 28: 383-95.
405. Hasler, A. D. 1954. Odour perception and orientation in fishes.
J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 11: 107-29.
-------
324
406. Hasler, A. D. 1956. Influence of environmental reference
points on learned orientation in fish (Phoxinus). Physiologie,
38: 303-310.
407. Hasler, A. D. 1960. Guideposts of migrating fishes. Science,
132: 785-92.
408.* Hasler, A. D. 1966. Underwater Guideposts. University of Wis-
consin Press, Madison, 155p.
409. Hasler, A. D., R. M. Horrall, W. J. Wisby, and W. Braemer. 1958.
Sun-orientation and homing in fishes. Limnol. Oceanogr.
3: 353-61.
410. Hasler, A. D. and W. J. Wisby. 1951. Discrimination of stream
odors by fishes and its relation to parent stream behavior.
Amer. Nat. 135(823): 223-238.
411. Hasler, A. D. and W. J. Wisby. 1958. The return of displaced
largemouth bass and green sun-fish to a "home" area. Ecol.
39: 289-93.
412. Havey, K. A. 1974. Effects of regulated flows on standing crops
of juvenile salmon and other fishes at Barrows Stream, Maine.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 103(1): 1-9.
413.* Havey, K. A. and R. M. Davis. 1970. Factors influencing
standing crops and survival of juvenile salmon at Barrows
Stream, Maine. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(2): 297-311.
414. Haydu, E. P. 1968. Biological concepts in pollution control.
Indust. Water Eng. 5(7): 18-21.
415. Heald, E. J. 1970. The Everglades estuary: an example of
seriously reduced inflow of freshwater. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 99(4): 847-848.
416. Hedgpeth, J. W. and J. J. Conor. 1969. Aspects of the potential
effect of thermal alteration on marine and estuarine benthos.
80-118. In; P. A. Krenkel and F. L. Parker (eds.), Biological
Aspects of Thermal Pollution. Vanderbilt Univ. Press.
417.* Heimstra, N. W., D. K. Damkot, and N. G. Benson. 1969. Some
effects of silt turbidity on behavior of juvenile largemouth
bass and green sunfish. U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 20, 9p.
418. Heinicke, E. A. and A. H. Houston. 1965. Effect of thermal
acclimation and sublethal heat shock upon ionic regulation in
the goldfish, Carassius auratus L. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
22(6): 1455-1476.
419. Heinle, D. R. 1969. Temperature and zooplankton. Chesapeake
Sci. 10(3-4): 186-209.
-------
325
420.* Hellier, T. R. , Jr. and L. S. Kornicker. 1962. Effect of hydraulic
dredging on sedimentation. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. , Univ. Texas.
8: 212-215.
421. Henderson, N. E. 1963. Influence of light and temperature on
the reproductive cycle of the eastern brook trout, Salvelinus
fontinalis (Mitchill). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 20(4): 859-897.
422. Henegar, D. L. and K. W. Harmon. 1971. A review of references to
channelization and its environmental impact. 79-83. In; E.
Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization; A
Symposium. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 2.
423. Herbert, D. W. M., D. H. M. Jordan, and R. Lloyd. 1965. A study
of some fishless rivers in the industrial midlands. J. Proc.
Inst. Sewage Purification (London), 6: 569-582.
424. Hergenrader, G. L. and A. D. Hasler. 1968. Influence of changing
seasons on schooling behavior of yellow perch. J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 25(4): 711-716.
425.* Herrmann, R. B., C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff. 1962. Influence
of oxygen concentration on the growth of juvenile coho salmon.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91(2): 155-167.
426.* Herting, G. E. and A. Witt. 1967. The role of physical fitness
of forage fishes in relation to their vulnerability to predation
by bowfin (Amia calva). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96(4): 427-430.
42?. Hibbert, A. R. 1967. Forest treatment effects on water yield.
527-543. In; W. E. Sooper and W. L. Lull (eds.), International
Symposium of Forest Hydrology. Pergamon Press, N.Y.
428. Hill, Donald R. 1959. Some uses of statistical analysis in
classifying races of american shad (Alosa sapidissima). U.S.F.&W.S.,
Fish. Bull. 59: 269-286.
429. Hoak, R. D. 1961. The thermal pollution problem. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 33: 1267-1276.
430.* Hobbie, J. E. and G. E. Likens. 1973. Output of phosphorus,
dissolved organic carbon, and fine particulate carbon from
Hubbard Brook watersheds. Limnol. Oceanogr. 18(5): 734-742.
431. Hodge, W. W. 1937. Effect of coal mine drainage on West Virginia
rivers and water supplies. West Virginia Univ. Exper. Sta. Tech.
Bull. 9: 32-58.
432.* Hoese, H. D. 1967. Effect of higher than normal salinities on
salt marshes. Contr. Mar. Sci. 12: 249-261.
433. Hoffman, R. H. 1970. Waterfowl utilization of ponds blasted at
Delta, Manitoba. J. Wildl. Manag. 34(3): 586-593.
-------
326
434. Holland, J. S., D. V. Aldrich, and K. Strawn. 1971. Effects of
temperature and salinity on growth, food conversion, survival
and temperature resistance of juvenile blue crabs, Callinectes
sapidus Rathbun. Texas A&M Univ. Sea Grant Off. Publ. TAMU-SG-71-
222. 166p.
435. Hollis, E. S., J. G. Boone, C. R. DeRose, and G. J. Murphy. 1964.
A literature review of the effects of turbidity and siltation on
aquatic life. Dept. Chesapeake Bay Affairs, Annapolis, Md.
Staff Rept. 26p.
436. Hood, D. W. 1958. Waste disposal in marine waters. Coastal
Engineering. 607-624.
437.* Hoover, M. D. 1944. Effect of removal of forest vegetation upon
water yields. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, Pt. 6: 969-975.
438.* Hoover, M. D. 1952. Water and timber management. J. Soil and
Water Cons. 7: 75-78.
439. Hopkins, S. H. 1962. Distribution of species of Cliona (boring
sponge) on the eastern shore of Virginia in relation to salinity.
Chesapeake Sci. 3(2): 121-124.
440. Hopkins, S. H. 1973. Annotated bibliography on effects of
salinity and salinity changes on life in coastal waters. U.S.
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Contract Report
H-73-2. Alip.
441. Hopkins, S. H., J. W. Anderson, and K. Horvath. 1973. The
brackish water clam Rangia cuneata as indicator of ecological
effects of salinity changes in coastal waters. U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. Contract Report H-73-1.
250p.
442. Hoskin, C. M. 1959. Studies of oxygen metabolism of streams of
North Carolina. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Tex. 6: 186-92.
443. Howmiller, R. P. and A. M. Beeton. 1971. Biological evaluation
of environmental quality, Green Bay, Lake Michigan. J. Wat.
Poll. Contr. Fed. 43(1): 123-133.
444. Hubbs, C. L. 1941. The relation of hydrological conditions to
speciation in fishes. 182-195. In; A Symposium on Hydrobiology.
Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.
445. Hubbs, C. 1964. Effects of thermal fluctuations on the relative
survival of greenthroat darter young from stenothermal and
eurythermal waters. Ecol. 45(2): 376-379.
446. Hubbs, C. 1965. Developmental temperature tolerance and rates of
four southern California fishes, Fundulus parvipinnis, Atherinops
affinis, Leuresthes tenuis, and Hypsoblennius sp. Calif. Fish and
Game, 51(2): 113-122.
-------
327
447. Hubbs, C. 1972. Some thermal consequences of environmental
manipulations of water. Biol. Cons. 4(3): 185.
448. Hubbs, C. and N. E. Armstrong. 1962. Developmental temperature
tolerance of Texas and Arkansas-Missouri Etheostoma spectabile
(Percidae, Osteichthyes). Ecol. 43(4): 742-744.
449. Hubbs, C., R. C. Baird, and J. W. Gerald. 1967. Effects of
dissolved oxygen concentration and light intensity on activity
cycles of fishes inhabiting warm springs. Amer. Midi. Nat.
77(1): 104-115.
450. Hubbs, C. and W. F. Hettler. 1964. Observations on the tolera-
tion of high temperatures and low dissolved oxygen in natural
waters by Crenichthys baileyi. Southwest. Nat. 9(4): 245-248.
451. Hubbs, C. and P. S. Martin. 1965. Effects of darkness on egg
deposition by Etheostoma lepidum females. Southwest. Nat. 10(4):
302-306.
452. Hubbs, C., T. Wright, and 0. Cuellar. 1963. Developmental
temperature tolerance of central Texas populations of two anuran
amphibians Bufo valliceps and Pseudacris streckeri. Southwest.
Nat. 8(3): 142-149.
453. Huet, M. 1962. Influence du courant sur la distribution des
poissons dans les eaux courantes. Revue Suisse D'Hydrologie,
Hydrol. 24: 412-432.
454. Hughes, D. A. 1970. Some factors affecting drift and upstream
movements of Gammarus pulex. Ecol. 51(2): 301-305.
455. Hutchinson, G. E. 1932. Experimental studies in ecology. I. The
magnesium tolerance of Daphniidae and its ecological significance.
Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 28: 90-108.
456.* Hynes, H. B. N. 1960. The Biology of Polluted Waters. Liverpool
University Press, Liverpool. 199p.
457. Hynes, H. B. N. 1965. The significance of macroinvertebrates
in the study of mild river pollution. U.S. Pub. Hlth. Serv. Publ.
999-WP-25: 235-40.
458.* Hynes, H. B. N. 1972. The Ecology of Running Waters. Univ. of
Toronto Press, 555p.
459.* Hynes, H. B. N. 1974. Further studies on the distribution of
stream animals within the substratum. Limnol. Oceanogr. 19(1):
92-99.
460. Hynes, H. B. N. and M. J. Coleman. 1968. A simple method of
assessing the annual production of stream benthos. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 13(4): 569-573.
-------
328
461. IDOE. 1972. Baseline studies of pollutants in the marine environ-
ment and research recommendations. Deliberations of the Inter-
national Decade of Ocean Exploration Baseline Conference, May 24-
26. 54p.
462. Ingle, R. M. 1952. Studies on the effect of dredging operations
upon fish and shellfish. Fla. St. Bd. Conserv., Tech. Ser. No.
5. 26p.
463.* Ingle, R. M., A. R. Ceurvels, and R. Leinecker, 1955. Chemical
and biological studies of the muds of Mobile Bay. Ala. Dept.
Conserv., Div. Seafoods, Rept. 3-14.
464. Ingram, W. M. 1957. Handbook of Selected Biological References
on Water Pollution Control, Sewage Treatment, Water Treatment.
U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ. Health Serv., Bibl. Ser. No. 8. 95p.
465. Ingram, W. M. and P. Doudoroff. 1953. Selected Bibliography
of Publications on Industrial Wastes Relating to Fish and Oysters.
U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ. Health Serv., Bibl. Ser. No. 10. 28p.
466.* Inman, D. L. and B. M. Brush. 1973. The coastal challenge.
Science. 181: 20-32.
467. Ireland, L. C. and J. W. Tarver. 1972. Problems of water
resource development in the Gulf Coast estuarine zone. 738-753.
In; Proc. International Symposium on Uncertainties in Hydrologic
and Water Resource Systems. December 11-14.
468. Isaac, P. C. G. 1965. The contribution of bottom muds to the
depletion of oxygen in rivers and suggested standards for sus-
pended solids. 346-354. In; C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological
Problems in Water Pollution, 3rd Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio.
U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ. Health Serv.
469.* Jackson, H. 0. and W. C. Starrett. 1959. Turbidity and sedi-
mentation at Lake Chautauqua, Illinois. J. Wildl. Manag.
23(2): 157-168.
470. Jaworski, E. 1971. Decline of the soft-shell blue crab fishery
in Louisiana. The Envir. Qual. Prog., Texas A&M Univ. EQN 04.
33P.
471. Jenkins, Robert M. 1965. Bibliography on Reservoir Fishery
Biology in North America. U.S.F.& W.S., Res. Rept., No. 68.
57p.
472. Jensen, S. and Jernelov. 1969. Biological methylation of mercury
in aquatic organisms. Nature 223: 753-754.
473. Jernelov, A. 1972. Environmental mercury contamination. In,;
R. Hartung (ed.), Ann Arbor Science Publ., Univ. Mich. Press,
Ann Arbor.
-------
329
474. Jitts, H. R. 1959. The adsorption of phosphate by estuarine
bottom deposits. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 10: 7-21.
475. Johannes, R. E. 1970. Coral reefs and pollution. FAO Conference
on Marine Pollution and its Effects on Living Resources and
Fishing (Rome, Italy, 9-18 December). FIR: MP/70/R-14. 15p.
476. Johannes, R. E. 1970. How to kill a coral reef—I. Mar. Poll.
Bull. 1(12): 1-2.
477. Johannes, R. E. 1971. How to kill a coral reef—II. Mar.
Poll. Bull. 2(1): 1-2.
478. Johannes, R. E. 1972. Marine pollution in shallow tropical
waters. FAO/SIDA Training Course on Marine Pollution in
Relation to Protection of Living Resources. (Goteborg, Sweden,
2 May - 3 June). FAO Publ. 18p.
479. Johannes, R. E., J. Maragos, and S. L. Coles. 1972. Oil damages
corals exposed to air. Mar. Poll. Bull. 3(2): 29-30.
480. John, K. R. 1964. Survival of fish in intermittent streams
of the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona. Ecol. 45(1): 112-119.
481. Johnson, J. P., K. E. Saxton, and D. W. Deboer. 1969. The
effect of man on water yield, peak runoff and sedimentation.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 76: 153-166.
482. Johnson, M. G., M. F. P. Michalski, and A. E. Christie. 1970.
Effects of acid mine wastes on phytoplankton communities of
two northern Ontario lakes. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 27(3): 425-444.
483. Johnson, N. M. 1971. Mineral equilibria in ecosystem geo-
chemistry. Ecol. 52(3): 529-531.
484. Johnson, N. M., G. E. Likens, F. H. Bormann, and R. S. Pierce.
1968. Rate of chemical weathering of silicate minerals in New
Hampshire. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta. 32: 531-545.
485. Jones, J. I., R. E. Ring, M. 0. Rinkel, and R. E. Smith. 1973.
A summary of knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico 1973.
Coord, by State Univ. Syst., Fla. Inst. Oceanogr. 1-1, VII-74.
486. Jones, J. R. E. 1957. Fish and river pollution. In; L.
Klein (ed.), Aspects of River Pollution. Butterworth, London.
487. Joyner, T. 1971. Resource exploitation—living. 529-551.
In; D.W. Hood (ed.), Impingement of Man on the Oceans. Wiley-
Interscience, N. Y.
488. Juang, F. H. T. and N. M. Johnson. 1967. Cycling of chlorine
through a forested watershed in New England. J. Geophys.
Res. 72(22): 5641-5647.
-------
330
489. June, F. C. 1965. Comparison of vertebral counts of Atlantic
menhaden. U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish. 513: 1-11.
490. Kadlec, J. A. 1962. The effects of a drawdown on a waterfowl
impoundment. Ecol. 43(2): 267-281.
491. Kahn, R. A., and G. A. Rounsefell. 1947. Evaluation of
fisheries in determining benefits and losses from engineering
projects. U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish. 40: 1-10.
492. Katz, M. 1969. The biological and ecological effects of acid
mine drainage with particular emphasis to the waters of the
Appalachian region. Appendix F to Acid Mine Drainage in
Appalachia (Appalachian Regional Commission, Washington, B.C.),
65p.
493.* Katz, M. and A. R. Gaufin. 1952. The effects of sewage pollution
on the fish population of a midwestern stream. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 82: 156-165.
494.* Katz, M., A. Pritchard, and C. E. Warren. 1959. Ability of
some salmonids and a centrarchid to swim in water of reduced
oxygen content. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 88(2): 88-95.
495. Kaushik, N. K. and H. B. N. Hynes. 1968. Experimental study on
the role of autumn-shed leaves in aquatic environments. J.
Ecol. 56: 229-243.
496.* Keast, Allen. 1968. Feeding of some Great Lakes fishes at
low temperatures. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(6): 1199-1218.
497. Keller, M. and S. W. Harris. 1966. The growth of eelgrass in
relation to tidal depth. J. Wildl. Manag. 30(2): 281-285.
498. Kelley, D. W. and J. L. Turner. 1966. Fisheries protection
and enhancement with water development of the Sacramento-San
Joaquin estuary. 78-82. In; R. F. Smith, A. H. Swartz, and
W. H. Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries.
Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 3. Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 95(4).
499. Kelly, J. A., Jr., C. M. Fuss, Jr., and J. R. Hall. 1971.
The transplanting and survival of turtle grass, Thalassia tes-
tudinum, in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. Fish. Bull. 69(2): 273-
280.
500.* Kemp, H. A. 1949. Soil pollution in the Potomac River Basin.
J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 41(9): 792-796.
501. Kendeigh, S. C. 1961. Animal Ecology. Prentice-Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, N. J. 468p.
-------
331
502. Kennedy, H. D. and D. F. Walsh. 1970. Effects of malathion
on two warmwater fishes and aquatic invertebrates in ponds.
U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 55. 13p.
503. Kennedy, H. D., L. L. Eller, and D. F. Walsh. 1970. Chronic
effects of methoxychlor on bluegills and aquatic invertebrates.
U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 53. 18p.
504. Kennedy, V. S. and J. A. Mihursky. 1967. Bibliography on the
effects of temperature in the aquatic environment. Univ. Md.,
Nat. Res. Inst., Contr. 326. 89p.
505. Ketchum, B. H. 1951. The flushing of tidal estuaries. Sewage
Indust. Wastes 23(2): 198-208.
506. Ketchum, B. H. 1951. The exchange of fresh and salt waters
in tidal estuaries. J. Mar. Res. 10(1): 18-38.
507. Ketchum, B. H. 1969. Eutrophication of estuaries. 197-209.
In; Eutrophication; Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington.
508. Ketchum, B. H. (ed.) 1972. The Water's Edge; Critical
Problems of the Coastal Zone. MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass. 393p.
509. Keup, L. E. 1966. Stream biology for assessing sewage treatment
plant efficiency. Water and Sewage Works. 113(11); 411-417.
510.* King, D. L. and R. C. Ball. 1964a. The influence of highway
construction on a stream. Res. Rept., Mich. State Agric.
Expt. Sta. 19(4), 4p.
511. King, D. L., and R. C. Ball. 1964b. A quantitative biological
measure of stream pollution. J. Water Pollution Control Fed.
36(5): 650-653.
512. King, D. L. and R. C. Ball. 1967. Comparative energetics of
a polluted stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 12(1): 27-33.
513. Kinne, 0. 1963. The effects of temperature and salinity on
marine and brackish water animals. I. Temperature. Oceanogr.
Mar. Biol., Ann. Rev. 1: 301-340.
514. Kinne, 0. 1964. The effects of temperature and salinity on
marine and brackish water animals. II. Salinity and temperature
salinity combinations. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev. 2: 281-339.
515. Kinne, 0. 1966. Physiological aspects of animal life in
estuaries with special reference to salinity. Netherl. J. Sea
Res. 3(2): 222-244.
-------
332
516. Kinne, 0. 1967. Physiology of estuarine organisms with special
reference to salinity and temperature: general aspects.
525-540. In: G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries. AAAS Publ. 83.
517. Kinne, 0. and E. M. Kinne. 1962. Rates of development in
embryos of a cypinodont fish exposed to different temperature-
salinity-oxygen combinations. Can. J. Zool. 40: 231-253.
518.* Kinney, E. C. 1964. Extent of acid mine pollution in the
United States affecting fish and wildlife. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Circ. 191, 27p.
519. Kinsman, J. J. 1964. Reef coral tolerance of high temperatures
and salinities. Nature. 202: 1280-1282.
520. Kittrell, F. W. 1959. Effects of impoundments on dissolved
oxygen resources. Sew. and Ind. Wastes. 31: 1065-1078.
521. Kleerekoper, H. 1973. Effects of copper on the locomotor
orientation of fish. Ecological Research Series. U.S. Environ.
Protect. Agency, Off. Res. Monit., Ecol. Res. Ser. EPA-R3-73-045.
97p.
522. Klima, E. F. and D. A. Wickham. 1971. Attraction of coastal
pelagic fishes with artificial structures. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 100(1): 86-99.
523. Knight-Jones, E. W. and S. Z. Qasim. 1955. Responses of some
marine plankton animals to changes in hydrostatic pressure.
Nature. (Lond.) 175: 941-942.
524.* Kraft, M. E. 1972. Effects of controlled flow reduction on
a trout stream. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29: 1405-1411.
525.* Krenkel, P. A. and F. L. Parker (eds.). 1969. Biological
Aspects of Thermal Pollution. Vanderbilt Univ. Press, 407p.
526. Krenkel, P. A., W. A. Cawley, and V. A. Minch. 1965. The
effects of impoundments on river waste assimilative capacity.
J. Wat. Poll. Contr. Fed. 37(9).
527.* Kristensen, I. 1964. Hypersaline bays as an environment of
young fish. Proc. Gulf Caribb. Fish. Inst. 16: 139-142.
528.* Krone, R. B. 1963. A study of rheologic properties of
estuarine sediments. Univ. Calif., Berkeley, Hydraul. Eng.
Lab. and Sanit. Eng. Res. Lab.
529. Krumholz, L. A. and W. L. Minckley. 1964. Changes in the fish
population in the Upper Ohio River following temporary pollution
abatement. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(1): 1-5.
-------
333
530. Kuehne, R. A. 1962. A classification of streams, illustrated
by fish distribution in an eastern Kentucky creek. Ecol.
43(4): 608-614.
531. Kutkuhn, J. H. 1966. The role of estuaries in the development
and perpetuation of commercial shrimp resources. 16-36. In;
R. F. Smith, A. H. Schwartz, and W. H. Massmann (eds.), A
Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ.
3. Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4).
532. Kutty, M. N. and R. L. Saunders. 1973. Swimming performance of
young Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) as affected by reduced
ambient oxygen concentration. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 30: 223-227.
533.* Lackey, J. B., G. B. Morgan, and 0. H. Hart. 1959. Turbidity
effects in natural waters in relation to organisms and the
uptake of radioisotopes. Univ. Fla., Eng. Indust. Exper. Sta.,
Tech. Pap. 167, 13(8), 9p.
534. Lagler, K. F. 1971. Ecological effects of hydroelectric dams.
133. In; D. A. Berkowitz and A. M. Squires (eds.), Power
Generation and Environmental Change. MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass,
535. Lane, C. E., Jr., et^ ad. 1967. Reservoir Fishery Resources
Symposium. Amer. Fish. Soc., South. Div. 569p.
536. Lane, E. W. 1947. The effect of cutting off bends in rivers.
Proc. 3rd. Hydraulics Conf., Univ. la. Bull. 31: 230-240.
537.* Langlois, T. H. 1941. Two processes operating for the reduction
in abundance or elimination of fish species from certain types
of water areas. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf. 6: 189-201.
538.* Larimore, R. W. and M. J. Duever. 1968. Effects of temperature
acclimation on the swimming ability of smallmouth bass fry.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 97(2): 175-184.
539.* Larimore, R. W., W. F. Childers, and C. Heckrotte. 1959.
Destruction and re-establishment of stream fish and inverte-
brates affected by drought. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 88(4): 261-
285.
540. Larimore, R. W. and P. W. Smith. 1963. The fishes of Champaign
County, Illinois, as affected by 60 years of stream changes.
Ill Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 28(2): 299-382.
541. Lathwell, D. J., H. F. Mulligan, and D. R. Bouldin. 1969.
Chemical properties, physical properties and plant growth in
twenty artificial wildlife marshes. N.Y. Fish Game J. 16(2):
158-183.
-------
334
542. League of Women Voters of the United States. 1970. Where
rivers meet the sea. Facts & Issues. Pub. No. 367: 8p.
543. LeBrasseur, R. J. 1969. Growth of juvenile chum salmon
(Oncorhynchus keta) under different feeding regimes.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26: 1631-1645.
544. LeClerc, E. 1960. The self purification of streams and the
relationship between chemical and biological tests. 281-316.
In; Proc. 2nd Sympos. Trtmnt. Waste Waters. Pergamon Press,
London.
545. Leggett, W. C. and R. R. Whitney. 1972. Water temperature and
the migrations of American shad. Fish, Bull. 70(3): 659-670.
546.* Lehmkuhl, D. M. 1972. Change in thermal regime as a cause
of reduction of benthic fauna downstream of a reservoir. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 29: 1329-1332.
547. Lehmkuhl, D. M. and N. H. Anderson. 1972. Microdistribution
and density as factors affecting the downstream drift of
mayflies. Ecol. 53(4): 661-667.
548. Lemke, A. L. 1970. Lethal effects of various rates of temper-
ature increase on Gammarus pseudolimnaeus and Hydropsyche betteni
with notes on other species. U.S. National Water Quality
Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.
549. Leonard, J. W. 1942. Some observations on the winter feeding
habits of brook trout fingerlings in relation to natural food
organisms present. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 71: 219-227.
550.* Leonard, J. W. 1948. Importance of fish food insects In trout
management. Michigan Cons. 17: 8-9.
551.* Leopold, L. B., M. G. Wolman, and J. P. Miller. 1964. Fluvial
Processes in Geomorphology. W. H. Freeman Co., San Francisco. 522p,
552. Lewis, J. B. 1970. Ruffed grouse: an indicator of environ-
mental change. Trans. 35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 196-204.
553. Lewis, R. M. and W. F. Hettler, Jr. 1968. Effect of temper-
ature and salinity on the survival of young Atlantic menhaden,
Brevoortia tyrannus. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 97(4): 344-349.
554.* Lewis, S. L. 1969. Physical factors influencing fish populations
in pools of a trout stream. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 98(1):
14-19.
555. Lewis, W. M. and C. Peters. 1954. Physico-chemical character-
istics of the ponds in the Pyatt, Desota, and Elkville strip
mined areas of Southern Illinois. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
84: 117-124.
-------
335
556.* Liang, T. T. and E. P. Lichtenstein. 1974. Synergism of
insecticides by herbicides: effect of environmental factors.
Science. 186(4169): 1128-1130.
557. Likens, G. E., F. H. Bormann, and N. M. Johnson. 1969.
Nitrification: importance to nutrient losses from a cutover
forested ecosystem. Science. 163: 1205-1206.
558. Likens, G. E., F. H. Bormann, N. M. Johnson, and R. S. Pierce.
1967. The calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium budgets
for a small forested ecosystem. Ecol. 48(5): 772-785.
559.* Likens, G. E., F. H. Bormann, N. M. Johnson, D. W. Fisher and
R. S. Pierce. 1970. Effects of forest cutting and herbicide
treatment on nutrient bugets in the Hubbard Brook watershed-
ecosystem. Ecol. Monogr. 40: 23-47.
560. Lindberg, S. E. and R. C. Harriss. 1973. Mechanisms controlling
pore water salinities in a salt marsh. Limnol. Oceanogr.
18(5): 788-791.
561. Lindeman, R. L. 1941. Seasonal food-cycle dynamics in a
senescent lake. Am. Midi. Nat. 26: 636-673.
562. Lindeman, R. L. 1942. The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecology.
Ecology 23: 399-413.
563. Lindsay, W. L. 1972. Zinc in soils and plant nutrition.
Adv. Agron. 24: 147-186.
564. Lindsey, C. C. 1957. Possible effects of water diversions
on fish distributions in British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 14(4): 651-668.
565. Lisk, D. J. 1972. Trace metals in soils, plants, and animals.
Adv. Agron. 24: 267-325.
566. Lister, D. B. and H. S. Genoe. 1970. Stream habitat utilization
by cohabiting underyearlings of Chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha)
and coho (0. kisutch) salmon in the Big Qualicum River, British
Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 27: 1215-1224.
567. Livingstone, D. A. 1963. Chemical composition of rivers and
lakes. U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 440G.
568. Livingstone, R., Jr. 1965. A preliminary bibliography with
KWIC Index on the ecology of estuaries and coastal areas of the
eastern United States. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.
507. 352p.
-------
336
569. Lloyd, R. 1960. Toxicity of zinc sulfate to rainbow trout.
Ann. App. Biol. 48: 84-94.
570. Lloyd, R. 1961. Effect of dissolved oxygen concentrations on
the toxicity of several poisons to rainbow trout (Salmo
gairdnerii Richardson). J. Exp. Biol. 38(2): 447-455.
571. Lloyd, R. 1965. Factors that affect the tolerance of fish to
heavy metal poisoning. 181-187, In; Biological Problems in
Water Pollution, J3rd Sem. , 1962. U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Publ.
Health Serv. Publ. 99-WP-25.
572. Lloyd, R. and D. W. M. Herbert. 1960. Influence of carbon
dioxide on the toxicity of non-ionized ammonia to rainbow
trout (Salmo gairdnerii). Ann. Appl. Biol. 48: 399-404.
573. Loosanoff, V. L. 1962. Effects of turbidity on some larval
and adult bivalves. Proc. Gulf Caribb. Fish. Inst. 14: 80-95.
574.* Loosanoff, V. L. and F. D. Tommers. 1948 Effect of suspended
silt and other substances on rate of feeding of oysters.
Science 107: 69-70.
575. Lorz, H. W. and T. G. Northcote. 1965. Factors affecting
stream location, and timing and intensity of entry by spawning kokanee
(Oncorhynchus nerka) into an inlet of Nicola Lake, British
Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22(3): 665-687.
576. Lotrich, V. A. 1973. Growth, production, and community
composition of fishes inhabiting a first, second, and third-order
stream of eastern Kentucky. Ecol. Monogr. 43(3): 377-397.
577. Lotse, E. G., D. A. Graetz, G. Chesters, G. B. Lee, and L. W.
Newland. 1968. Lindane adsorption by lake sediments. Environ.
Sci. Technol. 2(5): 353-357.
578. Louisiana Advisory Commission on Coastal and Marine Resources.
1973. Louisiana wetlands prospectus. 346p.
579. Lowe, C. H., D. S. Hinds, and E. A. Halpern. 1967. Experimental
catastrophic selection and tolerances to low oxygen concentration
in native Arizona freshwater fishes. Ecol. 48(6): 1013-1017.
580. Lowe, J. I., P. R. Parrish, A. J. Wilson, Jr., P. D. Wilson, and
T. W. Duke. 1971. Effects of mirex on selected estuarine
organisms. Trans. 36th N. Amer. Wildlife Assn. Conf. 171-186.
581. Ludwig, H. F. and B. Onodera. 1963. Scientific parameters of
marine waste discharge. Int. J. Air. Wat. Poll. 7: 159-171.
-------
337
582. Luebke, B. H. 1954. Problems created by the Douglas Reservoir
in East Tennessee. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 29(4): 246-259.
583. Lush, Donald L. and H. B. N. Hynes. 1973. The formation of
particles in freshwater leachates of dead leaves. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 18(6): 968-977.
584. Macek, Kenneth J. 1968. Growth and resistance to stress in
brook trout fed sublethal levels of DDT. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 25(11): 2443-2451.
585. Macek, K. J., C, Hutchinson, and 0. B. Cope. 1969. The effects
of temperature on the susceptibility of bluegills and rainbow
trout to selected pesticides. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.
4(3): 174-183.
586. Maciolek, J. A. and P. R. Needham. 1951. Ecological effects
of winter conditions on trout and trout foods in Convict
Creek, California. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 81: 202-217.
587. Mackenthun, K. M. 1965. Nitrogen and phosphorus in water:
an annotated selected bibliography of their biological effects.
U.S. Dept. H.E.W.
588. Mackenthun, K. M. and W. K. Ingram. 1967. Biological associ-
ated problems in freshwater environments. U.S. Dept. Int.,
Fed. Water Pollut. Contr. Adm. X-287.
589. Mackin, J. G. 1956. Studies on the effect of suspensions of
mud in sea water pn oysters. Texas A&M Res. Found., Tech.
Kept. 19, 12p.
590. Mackin, J. G. 1961. Oyster diseases caused by Dermocystidium
marinum and other microorganisms in Louisiana. Publ. Inst.
Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas. 7: 132-229.
591. Mackin, J. G. 1961. Canal dredging and silting in Louisiana bays,
Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas. 7: 262-314.
592. Mackin, J. G. and S. H. Hopkins. 1958. Results of projects
nine and twenty-three. Proj. 23E. Vol. 1. Text. Texas A&M
Res. Found. Summ. Kept. 200p.
593. Mackin, J. G. and S. H. Hopkins. 1961. Studies on oyster
mortality in relation to natural environments and to oil fields
in Louisiana. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas. 7: 1-131.
594. Mackin, J. G. and A. K. Sparks. 1961. A study of the effect
on oysters of crude oil loss from a wild well. Publ. Inst.
Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas. 7: 230-261.
-------
338
595. MacLean, J. A. and J. H. Gee. 1971. Effects of temperature
on movements of prespawning brook stickle-backs, Culaea
inconstans, in the Roseau River, Manitoba. J. Rish. Res.
Bd. Can. 28: 919-923.
596. MacLeod, J. C. and E. Pessah. 1973. Temperature effects on
mercury accumulation, toxicity and metabolic rate in rainbow
trout (Salmo gairdnerii). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada. 30(4):
484-492.
597. Haddock, T., Jr. 1972. Hydrologic behavior of stream channels.
Trans. 37th. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 366-374.
598. Madsen, B. L., J. Bengtson, and I. Butz. 1973. Observations
on upstream migration by imagines of some Plecoptera and
Ephemeroptera. Limnol. Oceanogr. 18(4): 678-681.
599.* Major, R. L., and J. L. Mitchell. 1966. Influence of Rocky Reach
Dam and the temperature of the Okanogan River on the upstream
migration of sockeye salmon. U.S.F.& W.S., Fish. Bull.
66(1): 131-147.
600. Malous, R., R. Keck, D. Maurer, and C. Episano. 1972. Occurrence
of gas bubble disease in three species of bivalve mollusks.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29: 588-589.
601. Mann, K. H. 1961. The oxygen requirements of leeches considered
in relation to their habitats. Verb., int. Verein. theor.
angew. Limnol. 14: 1009-1013.
602. Mann, K. H. 1964. The pattern of energy flow in the fish and
invertebrate fauna of the River Thames. Verh. int. Verein.
theor. angew. Limnol. 15: 485-495.
603. Mann, K.H. 1965. Heated effluents and their effects on the
invertebrate fauna of rivers. Proc. Soc. Water Trtmnt. Exam.
14: 45-53.
604. Mann, K. H. 1969. The dynamics of aquatic ecosystems. Adv.
Ecol. Res. 6: 1-81.
605. Mansueti, R. J. 1962. Effects of civilization on striped bass
and other estuarine biota in Chesapeake Bay and tributaries.
Gulf and Caribb. Fish. Inst., Proc. 14: 110-136.
606. Margalef, R. 1951. Diversidad de especies en las comunidades
naturales. Proc. Inst. Biol. Apl. 9: 5-27.
607. Margalef, R. 1958. Information theory in ecology. Gen. Syst.
3: 36-71.
-------
339
608. Marshall, N., H. P. Jeffries, T. A. Napora, and J. M. Sieburth.
1964. Symposium on experimental marine ecology. Univ. Rhode
Is., Narragansett Mar. Lab., Occ. Publ. No. 2, lOlp.
609. Marshall, R. R. 1968. Dredging and filling. 107-113. In:
J. D. Newson (ed.), Marsh Estuary Management Symposium Pro-
ceedings . I. J. Moran's Sons, Inc., Baton Rouge, La.
610. Martin, A. C., N. Hotchkiss, F. M. Uhler, and W. S. Bourn.
1953. Classification of wetlands of the United States.
U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Wildl. No. 20
611. Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler. 1951. Food of game ducks in the
United States and Canada. U.S.F.& W.S., Res. Rept. 30. 308p.
612. Martin, E. C. 1969. Stream alteration and its effects on fish
and wildlife. Proc. 23rd Ann. Conf. S.E. Ass. Game Fish Commiss.,
Mobile, Ala. 19 p.
613. Masch, F. D. and W. H. Espey, Jr. 1967. Shell dredging—
a factor in sedimentation in Galveston Bay. Univ. Texas, Dept.
Civil Eng., Center Res. Water Resour. Tech. Rept. 166p.
614. Mathis, B. J. and T. C. Dorris. 1968. Community structure of
benthic macroinvertebrates in an intermittent stream receiving
oil field brines. Amer. Midi. Nat. 80(2): 428-439.
615. Mayer, F. L. and J. B. Low. 1970. The effect of salinity on
widgeongrass. J. Wildl. Manag. 34(3): 658-661.
616. McAleer, J. B., C. F. Wicker, and J. R. Johnston. 1965.
Design of channels for navigation, evaluation of present state
of knowledge of factors affecting tidal hydraulics and related
phenomena. U.S. Army Eng., Comm. Tidal Hydraul., Rept. 3.
617. McAtee, W. L. 1939. Wildlife of the Atlantic coast salt marshes.
U.S. Dept. Agricult., Cir. No. 520, 28p.
618. McCarraher, D. B. 1971. Survival of some freshwater fishes in
the alkaline eutrophic waters of Nebraska. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 28: 1811-1814.
619. McCauley, R. N. 1966. The biological effects of oil pollution
in a river. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11(4): 475-486.
620. McCleave, James D. 1967. Homing and orientation of cutthroat
trout (Salmo clarki) in Yellowstone Lake, with special reference
to olfaction and vision. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24(10) 2011.
621. McCormick, H. H., K. E. F. Hokanson, and B. R. Jones. 1972.
Effects of temperature on growth and survival of young brook
trout, Salvelinus fontinalis. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29: 1107-1112.
-------
340
622. McDiffett, W. F. 1970. The transformation of energy by a
stream detritivore, Pteronarcys scotti (Plecoptera). Ecol.
51(6): 975-988.
623.* McDonald, M. E. 1955. Cause and effects of a die-off of
emergent vegetation. J. Wildl. Manag. 19(1): 24-35.
624. McFadden, J. T. and E. L. Cooper. 1962. An ecological comparison
of six populations of brown trout (Salmo trutta). Trans. Am.
Fish. Soc. 91: 53-62.
625. McFadden, J. T., E. L. Cooper, and J. K. Andersen. 1965.
Some effects of environment on egg production in brown trout
(Salmo trutta). Limnol. Oceanogr. 10(1): 88-95.
626. McGinnis, J. T., R. E. Ewing, C. A. Willingham, S. E. Rogers,
D. H. Douglass, and D. L. Morrison. 1972. Environmental
aspects of gas pipeline operations in the Louisiana coastal
marshes. Final report to Offshore Pipeline Committee.
Battelle, Columbus Laboratories. 96p. + app.
627. Mclntire, C. D. 1966. Some effects of current velocity on
periphyton communities in laboratory streams. Hydrobiol.
27: 559-570.
628. Mclntire, C. D. 1966. Some factors affecting respiration of
periphyton communities in lotic environments. Ecol. 47(6):
918-930.
629. Mclntire, C. D. and H. K. Phinney. 1965. Laboratory studies
of periphyton production and community metabolism in lotic
environments. Ecol. Monogr. 35: 237-258.
630. McKnight, D. E. and J. B. Low. 1969. Factors affecting waterfowl
production on a spring-fed salt marsh in Utah. Trans. 34th N.
Am. Wildl. Conf. 307-314.
631. McLane, W. M. 1948. The seasonal food of the largemount black
bass, Micropterus salmoides floridianus (Lacepede), in the St.
Johns River, Welaka, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
10: 103-138.
632. McLaren, I. A. 1963. Effects of temperature on growth of
zooplankton and the adaptive value of vertical migration.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 20: 685-727.
633. McMahon, J. 1952. Phoretic association between Simuliidae
and crabs. Nature. (Lond.) 169: 1018.
634. McNeil, W. J. 1962. Variations in the dissolved oxygen content
of intragravel water in four spawning streams of southeastern
Alaska. U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 402, 15p.
-------
341
635. McNeil, W. J. 1966. Distribution of spawning pink salmon in
Sashin Creek, southeastern Alaska, and survival of their progeny.
U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish. 538, 12p.
636. McNeil, W. J. and W. H. Ahnell. 1964. Success of pink salmon
spawning relative to size of spawning bed materials. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 469, 15p.
637.* McNeil, W. J., R. A. Wells, and D. C. Brickell. 1964. Dis-
appearance of dead pink salmon eggs and larvae from Sashin Creek,
Baranof Island, Alaska. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept.,
Fish. 485, 13p.
638. McNulty, J. K., R. C. Work, and H. B. Moore. 1962. Some
relationships between the infauna of the level bottom and the
sediment in South Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb.
12(3): 322-332.
639. Medcof, J. C. and C. J. Kerswill. 1965. Effects of light on
growth of oysters, mussels, and guahaugs. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 22(2): 281-288.
640. Meehean, 0. L. 1957. The effect of pollution upon wildlife.
240-245. In; C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological Problems in
Water Pollution. U. S. Dept. H.E.W., Public. Health Serv.,
Tech. Rept. W-592.
641.* Meeks, R. L. 1969. The effect of drawdown date on wetland
plant succession. J. Wildl. Manag. 33(4): 817-821.
642. Melin, E. 1930. Biological decomposition of some types of
litter from North American forests. Ecol. 11: 72-101.
643. Middleton, F. M. and J. J. Lichtenberg. 1960. Measurements of
organic contaminants in the nation's rivers. Ind. Eng. Chem.
52(6): 99A-102A.
644. Mihursky, J. A. and V. S. Kennedy. 1967. Water temperature
criteria to protect aquatic life. 20-32. In; E. L. Cooper (ed.),
A Symposium on Water Quality Criteria to Protect Aquatic Life.
Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 4. Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 96(1).
645. Millar, J. B. 1973. Estimation of area and circumference of
small wetlands. J. Wildl. Manag. 37(1): 30-38.
646.* Miller, A. W. and B. D. Collins. 1953. A nesting study of
Canada geese on Tule Lake and Lower Klamath National Wildlife
Refuges, Siskiyou County, California. Calif. Fish and Game.
39(3): 385-396.
-------
342
647.* Miller, A. W. and B. D. Collins. 1954. A nesting study of ducks
and coots on Tule Lake and Lower Klamath National Wildlife
Refuges. Calif. Fish and Game. 40(1): 17-37.
648. Miller, G. W., J. J. Garaghty, and R. S. Collins. Water Atlas
of the United States. Water Information Center, Inc., Port
Washington, N.Y.
649. Miller, Richard B. 1954. Movements of cutthroat trout after
different periods of retention upstream and downstream from their
homes. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 11(5): 550-558.
650. Miller, R. R. 1961. Man and the changing fish fauna of the
American southwest. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts. Lett. 46:
365-404.
651.* Miller, R. R. 1972. Threatened freshwater fishes of the United
States. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 101(2): 239-252.
652. Minckley, W. L. 1964. Upstream movements of Gammarus (Amphipoda)
in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky. Ecol. 45(1): 195-197.
653.* Minshall, G. W. 1967. Role of allochthonous detritus in the
trophic structure of a woodland springbrook community. Ecol.
48(1): 139-149.
654.* Minshall, G. W. and P. V. Winger. 1968. The effect of reduction
in stream flow on invertebrate drift. Ecol. 49(3): 580-582.
655.* Mock, C. R. 1966. Natural and altered estuarine habitats of
penaeid shrimp. Proc. Gulf Caribb. Fish. Inst., 19th Ann.
Sess. 86-98.
656. Moffett, J. W. 1936. A quantitative study of the bottom fauna
in some Utah streams variously affected by erosion. Bull. Univ.
Utah, Biol. Ser. 26(9), 33p.
657.* Molnar, G. and I. Tblg. 1962. Relation between water temper-
ature and gastric digestion of largemouth bass (Micropterus
salmoides Lacepede). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 19(6): 1005-1012.
658.* Moore, D. and L. Trent. 1941. Setting, growth and mortality
of Crassostrea virginica in a natural marsh and a marsh altered
by housing development. Proc. Nat'l. Shellfish Assoc. 61: 51-58.
659. Moore, E. 1937. The effect of silting on the productivity of
waters. Trans. 2nd N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 658-661.
660. Moore, E. W. 1958. Thermal "pollution" of streams. Ind. Eng.
Chem. 50(4): 87A-88A.
-------
343
661. Moore, H. L. 1959. Doctoral dissertations on the management and
ecology of fisheries. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.
272, 27p.
662. Moore, W. G. 1942. Field studies on the oxygen requirements of
certain fresh-water fishes. Ecol. 23(3): 319-329.
663. Moore, W. G. and A. Burn. 1968. Lethal oxygen thresholds for
certain temporary pond invertebrates and their application to
field situations. Ecol. 49(2): 349-351.
664. Morgan, R. P., II, T. S. Y. Koo, and G. E. Krantz. 1973.
Electrophoretic determination of populations of the striped
bass, Morone saxatilis, in the upper Chesapeake Bay. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 102(1): 21-32.
665. Morofsky, W. F. 1936. Survey of insect fauna of some Michigan
trout streams in connection with improved and unimproved streams.
J. Econ. Ent. 29: 749-754.
666.* Morris, L. A., R. N. Langemeier, T. R. Russell, and A. Witt,
Jr. 1968. Effects of main stem impoundments and channelization
upon the limnology of the Missouri River, Nebraska. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 97(4): 380-388.
667. Morrison, G. 1971. Dissolved oxygen requirements for embryonic
and larval development of the hardshell clam, Mercenaria
mercenaria. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28(3): 379-381.
668. Mortimer, C. H. 1941. The exchange of dissolved substances
between mud and water in lakes. J. Ecol. 29: 280-329.
669.* Moss, D. D. and D. C. Scott. 1961. Dissolved-oxygen requirements
of three species of fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90(4):
377-393.
670. Motten, A. F. and C. A. S. Hall. 1972. Edaphic factors over-
ride a possible gradient of ecological maturity indices in a
small stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 17(6): 922-926.
671. Mount, D. I. 1966. The effect of total hardness and pH on acute
toxicity of zinc to fish. Air Water Pollut. 10(1): 49-56.
672. Moyle, J. B. and W. D. Clothier. 1959. Effects of management
and winter oxygen levels on the fish population of a prairie
lake. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 88(3): 178-185.
673. Moyle, J. B. and N. Hotchkiss. 1945. The aquatic and marsh
vegetation of Minnesota and its value to waterfowl. Minnesota
Dept. Conserv., Minn. Fish. Res. Lab., Tech. Bull. No.3, 122p.
-------
344
674. Mullan, J. W. and R. L. Applegate. 1969. Use of an echosounder
in measuring distribution of reservoir fishes. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Tech, Pap. No. 19, 16p.
675. Murphy, D. A. and J. H. Ehrenreich. 1965. Effects of timber
harvest and stand improvement on forage production. J. Wildl.
Manag. 29(4): 734-739.
676. Musser, J. J. 1963. Description of physical environment and of
strip-mining operations in parts of Beaver cr£e^ basin Kentucky.
U.S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Pap. 427-A, 25p.
677. National Academy of Sciences. 1969. Eutrophication; Causes,
Consequences, Correctives. Nat. Acad. Sci. 661p.
678. Naylor, E. 1965. Effects of heated effluents upon marine and
estuarine organisms. Adv. Mar. Biol. 3: 63-103.
679. Nebeker, A. V. 1971. Effect of temperature at different altitudes
on the emergence of aquatic insects from a single stream. J.
Kans. Entomol. Soc. 44(1): 26-35.
680. Nebeker, A. V. 1972. Effect of low oxygen concentration on
survival and emergence of aquatic insects. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 101(4): 675-679.
681. Needham, P. R. and A. C. Jones. 1959. Flow, temperature, solar
radiation, and ice in relation to activities of fishes in
Sagehen Creek, California Ecol. 40: 465-474.
682. Neel, J. K. 1951. Interrelations of certain physical and
chemical features in a head-water limestone stream. Ecol.
32(3): 368-391.
683. Neel, J. K. 1953. Certain limnological features of a polluted
irrigation stream. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 72: 119-135.
684.* Neel, J. K. 1963. Impact of reservoirs. 575-593. In;
D. G. Frey (ed.), Limnology in North America. Univ. Wisconsin
Press, Madison.
685. Nelson, D. J. and D. C. Scott. 1962. Role of detritus in the
productivity of a rock-outcrop community in a piedmont stream.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 7: 396-413.
686. Nelson, J. S. 1965. Effects of fish introductions and hydro-
electric development on fishes in the Kananaskis River system.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22: 721-753.
687. Nelson, W. R. 1969. Biological characteristics of the sauger
population in Lewis and Clark Lake. U.S.F.&. W.S., Tech. Pap.
No. 21, lip.
-------
345
688. Niering, W. A. 1970. The dilemma of the coastal wetlands:
conflict of local, national and world priorities. 143-156.
In; H. W. Helfrich, Jr. (ed.), The Environmental Crisis.
Yale Univ. Press, New Haven.
689. Nimmo, D. R., P. D. Wilson, R. R. Blackman, and A. J. Wilson, Jr.
1971. Ploychlorinated biphenyl absorbed from sediments by
fiddler crabs and pink shrimp. Nature. 231(5297): 50-52.
690. North, W. J., G. C. Stephens, and B. B. North. 1970. Marine
algae and their relations to pollution problems. FAO Tech.
Conf. Marine Poll, and its Effects on Living Resources and
Fishing (Rome, Italy, December 9-18). FIR: MP/70/R-8, 22p.
691. O'Connel, R. L. and N. A. Thomas. 1965. Effect of benthic
algae on stream dissolved oxygen. J. Sanit. Eng. 91(SA3):
1-16.
692. O'Connor, D. J. 1965. Estuarine distribution of nonconservative
substances. J. Sanit. Eng. 91(SA1): 23-32.
693.* Odum, E. P. 1959. Fundamentals of Ecology. 2nd ed. W. B.
Saunders, Phila. 546p.
694. Odum. E. P. 1961. The role of tidal marshes in estuarine
production. N.Y. State Conserv. 60-64.
695. Odum, E. P. and H. T. Odum. 1972. Natural areas as components
of man's natural environment. Trans. 37th N. Amer. Wildl.
Nat. Res. Conf. 178-189.
696. Odum, E. P. and A. E. Smalley. 1959. Comparison of population
energy flow of a herbivorous and a deposit-feeding invertebrate
in a salt marsh ecosystem. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 45: 617-622.
697. Odum, H. T. I960. Analysis of diurnal oxygen curves for the assay
of reaeration rates and metabolism in polluted marine bays.
547-555. In; Waste Disposal in the Marine Environment.
Pergamon Press.
698.* Odum, H. T. 1963. Productivity measurements in Texas turtle
grass and the effects of dredging on intercoastal channel.
Publ. Inst. Mari. Sci., Univ. Texas. 9: 48-58.
699. Odum, H. T. and D. K. Caldwell. 1955. Fish respiration in the
natural oxygen gradient of an anaerobic spring in Florida.
Copeia. 1955: 104-106.
700. Odum, H. T., and R. F. Wilson. 1962. Further studies on re-
aeration and metabolism of Texas bays, 1958-60. Publ. Inst.
Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas. 8: 23-55.
-------
346
701.* Odum, W. E. 1970. Insidiuous alteration of the estuarine
environment. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(4): 836-846.
702. Oglesby, R. T. 1969. Effects of controlled nutrient dilution
on the eutrophication of a lake. 483-493. In; Eutrophication:
Causes, Consequences, Correctives. Nat. Acad. Sci.
703.* Oglesby, R. T., C. A. Carlson, and J. A. McCann. 1972.
River Ecology and Man. Academic Press, N.Y. 465p.
704. Olson, P. A., and R. F. Foster. 1955. Temperature tolerance
of eggs and young of Columbia River chinook salmon. Trans.
Am. Fish. Soc. 85: 203-207.
705. Ong, K. and J. D. Costlow, Jr. 1970. The effect of salinity and
temperature on the larval development of the stone crab,
Menippe mercenaria (Say), reared in the laboratory. Chesapeake
Sci. 11(1): 16-29.
706. Ortolano, L. (ed.). 1973. Analyzing the Environmental Impacts
of Water Projects. U.S. Army Eng. Inst. Water Resour., NTIS DACW
31-71-C-0127.
707. Osborn, B. 1952. Rain and erosion. Tex. J. Sci. 4(3): 300-324.
708. Oseid, D. and L. L. Smith, Jr. 1972. Swimming endurance and
resistance to copper and malathion of bluegills treated by
long-term exposure to sublethal levels of hydrogen sulfide.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 101(4): 620-625.
709. Otto, R. G. 1971. Effects of salinity on the survival and growth
of pre-smolt coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch). J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 28: 343-349.
710. Owens, M., G. Knowles, and A. Clark. 1969. The prediction of the
distribution of dissolved oxygen in rivers. In; Advances in
Water Pollution Research. Proceedings of the 1969 International
Conference.
711. Paloumpis, A. A. 1957. The effects of drought conditions on the
fish and bottom organisms of two small oxbow ponds. Trans.
111. Acad. Sci. 50: 60-64.
712. Parsons, J. D. 1956. Factors influencing excessive flows of
coal strip-mine effluents. Trans. 111. Acad. Sci. 49: 25-33.
713.* Parsons, J. D. 1968. The effects of acid strip-mine effluents
on the ecology of a stream. Arch. Hydrobiol. 65(1): 25-50.
714. Parsons, J. W. 1952. A biological approach to the study and
control of acid mine pollution. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 27(4):
304-309.
-------
347
715. Parsons, J. W. 1953. Reference material on "Acid coal mine
pollution and related subjects". J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 28(2):
160-163.
716. Parsons, W. T. 1963. Water hyacinth, a pest of world waterways.
J. Dept. Agric. Viet. 61: 23-27.
717. Patrick, R. 1949. A proposed biological measure of stream
conditions based on a survey of the Conestoga Basin, Lancaster
County, Pennsylvania. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 101: 277-341.
718. Patrick, R., J. Cairns, Jr., and S. S. Roback. 1967. Eco-
systematic study of the fauna and flora of Savannah River. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 118(5): 109-407.
719. Patrick, R., J. Cairns, and A. Scheier. 1968. The relative
sensitivity of diatoms, snails, and fish to twenty common
constituents of industrial wastes. Progr. Fish-Cult.
30(3): 137-140.
720. Patrick, W. H., Jr. and M. E. Tusneem. 1972. Nitrogen loss
from flooded soil. Ecol. 53(4): 735-737.
721.* Patten, B. C. 1962. Species diversity in net phytoplankton
of Raritan Bay. J. Mar. Res. 20: 57-75.
722. Pearce, J. B. 1969. Thermal addition and the benthos, Cape
Cod Canal. Chesapeake Sci. 10(4): 227-233.
723. Pearson, W. D. and D. R. Franklin. 1968. Some factors affecting
drift rates of Baetis and Simuliidae in a large river. Ecol.
49(1): 75-81.
724. Penfound, W. and E. S. Hathaway. 1938. Plant communities in the
marshlands of Southeastern Louisiana. Ecol. Monogr. 8: 1-56.
725.* Pennak, R. W. and E. D. Van Gerpen. 1947. Bottom fauna
production and physical nature of the substrate in a northern
Colorado trout stream. Ecol. 28(1): 42-48.
726.* Peters, J. C. 1967. Effects on a trout stream of sediment from
agricultural practices. J. Wildl. Manag. 31(4): 805-812.
727.* Peters, J. C. and W. Alvord. 1964. Man-made channel alterations
in thirteen Montana streams and rivers. Trans. 29th N. Am.
Wildl. Conf. 95-102.
728. Pfitzer, D. W. 1954. Investigations of waters below storage
reservoirs in Tennessee. Trans. 19th. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 271-282,
-------
348
729. Philipson, G. N. 1954. The effect of water flow and oxygen
concentration on six species of caddis fly (Trichoptera).
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 124: 547-564.
730. Phillipps, R. W. and E. W. Claire. 1966. Intragravel movement
of the reticulate sculpin, Cottus perplexus, and its potential
as a predator on salmon embryos. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
95: 210-212.
731.* Phinney, H. K. 1959. Turbidity, sedimentation, and photo-
synthesis. 4-12. In; Siltation - Its Sources and Effects on
the Aquatic Environment. Fifth Symposium - Pacific Northwest.
U.S. Dept. H.E.W., U.S. Publ. Health Serv.
732. Pickering, Q. H. 1968. Some effects of dissolved oxygen
concentrations upon the toxicity of zinc to bluegill Lepomis
macrochirus Raf. Water Res. 2(3): 187-194.
733. Pierce, N. D. 1970. Inland lake dredging evaluation. Wis.
Dept. Nat. Resour., Tech. Bull. 46, 68p.
734. Pippy, J. H. C. and G. M. Hare. 1969. Relationship of river
pollution to bacterial infection in salmon (Salmo salar)
and suckers (Catostomus commersoni). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
98(4): 685-690.
735.* Plumb, J. A. 1973. Effects of temperature on mortality of
fingerling channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus) experimentally
infected with channel catfish virus. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
30(4): 568-570.
736. Podoliak, H. A. 1961. Relation between water temperature and
metabolism of dietary phosphorus by fingerling brook trout.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90(4): 398-403.
737. Pomeroy, L. R., E. E. Smith, and C. M. Grant. 1965. The exchange
of phosphate between estuarine water and sediments. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 10(2): 167-172.
738. Ponnamperuma, F. N. 1972. The chemistry of submerged soils.
Adv. Agron. 24: 29-96.
739. Powers, E. B. 1922. The physiology of the respiration of
fishes in relation to the hydrogen-ion concentration of the
medium. J. Gen. Physiol. 4: 305-317.
740. Powers, E. B. and R. T. Clark. 1943. Further evidence on chemical
factors affecting the migratory movements of fishes especially
the salmon. Ecol. 24(1): 109-113.
-------
349
741. Prakash, A., M. A. Rashid, A. Jensen, and D. V. Subba Rao.
1973. Influence of humic substances on the growth of marine
phytoplankton: Diatoms. Limnol. Oceanogr. 18(4): 516-524.
742. Pritchard, D. W. 1951. The physical hydrography of estuaries
and some applications to biological problems. Trans. 16th
N. Amer. Wildl. Conf. 368-374.
743. Quick, J. A., Jr. (ed.). 1971. A. preliminary investigation:
the effect of elevated temperature on the American oyster,
Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin). Fla. Dept. Nat. Res., Mar.
Res. Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser. No. 15. 190p.
744.* Radtke, L. D. and J. L. Turner. 1967. High concentrations of
total dissolved solids block spawning migration of striped
bass, Roccus saxatilis, in the San Joaquin River, California.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96(4): 405-407.
745. Ragotzkie, R. A. and R. A. Bryson. 1953. Correlation of currents
with the distribution of adult Daphnia in Lake Mendota. Journ.
Mar. Res. 12(2): 157-172.
746. Raney, E. C. and B. W. Menzel. 1967. Heated effluents and
effects on aquatic life with emphasis on fishes. A bibliography.
Philadelphia Electric Co. and Ichtyological Associates. Bull.
No. 1. 90p.
747. Ravera, 0. and V. Tonolli. 1956. Body size and number of eggs
in diaptomids, as related to water renewal in mountain lakes.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 1: 118-122.
748. Ray, G. C. and K. S. Norris. 1972. Managing marine environments.
Trans. 37th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf. 190-203.
749. Reed, R. K. and W. P. Elliott. 1973. Freshwater input to
coastal waters off the Pacific Northwest. Limnol. Oceanogr.
18(4): 683-686.
750. Regier, H. A. and H. F. Henderson. 1973. Towards a broad
ecological model of fish communities and fisheries. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 102(1): 56-72.
751. Reid, G. K., Jr. 1955. A summer study of the biology and
ecology of East Bay, Texas. Texas J. Sci . 7(3): 316-343.
752. Reid, G. K., Jr. 1955. A summer study of the biology and ecology
of East Bay, Texas. Part II. The fish fauna of East Bay, The
Gulf Beach, and summary. Texas J. Sci. 7(4): 430-453.
753. Reid, G. K., Jr. 1961. Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuaries.
Reinhold, N.Y. 375p.
-------
350
754. Reif, C. B. 1939. The effect of stream conditions on lake
plankton. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 108(4): 398-403.
755. Reimers, Norman. 1957. Some aspects of the relation between
stream foods and trout survival. Calif. Fish and Game,
43(1): 43-69.
756. Reisen, W. K. and R. Prins. 1972. Some ecological relation-
ships of the invertebrate drift in Praters Creek, Pickens
County, South Carolina. Ecol. 53(5): 867-884.
757. Reish, D. J., and H. A. Winter. 1954. The ecology of Alamitos
Bay, California, with special reference to pollution. Calif.
Fish and Game. 40: 105-121.
758. Renfro, W. C. 1963. Gas-bubble mortality of fishes in Galveston
Bay, Texas. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(3): 320-322.
759. Renouf, R. N. 1972. Waterfowl utilization of beaver ponds
in New Brunswick. J. Wildl. Manag. 36(3): 740-744.
760. Reservoir Committee, Southern Division American Fisheries
Society. 1967. Reservoir Fishery Resources Symposium.
April 5-7. (University of Georgia, Athens). 569p.
761. Ridgway, G. J., and G. W. Klontz. 1960. Blood types in Pacific
salmon. U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish. 324, 9p.
762. Ridgway, G. J., J. E. Gushing, and G. L. Durall. 1958.
Serological differentiation of populations of sockeye salmnn.
U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 257, 5p.
763. Riller, R. E., and C. JM. Coker. 1955. Effects of naval
ordinance tests on the Patuxent River fishery. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 143, 20p.
764. Roback, S. S. and J. W. Richardson. 1969. The effects of acid
mine drainage on aquatic insects. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia. 121: 81-98.
765. Robel, R. J. 1961. Water depth and turbidity in relation to
growth of sago pondweed. J. Wildl. Manag. 25(4): 436-438.
766. Robinson, M. 1957. The effects of suspended materials on the
reproductive rate of Daphnia magna. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ.
Texas. 4(2): 265-277.
767.* Roebeck, G. C., C. Henderson, and R. C. Palange. 1954. Water
quality studies on the Columbia River. U.S. Dept. H.E.W.,
Publ. Health Serv. 99p. + app.
-------
351
768.* Rollins, G. L. 1973. Relationships between soil salinity and
the salinity of applied water in the Suisun Marsh of California.
Calif. Fish and Game, 59(1): 5-35.
769. Rosenzweig, M. L. 1971. Paradox of enrichment: destabilization
of exploitation of ecosystems in ecological time. Science. 171:
385-387.
770. Rounsefell, G. A. 1972. Ecological effects of offshore construc-
tion. J. Mar. Sci. 2(1). 89p + app.
771. Ruhr, C. E. 1957. Effect of stream impoundment in Tennessee
on the fish populations of tributary streams. Trans. Am. Fish.
Soc. 86: 144-157.
772. Rupp, R. 1955. Beaver-trout relationships in the headwaters
of the Sunkhaze Stream, Maine. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 84: 75-85.
773. Rutner, F. 1963. Fundamentals of Limnology. 3rd ed. Univer-
sity of Toronto Press, Toronto. 295p.
774. Ryden, J. C., J. K. Syers, and R. F. Harris. 1973. Phosphorus
in runoff and streams. Adv. Agron. 25: 1-45.
775. Saloman, C. H. 1965. Bait shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) in Tampa
Bay, Florida—biology, fishery economics, and changing habitat.
U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 520, 16p.
776. Salyer, J. W. 1962. Effects of drought and land use on prairie
ducks. Trans. 27th N. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf. 69-79.
777. Sameoto, D. D. 1969. Physiological tolerances and behavior
responses of five species of Haustoriidae (Amphipoda: Crustacea)
to five environmental factors. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26:
2283-2298.
778.* Sanders, H. L. 1958. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay. I.
Animal-sediment relationships. Limnol. Oceanogr. 3(3): 245-258.
779. Sanders, H. L., P. C. Mangelsdorf, Jr., and G. R. Hampson.
1965. Salinity and faunal distribution in the Pocasset River,
Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. lO(Suppl): R216-R229.
780. Sanders, H. 0. 1969. Toxicity of pesticides to the crustacean
Gammarus lacustris. U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. No. 25, 18p.
781. Saunders, J. W. and M. W. Smith. 1962. Physical alterations of
stream habitat to improve brook trout production. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 91(2): 185-188.
-------
352
782.* Saunders, J. W. and M. W. Smith. 1965. Changes in stream
population of trout associated with increased silt. J. Fish.
Res. Bd. Can. 22(2): 395-404.
783. Saunders, Richard L. and John H. Gee. 1964. Movements of young
Atlantic salmon in a small stream. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
21(1): 27-36.
784. Sawyer, C. N. 1947. Fertilization of lakes by agricultural
and urban drainage. J. N. Engl. Water Works Ass. 61: 109-127.
785. Sawyer, C. N. 1966. Basic concepts of eutrophication. J. Water
Pollut. Control Fed. 38: 737-44.
786. Schaut, G. G. 1939. Fish catastrophies during droughts. J.
Amer. Water Works Ass. 31(1): 771-882.
787. Schelske, C. L. and E. P. Odum. 1961. Mechanisms maintaining
high productivity in Georgia estuaries. Gulf Caribb. Fish.
Inst., 14-th Ann. Sess. 75-80.
788.* Schindler, J. E., J. J. Alberts, and K. R. Honick. 1972.
A preliminary investigation of organic-inorganic associations
in a stagnating system. Limnol. Oceanogr. 17(6): 952-957.
789.* Schneberger, E. and J. L. Funk (eds.). 1971. Stream Channel-
ization; A Symposium. Amer. Fish. Soc., North Cent. Div.,
Spec. Publ. No. 2. 83p.
790.* Schneller, M. V. 1955. Oxygen depletion in Salt Creek, Indiana.
Invest. Indiana Lakes Streams. 4: 163-175.
791.* Schoeneman, D. E., R. T. Pressey, and C. 0. Junge, Jr. 1961.
Mortalities of downstream migrant salmon at McNary Dam. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90(1): 58-72.
792. Schofield, C. L. 1965. Water quality in relation to survival
of brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
94(3): 227-235.
793. Schwartz, F. J. 1964. Effects of winter water conditions on
fifteen species of captive marine fishes. Amer. Midi. Nat.
71(2): 434-444.
794. Schwartz, F. J. 1964. Natural salinity tolerances of some
freshwater fishes. Underwater Naturalist. 2(2): 13-15.
795. Schwartz, F. J. and G. K. Reid. 1967. Effects of supersaline
conditions on aquatic ecosystems. Symposium. Contrib. Mar.
Sci. 12: 202-206.
-------
353
796. Seabloom, R. W. 1958. Water quality studies in the Wenatchee
River Basin. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 268, 35p.
797.* Seegrist, D. W. and R. Card. 1972. Effects of floods on trout
in Sagehen Creek, California. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 101(3):
478-482.
798. Segal, E. and W. D. Burbanck. 1963. Effects of salinity and
temperature on osmoregultation in two latitudinally separated
populations of an estuarine isopod, Cyathura polita (Stimpson).
Physiol. Zool. 36(3): 250-263.
799. Shapiro, J. 1957. Chemical and biological studies on the yellow
organic acids of lake water. Linmol. Oceanogr. 2: 161-179.
800. Shapley, S. P. and D. M. Bishop. 1965. Sedimentation in a
salmon stream. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22(4): 919-928.
801. Shaw, P. A. and J. A. Maga. 1943. The effect of mining silt
on yield of fry from salmon spawning beds. Calif. Fish and
Game, 29(1): 29-41.
802.* Shaw, S. P. and C. G. Fredine. 1971. Wetlands of the United
States; their extent and their value to waterfowl and other
wildlife. U.S.F.& W.S., Circ. 39, 67p.
803. Shaw, W. N. 1960. Observations on habits and a method of trap-
ping channeled whelks near Chatham, Massachusetts. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 325, 6p.
804. Shearer, L. A., B. J. Jahn, and L. Lenz. 1969. Deterioration
of duck foods when flooded. J. Wildl. Manag. 33(4): 1012-1015.
805. Sheldon, A. L. 1968. Species diversity and longitudinal success-
ion in stream fishes. Ecol. 49(2): 193-198.
806. Shelford, V. E. 1917. An experimental study of the effects of
gas waste upon fishes, with special reference to stream pollution.
Bull. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 11: 380-412.
807. Shelton, J. M. and R. D. Pollock. 1966. Siltation and egg survival
in incubation channels. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(2): 183-187.
808. Sheridan, W. L. 1962. Waterflow through a salmon spawning riffle
in southeastern Alaska. U.S.F.& W. S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 407,
20p.
809. Sherk, J. A., Jr. 1971. The effects of suspended and deposited
sediments on estuarine organisms. Literature summary and research
needs. Univ. Maryland, Nat. Res. Inst., Publ. 443. 73p.
810. Sherk, J. A., Jr. and L. E. Cronin. 1970. The effects of suspended
and deposited sediments on estuarine organisms. An annotated
bibliography of selected references. Univ. Maryland, Nat. Res.
Inst., Publ. 70-19. 62p.
-------
354
811. Shatter, D. S. 1961. Survival of brook trout from egg to
fingerling stage in two Michigan trout streams. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 90: 252-258.
812. Shetter, D. S. and M. J. Whalls. 1955. Effect of impoundment
on water temperatures of Fuller Creek, Motmorency County,
Michigan. J. Wildl. Manag. 19(1): 47-54.
813.* Shumway, D. L., Charles E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff. 1964.
Influence of oxygen concentration and water movement on the
growth of steelhead trout and coho salmon embryos. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(4): 342-356.
814. Siefert, R. E. 1969. Biology of the white crappie in Lewis
and Clark Lake. U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. No. 22, 16p.
815.* Silver, S. J., C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff. 1963. Dissolved
oxygen requirements of developing steelhead trout and chinook
salmon embryos at different water velocities. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 92(4): 327-343.
816. Simmons, G. M., Jr. 1972. A preliminary report on the use of
the sequential comparison index to evaluate acid mine drainage
on the macrobenthos in a pre-impoundment basin. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 101(4): 701-713.
817. Simmons, H. B. 1965. Channel depth as a factor in estuarine
sedimentation. U.S. Army Eng. Comm. Tidal Hydraul., Tech. Bull.
No. 8.
818. Simmons, H. B., J. Harrison, and C. J. Huval. 1971. Predicting
construction effects by tidal modeling. U.S. Eng. Waterways
Exp. Sta., Misc. Pap. H-71-6.
819. Simmons, H. B., and F. A. Herrmann. 1969. Some effects of
man-made changes in the hydraulic, salinity, and shoaling
regimens of estuaries, Proc. GSA Sympos. on Estuaries.
820. Simmonds, M. A. 1962. Notes on pollution of ground-water
supplies in Queensland, Australia. Proc. Soc. Wat. Treat. Exam.
11: 76-83.
821. Sindermann, C. J. 1961. Serological studies of Atlantic
Redfish. U.S.F.& W.S., Fish. Bull. 191: 351-354.
822. Sindermann, C. J. 1963. Use of plant hemagglutinins in
serological studies of clupeoid fishes. U.S.F.& W.S., Fish.
Bull. 63(1): 137-141.
823. Sindermann, C. J. 1968. Oyster mortalities, with particular
reference to Chesapeake Bay and the Atlantic Coast of North
America. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 569, lOp.
-------
355
824. Singleton, J. R. 1949. Coastal drainage problems in relation to
waterfowl. Texas J. Sci. 1(3): 25-28.
825. Skud, B. E. and W. B. Wilson. 1960. Role of estuarine waters
in Gulf fisheries. Trans. 25th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.
320-326.
826.* Slack, K. V. 1955. A study of the factors affecting stream
productivity by the comparative method. Invest. Indiana Lakes
and Streams. 4: 3-47.
827. Slack, K. V. 1964. Effect of tree leaves on water quality in
the Cacapon River, West Virginia. Prof. Pap. U.S. Geol. Surv.
475-D: 181-185.
828.* Slater, D. W. 1963. Winter-run chinook salmon in the Sacramento
River, California with notes on water temperature requirements at
spawning. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 461, 9p.
829. Smail, J. 1970. Estuaries and the ecology of shorebirds. Trans.
35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 258-265.
830.* Smith, E. R. 1970. Evaluation of a leveed Louisiana marsh.
Trans. 35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 266-275.
831. Smith, L. L. 1971. Influence of hydrogen sulfide on fish and
arthropods. Preliminary Completion Report, EPA Project 18050 PCG.
30p.
832.* Smith, L. L., Jr. and J. B. Moyle. 1944. A Biological Survey and
Fishery Management Plan for the Streams £f_ the Lake Superior North
Shore Watershed. Minn. Dept. Conserv., Div. Game and Fish, Tech.
Bull. 1, 28p.
833. Smith, L. L. and D. Oseid. 1971. Toxic effects of hydrogen
sulfide to juvenile fish and fish eggs. Proc. 25th Purdue
Industrial Waste Conf.
834.* Smith, 0. R. 1940. Placer mining silt and its relation to salmon
and trout on the Pacific Coast. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 69: 225-230.
835. Smith, P. W. 1968. An assessment of changes in the fish fauna of
two Illinois rivers and its bearing on their future. Trans. 111.
Acad. Sci. 6(1): 3-45.
836. Smith, P. W. and R. Larimore. 1963. The fishes of Champaign
County, Illinois, as affected by 60 years of stream change.
111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 28(2): 299-382.
837. Smith, R. F., A. H. Swartz, and W. H. Massmann, (eds). 1966. A_
Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ.
No. 3, 154p. Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4).
-------
356
838. Smith, R. H. 1953. A study of waterfowl production on artificial
reservoirs in eastern Montana. J. Wildl. Manag. 17(3): 276-291.
839.* Smith, S. H. 1966. Effects of water use activities in Gulf of
Mexico and south Atlantic estuarine areas. 93-101, In; R. F. Smith,
A. H. Swartz, and W. H. Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on Estuarine
Fisheries. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 3. Suppl. to Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4).
840. Smith, W. G. 1970. Spartina 'die-back1 in Louisiana marshlands.
Coastal Studies Bull. Special Sea Grant Issue. 5: 89-96.
841. Smith, W. H., F. H. Bormann, and G. E. Likens. 1968. Response
of chemoautotrophic nitrifiers to forest cutting. Soil Sci.
106(6): 471-473.
842. Snow, B. C., Jr. 1973. Guidelines for the coastal zone. Coastal
Plains Center for Marine Development Services. Publ. 73-5.
16p.
843. Societas Internationalis Limnologiae. 1962. The influence of
current on running-water organisms. Soc. Int. Limnol. 24: 353-484.
844.* Spaulding, W. M., Jr. and R. D. Ogden. 1968. Effects of surface
mining on the fish and wildlife resources of the United States.
U.S.F.& W.S., Resource Publ. 68. 51p.
845.* Spence, J. A. and H. B. N. Hynes. 1971a. Differences in benthos
upstream and downstream of an impoundment. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 28: 35-43.
846. Spence, J. A. and H. B. N. Hynes. 1971b. Differences in fish
populations upstream and downstream of a mainstream impoundment.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada, 28: 45-46.
847.* Spraberry, J. A. 1965. Summary of reservoir sediment deposi-
tion surveys made in the United States through 1960. U.S. Dept.
Agr., Misc. Publ. 964.
848. Sprague, J. B. 1963. Resistance of four freshwater crustaceans
to lethal high temperature and low oxygen. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
20(2): 387-415.
849. Sprules, W. M. 1947. An ecological investigation of stream
insects in Algonquin Park, Ontario. Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol.
Ser., No. 56. Publ. Ont. Fish. Res. Lab., No. 69, 81p.
850. St. Amant, Lyle S. 1970. Biological effects of petroleum ex-
ploration and production in coastal Louisiana: Santa Barbara
Oil Symposium. Univ. Calif. Pub. Mar. Sci. Inst. 335-354.
851.* St. Amant, L. S. 1970. Biological effects of petroleum explora-
tion and production in coastal Louisiana. La. Wildl. Fish. Comm.
Rept. (Dec., 1970). 32p.
-------
357
852. St. Amant, L. S. 1971. Impacts of oil on the Gulf Coast. Trans.
36, No. Am. Wildlife Nat. Res. Conf. 206-219.
853.* St. Amant, L. S. 1972. The petroleum industry as it affects
marine and estuarine ecology. Jour. Petrol. Tech. 385-392.
854. St. Amant, L. S. 1973. Some considerations of the chronic
effects of petroleum in the marine environment. Background
Papers for: A Workshop on Inputs, Fates, and Effects of Petroleum
in the Marine Environment. Nat. Acad. Sci., Ocn. Aff. Bd.
2: 671-689.
855.* St. Amant, L. S. An outline of some factors affecting marine
ecology in Louisiana. (Unpubl. manuscript).
856. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.
12th ed. 1965. Published jointly by the Amer. Publ. Health
Assn., Amer. Water Works Ass., and Water Poll. Contr. Fed.
857. Stanton, R. J., Jr. and I. Evans. 1971. Environmental controls
of benthic macrofaunal patterns in the Gulf of Mexico adjacent
to the Mississippi Delta. Trans. Gulf Coast Ass. Geol. Soc.
21: 371-378.
858. Starrett, W. C. 1950. Distribution of the fishes of Boone
County, Iowa, with special reference to the minnows and darters.
Amer. Midi. Nat. 43(1): 112-127.
859. Starrett, W. C. 1950. Food relationships of the minnows of
the Des Moines River, Iowa. Ecol. 31(2): 216-233.
860.* Starrett, W. C. 1951. Some factors affecting the abundance
of minnows in the Des Moines River, Iowa. Ecol. 32(1): 13-27.
861.* Starrett, W. C. 1971. A survey of the mussels (Unionacea) of
the Illinois River: a polluted stream. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv.
Bull. 30(5): 267-403.
862.* Starrett, W. C. 1972. Man and the Illinois River. 131-169.
In; R. T. Oglesby, C. A. Carson, and J. A. McCann (eds.),
River Ecology and Man. Academic Press, N.Y.
863. Stauffer, R. C. 1937. Changes in the invertebrate community of
a lagoon after disappearance of the eelgrass. Ecol. 18: 427-431.
864. Steed, D. L. and B. J. Copeland. 1967. Metabolic responses
of some estuarine organisms to an industrial effluent. Contr.
Mar. Sci. 12: 143-159.
865.* Steenis, J. H. 1947. Recent changes in the marsh and aquatic
plant status at Reelfoot Lake. Rept, Reelfoot Lake Biol. Sta.
11: 22-27.
-------
358
866.* Stephens, G. C. 1967. Dissolved organic material as a nutritional
source for marine and estuarine invertebrates, 367-373. In;
G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries. AAAS Publ. 83.
867.* Stephens, G. C. and R. A. Schinske. 1961. Uptake of amino
acids by marine invertebrates. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 175-181.
868. Stewart, N. E., D. L. Shumway, and P. Doudoroff. 1967.
Influence of oxygen concentration on the growth of juvenile
largemouth bass. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24(3): 475-494.
869. Stober, Q. J. 1964. Some limnological effects of Tiber Reservoir
on the Marias River, Montana. Proc. Mont. Acad. Sci. 23: 111-137.
870. Stockner, John G. 1968. Algal growth and primary productivity
in a thermal stream. J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 25(10): 2037-2058.
871.* Stoeckler, J. H. and G. J. Voskuil. 1959. Water temperature
reduction in shortened spring channels of southwestern Wisconsin
trout streams. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 88(4): 286-288.
872. Straskraba, M. 1965. The effect of fish on the number of in-
vertebrates in ponds and streams. Mitt. int. Verein. theor.
angew. Limnol. 13: 106-127.
873.* Strawn, K. 1961a. Factors influencing the zonation of submerged
monocotyledons at Cedar Key, Florida. J, Wildl. Manag. 25(2):
178-189.
874. Strawn, K. 1961b. Growth of largemouth bass fry at various
temperatures. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 334-335.
875. Streeter, H. W. and E. B. Phelps. 1958. A study of the pollution
and natural purification of the Ohio River. III. Factors concerned
in the phenomena of oxidation and reaeration. U.S. Dept. H.E.W.,
Publ. Health Serv., Bull. No. 146, 75p.
876.* Stroud, R. H. 1967. Water quality criteria to protect aquatic
life—a summary, 33-37, In: E. L. Cooper (ed.), A Symposium on
Water Quality Criteria to Protect Aquatic Life. Amer. Fish. Soc.
Spec. Publ. 4. Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96(1).
877.* Stroud, R. H. 1971. Statement of Richard H. Stroud, Executive
Vice President, Sport Fishing Institute, p. 215-218. In:
Committee on Government Operations. Stream Channelization (Part
I). Hearings before a Subcommittee on Government Operations.
House of Representatives 92nd. Congress, U.S. Govt. Printing
Office. 338p.
878. Stuart, T. A. 1953. Water currents through permeable gravels
and their significance to spawning salmonids, etc. Nature
(London). 172: 407.
-------
359
879. Stuart. T. A. 1954. Spawning sites of trout. Nature (London).
173: 354.
880. Stuart, T. A. 1957. The influence of drainage works, levees,
dykes, dredging, etc., on the aquatic environment and stock.
Proc. I.U.C.N. Tech. Meeting, Athens, 4: 337-345.
881. Styron, C. E. 1968. Ecology of two populations of an aquatic
isopod, Lirceus fontinalis Raf. Ecol. 49(4): 629-636.
882.* Sumner, F. H. and 0. R. Smith. 1939. A biological study of
the effect of mining debris dams and hydraulic mining on fish
life in the Yuba and American Rivers in California. Stanford
Univ. Rept. to the U.S. District Engineer's Off., Sacramento,
Calif. 51p.
883. Surber, E. W. 1936. Effects of carbon dioxide on the development
of trout eggs. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 68: 194-203.
884. Swift, D. R. 1963. Influence of oxygen concentration on growth
of brown trout, Salmo trutta L. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(3):
300-301.
885. Swift, D. R. 1965. Effect of temperature on mortality and rate
of development of the Windermere char (Salvelinus alpinus). J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22(4): 913-917.
886.* Sykes, J. E. 1971. Implications of dredging and filling in
Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. Environ. Lett. 1(2): 151-156.
887. Sykes, J. E., and J. R. Hall. 1970. Comparative distribution
of molluscs in dredged and undredged portions on an estuary,
with a systematic list of species. Fish. Bull. 68: 299-306.
888.* Sylvester, J. R. 1972. Effect of thermal stress on predator
avoidance in sockeye salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 29: 601-603.
889.* Sylvester, J. R. 1973. Effect of light on vulnerability of
heat-stressed sockeye salmon to predation by coho salmon. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 102(1): 139-142.
890.* Sylvester, R. 0. 1958. Water quality studies in the Columbia
River Basin. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 239, 35p.
891. Sylvester, R. 0. 1959. Water quality study of Wenatchee and
Middle Columbia Rivers before dam construction. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 290, 116p.
892. Symons, e£ al_. 1964. Influence of impoundments on water quality.
U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Dept. Publ. Health, Publ. 999-WP-18, 78p.
-------
360
893.* Tabb, D. C., D. L. Dubrow, and A. E. Jones. 1962. Studies on
the biology of the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum, in Everglades
National Park, Florida. State Bd. Cons., Univ. Miami Mar. Lab.,
Tech. Ser., 37: 1-30.
894. Tagatz, M. E. 1961. Tolerance of striped bass and American shad
to changes of temperature and salinity. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec.
Sci. Rept., Fish. 388, 8p.
895. Tagatz, M. E. 1969. Some relations of temperature acclimation and
salinity to thermal tolerance of the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 98(4): 713-716.
896. Tagatz, M. E. 1971. Osmoregulatory ability of blue crabs in
different temperature-salinity combinations. Chesapeake Sci.
12(1): 14-17.
897.* Tarplee, W. H., Jr., D. E. Louder, and A. J. Weber. 1971.
Evaluation of the effects of channelization on fish populations
in North Carolina's coastal streams. N. Carolina Wild. Res.
Comm. 20p.
898.* Tarzwell, C. M. 1937. Experimental evidence on the value of
trout stream improvement in Michigan. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.,
66: 177-187.
899.* Tarzwell, C. M. 1938a. Factors influencing fish food and fish
production in southwestern streams. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
67: 246-255.
900. Tarzwell, C. M. 1938b. An evaluation of the methods and results
of stream improvement in the Southwest. Trans. 3rd N. Am. Wildl.
Conf. 339-364.
901. Tarzwell, C. M. 1957. Water quality criteria for aquatic life.
U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Publ. Health Serv. Tech. Rept., W-592: 246-272.
902. Tarzwell, C. M. 1962. The need and value of water quality
criteria with special reference to aquatic life. Can. Fish Cult.
31: 35-41.
903.* Tarzwell, C. M. 1966. Water quality requirements for aquatic
life. Nat. Symp. Qual. Standards for Nat. Waters Proc. 185-197.
904. Tarzwell, C. M. 1969. Waste management in the marine environment.
Proc. Civil Engineering in the Oceans-II, Miami Beach. 477-485.
905. Tarzwell, C. M. and A. R. Gaufin. 1953. Some important biological
effects of pollution often disregarded in stream surveys. Purdue
Univ. Engineering Bull., Proc. 8th Industrial Waste Conf. 1-38.
906.* Taylor, J. L. and C. H. Saloman. 1969. Some effects of hydraulic
dredging and coastal development in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. U.S.F.&
W.S., Fish. Bull., 67 (2): 213-241.
-------
361
907. Teal, J. M. 1962. Energy flow in the salt marsh ecosystem of
Georgia. Ecol., 43 : 614-624.
908.* Teal, J. M., and M. Teal. 1969. Life and Death of the Salt Marsh.
Atlantic, Little, Brown and Co., Boston.
909. Tebo, L. B. 1955. Effects of siltation, resulting from improper
logging, on the bottom fauna of a small trout stream in the southern
Appalachians. Prog. Fish-Clt. 17: 64-70.
910.* Teichman, H. 1957. Das Riechvermogen des Aales (Anguilla anguilla
L.). Naturwiss. 44: 242.
911. Tenore, K. R., D. B. Horton, and T. W. Duke. 1968. Effects of
bottom substrate on the brackish water bivalve Rangia cuneata.
Chesapeake Sci. 9(4): 238-248.
912. The Institute of Ecology. 1973. An Ecological Glossary for
Engineers and Resource Managers. The Institute of Ecology,
Publ, 50p.
913. Theede, H., A. Ponat, K. Hiro, and C. Schlieper. 1969. Studies
on the resistance of marine bottom invertebrates to oxygen-
deficiency and hydrogen sulfide. Mar. Biol. 2(4): 325-337.
914. Thomas, M. L. H., and G. N. White. 1969. Mass mortality of
estuarine fauna at Bideford, P.E.I., associated with abnormally
low salinities. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26(3): 701-704.
915. Thomas, N. A. 1970. Impoundment biology of Wilson Reservoir,
Kansas. J. Amer. Waterworks Ass. 62(7): 439-443.
916.* Thomas, W. L., Jr. (ed.). 1956. Man's Role in Changing the Face
of the Earth. Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago. 1193p.
917. Thorne, W. and H. B. Peterson. 1967. Salinity in United States
waters. 221-240. In; N. C. Bradz (ed.), Agriculture and the
Quality of our Environment. AAAS Publ. 85, 460p.
918. Thorson, G. 1950. Reproductive and larval ecology of marine
bottom invertebrates. Biol. Rev. 25(1): 1-45.
919. Thorson, G. 1966. Some factors influencing the recruitment and
establishment of marine benthic communities. Netherlands J. Sea
Research. 3(2): 267-293.
920. Tiller, R. E. and C. M. Coker. 1955. Effects of naval ordnance
tests on the Patuxent River fishery. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci.
Rept., Fish. 143. 20p.
921. Townsend, L. D. and H. Cheyne. 1944. The influence of hydrogen
ion concentration on the minimum dissolved oxygen toleration of
the silver salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum). Ecol. 25: 461-466.
-------
362
922. Trautman, M. B. 1939. The effects of man-made modifications
on the fish fauna in Lost and Gordon Creeks, Ohio, between
1887-1938. Ohio J. Sci. 39(5): 275-288.
923.* Trautman, M. B. 1957. The Fishes of Ohio with Illustrated Keys.
Ohio State Univ. Press, Columbus. 683p.
924. Trotzky, H. M. and R. W. Gregory. 1974. The effects of water
flow manipulation below a hydroelectric power dam on the bottom
fauna of the upper Kennebec River, Maine. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
103(2): 318-324.
925.* Tsai, C. F. 1973. Water quality and fish life below sewage out-
falls. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 102(2): 281-292.
926. Turekian, K. L. 1971. Rivers, tributaries, and estuaries. 9-73.
In; D. W. Hood, (ed.), Impingement of Man on the Oceans. Wiley-
Interscience, N.Y.
927.* Turner, J. L. and T. C. Farley. 1971. Effects of temperature,
salinity, and dissolved oxygen on the survival of striped bass
eggs and larvae. Calif. Fish and Game, 57(4): 268-273.
928. Turner, W. R. 1958. The effects of acid mine pollution of the
fish population of Goose Creek, Clay County, Kentucky. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20(1): 45-46.
929. Turner, W. R. 1969. Life history of menhadens in the eastern
Gulf of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 98(2): 216-224.
930. Tyler, R. W. 1960. Use of dynamite to recover tagged salmon.
U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 353, 9p.
931. Underbill, A. H. 1966. Maintaining and enhancing the estuarine
environment. 127-129. In: R. F. Smith, A. H. Swartz, and W. H.
Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries. Amer. Fish.
Soc. Spec. Publ. 3. Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4)
932.* U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. 1955. Water. The Yearbook of
Agriculture. 751p.
933.* U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1966. Handbook of Pollution Control
Costs in Mine Drainage Management. Fed. Water Poll. Contr. Adm.
934.* U.S. Department of the Interior. 1966b. Study of strip and
surface mining in Appalachia; an interim report to the Appalachian
Regional Commission. 78p.
935.* U.S. Department of the Interior. 1967. Surface mining and our
environment; a special report to the Nation. 124p.
-------
363
936. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1968. Report of the committee on
water quality criteria. Fed. Wat. Poll. Contr. Adm., National
Technical Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the Interior.
234p.
937. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1970. Treatment of acid mine
drainage. Federal Water Quality Administration. Fed. Water
Poll. Cont. Res. Series 14010 DEE, 91p.
938. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1970. Urban soil erosion and
sediment control. Fed. Wat. Qual. Adm., Fed. Wat. Poll. Cont.
Research Ser. 15030DTL05/70. 37p.
939. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1971. Ecological factors affecting
waterfowl production in the Alberta Parklands. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Resource Publ. No. 98, 49p.
940. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1971. Ecological factors affecting
waterfowl production in the Saskatchewan Parklands. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Resource Publ. No. 99, 58p.
941. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1974. Proposed 1974 outer continental
shelf oil and gas general lease sale offshore Texas. Final
Environmental Statement. Vol. 2 of 3. OCS Sale No. 34. FES 74-14.
Prepared by the Bureau of Land Management. 412p.
942. U.S. Dept. of the Interior. 1974. Proposed 1974 outer continental
shelf oil and gas general lease sale offshore Texas. Final En-
vironmental Statement. Vol. 3 of 3. OCS Sale No. 34. FES 74-
14. Prepared by the Bureau of Land Management. 238p.
943. U.S. Department of the Interior, Federal Water Pollution Control
Administration. 1967. Effects of pollution on aquatic life
resources of the South Platte River Basin in Colorado. Fed.
Water Poll. Contr. Adm., PR-11, SVII, 149p.
944.* U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1974. Water Quality
Criteria, 1972. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
of Research and Development, Report EPA-R3-73-033.
945. U.S. Geological Survey. 1962. Map of conterminous United States,
showing prevalent chemical types of rivers. U.S. Geol. Surv.,
Hydrol. Invest., Atlas HA-61.
946. U.S. Public Health Service. 1958. Oxygen relationships in
streams. The Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center.
Technical Rept. W58-2. 194p.
947. Utter, M., and G. J. Ridgway, and H. 0. Hodgins. 1964. Use of
plant extracts in serological studies of fish. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 472, 16p.
-------
364
948. Vacarro, R. S., G. D. Grice, G. T. Rowe, and P. H. Wiebe. 1972.
Acid iron wastes disposal and the summer distribution of standing
crops in the New York Bight. Water Res. 6: 231-256.
949. Van der Schalie, H. 1973. Dam(n) large rivers—then what? The
Biologist. 55(1): 29-35.
950. Van der Schalie, H. and E. G. Berry. 1973. The effects of
temperature on growth and reproduction in aquatic snails.
Malacological Rev. 6: 60.
951. Van der Schalie, H. and E. G. Berry. 1973. The effects of tem-
perature on growth and reproduction of aquatic snails. Sterkiana,
No. 50: 92p.
952. Van Oosten, J. V. 1948. Turbidity as a factor in the decline of
Great Lakes fishes with special reference to Lake Erie. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 75. 281-322.
953. Vaux, W. G. 1962. Interchange of stream and intragravel water
in a salmon spawning riffle. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept.,
Fish. 405. lip.
954. Venkataramiah, A., G. J. Lakshmi, and G. Gunter. 1974. Studies
on the effects of salinity and temperature on the commercial
shrimp, Penaeus aztecus Ives, with special regard to survival
limits,growth, oxygen consumption and ionic regulation. U.S.
Army Eng. Waterways Exper. Sta. Contr. Rept. H-74-2, 137p.
955.* Verduin, J. 1954. Phytoplankton and turbidity in western Lake
Erie. Ecol. 35(4): 550-561.
956.* von Frisch, K. 1941. Die Bedentung des Geruchsinnes im Leben
der Fische. Naturwiss. 29: 321-333.
957. Waggoner, J. P. and C. R. Feldmeth. 1971. Sequential mortality
of the fish fauna impounded in construction of a marina at Dana
Point, California. Calif. Fish and Game, 57(3): 167-176.
958. Walburg, C. H. 1969. Fish sampling and estimation of relative
abundance in Lewis and Clark Lake. U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 18,
15p.
959.* Walker, T. J. and A. D. Hasler. 1949. Detection and discrimina-
tion of odors of aquatic plants by the bluntnose minnow
(Hyborhynchus notatus Raf.). Physiol. Zool., 22: 45-63.
960.* Wallen, I. E. 1951. The direct effect of turbidity on fishes.
Bull. Okla. Agr. Mech. Coll., Biol. Ser. 48(2), 27p.
961. Wallen, I. E., W. C. Greer, and R. Lasater. 1957. Toxicity
to Gambusia affinis of certain pure chemicals in turbid waters.
Sewage Indust. Wastes 29(6): 695-711.
-------
365
962. Walshe, B. M. 1948. The oxygen requirements and thermal re-
sistance of chironomid larvae from flowing and still waters.
J. Exp. Biol. 25: 35-44.
963.* Warner, K. and I. R. Porter. 1960. Experimental improvement of
a bulldozed trout stream in northern Maine. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 89(1): 59-63.
964. Warner, M. L., J. L. Moore, S. Chatterjee, D. C. Cooper, C. Ifeadi,
W. T. Lawhon, and R. S. Reimers. 1974. Assessment methodology
for the environmental impact of water resource projects. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
Report EPA-600/5-74-016, 221p.
965. Warnick, S. L. and H. L. Bell. 1969. The acute toxicity of
some heavy metals to different species of aquatic insects. J.
Water Poll. Contr. Fed. 41: 280-284.
966. Warren, C. E. 1971. Biology and Water Pollution Control.
W. B. Saunders, Phila. 434p.
967. Warren, C. E., J. H. Wales, G. E. Davis, and P. Doudoroff.
1964. Trout production in an experimental stream enriched with
sucrose. J. Wildl. Mgmt. 28: 617-660.
968. Wass, M. L., and T. D. Wright. 1969. Coastal wetlands of
Virginia, interim report to the Governor and General Assembly.
Va. Inst. Mar. Sci., Spec. Rept. No. 10, 154p.
969. Water Quality Criteria. 1968. Report of the National Technical
Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the Interior. Fed.
Water Poll. Cont. Adm. 234p.
970.* Waters, T. F. 1962a. Diurnal periodicity in the drift of stream
invertebrates. Ecol. 43(2): 316-320.
971.* Waters, T. F. 1962b. A method to estimate the production rate
of a stream bottom invertebrate. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91(3):
243-250.
972.* Waters, T. F. 1964. Recolonization of denuded stream bottom
areas by drift. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(3): 311-315.
973. Waters, T. F. 1965. Interpretation of invertebrate drift in
streams. Ecol. 46(3): 327-334.
974. Waters, T. F. 1966. Production rate, population density, and
drift of a stream invertebrate. Ecol. 47(4): 595-604.
975.* Waters, T. F. 1968. Diurnal periodicity in the drift of a day-
active stream invertebrate. Ecol. 49(1): 152-153.
976.* Waugh, D. L. and E. T. Garside. 1971. Upper lethal temperatures
in relation to osmotic stress in the ribbed mussel Modiolus
demissus. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28: 527-532.
-------
366
977.* Weaver, C. R. 1963. Influence of water velocity upon orientation
and performance of adult migrating salmonids. U.S.F.& W.S.,
Fish. Bull. 63(1): 97-121.
978. Weibel, S. R., R. J. Anderson, and R. L. Woodward. 1964. Urban
land runoff as a factor in stream pollution. J. Water Poll.
Contr. Fed. 36: 914-924.
979. Weiss, C. M., and F. G. Wilkes. 1969. Estuarine ecosystems
that receive sewage waste. In: H. T. Odum, B. J. Copeland, and
E. A. McMahan (eds.), Coastal Ecological Systems of the United
States; Sourcebook for Estuarine Planning.
980. Welch, P. S. 1935. Limnology. McGraw-Hill, N.Y. 471p.
981. Welch, P. S. 1948. Limnological Methods. Blakiston, Phila.
381p.
982. Welker, B. D. 1967. Comparison of channel catfish populations
in channeled and unchanneled sections of the Little Sioux River,
Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 74: 99-104.
983.* Wells, J. H. 1969. Placer examination (principles and practice).
U.S. Dept. of Interior. Bur. Land Manag., Tech. Bull. 4. 155p.
984. Wells, R. A., and W. J. McNeil. 1970. Effect of quality of the
spawning bed on growth and development of pink salmon embryos
and alevins. U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish. 616, 6p.
985. Wene, G. 1940. The soil as an ecological factor in the abundance
of aquatic chironomid larvae. Ohio J. Sci. 40: 193-199.
986. Wene, G. and E. L. Wickliff. 1940. Modification of a stream
bottom and its effect on the insect fauna. Canad. Ent. 72: 131-135.
987. Westfall, B. A. 1945. Coagulation film anoxia in fishes.
Ecol. 26(3): 283-287.
988. Westgard, R. L. 1964. Physical and biological aspects of gas-
bubble disease in impounded adult chinook salmon at McNary spawning
channel. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(3): 306-309.
989.* Wetzel, R. G. and B. A. Manny. 1972. Decomposition of dissolved
organic carbon and nitrogen compounds from leaves in an experimental
hard-water stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 17(6): 927-931.
990. Whitford, L. A. 1960. The current effect and growth of fresh-water
algae. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 129(3): 302-309.
991. Whitford, L. A. and G. J. Schumacher. 1961. Effect of a current
on respiration and mineral uptake in Spirogyra and Oedogonium.
Ecol. 45: 168-170.
-------
367
992.* Whitmore, C. M., C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff. 1960. Avoidance
reactions of salmonid and centrarchid fishes to low oxygen con-
centrations. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 89(1): 17-26.
993.* Whitney, A. N. and J. E. Bailey. 1959. Detrimental effects of
highway construction on a Montana stream. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 88(1): 72-73.
994. Wickett, W. Percy. 1954. The oxygen supply to salmon eggs in
spawning beds. J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 11(6): 933-953.
995. Wiebe, A. H. 1927. Biological survey of the Upper Mississippi
River with special reference to pollution. Bull. Bur. Fish.
43(2): 137-167.
996.* Wiebe, A. H., A. M. McGarock, A. C. Fuller, and A. C. Markus.
1934. The ability of fresh-water fish to extract oxygen at
different hydrogen-ion concentrations. Physiol. Zool. 7:435-448.
997.* Wieser, W. 1959. The effect of grain size on the distribution
of small invertebrates inhabiting the beaches of Puget Sound.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 4(2): 181-194.
998. Wiespape, L. M. and D. V. Aldrich. 1970. Effects of temperature
and salinity on thermal death in postlarval brown shrimp,
Penaeus aztecus. Texas A&M Univ., Sea Grant Progr., Publ. No.
TAMU-SG-71-201.
999. Wilhm, J. L. and T. C. Dorris. 1966. Species diversity of
benthic macro-invertebrates in a stream receiving domestic and
oil refinery effluents. Amer. Midi. Nat. 76(2): 427-449.
1000.* Wilhm, J. L., and T. C. Dorris. 1968. Biological parameters for
water quality criteria. BioScience, 18(6): 477-481.
1001. Williams, A. B. 1958. Substrates as a factor in shrimp
distribution, Limnol. Oceanogr. 3: 283-290.
1002. Williams, A. B. 1960. The influence of temperature on osmotic
regulation in two species of estuarine shrimps (PenaeusJ . Biol.
Bull. 119(3): 560-571.
1003. Williams, L. G. 1964. Possible relationships between plankton-
diatom species numbers and water-quality estimates. Ecol. 45(4):
809-823.
1004.* Williams, L. G. 1966. Dominant planktonic rotifers of major
waterways of the United States. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11(1): 83-91.
1005. Williams, L. G. 1972. Plankton diatom species biomasses and
the quality of American rivers and the Great Lakes. Ecol. 53(6):
1038-1050.
-------
368
1006. Wilson, J. N. 1957. Effects of turbidity and silt on aquatic
life. 235-239. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological Problems
in Water Pollution. U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Publ. Health Serv.,
Tech. Kept., W-592.
1007.* Wilson, J. 1959. The effects of erosion, silt, and other inert
materials on aquatic life. Water Poll. Abstr. 34(10): 1948.
1008. Wilson, J. 1960. The effects of erosion, silt, and other inert
materials on aquatic life. 269-271. In; Biological Problems in
Water Pollution. U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Publ. Health Serv., Tech.
Kept. W60-3.
1009.* Wilson, W. 1950. The effects of sedimentation due to dredging
operations on oysters in Copano Bay, Texas. Texas Game, Fish,
and Oyster Comm., Marine Lab, Ann. Kept. 1948-1949.
1010.* Wirth, T. L. and R. C. Dunst. 1967. Limnological changes resulting
from artificial destratification and aeration of an impoundment.
Wis. Dept. Nat. Resources, Fish. Res. Rept., No. 22, 15p.
1011.* Wirth, T. L., R. C. Dunst, P. D. Uttormark, and W. Hilsenhoff.
1970. Manipulation of reservoir waters for improved quality
and fish population response. Wis. Dept. Nat. Resources, Fish.
Res. Rept., No. 62, 23p.
1012. Wisby, W. J. and A. D. Hasler. 1954. Effect of olfactory occlu-
sion on migrating silver salmon (£. kisutch). J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 11(4): 472-478.
1013. Wojtalik, T. A. and T. F. Waters. 1970. Some effects of heated
water on the drift of two species of stream invertebrates. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 99(4): 782-788.
1014.* Wolf, K. 1955. Some effects of fluctuating and falling water
levels on waterfowl production. J. Wildl. Manag. 19(1): 13-23.
1015.* Wolman, M. G. 1964. Problems posed by sediment derived from
construction activities in Maryland. Maryland Water Poll. Contr.
Comm. Rept.
1016. Wood, R. 1951. The significance of managed water levels in
developing the fisheries of large impoundments. J. Tenn. Acad.
Sci. 26(3): 214-235.
1017. Wood, W. E. 1924. Increase of salt in soil and streams following
the destruction of native vegetation. J. R. Soc. West. Aust.
10: 35-47.
1018.* Woodwell, G. M. 1970. Effects of pollution on the structure and
physiology of ecosystems. Science 168: 429-33.
1019.* Wooten, H. H. 1953. Major uses of land in the United States.
U.S. Dept. Agri., Tech. Bull. 1082.
-------
369
1020. Wright, J. 0. 1907. Swlamp
States. U.S. Dept. Agri
1021. Wydoski, R. S. and E. L.
of brook trout from
23(5): 623.
infertile
1022.* Yeager, L. E. 1949.
bottom timber area. Ill
Effect
1023. Zaporozec, A. 1974.
water. Wis. Conserv. Bulll
Environmental implications in use of ground
39(2): 3-5.
and overflowed lands in the United
., Circ. 76.
Cooper. 1966. Maturation and fecundity
streams. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
of permanent flooding in a river-
. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 25(2): 33-65.
-------
370
GLOSSARY
adaptation - the adjustment of an organism or population to its environ-
ment as a result of long-term evolutionary change.
aerobic - the condition associated with the presence of free oxygen in
the environment.
allochthonous - of outside origin; .e.£., organic matter of terrestrial
origin which enters the aquatic environment.
anaerobic - the condition associated with the absence or free oxygen in
the environment.
aquifer - an underground water bearing stratum of permeable rock, sand,
or gravel.
atmosphere - all the air surrounding the earth.
benthos - those organisms which live on or in the bottom of a body of
water.
biogenic elements - chemical elements which are necessary for living
organisms.
biogeochemical cycles - the more or less circular pathways followed by
individual chemical elements as they pass from living to non-living
and back to living portions of the ecosystem.
biosphere - that portion of the earth and its atmosphere in which living
organisms exist.
brackish water - water whose salt content is intermediate between that
of fresh water and that of the sea.
caisson - a hollow box which can be lowered into the water and pumped
out to produce relatively dry working conditions under water.
carcinogenic - capable of causing cancer.
-------
371
climax community - the final stage in the ecological development of an
area in which the community is able to reproduce itself indefinitely
under existing conditions.
community - all the plants and animals of an area (or volume) which form
a functional assemblage.
continental shelf - the submerged margin of a continent extending to a
depth of approximately 200 meters, where the steep descent to the
ocean bottom begins.
decomposition - the combined processes whereby microorganisms recycle
dead organic matter.
dike - a dam or embankment erected to prevent flooding of a lowland area.
dolphin - a buoy or spar used in mooring a ship.
dominant species - a species which is important in a community because
of its size, abundance, or controlling influence.
dredge spoil - material removed from a wetland bottom during dredging
operations.
ecosystem - the community and its non-living environment, considered
collectively.
epilimnion - the surface layer of a thermally-stratified body of water.
erosion - the wearing away of soil or rock by the forces of wind or water.
estuary - the expanded basin at the mouth of a river subject to the
influence of tides and usually of intermediate salinity.
ferric ion - the condition of the element iron in which it cannot accept
I I i
more oxygen or give up more electrons (= Fe ).
ferrous ion - a condition of the element iron in which it can accept
more oxygen or give up more electrons (= Fe"^").
-------
372
food chain - the series of nutritional steps through which food passes
from plants to the most predatory animals; also the nutritional
steps involved in parasite chains and microbial (decomposer) chains.
food web - the interlocking pattern formed by parallel and cross-connecting
food chains.
genetic exchange - the flow of hereditary material between partially
isolated populations of a given species.
genetic selection - the process whereby certain hereditary materials are
favored over others, in the passage from one generation to the next.
In the long-term this results in evolutionary adaptation.
groyne (groin) - a stone or concrete barrier placed approximately per-
pendicular to the shoreline, and extending both inshore and off-
shore, to aid in stabilizing the beachline against wave and current
erosion.
habitat - the natural environment in which an organism lives.
hydrogen sulfide - (H^S) a deadly gas, highly soluble in water, which is
produced by the partial breakdown of organic matter in anoxic
environments.
hydrosphere - all the aquatic environments of the earth's surface.
hypolimnion - the bottom layer of a thermally-stratified body of water.
leaching - the removal of soluble materials from soil (as well as mining
spoils, dredge spoil banks, etc.) by water which passes through.
levee - an embankment built alongside a river to prevent high water from
flooding the bordering land.
life history - the series of stages through which an organism passes
during its entire lifetime.
-------
373
lithosphere - all the solid surface of the earth, ji_.e_.» the terrestrial
soil, rock, etc.
metabolism - all the chemical and physical processes which collectively
make up the internal functioning of an organism.
nekton - all aquatic animals which are large enough and powerful enough
to maintain their positions in the water against the prevailing
current.
nitrate - the chemical ion resulting from the complete oxidation of
nitrogen (=NO ~).
nitrite - one of the incompletely oxidized states of nitrogen (=NO? ).
nutrient - an organic or inorganic chemical substance required for the
growth and reproduction of organisms.
organic detritus - dead organic material that is in the process of decom-
position.
organic molecule - any chemical molecule containing the element carbon
(and usually hydrogen and oxygen) which is produced by living organisms
and is not in the completely oxidized condition.
overburden - the soil, rock, and other material which lies on top of a
shallow mineral deposit.
oxidized state - the condition of a chemical element, ion, or molecule
in which it cannot accept any more oxygen (or give up any more
electrons).
oxygen demand - the quantity of oxygen utilized by an aquatic system (or
a sample of the system) during a given period of time. This consists
of two components. Biological oxygen demand (B.O.D.) is the amount
of oxygen required by the organisms for respiration during the period
-------
374
of time. This gives a rough measure of the amount of readily
oxidizable organic matter present. Chemical oxygen demand (C.O.D.)
is the amount of oxygen required for non-biological oxidation pro-
cesses during the period of time.
pH - negative logarithm of the hydrogen-ion concentration, used to indi-
cate the acidity or alkalinity of an aquaeous solution. pH 7.0 is
neutral; values below that are considered acid, and values above
are considered alkaline.
photosynthesis - the chemical processes through which green plants
manufacture organic molecules from inorganic using sunlight as an
energy source.
plankton - the microscopic, free-floating plants and animals of aquatic
ecosystems. These include microscopic plants (phytoplanktoii) and
microscopic animals (zooplankton).
population - a group of organisms of the same species which live in the
same general area and which freely interbreed.
production - the quantity of organic matter produced by a living system
(i.e.., by an organism, a group of organisms, or an ecosystem).
Two types of production are recognized. Primary production is the
quantity of organic matter produced by green plants through photo-
synthesis. Secondary production is the quantity of animal material
produced.
productivity - the rate of production of organic matter by living
organisms (i.«,§_., the amount per unit time).
reduced state - the condition of a chemical element, ion, or molecule
in which it can accept additional oxygen (or give up additional
electrons).
-------
375
respiration - biological oxidation processes which liberate energy for
metabolism. Two types of respiration are recognized. Aerobic
respiration involves the use of oxygen (as the hydrogen acceptor),
and the end products are carbon dioxide and water. Anaerobic
respiration involves the use of a chemical other than oxygen (as
the hydrogen acceptor), and the end products may be sulfides and
other such compounds.
revetment - a facing of stone, cement, sandbags, or other stable material
used to protect a wall or bank of earth from erosion.
riparian environment - the terrestrial environment adjacent to a body of
water which influences and is often influenced by the water body
(includes bank, floodplain, and at least the lower bluff of a
stream, lake, etc.).
riprap - rock, stone, or other rough material placed on stream banks,
dam faces, and other structures to protect against erosion by the
water.
sediment load - all particulate material (inorganic or organic) sus-
pended in or transported downstream by water (may include clay,
silt, sand, organic detritus, etc.).
sedimentation - the settling out of suspended matter from the water to
the bottom.
seston - very fine matter suspended in water (with diameters usually
less than 1.0 mm).
species - a group of populations in which the organisms are capable of
exchanging genetic material (jL.e^, of successfully interbreeding).
species diversity - the variety of types of organisms present in an area.
For purposes of quantification the variety of species may be related
to their relative abundance in the form of a species diversity index.
-------
376
spoil bank - a shoal (in the water) or a pile or ridge (on land) created
by the dumping of dredged material taken from the bottom of a wetland
area.
stratification - division into layers (as a body of water which becomes
separated into a warmer upper and cooler lower layer). Stratifica-
tion inhibits internal circulation and mixing of the layers, often
leading to depleted nutrients in the upper layer and depleted oxygen
in the lower layer.
stream drift - the material which collects in fine-meshed nets stretched
across or suspended in streams. Drift includes free-floating
aquatic organisms as well as organic detritus.
stress - a strain or pressure applied to an organism (or group of
organisms). Sometimes used to refer to the state or condition of
an organism or group to which the pressure has been applied. All
organisms which are existing under suboptimal conditions are subject
to some degree of stress.
stress response - the response of an organism (or group of organisms)
to an unfavorable or stress-producing factor. Two types of stress
response are recognized. Generalized response is a response to
stress itself and bears no relation to the nature of the stress
agent. Specific response is an adjustment to the particular type
of stress agent, e_.£., sweating is a specific response to high
temperature.
succession - the orderly process of community change, involving sequential
replacement of regular stages, until the stable climax condition is
reached.
sulfate - the chemical ion resulting from the complete oxidation of sulfur
(=so4=).
-------
377
sulfide - one of the incompletely oxidized states of sulfur (=S ). It
may exist as hydrogen sulfide, iron sulfide, lead sulfide, etc.
Most sulfides are highly toxic to living systems.
synergism - the interaction of two or more factors to produce an effect
on a living system which is greater than the simple sum of the
effect produced by each factor acting alone. In essence, one
factor multiplies the biological effect of the other.
tailwater - the water in a river or canal immediately downstream from a
structure such as a dam.
thermocline - the narrow zone, in a thermally stratified body of water,
which separates the warmer surface layer from the cooler bottom
layer. It is characterized by a steep thermal gradient.
tolerance - an organism's capacity to endure or adapt to unfavorable
environmental conditions.
transpiration - the loss of water from plants, normally as vapor.
turbidity - the condition of water resulting from the presence of
suspended material, often expressed as interference with light
transmission.
water table - the level in the soil below which the ground is saturated
with water.
wetland - land containing high quantities of soil moisture, i...e., sub-
merged or where the water table is at or near the surface for most
of the year.
-------
378
INDEX
To facilitate its use the present index has been divided into six
subject area categories: biological group, construction activity or
structure, environment type, environmental factor, geographic area,
and miscellaneous. This division facilitates the location of page refer-
ences if the user simply considers the category of the desired reference.
If the information cannot be located in the expected category, the
miscellaneous section should be consulted. The categorization of
references also facilitates search for dual or multiple-category infor-
mation by a method similar to triangulation. For example, to locate
information on the effect of levees on waterfowl one compares the page
numbers given for "levees" (under the construction category) with page
numbers given for "birds" (under the biological group category). The
coincidence of page numbers should reveal the location of the appro-
priate information.
-------
379
A. BIOLOGICAL GROUP
fauna
general, 29, 181, 208, 223, 237, 256, 262, 266, 273
amphibian, 65, 68
bird, 65, 68-69, 72-74, 181, 196, 200-203, 211, 227, 229-230
fish, 29, 65, 68, 71-74, 156, 181, 195, 200-201, 211-213, 215-216,
219-222, 224-225, 227, 229-233, 239, 242-243, 246-250, 253,
255, 257, 259-260, 263, 265, 267, 269, 277, 280
invertebrate, 24, 65, 68-69, 71-73, 181, 194-195, 201, 211-213,
215-216, 218-224, 227-233, 242-243, 245-246, 249-250, 252, 256,
263, 266-267, 270, 275, 277
mammal, 65, 68-69, 196, 201-202, 204, 229-230
reptile, 200
flora
general, 66-67, 70, 72, 151, 164, 171, 199, 207-208, 237, 256, 262,
266, 273, 275
alga, 62, 65, 70, 72-73, 204, 206, 222, 229, 235-237, 241, 244, 249,
251, 261
aquatic, floating, 65, 163, 204, 206, 209, 222
, rooted, 24-25, 27, 62, 65-66, 68, 181, 203-204, 209, 211-212,
222, 226-229, 236-237, 239, 249-251, 261, 266, 283
marsh grass, 20-21, 64-66, 72
shrub, 20-21, 27, 65, 69, 227
tree, 20-21, 27, 64-65, 67-69, 73, 130, 196, 200, 203-206, 217, 227,
255
B. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY OR STRUCTURE
blasting, 78, 98, 100, 108-109, 150
breakwater, 77, 115-117
-------
380
bridge, 92-95, 110, 138, 161, 180-180c, 272
bulkhead, 119-120, 266
caisson, 95, 117, 120
canal, 83-84, 111, 134-136, 157, 161-162, 165, 171-173, 179, 180b, 189,
226-227, 229-230, 258, 261, 266, 270-272, 279-280, 282-283
channel, 77, 93-94, 106, 110-111, 134, 143, 146, 154, 161, 163-168, 171,
180-180c, 181, 188-189, 200-203, 209-210, 214, 217-220, 224, 272
cofferdam, 102, 104, 150
culvert, 92-94, 138
dam, 29, 77, 100-106, 110-111, 125, 143, 146, 149-160, 179, 180-180c,
181, 185-187, 190, 194-195, 203, 205, 210, 212-213, 219-220, 222,
253, 256, 258, 264, 267, 271-273, 277, 279, 282
demolition, 88-89
devegetation, 76, 78, 80, 83-84, 89-91, 126, 128-129, 131-132, 134,
136-139, 143-144, 153, 179-183, 185, 188, 197-199, 203, 205, 211,
217, 222, 254, 264, 272, 275, 280
dike, 82-83, 110
ditch, 77, 83-86, 106-107, 110, 130, 133-136, 138, 152, 166, 180-180c,
197, 199, 201, 209, 214, 217, 227, 272, 280, 282, 284
dragline, 80, 84, 92, 98, 108, 110, 123, 140-141, 163
dredge, 77, 108, 110-114, 116-117, 122, 125, 134, 140-141, 152, 155,
161-173, 176-177, 179, 180-180c, 188-190, 197, 232, 245-246, 264,
270, 272, 275, 277, 279, 282
dump and fill, 77-79, 82-83, 98, 106-110, 113, 116-117, 125, 131, 138,
140, 157, 161-163, 165-170, 172-174, 176, 180-180c, 190, 197, 199,
280, 282
excavation, 78-80, 82-85, 88-91, 102, 125, 130, 133, 140-141, 175, 184,
197, 199, 234, 269
groyne (see jetty)
irrigation, 83-84, 149-150, 152, 154-156, 210, 216, 220-221
jetty, 118, 156, 174-175
levee, 78, 82-83, 110, 113, 166, 196-197, 199, 201, 203, 208, 210, 213,
226, 271-272, 279-280, 282, 284
-------
381
mining
general, 29, 77, 80, 98-100, 122-125, 131, 140-149, 179, 180-180c,
184, 190, 197, 199, 209, 258-259, 264, 269, 271
auger, 142
contour, 142
drift, 99-101, 142, 184
drilling, 100, 122, 142, 177
offshore, 77, 122, 177
open pit, 98, 125, 140-141, 184
placer, 140-141, 184, 197
quarrying, 98, 141, 184
strip, 98-101, 125, 140-143, 184
mooring, 77, 119, 121, 176
overburden removal, 80, 82, 98, 141, 184
pier, 110, 119-120, 176, 272
pipeline construction, 77, 83-85, 87, 123-124, 133, 136, 176, 178
port, 77, 110, 119-120, 176, 272
riprap, 82-83, 118, 197
seawall, 77, 118, 174
spoil, 77, 98, 101, 107-108, 110, 113, 125, 134, 141-146, 157, 161-170,
172-173, 179, 180-180c, 184, 188-190, 197, 204, 207-208, 217, 232,
241, 246, 258-260, 264-265, 271, 280, 284
stream diversion, 102, 143, 146
stream straightening, 131, 134, 164, 167, 180b, 188, 217
surfacing, 77-81, 128-130, 180-180c, 197, 199, 254
topsoil removal, 126, 128-129, 136-139, 142, 144, 179, 180, 182-183,
197-198
tunneling, 96-98, 138-139, 142, 180-180c, 184
-------
382
C. ENVIRONMENT TYPE
bay, 25, 59, 161, 166, 169-170, 180-180c, 189, 226, 229, 231
beach, 68, 126, 156, 174-175, 180, 187, 272
bog, 199, 257-258
continental shelf, 25-26, 55, 59, 73-75, 155-156, 160, 163, 166, 172,
174-176, 180-180c, 187, 231-232, 289
desert, 55
estuary, 21-25, 54-55, 59, 70-73, 155, 159, 161, 166, 169-171, 176, 179,
180-180c, 187, 189-190, 194, 210, 226, 229-234, 258, 262, 266, 273,
277, 282-283, 289
forest, 54, 290
grass flat, 27, 59, 70, 73, 239, 283
grassland, 54, 69, 290
impoundment (see reservoir)
lagoon, 25-26, 59, 175
lake, 59, 68, 80, 125, 143, 149, 151, 153-154, 166, 200-202, 237, 258,
262, 273
marsh
general, 55, 68, 107, 161, 163, 179, 180-180c, 196, 199, 257-258, 279,
282-283
coastal, 26-27, 54, 59, 70-73, 157, 162, 169, 171-173, 179, 189, 210,
226-228, 230, 266-267, 271, 279, 282-283
inland, 20-21, 59, 64-68, 151, 153-154, 169, 189, 200, 202
mud flat, 59, 72
ocean, 55
oyster reef, 59
pond, 68, 151, 153-154, 199, 236, 243, 259, 262, 282
reservoir, 111, 149-155, 157, 168, 203-204, 206, 209-210, 212, 214, 219,
222, 256, 259, 271, 273, 283
-------
383
riparian environment
general, 68-69, 76-100, 125-126, 135, 138, 140, 152, 179, 180-180c,
184-185, 187-188, 196, 198-200, 203, 206-207, 210, 217, 221-223,
234, 255, 272, 275, 280, 284
bank, 209-211, 217, 247, 283
floodplain, 20-21, 54, 68-69, 77, 86, 130, 134, 143, 154, 158, 161,
166, 168, 180, 182-186, 188, 196, 199-200, 202, 204-205, 207,
213, 264, 271-272, 279-280, 282
sound, 25-26
spring, 59, 130, 147, 180, 282
stream
general, 15-20, 29, 54-55, 57, 59, 62, 64, 80, 86, 102, 104, 125, 130,
132, 135, 137, 142-143, 149, 151-154, 156, 158-159, 171, 180-180c,
181, 183, 185-187, 190, 194-196, 198-199, 201, 206, 213, 215-216,
218, 220-223, 229, 232, 236-237, 240, 243, 255-261, 264, 271,
273-276, 279, 282-283, 289
bayou, 64, 171
continuous flow section, 19, 62, 64, 245
pool, 19, 62-64, 132, 166, 179, 180b, 216, 222, 224, 245, 247, 249,
266, 271
riffle, 19, 29, 62-64, 132, 157-158, 164, 179, 180b, 213, 216, 222-224,
245, 247, 249, 266, 271, 282-283
submarine meadow (see grass flat)
swamp
general, 55, 68, 161, 163, 166, 168, 179, 180b, 188, 199, 202, 258,
279
coastal, 26-27, 54, 59, 70, 71, 73, 157, 179, 282-283
inland, 20-21, 59, 64-68, 151, 153-154, 200
tundra, 177-178
-------
384
D. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTOR
acidity, 29, 142, 145, 147-148, 197, 204, 207, 225, 229, 241, 257-260,
265, 267, 269, 272, 283
alkalinity, 130, 257, 260, 265
carbonate, 130, 145, 148, 184, 235, 241, 265, 269
carbon dioxide, 12, 14, 52, 145, 241, 244-245, 247, 257-258, 261, 263,
265-266, 269
energy, 222, 237, 240
erosion, 8-9, 69, 73, 126, 128-129, 131-138, 141, 143-144, 149, 151-154,
156-157, 162, 164, 166-168, 171, 173-174, 177, 179-180, 183-185,
188-189, 197, 199-200, 202, 207, 209, 211-212, 214-215, 217, 222,
229, 237, 253, 259, 268, 272, 275, 279, 283
evaporation, 151-153, 155, 177, 185
flooding, 69, 126, 129, 132, 135-136, 152, 154-155, 158-159, 164, 166-168,
171, 179, 180-180a, 185, 187-188, 190, 197-199, 203-204, 206, 209,
215-217, 219, 222, 226, 279, 284
flow rate
general, 18, 126, 129, 131-132, 135-136, 150, 152, 155, 158, 160,
162-163, 166, 170, 179, 180a, 186, 188, 208-210, 215-217,
222-224, 233-234, 247-249, 261, 271-273, 275, 279-280, 282, 292
decrease, 131-132, 137, 156-159, 166, 180, 183, 187, 216-217, 223-224,
230-232, 254, 262, 264, 266-267, 275, 277
increase, 131-132, 134, 164, 167, 183, 214-216, 222, 245, 254, 283
flushing rate, 22, 72, 155-156, 158-159, 169-170, 172, 186-187, 189, 226,
269
habitat
general, 37
loss, 29, 129-133, 135, 138, 140-142, 145-147, 151-153, 157-158, 162,
164, 167, 175-177, 179, 180-180a, 181, 183-186, 188-189, 197, 199,
202-204, 206, 211, 215, 217-220, 227, 230, 234, 244-246, 259,
271-273, 278-281, 285
modification, 29, 129-130, 132, 140, 157-158, 179, 180-180a, 183-189,
197, 200, 218, 227, 271-272, 278
restoration, 283-284
-------
385
heavy metals
general, 129, 137-138, 145, 147, 152, 154-155, 165, 184, 186-189,
197, 207, 225, 229, 235, 247, 261, 265, 268-270, 272, 275
copper, 145, 148
iron, 145, 147-148, 154, 189, 247
lead, 145, 147-148, 269
manganese, 154, 247
mercury, 268-269
metallic sulfides (pyrites), 145, 148
zinc, 145, 147, 148, 247, 257
highwall, 142-144, 149, 184
hydrogen sulfide, 13-14, 152, 154, 158, 164-165, 173, 186, 188-189, 229,
245, 261, 266-267
landslide, 143-144
leaf litter (see organic detritus)
light
general, 151
penetration, 19, 24, 113, 132, 145-146, 164-165, 179, 180c, 183-184,
188-189, 236, 238-239, 240-241
photosynthesis, 30, 33, 53-54, 151, 164-165, 192, 236-237, 240-241,
244, 261-264, 266, 292
visibility, 239-240, 242
nitrogen supersaturation, 154, 159, 180c, 186, 257, 273
nutrients, 52, 54-55, 57, 69-71, 73, 126, 128, 131-132, 145, 151, 153-156,
158-160, 166, 168, 180b, 181, 183, 185-187, 194, 197-199, 204, 210-211,
222-223, 226, 229-230, 235, 241, 258, 272-273, 275, 280, 282, 289
organic detritus, 50, 57, 70, 72, 154, 158, 180b, 186, 204, 213, 221-222
oxygen, 12-14, 24, 27, 34, 52, 64, 129, 132, 147-148, 151, 154, 159, 163-165,
169-170, 172, 179, 180c, 184-186, 188-189, 194, 209, 222-224,
234-235, 237, 240-242, 244-245, 247-248, 254, 257, 261-264, 266-267,
283, 292
-------
386
pH, 14, 129, 130, 147-148, 152, 154, 158, 180c, 184, 186, 235, 240-241,
257-261, 263, 265-270, 283
radioactivity, 142, 145, 147-148, 184, 235, 268, 270, 272
runoff, 7-8, 126, 128-129, 131, 133-137, 139, 143-144, 157, 171, 173,
179-180, 183, 189, 214, 217, 222, 226, 268-269, 272, 292
salinity, 21, 126, 155, 159
saltwater intrusion, 157, 159, 166, 168-171, 173, 179, 180c, 187-190,
227, 229-232, 266-267, 270-272, 279-280, 283
sediment
general, 29, 126
load (suspended sediment), 18-19, 24, 113, 126, 128-129, 131-134,
136-139, 143, 146, 154-155, 160, 163-164, 169-170, 172, 179,
180b, 183-184, 186-190, 209, 211, 214, 217, 225, 234-238, 240-243,
254, 258, 260, 262-266, 273
sedimentation, 19, 27, 69, 126, 128-129, 132, 135-139, 145, 147, 149,
151-153, 155-159, 163-167, 169, 172, 179, 180b, 181, 184-189,
204, 206, 211-212, 214-215, 224, 226, 229, 234-237, 244-249, 260,
263-267, 269, 271, 273, 279-280, 282
temperature, 19, 129-130, 132, 141, 153-154, 158, 164-165, 178-179, 180c,
183-186, 188-189, 194, 213, 220, 223, 240, 254-257, 261-264, 267,
292
turbidity (see light penetration, sediment load)
water level, 72, 129, 132, 135, 151-153, 158-159, 166, 168-169, 179, 180a,
181, 185-186, 197, 201, 203, 205, 208-211, 213, 226, 228, 230, 254,
272, 280
E. GEOGRAPHIC AREA
Alaska, 177-178
Allegheny River, 259
Alsea River, 255
Appalachia, 143, 260
Arizona, 132, 151
Arctic Ocean, 177-178
Atlantic coast, 157, 226-227, 231
-------
387
California, 141, 156, 207, 215-216, 221, 244
Chariton River, 219
Chesapeake Bay, 246
Columbia River, 212
Connecticut, 213
Delaware, 227-228
Everglades, 181, 232
Florida, 157, 163, 169, 175, 204, 206, 232
Gallatin River, 221
Great Basin, 282
Gulf coast, 226, 229, 231
Hubbard Brook, 291
Idaho, 141, 219
Illinois, 181, 200, 205, 215, 237-238
Illinois River, 181, 199-200, 203, 246
Iowa, 194, 218
Kentucky, 181
Kentucky Reservoir, 212
Keokuk Dam, 194
Lake Chautauqua, 238
Little Big Horn River, 218
Little Sioux River, 218
Louisiana, 156-157, 171, 229
Maine, 216
Massachusetts, 239
Michigan, 132, 237, 246, 250-251
Minnesota, 141, 202, 215
-------
388
Mississippi River, 194, 196, 203, 213-214, 245, 289, 291
Missouri, 150, 181, 219
Missouri River, 218-219
Montana, 207, 216, 218-219, 221
Nebraska, 218
New England, 198
New Hampshire, 132, 181, 291
New Jersey, 175
New York, 252
North Carolina, 175, 198, 218
Ohio, 250
Ohio River, 245, 289
Oregon, 255
Pacific coast, 255
Pennsylvania, 260
Roosevelt Lake, 212
Sacramento River, 216, 221
Salmon River, 181
Snake River, 181
Southeast, 258
Southwest, 198, 282
Tennessee, 150, 181, 200, 207
Tennessee River, 181, 212, 245
Tennessee Valley, 209
Texas, 156
Texas coast, 231-233
-------
389
Truckee River, 244
Utah, 141
F. MISCELLANEOUS
alluvium, 20, 141
antagonism, 190
aquifer, 147-148, 166
atmosphere, 2
balance of nature (see ecosystem stability)
benthos, 60-61, 70-71, 212, 218-219, 221, 223, 242, 244-246, 249-251, 267
biogenic elements, 52
biosphere, 2
channelized flow, 8
community
general, 30, 45-51, 60, 195
climax, 50, 207, 290
dominance, 46, 228
stress response, 192
succession, 50, 55, 290
cycles
biogeochemical, 52, 53
geological, 1, 52, 285
hydrological, 1, 4-7, 52, 285
decomposition, 64, 151, 178, 222, 237, 241, 247, 257, 262, 266, 292
diversity
loss, 191, 192
species, 46, 192, 218-219, 243, 250, 252, 273, 275, 277
-------
390
drift, 63, 210, 218, 222-224, 256
ecosystem
general, 30, 51-56, 198, 220-221, 237, 273-276, 286
closed, 54
energy flow, 53-54
open, 54
stability, 54-55, 290
factor interaction, 35
factor train analysis, 182-189
food
chains, 47, 49, 57-58
pyramids, 50
webs, 47, 49
genetic
exchange, 41, 43-44
mutations, 41
variability, 42, 193, 208, 285-286
gradient, 70, 155, 159, 169-171, 180c, 187, 189
ground water, 9, 130-132, 142-144, 148, 154, 158, 166, 168, 180, 184, 188
hydraulic roughness, 18
hydrosphere, 2
life history, 38-39, 71, 212, 214, 230, 254, 263, 275, 293
limiting factors, 35
lithosphere, 2
metabolism, 30
mixing (of water masses), 21-27, 70, 155, 159, 165, 169-170, 189, 229-230,
254, 262-264, 266-267, 280
-------
391
nekton, 60-61, 71
organic molecule, 30, 164-165, 188-189, 211, 224-225, 235, 242, 245, 247,
257-258
orientation compound, 216-217, 224-225, 231, 242
plankton, 60-61, 70, 154, 222, 229, 237, 241, 262
pollution, 125-126, 129-131, 133, 135, 137-138, 141-143, 148, 155, 159,
161, 164-165, 172, 174, 176-177, 179, 180c, 187-190, 192, 197, 207,
225, 235, 253, 257, 260, 263, 265, 268-273, 275, 278-281
population, 30-40, 191, 193, 195, 208
precipitation, 7-8, 130, 134, 147, 150, 214, 232-233, 255
production
general, 55, 64, 68-73, 212, 221-222, 253, 273, 275, 277
primary, 54, 229, 236-237, 241-244
secondary, 54, 233, 243
respiration, 30, 33, 53, 192, 194, 223, 242-243, 245, 262-263, 265-266, 292
sanctuary, 278, 279
selection, 40-41, 193
slope, 17-18
soil
submerged, 12-14
terrestrial, 10-12
species
concept of, 43
endangered, 29, 181, 196, 278, 281-282, 285
exotic, 197, 208
extinct, 29, 181, 246
interaction, 46, 48, 192, 194, 208, 231, 243, 255
standing crop, 47, 215, 218-219, 221, 237, 250-251, 272-273
-------
392
stratification (of a water body), 21-23, 151, 153, 185, 232, 240, 254,
256, 263-264, 283
stress, 37, 182, 191-195, 243, 256-257, 259, 261, 263, 265, 267, 272,
274-276, 285, 290
stress response, 191-193
subsurface water (see groundwater)
succession (see community succession)
synergism, 190, 265
------- |